Land and Resource

Management Plan

Tongass National Forest

United States

Department of

Agriculture

Forest Service

R10-MB-603b

January 2008
Tongass National Forest 

Land and Resource 

Management Plan 

2008 

The United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) prohibits discrimination in all its programs and 

activities on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, religion, age, disability, political beliefs, 

sexual orientation, or marital or family status. (Not all prohibited bases apply to all programs.) 

Persons with disabilities who require alternative means for communication of program information 

(Braille, large print, audiotape, etc.) should contact USDA’s TARGET Center at (202) 720-2600 

(voice and TDD). 

To file a complaint of discrimination, write U.S. Department of Agriculture, Director, Office of Civil 

Rights, Room 326-W, Whitten Building, 1400 Independence Ave SW, Washington, DC 20250-

9410, or call (202) 720-5964 (voice and TDD). USDA is an equal opportunity provider and 

employer. 
 Contents 

Tongass Forest Plan Contents iii 

CONTENTS 

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................. 1-1 

Purpose ...........................................................................................................1-1 

Relationship to Other Documents....................................................................1-1 

Plan Organization............................................................................................1-1 

Forest Plan Management Direction.................................................................1-2 

Forest Location and Description......................................................................1-4 

CHAPTER 2 GOALS AND OBJECTIVES................................................................ 2-1 

Introduction......................................................................................................2-1 

Forest Desired Conditions...............................................................................2-1 

Ecosystem Services ........................................................................................2-2 

Forest-wide Multiple-use Goals and Objectives ..............................................2-2 

CHAPTER 3 MANAGEMENT PRESCRIPTIONS..................................................... 3-1 

Introduction......................................................................................................3-1 

Land Use Designation Acreage.......................................................................3-1 

Special Designations or Classifications...........................................................3-2 

Wilderness and National Monument Wilderness.......................................3-7 

Nonwilderness National Monuments .......................................................3-26 

Research Natural Area ............................................................................3-34 

Special Interest Area ...............................................................................3-40 

Remote Recreation..................................................................................3-45 

Municipal Watershed ...............................................................................3-51 

Old-Growth Habitat..................................................................................3-57 

Semi-Remote Recreation ........................................................................3-63 

Land Use Designation II ..........................................................................3-69 

Wild River ................................................................................................3-74 

Scenic River ............................................................................................3-81 

Recreational River ...................................................................................3-88 

Experimental Forest ................................................................................3-95 

Scenic Viewshed ...................................................................................3-101 

Modified Landscape ..............................................................................3-109 

Timber Production .................................................................................3-116 

Minerals .................................................................................................3-122 

Transportation and Utility System..........................................................3-128 

CHAPTER 4 STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES....................................................... 4-1 

Air ....................................................................................................................4-3 

Beach and Estuary Fringe...............................................................................4-4 

Facilities...........................................................................................................4-6 

Fire ..................................................................................................................4-7 

Fish..................................................................................................................4-9 

Forest Health.................................................................................................4-15 

Heritage Resources and Sacrid Sites............................................................4-16 

Invasive Species............................................................................................4-22 

Karst and Cave Resources............................................................................4-23 

Lands.............................................................................................................4-27 

Minerals and Geology....................................................................................4-38 

Plants.............................................................................................................4-41 

Recreation and Tourism ................................................................................4-43 
Contents 

Contents iv Tongass Forest Plan

Riparian .........................................................................................................4-50 

Rural Community Assistance ........................................................................4-55 

Scenery .........................................................................................................4-56 

Soil and Water...............................................................................................4-63 

Subsistence...................................................................................................4-67 

Timber ...........................................................................................................4-69 

Trails..............................................................................................................4-76 

Transportation ...............................................................................................4-79 

Wetlands........................................................................................................4-86 

Wildlife...........................................................................................................4-87 

CHAPTER 5 IMPLEMENTATION............................................................................. 5-1 

Introduction......................................................................................................5-1 

Plan and Project Level Decisions....................................................................5-2 

Additional Analysis ..........................................................................................5-2 

Plan Amendments ...........................................................................................5-2 

Adaptive Management.....................................................................................5-4 

Plan Revisions.................................................................................................5-4 

CHAPTER 6 MONITORING AND EVALUATION PLAN .......................................... 6-1 

Introduction......................................................................................................6-1 

Roles and Responsibilities ..............................................................................6-1 

Relationship to Other Information Needs and Monitoring Activities ................6-2 

Monitoring and Evaluation Programs ..............................................................6-3 

User Notes.......................................................................................................6-4 

CHAPTER 7 GLOSSARY......................................................................................... 7-1 

APPENDIX A TIMBER RESOURCE LAND SUITABILITY 

APPENDIX B INFORMATION NEEDS 

APPENDIX C WATERSHED ANALYSIS 

APPENDIX D RIPARIAN BUFFER STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES CRITERIA 

APPENDIX E COMMUNICATION SITES 

APPENDIX F VISUAL PRIORITY ROUTES AND USE AREAS 

APPENDIX G LOG TRANSFER FACILITY GUIDELINES 

APPENDIX H KARST AND CAVE RESOURCES 

APPENDIX I ROS CLASS STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES 

APPENDIX J TONGASS ANNUAL PROGRAM OF WORK 

APPENDIX K OLD-GROWTH HABITAT RESERVE MODIFICATION 

PROCEDURES 

APPENDIX L SPECIAL INTEREST AREAS AND EXPERIMENTAL FORESTS 
 Contents 

Tongass Forest Plan Contents v 

FIGURES 

Figure 1-1. Tongass National Forest Vicinity Map 1-6 

TABLES 

Table 6-1. Relationship between Forest Plan Monitoring Topics and Adaptive 

Management 6-6 
CHAPTER 1 

INTRODUCTION
Introduction 1

Tongass Forest Plan Contents 

January 2008 

CONTENTS 

Purpose....................................................................................................................1-1

Relationship to Other Documents............................................................................1-1

Plan Organization ....................................................................................................1-1

Forest Plan Management Direction .........................................................................1-2

Forest Location and Description..............................................................................1-4
Introduction 1

Tongass Forest Plan Introduction 

January 2008 

1-1 

This Land and Resource Management Plan (Forest Plan) guides all natural 

resource management activities and establishes management standards and 

guidelines for the Tongass National Forest. It describes resource management 

practices, levels of resource production and management, and the availability and 

suitability of lands for different kinds of resource management. 

This Forest Plan embodies the provisions of the National Forest Management Act, 

the implementing regulations, and other guiding documents. The multiple-use 

goals and objectives, and the land use prescriptions and standards and guidelines, 

constitute a statement of the Forest Plan's management direction. However, the 

projected outputs and rates of implementation are dependent on the annual budget 

process and other factors. 

This Forest Plan amends the current Tongass Land Management Plan, which was 

approved in 1997 and incorporates the 2003 Supplemental Environmental Impact 

Statement for Roadless Area Evaluation for Wilderness Recommendations and 26 

non-significant amendments. It entirely replaces the 1997 Plan, as of the effective 

date of this revised Plan. 

This Forest Plan sets forth in detail the direction for managing the land and 

resources of the Tongass National Forest. This Forest Plan is a result of extensive 

analysis, which is addressed in the accompanying Tongass Land and Resource 

Management Plan Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS). The FEIS 

discusses the planning process and the analysis procedures used to amend the 

Forest Plan, describes and analyzes the alternatives considered in detail, and 

discusses how the public issues identified during the process helped shape these 

alternatives. 

Specific activities and projects will be planned and implemented to carry out the 

direction in this Forest Plan. Environmental analyses will be performed on most of 

these projects and activities prior to implementation. This subsequent 

environmental analysis will use the data and analysis in the Forest Plan and FEIS. 

Environmental analysis of projects will be tiered to the FEIS. 

All future plans and administrative activities will be based on the Forest Plan (or the 

Plan may be amended—see Chapter 5). Most existing resource management 

plans for the Tongass National Forest are already a part of, and consistent with, 

this revised Forest Plan. Travel Management Plans and other site-specific plans 

will be used to designate appropriate roads, trails, and areas for off-highway 

vehicles in accordance with 36 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 212, 251, and 

261 – Travel Management; Designated Routes and Areas for Motor Vehicle Use. 

What is Forest planning? Let us compare it to something that is familiar: land use 

zoning for a community. In a community, certain areas are zoned for commercial 

uses (stores), industrial uses (factories), and residential areas (where homes may 

be built). Each of these "zones" has certain uses that may occur there, and others 

Chapter 1 

Introduction 

Purpose 

Relationship to 

Other Documents 

Plan Organization 
Introduction Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

1 Introduction 

1-2 

that may not. Many different uses may apply to the same zone. Some zoning 

requirements may apply only to specific areas of a zone. 

In Forest planning, we call the zoning process allocation or land allocation. Certain 

areas of the Forest are allocated (zoned) to Land Use Designations (LUDs) for 

different uses. Most areas of the Forest are allocated to various LUDs as part of the 

Forest planning process. However, allocations that were congressionally 

designated, such as Wilderness or LUD II areas, must be managed in accordance 

to the direction provided through their enabling legislation. The description of the 

uses to which the land may be put and the activities that may occur there is called 

a management prescription. Each management prescription gives general 

direction on what may occur within the area allocated to the corresponding LUD, 

the standards for accomplishing each activity, and the guidelines on how to go 

about accomplishing the standards. These are called the Land Use Designation 

Standards and Guidelines. Some of these standards and guidelines may be 

common to many areas of the Forest. These are called Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines. 

Standards and guidelines are designed so that all activities are integrated to meet 

land allocation objectives. Standards and guidelines represent minimum 

achievement levels, but do not limit achievements: higher objectives may always 

be attained. For instance, if a land use prescription allows activities to visually 

dominate the landscape (Scenic Integrity Objective: Low), then activities that do 

not visually dominate are always acceptable (Scenic Integrity Objectives: High and 

Moderate). Standards and guidelines are also intended to be used in conjunction 

with national and regional policies, and standards and guidelines contained in 

Forest Service manuals and handbooks. 

The locations of LUD boundaries (as indicated on the Forest Plan map) are 

approximate due to the map scale used and the programmatic nature of the 

allocations. Some boundary adjustments may be necessary because specific 

projects are implemented under the Forest Plan. These adjustments will normally 

be made through non-significant Forest Plan amendments. 

This Forest Plan is organized into several chapters. Following this introduction, 

Chapter 1 explains the components of Forest Plan management direction, lists the 

priority amongst this direction, and provides a brief description of the Tongass 

National Forest. Chapters 2, 3, and 4 present the major components of 

management direction for the Forest. These are described below. 

Chapter 5 discusses Forest Plan implementation and the process used to amend 

or revise a Forest Plan. Chapter 6 is the monitoring and evaluation plan. Chapter 

7 is a glossary. 

Twelve appendices are also included, including the timber suitability determination 

(Appendix A) and a discussion of research and information needs (Appendix B). 

A discussion of how the Forest Plan revision process addressed the public issues, 

and the management concerns ("need for change"), is included in Chapter 2 of the 

FEIS. 

Chapters 2, 3, and 4 of the Forest Plan present the majority of the direction for 

managing the Tongass National Forest. The management direction of this Plan 

conforms to applicable laws, regulations, and policies. The Monitoring and 

Evaluation Plan (Chapter 6), and the determination of Timber Resource Land 

Suitability (Appendix A), also provide important direction. 

Forest Plan 

Management 

Direction 
Introduction 1

Tongass Forest Plan Introduction 

January 2008 

1-3 

The primary management direction for the Forest consists of the following 

integrated components: 

Forest Multiple-Use Goals (Chapter 2). Forest multiple-use goals are the 

multiple-use and other goals established during the planning process to guide 

Forest management. 

Forest Management Objectives (Chapter 2). Forest management objectives 

include narrative objectives for specific resources and the levels of goods and 

services (resource outputs) that are anticipated during the first decade of 

Forest Plan implementation. 

Management Prescriptions (Chapter 3). Each LUD has a management 

prescription. Each prescription includes goals, objectives, and a desired 

future condition, as well as management practices, standards, and guidelines 

by resource. The geographic areas allocated to each LUD for the Forest Plan 

are displayed on the Forest Plan map. 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines (Chapter 4). Forest-wide Standards 

and Guidelines are the standards and guidelines that apply to all, or most, 

areas of the Forest. Each management prescription includes a list of those 

that apply to that LUD. 

Together, these components of Forest direction, along with the LUD map, establish 

a management framework that governs the location, design, and scheduling of all 

Forest management activities. Within the management framework, project-level 

planning is undertaken to achieve Forest Plan implementation. 

Priority of Direction 

Every effort has been made to achieve consistency between the components of 

management direction just described, and between Forest Plan direction and 

higher-level direction (e.g., law). However, conflicting or contradictory direction is 

still possible. Should conflict or discrepancy between direction occur, the following 

priority among direction will apply: 

1. Higher-level direction. 

2. Within the components of Forest Plan management direction, the management 

prescription standards and guidelines for each LUD take precedence over the 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines applied to that same designation, 

should any conflicts occur. Any summaries of these standards and guidelines 

(such as in the map legends) are not considered direction. 

3. For all projects and activities considered, the standards and guidelines for each 

management prescription will be used, regardless of the levels of outputs or 

numbers of projects achieved, and regardless of actual budget allocations. 

Standards, which can usually be identified by words such as "must" or "will," 

are mandatory requirements or minimums that must be met. Project-level 

analysis may determine that additional requirements beyond these minimum 

are necessary. Guidelines, the majority of the direction, are not absolute 

requirements, but ways of achieving the standards or meeting other needs of 

the resource. 

One purpose of monitoring and evaluation (see Chapter 6) is to ensure that 

management direction is being carried out, and that the outputs and schedules are 
Introduction Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

1 Introduction 

1-4 

being achieved. If monitoring shows continued conflicts or problems in 

implementing the management direction, a Forest Plan amendment may be 

necessary. 

The 16.8-million-acre Tongass National Forest is located in Southeast Alaska, a 

part of the Alexander Archipelago, and encompasses about 7 percent of Alaska’s 

total land area. The Tongass extends from Dixon Entrance in the south to Yakutat 

in the North, and is bordered on the east by Canada and on the west by the Gulf of 

Alaska. It extends approximately 500 miles north to south, and approximately 120 

miles east to west at its widest point. Figure 1-1 is a vicinity map of the Tongass. 

The Tongass includes a narrow mainland strip of steep, rugged mountains and 

icefields, and over 1,000 offshore islands. Together, the islands and mainland 

equal nearly 11,000 miles of meandering shoreline, with numerous bays and 

coves. A system of seaways separate the many islands and provides a protected 

waterway called the Inside Passage. Federal lands comprise about 95 percent of 

Southeast Alaska, with about 80 percent in the Tongass National Forest (and most 

of the rest in Glacier Bay National Park and Preserve). The remaining land is held 

in state, Native, and local community private ownerships. 

Most of the area of the Tongass is wild and undeveloped. Approximately 73,000 

people live in the towns, communities, and villages of Southeast Alaska, most of 

which are located on islands or along the mainland coasts. Only four of Southeast 

Alaska’s 32 communities met the U.S. Census Bureau’s definition of urban 

(population greater than 2,500) in 2005 and only eight had populations greater than 

1,000 persons. Most of these communities are surrounded by, or adjacent to, 

National Forest System land. Just three towns are connected to other parts of the 

mainland by road: Haines and Skagway to the north and Hyder to the south. 

The communities of Southeast Alaska depend on the Tongass National Forest 

ecosystem services, including employment in wood products, commercial fishing 

and fish processing, recreation, tourism, and mining and mineral development. 

Many residents also depend on subsistence hunting and fishing to meet their basic 

needs. In addition, natural amenities, subsistence resources, and recreation 

activities associated with the Tongass National Forest form an important part of the 

quality of life for many residents of Southeast Alaska. There is very little private 

land in the region to provide these resources. Appropriate management of the 

Tongass’ ecosystem services is, therefore, extremely important for local 

communities and the overall regional economy. 

The Tongass National Forest is managed as one Administrative Area. There are 

nine Ranger Districts, with offices in Yakutat, Juneau, Hoonah, Sitka, Petersburg, 

Wrangell, Thorne Bay, Craig and Ketchikan. There are two National Monuments 

on the Tongass National Forest. The Admiralty National Monument is managed 

through a Monument Ranger co-located at the Juneau Ranger District. The Misty 

Fjords National Monument is managed by the District Ranger who also oversees 

the Ranger District in Ketchikan. 

Forest Location and 

Description 

Ecosystem 

services refer to 

goods and services 

vital to human 

health and 

livelihood provided 

by the Forest. A 

more detailed 

description of 

ecosystem services 

and their role on the 

Tongass is included 

in Chapter 2. 
Introduction 1

Tongass Forest Plan Introduction 

January 2008 

1-5 

Figure 1-1 

Tongass National Forest Vicinity Map 
Introduction Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

1 Introduction 

1-6 

This page is intentionally left blank. 
CHAPTER 2 

GOALS AND OBJECTIVES 

CHAPTER 1 

PURPOSE AND NEED
Goals and Objectives 2

Tongass Forest Plan Contents 

January 2008

CONTENTS 

Introduction ..............................................................................................................2-1

Forest Desired Conditions .......................................................................................2-1

Ecosystem Services.................................................................................................2-2

Forest-wide Multiple-use Goals and Objectives ......................................................2-3
Goals and Objectives 2

Tongass Forest Plan Goals and Objectives 

January 2008

2-1 

The management direction for the Forest is described under the section titled 

“Forest Plan Management Direction” in Chapter 1. This chapter presents the Plan’s 

desired conditions for the Forest and the Forest-wide goals and objectives. 

Achievement of the goals and objectives is subject to all applicable management 

standards and guidelines, as are presented in Chapters 3 and 4, and will be strongly 

influenced by annual budget direction and fiscal limitations. 

Desired landscape attributes describe the mosaic of land and resource conditions 

envisioned for the Forest in the future. They are attained through Forest-wide 

multiple-use goals and objectives, and through the cumulative achievement of the 

goals, objectives, and desired conditions for each of the 18 individual Land Use 

Designations (LUDs) described in Chapter 3. The Forest’s desired landscape 

attributes are described below. 

• The Forest is managed to produce desired resource values, products, services, 

and conditions in ways that also sustain the diversity and productivity of 

ecosystems. 

• The Forest is characterized by extensive, unmodified natural environments. Old 

growth is the predominant vegetative structure on the Tongass. Large areas of 

previously harvested stands now support young growth that are trending 

towards mature, old-growth forest conditions. Connections between patches of 

old growth are evident. On those portions of the Forest available for harvest 

activities, stands contain a variety of tree ages ranging from 0 to 300+ years. 

Some stands contain trees of uniform height and size, while other stands 

contain trees with a variety of sizes and heights. Endemic levels of insect and 

disease perform their natural role in the ecosystem. 

• Viable populations of native and desired non-native species and their habitat are 

maintained and are not threatened by invasive species. Viable populations of 

sensitive and rare species and their habitats are considered and maintained as 

to preclude the need for listing species as threatened or endangered. There are 

no threatened or endangered species on the Forest. 

• Fish and wildlife habitat is maintained and improved to ensure sustainable fish 

and wildlife and their uses. 

• A range of recreation opportunities is maintained on the Forest from primitive to 

more urban settings. Recreation opportunities will allow for a different type of 

experience in visual quality, access, remoteness, visitor management, on-site 

recreation development, social encounters, and visitor impacts. 

• Opportunities for hunting, trapping, and viewing game species are being 

provided. World-class wildlife resources such as brown bears and wolves, 

considered threatened or endangered in the lower 48 states, are relatively 

abundant and available for human use and enjoyment in perpetuity. 

• Overall aquatic habitat quality is considered good to excellent. Fish thrive in the 

Forest’s lakes and streams due to good water quality and other habitat features, 

and provide world-class fisheries. 

Chapter 2 

Goals and Objectives 

Introduction 

Forest Desired 

Conditions 
Goals and Objectives Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

2 Goals and Objectives 

2-2 

• Rural residents have opportunities to participate in subsistence activities and to 

harvest subsistence resources in accordance with the direction in the Alaska 

National Interest Lands Conservation Act of 1980 (ANILCA). 

• The outstanding scenery of the Forest is a major attraction for resident and nonresident recreation users; a full range of recreation opportunities is present. In 

some cases, scenic values from certain travel routes, trails, high vista points, or 

aerial observations are affected by timber harvest or mining activities. Users 

have the opportunity to experience independence, closeness to nature, solitude, 

and remoteness. 

• Occasional natural catastrophic events occur; however, the condition of 

watersheds and riparian areas, and careful design and location of roads, 

minimize resource degradation due to such events. 

• Areas congressionally designated as either Wilderness or LUD II will be 

managed consistent with their legislative intent. The desired conditions for 

Wilderness are as specified in Section 2 of the 1964 Wilderness Act. The 

desired conditions for LUD II areas are as specified in Section 508 of the 1990 

Tongass Timber Reform Act (TTRA). 

• The Forest is actively engaged in collaborative discussions with interested 

parties to resolve issues and build partnerships. Data collection, monitoring and 

other plan implementation work is coordinated with the State of Alaska, other 

federal agencies and organizations. 

• The Forest is managed to sustain desired provisioning ecosystem services 

while preserving valuable cultural, supporting, and regulating ecosystem 

services. 

What are ecosystem services? Ecosystem services include the full suite of goods 

and services that are vital to human health and livelihood provided by ecosystems—

in this case, ecosystems on the Tongass National Forest. Ecosystem services 

based in the Tongass benefit communities from the local to global scale: salmon 

from waters of Southeast Alaska are a prized food item locally and across the 

nation; carbon stored in forests can contribute to adding or removing atmospheric 

carbon dioxide; fiber from trees provides materials for traditional customs; and trees 

provide timber for homes. Generally, ecosystem services on the Tongass may be 

divided into four categories: 

1. Provisioning services provide society with food, fresh water, fuel, and fiber. 

2. Regulating services refer to processes affecting climate, water, disease 

regulation, and pollination. 

3. Supporting services include those processes necessary for proper functioning 

of other services, such as soil formation and nutrient cycling. 

4. Cultural services refer to educational, aesthetic, and cultural heritage values as 

well as recreation and tourism. 

These categories provide a holistic framework for establishing monitoring and 

management operations, and encourage integration across disciplines and agencies 

to determine the best management decisions while moving toward the more desired 

conditions. 

Ecosystem 

Services 
Goals and Objectives 2

Tongass Forest Plan Goals and Objectives 

January 2008

2-3 

Forest Plan goals are responsive to identified public issues and ecosystem service 

related opportunities, and collectively describe the desired conditions sought to be 

attained in the long run. Consistent with the National Forest Management Act of 

1976 (NFMA) planning regulations, goals are expressed in broad, general terms and 

specify no date by which they are to be accomplished. Complementary goals are 

listed under the Management Prescriptions in Chapter 3 for each LUD. Taken and 

considered together, goals represent management from an “ecosystem” 

perspective, where ecosystems are considered from the “site” to the “Forest” level. 

Goals are achieved through the allocations of lands to the set of LUDs, 

implementation of the standards and guidelines specified for the LUDs, and other 

activities conducted on the Forest. The management objectives are expected to be 

achieved during the 10- to 15-year life of this Plan to help accomplish Plan goals. 

Additional objectives to help accomplish the goals are listed under the Management 

Prescriptions presented in Chapter 3, and in the Resource Schedules contained in 

Appendix J. 

Resources in this Plan fall into one of three groups of ecosystem services: natural 

capital, built capital, and human capital. 

1. Natural capital includes ecosystem services and other goods derived from the 

Forest. 

2. Built capital includes structures and functions provided by the Forest Service in 

administering and managing the Tongass. 

3. Human capital refers to functions and activities employed by people, for 

people, who have direct contact with the Forest. 

The natural capital group comprises the largest subset of resources described in 

this document, but the Forest does prioritize certain built and human capital 

resources in this Plan, and these are highlighted here as well. 

Forest-wide 

Multiple-use Goals 

and Objectives 
Goals and Objectives Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

2 Goals and Objectives 

2-4 

Category Goal Objective 

Air Maintain the current air resource 

condition to protect the Forest’s 

ecosystems from on- and offForest air emission sources. 

Attain national and state ambient air 

quality standards Forest-wide.

Biodiversity Maintain ecosystems capable of 

supporting the full range of native 

and desired non-native species 

and ecological processes. 

Maintain a mix of representative 

habitats at different spatial and 

temporal scales.

Maintain a Forest-wide system of oldgrowth and other Forest habitats 

(includes reserves, non-development 

LUDs, and beach, estuary, and riparian 

corridors) to sustain old-growth 

associated species and resources. 

a) Ensure that the reserve system 

meets the minimum size, spacing, and 

composition criteria described in 

Appendix K. 

b) Provide sufficient habitat to preclude 

the need for listing species under the 

Endangered Species Act, or from 

becoming listed as Sensitive due to 

National Forest habitat conditions. 

c) Manage the Forest in order to 

reduce, minimize, or eliminate the 

potential for introduction, establishment, 

spread, and impact of invasive species. 

d) Develop a baseline estimate of 

current habitat types, patterns and 

structural components on the Tongass 

National Forest. 

e) Restore watersheds to provide 

healthy, diverse terrestrial and aquatic 

habitat. 

Fish Maintain or restore the natural 

range and frequency of aquatic 

habitat conditions on the 

Tongass National Forest to 

sustain the diversity and 

production of fish and other 

freshwater organisms. 

Use baseline fish habitat objectives 

(identified in Fish Forest-wide Standards 

and Guidelines) to evaluate the relative 

health or condition of riparian and 

aquatic habitat. 

Design and implement fish habitat 

improvement projects annually across 

the Forest. 

Heritage 

Resources 

Identify, evaluate, preserve, and 

protect heritage resources. 

Protect heritage resources (as described 

in the Heritage Resources Forest-wide 

Standards and Guidelines). Provide 

public outreach about heritage 

stewardship. 
Goals and Objectives 2

Tongass Forest Plan Goals and Objectives 

January 2008

2-5 

Category Goal Objective 

Karst and 

Cave 

Resources 

Maintain, to the extent practical, 

the natural karst processes and 

the productivity of the karst 

landscape while providing for 

other land uses where 

appropriate. 

Allow for the continuation of natural karst 

processes. Maintain the productivity of 

the karst landscape while providing for 

other land uses, where appropriate. 

Manage lands in a manner that protects 

significant caves and their associated 

resources. 

Local and 

Regional 

Economies 

Provide a diversity of opportunities for resource uses that 

contribute to the local and 

regional economies of Southeast 

Alaska. 

Work with local communities to identify 

rural community assistance opportunities 

and provide technical assistance in their 

implementation. 

Support a wide range of natural resource 

employment opportunities within 

Southeast Alaska’s communities. 

Minerals and 

Geology 

Provide for environmentally 

sound mineral exploration, development, and reclamation in 

areas open to mineral entry and 

in areas with valid existing rights 

that are otherwise closed to 

mineral entry. Seek withdrawal of 

specific locations where mineral 

development may not meet LUD 

objectives. Maintain inventory of 

surficial geology, geomorphic 

features, geologic hazards, and 

paleontological resources. 

Implement the Minerals and Geology 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

Plants Maintain viable plant 

communities and populations; 

maintain a mixture of habitats 

that are capable of supporting 

the full range of naturally 

occurring flora, including a 

variety of vegetation types, 

botanical life forms, patterns, 

structural components, and the 

consideration of rare species. 

Prevent species from becoming listed as 

threatened, endangered, or sensitive. 
Goals and Objectives Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

2 Goals and Objectives 

2-6 

Category Goal Objective 

Recreation 

and Tourism 

Provide a range of recreation 

opportunities consistent with 

public demand, emphasizing 

locally popular recreation places 

and those important to the 

tourism industry. 

Manage the Forest’s recreation settings 

in accordance with the Recreation 

Opportunity Spectrum Standards and 

Guidelines for each LUD. 

Maintain existing Forest Service system 

trails to a standard that provides for the 

health and safety of all users. Construct 

or reconstruct trails to encourage a 

healthier lifestyle for the public. 

Emphasize projects that facilitate 

community use or community 

connections. 

Maintain existing recreation sites and 

facilities to provide for the health and 

safety of all users. Construct or 

reconstruct facilities in locations where 

the need for the facilities are supported 

by either known use, partnerships for 

long-term maintenance, or repeated 

safety concerns. Remove facilities that 

are no longer needed or are not 

affordable. 

Research Continue to seek out and 

promote research opportunities 

that are consistent with identified 

information needs. 

Cooperate with the Pacific Northwest 

Research Station and the State of 

Alaska in pursuing the high priority 

information needs. 

Sacred Sites Consult with tribes to protect and 

maintain sacred sites Forestwide. 

Manage and protect sacred sites as an 

integral part of the landscape and land 

management planning (as described in 

the Heritage and Sacred Sites Forestwide Standards and Guidelines). 

Scenery Provide Forest visitors with 

visually appealing scenery, with 

emphasis on areas seen along 

the Alaska Marine Highway, tour 

ship and small boat routes, state 

highways, major Forest roads, 

and from popular recreation 

places; recognize that in other 

areas where landscapes are 

altered by management 

activities, the activity may visually 

dominate the characteristic 

landscape. 

Manage the scenery of the Forest in 

order to achieve the adopted Scenic 

Integrity Objectives. 
Goals and Objectives 2

Tongass Forest Plan Goals and Objectives 

January 2008

2-7 

Category Goal Objective 

Soil and Water Maintain soil productivity Forestwide and minimize soil erosion 

resulting from land-disturbing 

activities. 

Minimize sediment transported to 

streams from land-disturbing 

activities. 

Maintain and restore the 

biological, physical, and chemical 

integrity of Tongass National 

Forest waters. 

Meet Alaska Regional soil quality 

standards. 

Attain State of Alaska water quality 

standards Forest-wide. 

Complete Hydrologic Condition 

Assessments and Restoration Plans for 

priority watersheds. 

Complete watershed restoration projects 

in conjunction with Integrated Resource 

Program (see Appendix J). 

Subsistence Provide for the continuation of 

subsistence uses and resources 

by all rural Alaskan residents. 

Evaluate and consider the needs of 

subsistence users in making project land 

management decisions. 

Timber Provide for the continuation of 

timber uses and resources by the 

timber industry and Alaska 

residents. 

Manage the timber resource for 

production of saw timber and 

other wood products from 

suitable forest lands made 

available for timber harvest, on 

an even-flow, long-term 

sustained yield basis and in an 

economically efficient manner. 

Pre-commercial thin previously 

harvested suitable forest land. 

Evaluate non-clearcutting silvicultural 

systems. 

Seek to provide an economic timber 

supply sufficient to meet the annual 

market demand for Tongass National 

Forest timber, and the market demand 

for the planning cycle, up to a ceiling of 

this Plan’s allowable sale quantity, which 

is 2.67 billion board feet in the first 

decade. 

Manage young growth to improve habitat 

for wildlife and commercial timber 

products. Review standards and 

guidelines for applicability to younggrowth stands. 

Provide 2 to 3 years supply of volume 

under contract to local mills and then 

establish shelf volume to maintain 

flexibility and stability in the sale 

program. 

Review the timber sale program and 

work with the state and other partners to 

implement changes that will keep an 

“economic timber” perspective 

throughout the process and monitor the 

implementation of these reforms to 

ensure they are consistently employed 

across the Forest. 

Economic timber is 

defined as a sale of 

timber wherein the 

average purchaser can 

meet all contractual 

obligations, harvest 

and transport the 

timber to the 

purchaser’s site, and 

have a reasonable 

certainty of realizing a 

profit from the sale. 
Goals and Objectives Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

2 Goals and Objectives 

2-8 

Category Goal Objective 

Transportation Develop and manage roads and 

utility systems to support 

resource management activities; 

recognize the potential for future 

development of major 

Transportation and Utility 

Systems. 

Provide access for Forest users. 

Design and construct roads in support of 

Forest resource management activities. 

Decommission roads that are no longer 

needed or are not affordable. 

Manage and maintain roads to protect 

water, soil, fish, and wildlife resources. 

Wetlands Minimize the destruction, loss, or 

degradation of wetlands, and 

preserve and enhance wetland 

functions and values. 

Avoid alteration of, or new construction 

on wetlands, wherever there is a 

practicable, environmentally preferred 

alternative. 

Implement Best Management Practices 

and Estuary, Riparian, Soil, and Water 

Standards and Guidelines specific to 

wetlands. 

Wild and 

Scenic Rivers 

Maintain the outstandingly 

remarkable values and the free 

flowing conditions of rivers 

designated or recommended for 

designation as components of 

the National Wild and Scenic 

Rivers System. 

Manage the 31 rivers (or segments) 

recommended for designation as Wild, 

Scenic, and Recreational, pending 

designation by Congress, to maintain the 

eligibility of the total miles of river for the 

following recommended classifications: 

 Wild 359.5 miles 

 Scenic 87.5 miles 

 Recreational 89.0 miles 

Wilderness Manage designated Wilderness 

to maintain an enduring 

wilderness resource while 

providing for the public purposes 

of recreational, scenic, scientific, 

educational, conservation, and 

historical use, as provided in the 

Wilderness Act of 1964 and 

ANILCA. 

Provide for public use of the 

Wilderness in accordance with ANILCA 

provisions for motorized and nonmotorized access and travel, including 

reasonable traditional subsistence use 

by rural residents. 

Provide trails and primitive facilities that 

are in harmony with the natural 

environment and that promote primitive 

recreation opportunities. Feature 

facilities designed primarily to provide 

resource protection and encourage 

smaller group size. Facilities and trails 

tend to allow for challenge and risk 

instead of convenience. 

Maintain the wilderness to provide 

information on natural ecological 

processes. 

Preserve and perpetuate biodiversity. 

Inventory and reduce or eliminate 

invasive species in Wilderness. 

Manage Wilderness as a place where 

self reliance and primitive skills are 

needed and can be honed by the 

general public. 
Goals and Objectives 2

Tongass Forest Plan Goals and Objectives 

January 2008

2-9 

Category Goal Objective 

Wildlife Maintain the abundance and 

distribution of habitats, especially 

old-growth forests, to sustain 

viable populations in the planning 

area. 

Maintain habitat capability 

sufficient to produce wildlife 

populations that support the use 

of wildlife resources for sport, 

subsistence, and recreational 

activities. 

See biodiversity objectives. 

Design and implement structural and 

non-structural wildlife habitat 

improvement projects. 

Include a young-growth management 

program to maintain, prolong, and/or 

improve understory forage production, 

and to improve habitat distribution, 

including future old-growth characteristics in young-growth timber stands for 

wildlife (e.g., deer, moose, black bear, 

and other species) on both suitable and 

unsuitable lands. 
Goals and Objectives Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

2 Goals and Objectives 

2-10 

This page is intentionally left blank. 
CHAPTER 3 

MANAGEMENT PRESCRIPTIONS 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Contents 

January 2008

CONTENTS 

Introduction ..............................................................................................................3-1

Land Use Designation Acreage ...............................................................................3-1

Special Designations or Classifications ...................................................................3-3

WILDERNESS and NATIONAL MONUMENT WILDERNESS ............................3-7

NONWILDERNESS NATIONAL MONUMENTS................................................3-26

RESEARCH NATURAL AREA...........................................................................3-34

SPECIAL INTEREST AREA...............................................................................3-40

REMOTE RECREATION ...................................................................................3-45

MUNICIPAL WATERSHED................................................................................3-51

OLD-GROWTH HABITAT ..................................................................................3-57

SEMI-REMOTE RECREATION .........................................................................3-63

LAND USE DESIGNATION II.............................................................................3-69

WILD RIVER.......................................................................................................3-74

SCENIC RIVER..................................................................................................3-81

RECREATIONAL RIVER ...................................................................................3-88

EXPERIMENTAL FOREST................................................................................3-95

SCENIC VIEWSHED........................................................................................3-101

MODIFIED LANDSCAPE.................................................................................3-109

TIMBER PRODUCTION...................................................................................3-116

MINERALS.......................................................................................................3-122

TRANSPORTATION and UTILITY SYSTEM...................................................3-128
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Introduction 

January 2008 

3-1 

Chapters 2, 3, and 4 of the Forest Plan present the direction for managing the 

Tongass National Forest. The components and priority of this direction are 

explained in Chapter 1. This chapter includes the complete management 

prescription for each of the 19 Land Use Designations (LUDs) used in the Forest 

Plan. The areas allocated to each LUD are shown on the Forest Plan map. These 

prescriptions only apply to NFS lands within the areas allocated to each LUD. 

To use this management prescription section, first find the area of the Forest you are 

interested in on the map. The map legend shows the name and corresponding color 

of each LUD. Then locate the management prescription for that designation (they 

have the same name) in the table of contents of this Plan. 

Each management prescription has the following components: 

1. Goals, objectives, and desired condition. 

2. A table that refers, by resource, to the Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines that apply. The Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines are 

included in Chapter 4. If a reference is not made in this table to a specific 

Forest-wide Standard and Guideline, that Standard and Guideline is not 

applicable. 

3. The specific direction, called LUD Standards and Guidelines. The LUD 

Standards and Guidelines are grouped by resource, following the order 

established for the Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. Resource 

codes are the same for both sets of standards and guidelines. For 

example, FIRE1 in Chapter 4 refers to direction for fire suppression; 

therefore, specific direction for fire suppression in the Wilderness LUD is 

also labeled FIRE1. Some resources are not included in the LUD 

Standards and Guidelines. In that case, resource direction entirely 

defaults to the Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines listed in the table 

described above in 2. 

The following table shows the number of acres allocated to each LUD. The first 

column of numbers presents the total number of acres allocated to each LUD; 

summing these acres will exceed the National Forest acreage because more than 

one LUD can be applied to the same area (e.g., a Special Interest Area within 

Wilderness). Therefore, the second column of numbers counts each acre of the 

Tongass only once and associates each acre with only one LUD (see the table 

footnotes). For LUDs that allow timber harvest (e.g., Timber Production), many of 

the acres are unsuitable for commercial timber production. Table A-1 in Appendix A 

shows the actual number of suitable acres on the Forest. 

Chapter 3 

Management Prescriptions 

Introduction 

Land Use 

Designation 

Acreage 
Introduction Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-2 

Land Use Designation Allocations

Land Use Designation 

Total Acres 

Allocated to Each 

LUD1

Total Acres 

Allocated to Each 

LUD without 

Overlays2

Wilderness LUD Group 

 Wilderness 2,637,292 2,637,292 

 Wilderness National Monument 3,111,792 3,111,792 

 Nonwilderness National Monument 166,942 166,942 

 Total for Wilderness LUD Group 5,916,026 

Natural Setting LUD Group 

 LUD II 721,002 721,002 

 Remote Recreation 2,033,665 2,033,665 

 Semi-Remote Recreation3 3,023,152 3,023,152 

 Old-Growth Habitat 1,221,173 1,221,173 

 Enacted Municipal Watershed 45,226 45,226 

 Research Natural Area 58,788 26,093 

 Special Interest Area 342,137 221,176 

 Wild River 192,463 62,799 

 Scenic River 27,133 27,133 

 Recreational River 27,387 27,387 

 Total for Natural Setting LUD Group 7,408,806 

Development LUD Group 

 Experimental Forest4 31,405 31,405 

 Scenic Viewshed 307,402 307,402 

 Modified Landscape 728,679 728,679 

 Timber Production 2,381,486 2,381,486 

 Total for Development LUD Group 3,448,972 

Overlay LUD Group5 

 Minerals 249,570 0

 Transportation and Utility Systems -- 0 

TOTAL NATIONAL FOREST 

SYSTEM LAND 16,773,804 1 This column includes the total acreage allocated to each LUD. However, in some cases, more than one 

LUD can be applied to the same area (such as a Special Interest Area within Wilderness); therefore, 

totaling the acres of this column will exceed the total National Forest acreage. 2

 This column counts each acre of the Tongass only once. It includes the total areas allocated to each LUD, 

except for five LUDs that sometimes overlay other LUDs. The Research Natural Area, Special Interest 

Area, and Wild River LUDs sometimes overlay Wilderness, Wilderness National Monument, or LUD II; 

when this occurs, the acreage is included under these other LUDs (so as not to double count). Also, the 

Minerals and Transportation and Utility Systems LUDs always function as overlays and do not have 

acreage in this column. 3

 The acreage figure for this LUD includes 6,544 acres currently allocated to Experimental Forest, but 

proposed to be converted to Semi-Remote Recreation. 4 The acreage figure for this LUD includes 20,853 acres currently allocated to Scenic Viewshed, but 

proposed to be converted to Experimental Forest. 5 The two LUDs in this group are always overlay LUDs. Areas allocated to these LUDs are managed 

according to the underlying LUD until such time that mineral or transportation/utility development is 

approved, if at all. The Minerals overlay LUD has an area (249,570 acres) associated with it; no acreages 

are calculated for the Transportation and Utility Systems LUD because it is defined as a series of corridors 

of undefined width and imprecise locations. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Introduction 

January 2008 

3-3 

The following listing shows, by name, the areas of the Forest identified as 

Congressionally designated Wilderness and LUD IIs; Wild, Scenic, and Recreational 

Rivers (recommended); Research Natural Areas; Special Interest Areas; and 

Experimental Forests. 

Congressionally Designated Wilderness and LUD IIs 

Wilderness established December 2, 1980, by the Alaska National Interest Lands 

Conservation Act (ANILCA) 

Kootznoowoo Wilderness (Admiralty Island Nat. Monument) 

Coronation Island Wilderness 

Endicott River Wilderness 

Maurelle Islands Wilderness 

Misty Fiords National Monument Wilderness 

Petersburg Creek-Duncan Salt Chuck Wilderness 

Russell Fiord Wilderness 

South Baranof Wilderness 

South Prince of Wales Wilderness 

Stikine-LeConte Wilderness 

Tebenkof Bay Wilderness 

Tracy Arm-Fords Terror Wilderness 

Warren Island Wilderness 

West Chichagof-Yakobi Wilderness 

Wilderness established November 28, 1990, by the Tongass Timber Reform Act, 

which amended ANILCA to include these Wilderness areas 

Chuck River Wilderness 

Karta Wilderness 

Kuiu Wilderness 

Pleasant-Lemesurier-Inian Islands Wilderness 

South Etolin Wilderness 

Young Lake Addition to Kootznoowoo Wilderness 

LUD IIs established November 28, 1990, by the Tongass Timber Reform Act 

Anan Creek 

Berners Bay 

Kadashan 

Lisianski River/Upper Hoonah Sound 

Mt. Calder/Mt. Holbrook 

Naha 

Nutkwa 

Outside Islands 

Point Adolphus/Mud Bay 

Salmon Bay 

Trap Bay 

Yakutat Forelands 

Special 

Designations or 

Classifications 
Introduction Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-4 

Wild, Scenic, and Recreational Rivers

The following rivers or river segments, as described in Appendix A of the 1997 

Record of Decision (ROD), including the segment classifications, have been 

recommended to Congress for inclusion in the National Wild and Scenic Rivers 

System: 

Miles of River 

Classification 

River or River Segments Wild Scenic Recreational

Aaron, Oerns, and Berg Creeks 21 16 

Anan Creek 17.5 0.5 

Blind River 5 

Blue River 26 

Chickamin River 94 2 

Essowah Lakes and Streams 13 

Fall Dog Creek 4 

Farragut River 29 1 

Gilkey River 9 

Glacial River 10 

Gokachin, Mirror, Fish, and Low Creeks 30 

Harding River 16 

Hasselborg River and Lakes 24 

Kadake Creek 23 

Kadashan River 8 

Kah Sheets Creek and Lake 5 4 

Katzehin River 10 

Kegan Lake and Streams 9 

King Salmon River 8 

Kutlaku Creek and Lake 2 

LeConte Glacier 6 

Lisianski River 5 

Naha River 17 2 

Orchard Creek and Lake 10 16 

Petersburg Creek 7 

Salmon Bay Lake and Stream 4 2 

Santa Anna Creek and Lake Helen 4 

Sarkar Lakes 14 3 2 

Thorne River and Hatchery Creek 24 18 

Virginia Lake and Creek 9 

Wolverine Creek and McDonald Lake 6 

Research Natural Areas

The following areas will continue to be managed as established Research Natural 

Areas: 

Cape Fanshaw Research Natural Area 

Dog Island Research Natural Area 

Limestone Inlet Research Natural Area 

Old Tom Creek Research Natural Area 

Red River Research Natural Area 

Kadin Island 

Marten River 

Rio Roberts 

Robinson Lake 

Tonalite Creek 

Warm Pass 

West Gambier Bay 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Introduction 

January 2008 

3-5 

Special Interest Areas

The following areas will continue under a Special Interest Area classification: 

Admiralty Lakes Recreation Area 

Bailey Bay Hot Springs Recreation Area 

Blind Slough Scenic and Zoological Area 

Blue River Lava Flow Geological Area 

Clear River Zoological Area 

Duke Island Zoological Area 

Falls Creek Windthrow Botanical Area 

Fish Creek Hot Springs Recreation Area 

Hubbard Glacier Geological Area 

Karst Areas Geological Area (see expansions below) 

Keku Islets Geological and Scenic Area 

Mendenhall Glacier Recreation Area 

Mount Edgecumbe Geological Area 

Naha Recreation Area 

New Eddystone Rock Geological Area 

North Hamilton River Redcedar Cultural and Botanical Area 

Pack Creek Zoological Area 

Patterson Glacier Geological and Botanical Area 

Pike Lakes Recreation Area 

Soda Springs Geological Area 

Suemez Island Geological Area (see expansion below) 

Tracy Arm-Fords Terror Scenic Area 

Walker Cove-Rudyerd Bay Scenic Area 

Ward Lake Recreation Area (including expansion) 

The following areas are classified as Special Interest Areas by the 2008 amendment 

(see Appendix L) and designated as named below: 

 

Big Creek Geological Area 

Blake Channel Geological Area 

Calamity Creek Caves Geological Area 

Dall Island Geological Areas (includes part of former Karst Geological 

Area) 

Eastern Chichagof Geological Areas 

Heceta Island Geological Area 

Kosciusko Island Geological Areas 

North-central Prince of Wales Geological Areas 

Northern Prince of Wales Geological Areas (includes part of former 

Karst Geological Area) 

Suemez Island Volcanics Geological Area (expansion of existing 

Suemez Island Geological Area) 

 

Experimental Forests

The existing Maybeso Experimental Forest will continue to be managed as 

an Experimental Forest. 

The existing Young Bay Experimental Forest is recommended for declassification as 

an Experimental Forest. 

The following area is recommended for classification as an Experimental 

Forest: Cowee-Davies Experimental Forest 
Introduction Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-6 

Map Errata

The Tongass Forest Plan LUDs were developed using small-scale Tongass-wide 

Forest maps similar to those included in the map packets of the Draft and Final 

EISs. The level of accuracy of a map at such a scale is approximately +/- 500 feet. 

Enlargements of this map were also sometimes used in LUD development, but 

these maps contained no additional detail or accuracy; they were just larger scale. 

This approach is appropriate for the development of a Forest Plan map, which is a 

permissive, zoning map. It is the role of subsequent project planning to resolve, 

within the overall intent of the Forest Plan mapped LUDs, the actual location of 

activities on the ground. In some situations, there is a lack of precise map 

correlation or registration of a LUD boundary between two GIS maps. Most of these 

variations are minor, and are due to the combining of map covers of varying 

resolution. This situation results in remnants, or "slivers" of small acreages of land 

appearing on the maps between mapped polygons. In other situations during 

project planning LUD boundaries may be indefinite or illogical if located literally on 

the ground as depicted on the FEIS map. In some instances boundaries may 

appear to bisect an existing or mapped harvest unit; or, while paralleling an existing 

or mapped road, boundaries may appear to cross and recross the road randomly. 

Dealing with these types of map inconsistencies is not considered to be a "change" 

in the Forest Plan. These are considered to be the correction of errata on an asneeded basis when it occurs during project planning or other analysis. Resolution of 

the occurrences discussed above will be guided by: 

1. Following the physical and other identifiable on-the-ground features; 

2. Consider assigning the LUD that comes nearer to maintaining the natural 

setting of the area; or 

3. Using professional management judgement regarding the resource 

situation, in consultation with other agencies, with documented rationale. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Wilderness 

January 2008 

3-7 

WILDERNESS and NATIONAL MONUMENT 

WILDERNESS 

Goals 

Manage all designated Wilderness to maintain the enduring resource of Wilderness as directed by the 

Wilderness Act of 1964, subject to the special provisions and exceptions in the Alaska National Interest 

Lands Conservation Act of 1980 (ANILCA) and the Tongass Timber Reform Act of 1990 (TTRA). 

Protect and perpetuate natural biophysical and ecological conditions and processes. Ensure Wilderness 

ecosystems are substantially free from the effects of civilization. 

Provide a high degree of remoteness from the sights and sounds of humans, and opportunities for 

solitude or primitive recreation activities consistent with Wilderness preservation. 

Keep Wilderness untrammeled and free from human control or manipulation, including actions taken to 

manage Wilderness. 

Protect the undeveloped character of Wilderness by following legislative guidelines regarding permanent 

improvements or human occupation, including mechanized transport and motorized equipment. 

Goals Specific to National Monument Wilderness 

To manage the Wilderness portions of Admiralty Island and Misty Fiords National Monuments to 

maintain an enduring Wilderness resource, while providing for public access and uses consistent with 

the Wilderness Act of 1964, ANILCA, and their respective Presidential Proclamations of 1978, which 

designated these units as National Monuments because of their superlative combination of significant 

scientific and historical features. 

Admiralty Island, exclusive of the Mansfield Peninsula, was designated as a National Monument for the 

scientific purpose of preserving intact a unique coastal island ecosystem. The goal of preservation was 

to ensure continued opportunities for study of Admiralty Island’s ecology and its notable cultural, 

historical, and wildlife resources, within its relatively unspoiled natural ecosystem. Protection and study 

of Tlingit cultural resources, other historical resources, and brown bear and bald eagle populations are 

specifically directed. 

Misty Fiords was designated as a National Monument to serve the scientific purposes of preserving a 

unique ecosystem and the remarkable geologic and biological objects and features it contains. The goal 

of preservation was to ensure continued opportunities for study of Misty Fiord’s geology and ecology, 

including the complete range of coastal to interior climates and ecosystems. Protection and study of the 

geology, plant and animal succession, historical resources, and fish and wildlife resources are 

specifically directed. 

Objectives 

Apply a multi-disciplinary focus to Wilderness management; consider stewardship of Wilderness in the 

annual program of work by all resources. 

Manage recreation activities so that the levels of social encounters, on-site developments, methods of 

access, and visitor impacts indicated for the Primitive Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) Class are 

emphasized (see Chapter 4, Recreation and Tourism and Appendix I). Areas managed as SemiPrimitive within a Wilderness are an exception and not encouraged. 

Provide for public uses of Wilderness as authorized in the Wilderness Act, but subject to ANILCA 

provisions for motorized and non-motorized access and travel, including reasonable traditional 

subsistence use by rural residents, and provisions of other applicable Wilderness designation acts. 
Wilderness Tongass Forest Plan

 January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-8 

Maintain trails and primitive facilities that are in harmony with the natural environment and that promote 

primitive recreation opportunities. Feature facilities designed primarily to provide resource protection and 

encourage smaller group size, and emphasize challenge and risk instead of convenience. 

Maintain the Wilderness capacity to provide information on natural ecological processes. 

Preserve and perpetuate biodiversity. 

Inventory, reduce, and, when possible, eliminate non-native species in Wilderness. 

Manage Wilderness as a place where self-reliance and primitive skills are needed and can be honed. 

Objectives Specific to National Monument Wilderness 

Inventory, research, protect, and interpret National Monument resources as directed by Monument 

designation consistent with Wilderness management practices. 

Make resource and research information about the National Monuments available to other forest units 

where it may be beneficial for management of multiple use lands. 

Desired Condition 

All designated Wilderness on the Tongass National Forest is characterized by extensive, unmodified 

natural environments. Ecological processes and natural conditions are not measurably affected by past 

or current human uses or activities. Users have the opportunity to experience independence, closeness 

to nature, solitude and remoteness, and may pursue activities requiring self-reliance, challenge, and risk. 

Motorized and mechanized use is limited to the minimum needed for the administration of the 

Wilderness. Allow for access to state and private lands, subsistence uses, and public access and other 

uses to the extent provided for by ANILCA. 

Desired Condition Specific to National Monument Wilderness 

The purposes of National Monument designation are fulfilled by protecting and learning more about the 

special resources they contain. Appropriate research is encouraged and supported within the 

constraints of Wilderness designation, and contributes to both the purposes of the Wilderness National 

Monuments and improved management of other forest lands. Appropriate interpretive and educational 

efforts allow the public to better understand the resources of these special areas and to appreciate how 

these areas fit into the local, regional, and even global context of geology, ecology, and human history. 

The Wilderness portions of Admiralty Island and Misty Fiords National Monuments are characterized by 

extensive, unmodified natural environments. Ecological processes and natural conditions are not 

measurably affected by past or current human uses or activities. Users have the opportunity to 

experience independence, closeness to nature, solitude and remoteness, and may pursue activities 

requiring self-reliance, challenge, and risk. Motorized and mechanized use is limited to the minimum 

needed for the administration of Wilderness. Allow for access to state and private lands, subsistence 

uses, and public access and other uses to the extent provided by ANILCA. If not specifically provided 

through an ANILCA exception, the resources within a designated Wilderness shall be administered in 

accordance with the applicable provisions of the Wilderness Act. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Wilderness 

January 2008 

3-9 

Wilderness and National Monument Wilderness Land Use Designations 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH1 All 

BEACH2 I 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE1 All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH1 I(B:1;C) 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND1, 3, 4, 6 All 

LAND2 I(A:1-13),VII,IX 

LAND5 I(A) 

Minerals and Geology MG1 All 

MG2 I,III,IV,VI,VII 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC1 All 

REC2 I,II(A),III 

REC3 I,II,III(B),IV-VII 

Riparian RIP1 All 

RIP2 I,II(A-E) 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE1 All 

SCENE2 I,II(A,E) 

SCENE3 I(B,D),II 

Soil and Water SW1, 2, 4 All 

SW3 I(A:1-4,B-F),II 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM2,5 All 

Trails TRAI1 I(A-E;F:1,3,5,6) 

TRAI2 All 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD1 I-V; VI(A,B,C,E); VII; 

VIII; IX(A:1-3,5-

8,11,B); X; XI(A:1); 

XII-XIV; XVI(A:1) 

WILD2 I(A:1,B) 

WILD4 All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines: 

AIR Air Resource Inventory: AIR1 

A. Air Quality monitoring will be accomplished in accordance with specific 

District- or Forest-level plans and strategies. 

FACILITIES Administrative Facilities: FAC1, FAC2, FAC3, and FAC4 

A. Construct no new permanent administrative facilities in Wilderness, except 

as consistent with ANILCA, Sections 1303, 1306, 1310, and 1315, and other 

applicable Wilderness designation acts. 
Wilderness Tongass Forest Plan

 January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-10 

B. Allow the continued operation and maintenance of permanent administrative 

facilities for which there is an ongoing need (ANILCA, Section 1306 (b)). 

1. When reconstruction of existing permanent administrative structures is 

necessary, reconstruct or replace them with structures of compatible 

design. 

2. During reconstruction and maintenance activities: 

a) Paint or stain structure to blend with the environment; 

b) Keep clearing of vegetation to the minimum feasible; and 

c) Select materials that are natural in appearance. 

C. Allow temporary facilities and crew barges for administration. 

1. Temporary administrative camps used by Wilderness rangers, trail 

crews, or for other administrative activities should avoid areas used for 

camping by the general public and should be screened from view. 

2. Temporary administrative camps may remain in place only during 

periods required for the administrative activity. All equipment and 

materials will be removed or collapsed and laid flat at the end of the 

field season or during other extended periods of non-use. 

3. Temporary camps will seek to achieve minimum impact on the land. 

There will be no permanent foundations or anchors, and only minimal 

clearing of vegetation at campsites. 

4. Crew barges should be located in unobtrusive locations. They may be 

periodically moved and relocated to support administrative needs. 

D. Allow administrative use of public cabins and shelters in Wilderness. When 

scheduling, avoid conflict with public use. 

E. When necessary, allow radio repeaters to provide essential communications 

for the health and safety of employees involved in the administration of the 

area. Allow permanent radio repeaters currently located in Wilderness to 

remain. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

 Suppression Action 

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression option identified in the Southeast 

Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan. 

B. Emphasize suppression tactics resulting in the least possible disturbance or 

evidence of human presence. 

1. Use of mechanized equipment requires approval by the Forest Service 

officer with delegated authority. 

2. Suppression tactics will avoid human/bear conflicts and existing policy 

will be emphasized to leave no trash or any other kinds of bear 

attractants in the area. 

3. Rehabilitation of all campsites, suppression lines, and other evidence 

of human presence will occur as soon as it is safe, but within 1 year 

after the fire occurs. 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2 

 Prescribed Fire 

A. As a general management practice, do not use management-ignited 

prescribed fire. Should it become necessary to consider the use of 

management-ignited prescribed fire, Forest Service Manual (FSM) 2324 

provides direction. 

B. As a general management practice, allow natural fires in accordance with 

fire management plans specific to the area. (Consult FSM 5142.) 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Wilderness 

January 2008 

3-11 

FISH Fish Habitat Planning: FISH2 

 Planning 

A. Plan for fisheries in Wilderness consistent with ANILCA, Section 1315(b), 

which recognizes the goal of restoring and maintaining fish production in the 

State of Alaska to optimum sustained yield levels and in a manner that 

adequately ensures protection, preservation, enhancement, and 

rehabilitation of the Wilderness resource. Subject to reasonable regulations, 

permanent improvements and facilities such as fishways, fish weirs, fish 

ladders, fish hatcheries, spawning channels, stream clearance, egg 

planting, and other accepted means of maintaining, enhancing, and 

rehabilitating fish stocks may be permitted. For this purpose, optimum 

sustained yield levels will be considered synonymous with the long-term 

harvest goals documented in the State of Alaska Comprehensive Salmon 

Plans and other state fisheries plans. (Consult R-10 supplements to FSM 

2632 and FSM 2320 for further details.) 

B. Determine the need for Wilderness aquaculture projects (as described in 

ANILCA, Section 1315(b)) on a broad basis that includes the potential of 

private, state, and federal nonwilderness projects. 

C. Evaluate fish habitat improvement during project planning by considering: 

1) availability of suitable nonwilderness opportunities that should be used 

first; 2) effects on Wilderness conditions, in general; 3) effects resulting from 

the introduction of species not indigenous to the watershed; 4) the 

appropriateness of structures both in type and scale to the desired future 

condition for the Wilderness and the ROS class setting; and 5) the need to 

provide well-distributed fisheries that support sport and commercial 

fisheries, subsistence, and community stability. 

D. In planning, stress protection of fish habitat to prevent the need for 

mitigation. 

 Fish Habitat Improvement: FISH3 

A. Construct facilities in a rustic manner to blend into the natural character of 

the area and limit facilities to those essential to the project (ANILCA, 

1315(b)). Methods for the installation of any feature or facility will apply the 

minimum requirement concept to management activities that affect the 

Wilderness resource and character by conducting a minimum requirements 

analysis (FSM 2322.03). 

B. Permit reasonable access, including the temporary use of motorized 

equipment, subject to reasonable regulation to maintain the Wilderness 

character, water quality, and fish and wildlife values of the area. 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1 

A. Allow natural occurrences to play their normal role in ecological succession. 

 Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2 

A. Survey and inventory visible insect and disease outbreaks. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1 

 Enhancement 

A. Heritage resources are available for scientific study to the extent that the 

study is consistent with 1) the preservation of Wilderness; 2) the intent of the 

Wilderness Act; and 3) heritage resource management objectives. 

B. Heritage resources are available for recreational, scenic, scientific, 

educational, conservation, and historic uses, consistent with management of 

Wilderness. 
Wilderness Tongass Forest Plan

 January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-12 

1. Provide interpretive information concerning heritage resources to users 

in the form of exhibits and publications outside of the Wilderness. 

Evaluation 

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement 

heritage resource inventory, evaluation, and protection within the 

Wilderness. 

1. Identify heritage properties to be nominated to the National Register of 

Historic Places. 

2. Identify, classify, and evaluate known heritage resources. 

3. Identify heritage properties that require stabilization or other protective 

measures. 

INVASIVE SPECIES Invasive Species Monitoring and Treatment: INV2 and INV3

A. Non-native, invasive species monitoring and treatment will be accomplished 

in accordance with specific District- or Forest-level plans and strategies. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2 

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. A cave management plan will be developed prior to the 

authorization of appropriate, allowed activities inside caves. Activities 

include agency interpretation, commercial use, or scientific investigation. 

B. Manage caves as Class 1 (Sensitive) or Class 3 (Undeveloped) as 

described in the Karst and Cave Resources Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (non-recreation): LAND2 

A. Authorize only activities that are consistent with the Wilderness Act or 

specifically allowed by ANILCA, or other applicable Wilderness designation 

acts, and are otherwise in compliance with management direction of this 

plan. (Consult FSM 2700, FSM 2320, and Regional Supplements.) 

1. Analyze proposals on a case-by-case basis. 

2. Permit only activities consistent with the goals, objectives, and desired 

conditions for Wilderness. 

3. Integrate special use management with the ROS so that approved uses 

and activities emphasize the most primitive ROS class setting. 

4. Avoid authorizing uses that are not dependent upon Wilderness 

resources or uses for which reasonable alternative locations exist 

outside the Wilderness. 

5. Utilize cost-recovery direction to process applications. 

B. New special use cabins and related structures may be permitted by the 

Forest Service officer with delegated authority in accordance with Section 

1303(b)(1) of ANILCA under the conditions described below. 

1. The permit is nontransferable and limited to a 5-year term. 

2. The determination is made that the proposed use, construction, and 

maintenance of the structure(s) are consistent with the goals, 

objectives, and desired conditions for Wilderness. 

3. The determination is made that the proposed cabin is either directly 

related to the administration of the Wilderness or the continuation of an 

ongoing use otherwise allowed in the Wilderness, where a) the 

applicant has no reasonable alternative site for constructing a cabin; 

and b) the cabin is not to be used for private recreational use. 

4. The United States shall retain ownership of the cabin and related 

structures. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Wilderness 

January 2008 

3-13 

5. To qualify, an applicant must: 

a) Agree to vacate the structure(s) and remove all personal property 

upon nonrenewal or revocation of the permit within a reasonable 

time period established by the District Ranger or Monument 

Ranger; 

b) Acknowledge in writing that they have no interest in the real 

property on which the structure(s) are constructed and that any 

cabin or related structure constructed under the authority of the 

Special Use Authorization shall be the property of the United 

States; and 

c) Submit with their applications a sketch or photograph and a map of 

the proposed structure(s) showing the specific geographical 

location. 

6. Special Use Permits will contain the following provision: "Chainsaws, 

generators or other motorized equipment shall not be used in the 

permit area unless specifically approved by the Regional Forester." 

C. Cabins and related structures that were in place on December 2, 1980, for 

which a valid authorization does not exist, may be authorized with a nontransferable renewable 5-year Special Use Authorization by the Regional 

Forester for traditional and customary uses if the use is compatible with the 

Wilderness. No permits shall be issued for private recreational use. These 

permits shall be renewed until the death of the last immediate family 

member using the cabin as a dwelling. Revocation of the permit must be by 

the Regional Forester, after notice and hearing establish that continued use 

is causing, or may cause, significant harm to the Wilderness (ANILCA, 

1303(b)). 

1. To qualify for an authorization, the applicant must: 

a) Demonstrate by affidavit, bill of sale, or other documentation, proof 

of possessory interests or rights of occupancy in the cabin; 

b) Submit a list of all immediate family members; 

c) Submit a sketch or photograph and a map of the cabin and related 

structures showing its geographic location; 

d) Agree to vacate all structures and remove all personal property 

within a reasonable time period established by the District Ranger 

or Monument Ranger; and 

e) Acknowledge, in writing, that there is no interest in the real property 

on which the cabin and structures are located. 

2. The use of motorized ground equipment, not designed for personal 

transport use, is authorized in and about authorized structures and 

facilities in the permitted area for a period not to exceed the termination 

or the revocation of the authorization. Authorized ground equipment 

includes chainsaws, generators, power brushcutters, and other handheld tools and appliances, but do not include all-terrain vehicles, 

motorcycles, or other types of off-highway vehicles (OHVs), except 

snowmachines. Power lawnmowers, rototillers, and other power 

garden equipment may be used only on existing lawns and gardens 

that were established prior to the designation of the area as 

Wilderness. 

3. Cabins and associated structures that do not qualify for Special Use 

Authorization shall be removed by the owner unless accepted as a 

donation to the United States. Cabins that remain will be posted as 

property of the United States. Cabins that may be useful for 

emergency shelter may be designated by the Forest Service officer 

with delegated authority as public use cabins or posted for use as 

emergency public shelters. 
Wilderness Tongass Forest Plan

 January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-14 

D. Renew existing valid Special Use Authorizations for cabins, homesites, or 

similar structures, which were in effect on December 2, 1980, unless the 

Forest Service officer with delegated authority finds, following notice to the 

permittee and after the permittee has had a reasonable opportunity to 

respond, that the permitted structure constitutes a direct threat or a 

significant impairment to the Wilderness (ANILCA, Section 1303(d) and 

Section 101 (b)). 

1. Authorizations in effect on December 2, 1980, will be considered for 

renewal in accordance with provisions of the existing authorization and 

reasonable regulations that may be prescribed. 

2. The structures authorized by these authorizations may be maintained, 

rehabilitated, modified, replaced, or removed, but not enlarged. 

3. All modifications and replacement plans will require form, color, and 

materials that blend and are compatible with the immediate and 

surrounding Wilderness landscape. 

4. In the case of conflicts that could lead to termination of the permit, the 

permittee will be offered reasonable opportunity to correct the conflict. 

5. The Special Use Authorization may be transferred at the election or 

death of the original permittee. The original permittee is the one of 

record on December 2, 1980. This is a transfer of the authorization in 

effect on December 2, 1980—not the issuance of a new Special Use 

Authorization. The transfer may be accomplished following the normal 

procedures except that the Special Use Authorization will be amended 

to change the name of the permittee instead of issuing a new 

authorization. 

6. The amendment will also contain the following tenure clauses: 

a) This permit is nontransferable, and a new permit will not be issued 

to any subsequent owner of the improvements or to any person 

holding any interest in the improvements. 

b) If the present permittee, herein named, ceases to have personal 

need for, or to make personal use of, the site for the purpose for 

which the permit is issued, this permit will terminate and the 

structures on the area shall be disposed of as provided in the 

conditions of the permit. 

c) No additional improvements shall be constructed without prior 

written approval by the Forest Service officer with delegated 

authority. 

d) The use of motorized ground equipment, not designed for personal 

transport use, is authorized in and about authorized structures and 

facilities on the permitted area for a period not to exceed the 

termination or the revocation of this authorization. Authorized 

ground equipment includes chainsaws, generators, power 

brushcutters, and other hand-held tools and appliances, but do not 

include all-terrain vehicles, motorcycles, or other types of OHVs, 

except snowmachines. Power lawnmowers, rototillers, and other 

power garden equipment may be used only on existing lawns and 

gardens that were established prior to the designation of the area 

as Wilderness. 

E. Provide for the continuance of existing and future establishment and use of 

temporary campsites, tent platforms, shelters, and other temporary facilities 

and equipment directly related to and necessary for the taking of fish and 

wildlife in accordance with ANILCA (Section 1316). Regulate these 

temporary facilities as follows: 

1. Permits are limited to a period not to exceed 1 year, but may be 

renewed. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Wilderness 

January 2008 

3-15 

2. Authorized facilities and/or equipment must be directly and necessarily 

related to the taking of fish and wildlife. Permits will only be issued 

when the following conditions are met: 

a) The facilities are needed as a practical necessity to conduct legal 

hunting, trapping, and fishing activities that occur either within the 

Wilderness or in adjacent waters. 

b) The applicant has no feasible alternative location outside the 

Wilderness. 

3. Does not include cabins. 

4. Does not include motorized forms of transportation other than 

snowmachines, motorboats, or fixed-wing airplanes. 

5. The specific location of temporary facilities will not cause physical 

resource damage, and should be located and designed to minimize 

conflicts with other users. 

6. Tent platforms, toilets, or other constructed facilities should be located 

approximately 0.5 mile, or more, from popular beaches, lakes, 

recreational boat anchorages (both developed and undeveloped), or 

other special recreation places. Consider season of use, compatibility 

of activities, core use areas, the goals, objectives, and desired 

conditions for the Wilderness, consistency with the ROS setting, and 

other factors in assessing the 0.5-mile guideline. 

7. Temporary camp facilities in Wilderness will include at least the 

following conditions: 

a) The time of occupancy will be limited to coincide with the hunting or 

fishing season for the species for which the temporary facility is 

being used. 

b) At the end of the specified occupancy, tents will be taken down and 

tent platforms laid flat. Unnecessary equipment will be removed 

from the site. 

c) Temporary structures will be built with materials that blend with and 

are visually compatible with the surrounding landscape. 

d) Temporary facilities will be screened from the water, and located so 

that they are unobtrusive as seen from trails and areas of public 

use. 

8. The Forest Service officer with delegated authority may determine, 

after adequate public notice, that the establishment and use of new 

facilities or equipment would constitute a significant expansion of 

existing facilities or uses that would be detrimental to the purposes for 

which the Wilderness was established, including its wilderness 

character. Upon such determination, the Forest Service officer with 

delegated authority may deny the use or establishment of new facilities 

and equipment in accordance with ANILCA, Section 1316 (b). 

F. Allow reasonable access to, and operation and maintenance of existing air 

and water navigation aids, communication sites, and related facilities, as 

well as existing facilities for national defense purposes, weather, climate, 

and fisheries research and monitoring. Allow the continuation of necessary 

motorized access at existing sites (ANILCA, Section 1310(a)). New facilities 

proposed for these activities and purposes, except communications sites, 

shall be permitted: 1) following consultation between the head of the federal 

agency undertaking the establishment, operation, or maintenance, and the 

Forest Service officer with delegated authority; and 2) in accordance with 

such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon in order to 

minimize the adverse effects of such activities on the Wilderness resources 

(ANILCA, Section 1310). 

1. Perform environmental analysis to evaluate the effects of such 

proposals on Wilderness resources and to provide the basis for 
Wilderness Tongass Forest Plan

 January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-16 

determining the necessary terms and conditions under which the use 

will be permitted. 

2. Mechanized transport and motorized equipment may be authorized 

where no other feasible alternative exists. 

3. Forest Service officer(s) with delegated authority will consult with the 

permittees and jointly develop an operating plan, documenting 

procedures that will minimize impacts on the Wilderness resources 

without unreasonably limiting the operation and maintenance of the 

proposed facilities. 

G. The resorts discussed below were under permit prior to the establishment of 

the Monument Wildernesses. They will be administered in accordance with 

ANILCA provisions as follows: 

1. Thayer Lake Lodge. Section 503(j) of ANILCA provides that the 

Special Use Permit for Thayer Lake Lodge shall be renewed, as 

necessary, for the longest of either: 1) 15 years after December 2, 

1980; or 2) the lifetime of the permittee, as designated in such permit 

as of January 1, 1979, or the surviving spouse or child of such 

permittee, whoever lives longer, so long as the management of the 

lodge remains consistent with the purposes of the Admiralty Island 

National Monument. 

2. Humpback Lake Chalet. The resort Special Use Permit in existence on 

December 2, 1980, authorized one rental cabin and appurtenant 

structures on Humpback Lake within Misty Fiords National Monument 

Wilderness. The continuation of this use is authorized by ANILCA, 

Section 1307(a). The existing improvements may be maintained, 

rehabilitated, modified, replaced, or removed, but not enlarged. New 

cabin construction will not be allowed. Approval of exterior color 

schemes, materials, and designs shall use criteria that keep the 

improvements unobtrusive and compatible with the surroundings. The 

Special Use Permit may be revised as appropriate, but the permittee 

must remain Sportsman Paradise Tours, the permittee on December 2, 

1980. The use shall continue to be permitted so long as it remains a 

public recreation rental cabin, provides adequate public service, does 

not significantly threaten any resource, and other terms and conditions 

of the permit are met. 

H. Allow reasonable access to, operation, and maintenance of existing air and 

water navigation aids, communication sites, and related facilities, as well as 

existing facilities for national defense purposes, weather, climate, and 

fisheries research and monitoring. Allow the continuation of necessary 

motorized access at existing sites (ANILCA, Section 1310(a)). New facilities 

proposed for these activities and purposes, except communications sites, 

shall be permitted 1) following consultation between the head of the federal 

agency undertaking the establishment, operation, or maintenance, and the 

Forest Service officer with delegated authority; and 2) in accordance with 

such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon in order to 

minimize the adverse effects of such activities on the Monument Wilderness 

resources. 

1. Conduct environmental analysis to evaluate the effects of such 

proposals on Monument Wilderness resources and to provide the basis 

for determining the necessary terms and conditions under which the 

use will be permitted. 

2. Mechanized transport and motorized equipment may be authorized 

where no other feasible alternative exists. 

3. Forest Service officers with delegated authority will consult with the 

permittees and jointly develop Operating Plans, documenting 

procedures that will minimize impacts on the Monument Wilderness 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Wilderness 

January 2008 

3-17 

resources without unreasonably limiting the operation and maintenance 

of the proposed facilities. 

I. Wilderness is a Transportation and Utility System (TUS) "Avoidance Area." 

Transportation and utility sites and corridors may be located in the 

Wilderness only after an analysis of potential TUS opportunities has been 

completed and no feasible alternatives exist outside the Wilderness. Refer 

to the Transportation and Utility section for direction. ANILCA (Section 506) 

includes specific exceptions for Admiralty Island National Monument 

Wilderness regarding the right to develop hydroelectric resources and public 

access and use. 

J. Onshore facilities such as waterlines, storage areas, and shoreties for 

mariculture shall not be permitted in Wilderness. 

 Landline Location and Maintenance: LAND4 

A. Provide adequate marking for the public and Forest Service employees to 

distinguish land ownership. 

1. Survey, mark, and post property lines of inholdings and adjacent 

private lands. Give highest priority to those landlines that are adjacent 

to private lands where activities or occupancies are likely to encroach 

into the Wilderness. The next priority is adjacent to trails, canoe 

routes, and other Wilderness transportation corridors or areas of 

frequent human use. 

B. Provide adequate marking of Wilderness boundaries to prevent 

encroachment of non-compatible activities from adjacent public lands. 

C. Determine survey, marking, and posting priorities by the degree to which 

adjacent land management is compatible with the adjacent Wilderness. 

 Land Ownership Adjustments: LAND6 

A. Acquire private inholdings as opportunities arise. 

1. Acquisition of private inholdings within the Wilderness is a continuing 

high priority. 

2. As opportunities arise, acquire private inholdings through donation, 

exchange, or purchase. 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Administration: MG1 and MG2 

GEOLOGY Forest Lands Withdrawn from Mineral Entry 

A. Forest lands within Wilderness are withdrawn from mineral entry subject to 

valid existing rights. 

B. Claimants with valid claims located within the Wilderness retain valid 

existing rights if such rights were established prior to the date that 

Wilderness lands were withdrawn from mineral entry. 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the 

provisions of approved Plan of Operations (ANILCA, Section 1110(b)). 

D. Section 1010 of ANILCA provides for the assessment of oil, gas, and other 

mineral potential on all public lands in Alaska. Core and test drilling for 

geologic information purposes, but excluding exploratory oil and gas test 

wells, may be authorized within Wilderness. Air access shall be permitted 

for such assessment activities. Sections 503, 504, and 505 of ANILCA 

provide specific direction for minerals management in the National 

Monument. 

E. Encourage use of state-of-the-art techniques for developing mineral 

resources to reduce impacts to Wilderness values to the extent feasible. 

Include mitigation measures that are compatible with the proposed 

development and commensurate with potential resource impacts. 
Wilderness Tongass Forest Plan

 January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-18 

F. The use of motorized equipment may be authorized. Apply appropriate 

Transportation Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines to the location and 

construction of mining roads (ANILCA, Section 1110 (b)). 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3 

TOURISM Recreation Management and Operations

A. To the degree consistent with the Wilderness designation, provide a 

spectrum of wildland recreation opportunities that reflects the inherent 

ecological, cultural, historical, prehistorical, scientific, and sociological 

conditions found within the Wilderness. 

B. Emphasize the management of the Primitive ROS setting that 

acknowledges existing opportunities, while recognizing exceptions due to 

ANILCA or other authorizations and development activities outside of 

Wilderness. Provide for the appropriate activities throughout the 

Wilderness. Protect the integrity of the Wilderness character through 

integrated project planning and implementation. 

1. Manage for the adopted ROS class where established through 

Wilderness plans. If adopted ROS classes do not exist for the specific 

Wilderness, emphasize management for the Primitive ROS class, 

unless activities and practices allowed by ANILCA are authorized by the 

Forest Service officer with delegated authority and cause change in the 

ROS setting(s). Seek to minimize the changes through project design 

and mitigation. Commercial services may be performed within the 

Wilderness to the extent necessary for activities that are proper for 

realizing the recreational or other Wilderness purposes of the area. 

2. Seek to minimize changes to the setting through project design and 

mitigation. Maintain the capability of the Wilderness to emphasize 

quality primitive recreation on a sustained basis. 

C. Manage recreation activities to meet appropriate levels of social encounters, 

on-site development, methods of access, and visitor impacts indicated for 

either the adopted ROS class or emphasizing the more Primitive ROS class 

(see “B” above). (Consult national and regional handbooks.) 

1. Group size is limited to no more than 12 persons for commercial or 

general public use of a Wilderness unless otherwise approved by the 

appropriate line officer. Exceptions may be approved by the District 

Ranger or Monument Ranger in response to unusual circumstances. 

Recurring exceptions should be justified in local area analyses or 

decision documents. Exceptions for general public use authorized by 

the Forest Plan include: 

a) The Stikine River Valley and tidal estuary below 100 feet elevation, 

not including Shakes Valley upstream from the outlet of Shakes 

Lake. 

2. Length of stay at any one location is limited to 14 days with the 

exception of uses approved through a Special Use Permit. 

3. At no time will caches or storage of equipment be allowed unless 

approved by the appropriate line officer by a special use authorization. 

4. Management restrictions on visitor behavior will be primarily for 

resource protection and to minimize conflicts. 

5. Work to preserve outstanding opportunities for solitude or a primitive, 

unconfined type of recreation experience. Use will not be encouraged 

into more pristine areas as a means of resolving conflicts in areas of 

concentrated use. 

6. Do not authorize commercial services in Wilderness with more than two 

groups of 12 people from a single vessel or other means of transport or 

access. These groups will be required to disperse out of sight and 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Wilderness 

January 2008 

3-19 

sound from each other when using National Forest System lands to 

minimize impacts to a specific site or other groups who may want to use 

an area. 

7. Encounters should be less than three groups per day to maintain the 

more primitive experience. 

D. Where applicable, provide for general public use of the Wilderness in 

accordance with ANILCA provisions for the use of snowmachines (during 

periods of adequate snow cover), motorboats, fixed-wing airplanes, and 

nonmotorized surface transportation methods for traditional activities that 

are legal and for travel to and from villages and homesites (ANILCA, Section 

1110). Designation of motorized routes for OHVs in Wilderness areas is not 

allowed except for instances where documented local traditional use for 

subsistence activities has occurred prior to ANILCA (1980), or the area is 

designated as a Wilderness. 

1. Traditional activities include, but are not limited to, recreation activities 

such as sport fishing, sport hunting, boating, sightseeing, and hiking. 

2. Legal traditional activities shall be allowed to continue where such use 

has previously occurred. No proof of pre-existing use will be required in 

order to use a snowmachine, motorboat, or fixed-wing airplane. No 

permits will be required for the general public to use these specific types 

of motorized transport or any nonmotorized surface transportation 

methods for traditional activities that are legal, unless an area is 

specifically closed to public use. Such use is subject to reasonable 

regulation by the Forest Service officer with delegated authority to 

protect Wilderness resources and other values from damage. 

3. Restrictions or closures of specific areas within the Wilderness to 

transportation methods listed in "D" above, may be invoked by the 

Forest Service officer with delegated authority following adequate public 

notice and public hearing, and the determination that such use would be 

detrimental to Wilderness resources and values. Closure of broad 

areas is not contemplated. 

4. Fixed-wing airplanes will be allowed to land on all suitable lakes, 

beaches, and icefields without a permit unless the activity (i.e., 

commercial use) requires a permit. 

5. The landing of helicopters for access by the general public is prohibited. 

E. Maintain existing public use cabins and shelters at present or improved 

condition. Consider additional public use cabins and/or shelters only when 

needed for health and safety purposes (ANILCA, Section 1315(d)). 

1. Base new cabin or shelter locations on an analysis of public health and 

safety needs. The analysis shall include at least the following factors: 

a) Difficulty of access, particularly in regard to timely pick-up of users 

by floatplane or boat, or for emergency situations; 

b) Presence of natural hazards including weather, brown bears, and 

dangerous tide and currents; 

c) History of fatalities and life-threatening incidents in the area; and 

d) Natural attractions that entice people to use a particular area. 

2. Design of new or replacement cabins or shelters will use drawings 

approved for use in Wilderness. 

3. Appurtenant structures to the cabin or shelter will be limited to a toilet, a 

woodshed, and minimum structures necessary for resource protection 

and accessibility. 

4. All structures shall be built of materials that blend with, and are 

compatible with, the foreground and middleground landscape 

surrounding the site. 

5. Decisions to construct new cabins or relocate or move existing cabins 

must be supported by an environmental analysis. 
Wilderness Tongass Forest Plan

 January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-20 

6. The Forest Supervisor will inform Congress regarding any proposed 

public use cabin or shelter removal or additions (ANILCA, Section 

1315(d)). 

7. Report Wilderness managed to standard through INFRA each year. 

F. All users will be encouraged to follow “Leave No Trace” practices. With the 

help of user groups, develop ways to distribute information for "Leave No 

Trace" practices. 

G. Maintain the recreation campsite inventories to help determine changes to 

Wilderness character and to meet minimum stewardship levels as provided 

through national direction. 

Outfitter/Guide Operations

A. Special Use Authorizations permitting individuals or organizations to provide 

visitor services in Wilderness may be issued if there is demonstrated need 

for the service(s) and they are deemed appropriate for the area proposed. 

District Rangers and Monument Rangers will maintain a record of currently 

active authorizations. 

1. In selecting persons to provide new visitor services, except for guided 

hunting and sport fishing, preference shall be given to: 1) the Native 

corporation most directly affected by the establishment of the subject 

Wilderness, and 2) local residents defined by the Secretary of 

Agriculture (ANILCA, Section 1307). 

2. Outfitter and guide permit holders may be authorized the use of 

assigned temporary campsites for specific dates within a use season. 

Assigned campsites shall not include structures such as tent platforms 

or equipment caches (except as in 3. below). 

3. Outfitter and guide services for the taking of fish and wildlife may be 

allowed certain temporary camp facilities by ANILCA, Section 1316. 

(See Lands section.) 

4. Authorize a party size of no more than 12 persons for any one site or 

activity. District Rangers or Monument Rangers may approve 

exceptions to this party size limitation in response to extremely unusual 

circumstances. Recurring exceptions should be justified in local area 

analyses or decision documents. 

5. Outfitter and guide operating plans for Wilderness direct permit holders 

to model appropriate Wilderness practices and incorporate appreciation 

for Wilderness values in their interaction with clients and others. 

 Recreation Special Uses 

A. Major and minor developments other than those specifically provided for in 

ANILCA or other applicable Wilderness designation acts are illegal or not 

consistent with agency policy and regulations. Refer to the Recreation and 

Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1 

A. Design activities to not be visually evident to the casual observer. 

1. Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the Very High or High 

Scenic Integrity Objective. This objective defines the maximum limit of 

allowable change to the visual character of the area. Less visible 

evidence of activities, such as those compatible with the Very High 

Scenic Integrity Objective, is preferred. 

2. Design allowed structures, campsites, and constructed trails to meet the 

Moderate Scenic Integrity Objective. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Wilderness 

January 2008 

3-21 

SOIL AND WATER Watershed Resource Improvements: SW4 

A. Undertake watershed improvements only where deteriorated soil and 

hydrologic conditions caused by humans or their influences create a threat 

or loss of Wilderness values, or where such conditions could cause serious 

depreciation of important environmental qualities outside of the Wilderness. 

For exceptions, see the Fish section. 

B. Whenever possible, use indigenous plant species and materials in 

implementing watershed improvements. 

SUBSISTENCE Subsistence: SUB 

A. Rural residents engaged in subsistence uses shall have reasonable access 

to subsistence resources. Appropriate use of snowmachines, motorboats, 

and other means of surface transportation traditionally employed for such 

purposes by local residents shall be permitted, subject to reasonable 

regulation to protect Wilderness resource values (ANILCA Section 811). 

The use of other mechanical/motorized equipment, such as chainsaws, is 

allowed by permit only. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4 

A. Forested land in the Wilderness is classified as unsuitable for timber 

production and withdrawn from the timber base. 

B. The following types of public uses may be authorized if done in a manner 

that minimizes impacts on the Wilderness (the use of mechanical/motorized 

equipment, such as chainsaws, is allowed by permit only): 

1. Commercial beach log salvage on Wilderness coastlines may be 

authorized in accordance with ANILCA, Section 1315(f). Require that 

the recovery of logs above mean high tide be conducted from the water 

without roads or use of vehicles on uplands. Beach log salvage is 

defined as the recovery of logs that have been lost in transit and 

washed up on beaches. 

2. Traditional personal use wood harvesting activities, primarily: a) beach 

logs on coastlines that can be removed without roads or use of vehicles 

on uplands, and b) firewood, subject to reasonable regulations to protect 

Wilderness resources and values. The cutting of down trees in 

navigable rivers (sweepers) and removal of trees from the banks is 

incompatible with Wilderness objectives (the main channel of the Stikine 

River, which is a treaty river, is an exception). Cutting of green trees 

(except for emergency cutting of trolling poles) will be by permit only. 

(Consult ANILCA, Section 1315(f) and 36 CFR 223.10.) 

3. Removal or use of trees cut as part of some other authorized 

administrative use within the Wilderness (e.g., clearing for a fish ladder). 

4. Trees may be cut for use in construction and maintenance of authorized 

structures when it is not feasible to obtain the necessary material from 

outside the Wilderness. 

TRAILS Trail Activities: TRAI1 

A. Provide for a diversity of outdoor recreation trail and waterway opportunities 

that emphasizes the Primitive ROS class, or are the minimum standard 

necessary to protect Wilderness values and resources. Emphasize 

nonmotorized and nonmechanized participation in activities such as hiking, 

mountaineering, spelunking, cross-country skiing, canoeing, and kayaking. 

B. Emphasize primitive recreation opportunities that are in harmony with the 

natural environment and consistent with the intent and purposes of the 
Wilderness Tongass Forest Plan

 January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-22 

Wilderness Act and ANILCA or other applicable Wilderness designation 

acts. 

C. Consider trail systems that: 

1. Reconstruct and maintain trails so that they appear to be part of the 

Wilderness environment; 

2. Create connected, multi-day trip opportunities for both land trails and 

water trails; 

3. Situate trailheads and access points away from concentrated use areas; 

4. Loop trail systems in connection with public use cabins; 

5. Primarily use signs for resource protection, as necessary; 

6. Install signs identifying the area as Wilderness, only as necessary, at 

trail junctions or trailheads; and 

7. Provide Wilderness boundary signs, where necessary, at entries to 

inform users of the change in management or conditions. 

 Trail Administration: TRAI2

A. Trails and associated waterways leading to and within Wilderness and 

National Monument Wilderness often become the principal management 

tools for achieving management objectives. Construct and maintain trails, 

bridges, and signs, so they: 

1. Contribute to Wilderness management goals and objectives; 

2. Emphasize the Primitive ROS setting; 

3. Appear to be part of the Wilderness environment and not an intrusion 

upon it (Consult the Forest Service Trails Management Handbook and 

the Alaska Region Trails Construction and Maintenance Guide); and 

4. Provide protection to resources (e.g., streambanks, soils, etc.). 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. New roads, new motorized trails, and new airstrips are not permitted in the 

Wilderness, except where authorized by ANILCA and to access surrounded 

state and private land and valid mining claims subject to stipulations to 

protect Wilderness resources and values. Any transportation development 

in association with minerals operations will be in accordance with an 

approved Plan of Operations, and subsequent annual work plans. 

B. Any existing roads in the Wilderness are closed to motorized uses unless 

authorized under ANILCA or other applicable Wilderness designation acts. 

C. Allow use of snowmachines (during periods of adequate snow cover), 

motorboats, fixed-wing airplanes, and non-motorized methods of surface 

transportation for legal traditional activities and transportation to and from 

villages and homesites, subject to reasonable regulation. (Consult ANILCA, 

Section 1110(a), and Wilderness and Recreation and Tourism Sections.) 

D. Provide adequate and feasible access for economic and other purposes to 

owners of land, including subsurface rights to land, valid mining claims, or 

other valid occupancies that are effectively surrounded by Wilderness. 

1. The routes and types of access shall be practical in an economic sense, 

but do not necessarily have to be the most economically feasible 

alternative. 

2. District Rangers or Monument Rangers will work with the landowner, or 

his/her authorized representative, to work out reasonable solutions that 

will meet the intent of ANILCA (Sections 1110(b) and 1323), while 

minimizing adverse impacts on Wilderness resources and values. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Wilderness 

January 2008 

3-23 

WILDERNESS Wilderness Resource Administration: WILDER

 Wilderness Resource Management 

A. Manage all designated Wilderness and Wilderness National Monument to 

maintain an enduring Wilderness resource as provided by the Wilderness 

Act of 1964, while providing for public access and uses specifically allowed 

by ANILCA (P.L. 96-487) or other applicable Wilderness designation acts. 

Consult Alaska Region Supplement to FSM 2320, as amended. Activities 

and practices authorized by ANILCA will be regulated or restricted in 

accordance with the special provisions of ANILCA. 

1. Per ANILCA (Section 506 (a)), any right or interest in land granted or 

reserved in paragraph (3)(A, B, and C) shall not be subject to the 

provisions of the Wilderness Act. 

B. Identify inventory needs for all Wilderness and National Monument 

Wilderness to meet minimum stewardship levels per the Wilderness Act of 

1964. Accomplish baseline inventory needs commensurate with other forest 

inventory efforts. 

C. Use available opportunities to encourage and enlist public and private sector 

interest groups to work together in meeting Wilderness management 

objectives. Emphasize programs that help in educating the public in the 

appropriate conduct of activities and uses within Wildernesses (e.g., "Leave 

No Trace"). 

D. To the extent feasible, minimize the impacts of administrative activities on 

the Wilderness resources and visitors. Administrative activities include 

authorized use and Wilderness resource-related work being done by other 

agencies and cooperators. In developing project plans, follow FMS 2300, 

R10 ID 2300-2006-1, FMS 2322.03 or most current version, and the 

guidelines described below. 

1. Encourage permittees and cooperators to minimize the use of 

mechanized vehicles and equipment to make their presence in the 

Wilderness as unobtrusive as possible even though authorized. 

2. The use of mechanized transport and motorized equipment by the 

Forest Service and other agencies for the administration of the 

Wilderness should be carefully considered to determine if it is 

necessary. Mechanized transport and motorized equipment use is 

subject to the following conditions: 

a) Aircraft 

♦ Fixed-wing airplanes may land on all suitable lakes, rivers, 

beaches, and icefields. 

♦ The administrative use of helicopters may be allowed on a 

case-by-case basis after evaluation of the need and full 

consideration of all alternative options for access. Approval by 

the Forest Service officer with delegated authority is required for 

administrative use. 

♦ Established air routes will be used to the extent feasible. 

♦ Low flights and continuous circling should be avoided. 

♦ Work logistics will be planned to minimize the number of aircraft 

flights over the Wilderness and landings within a specific area. 

b) Motorboats on Rivers 

♦ Motorboats may be used on rivers for all administrative purposes 

under the same conditions that public use is allowed. 

c) Motorboats on Freshwater Lakes 

♦ Outboard motors of 10 horsepower or less may be used for 

administering the Wilderness, gathering firewood for public use 

cabins, and transporting crews and equipment on lakes. 

Exceptions for a larger motor may be allowed when use is 
Wilderness Tongass Forest Plan

 January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-24 

approved by the District Ranger or Monument Ranger. (Consult 

FMS 2322.03.) 

d) Chainsaws and Power Brushers 

♦ Use of chainsaws and power brushers is allowed for trail and 

cabin maintenance and firewood cutting when specially 

authorized in writing by the Forest Service officer with delegated 

authority. (Consult FMS 2322.03.) 

♦ Use of chainsaws and power brushers is allowed for trail 

construction and reconstruction projects when specifically 

authorized in writing by the Forest Service officer with delegated 

authority. (Consult FMS 2322.03.) 

e) Generators and Other Motorized Tools 

♦ Generators and other motorized tools may be used for 

construction/reconstruction projects only when use has been 

specifically authorized in writing by the Forest Service officer with 

delegated authority. They may not be used for normal 

maintenance work or in field camps, except where specifically 

authorized by the Forest Service officer with delegated authority. 

f) Snowmachines 

♦ Snowmachines may be used to administer Wilderness under the 

same snow conditions that public use is allowed. 

g) Exceptions 

♦ Aircraft and mechanized equipment may be authorized by the 

Forest Service officer with delegated authority as needed for 

search and rescue purposes and law enforcement. 

♦ The temporary use of motorized equipment may be allowed for 

fisheries research, management, rehabilitation, and 

enhancement activities, when such use is authorized in the 

project environmental assessment or Decision Notice approved 

by the Forest Service officer with delegated authority. 

♦ The use of chainsaws and power winches is allowed for clearing 

of navigational hazards along the Stikine River. All other 

administrative activities must be completed using primitive 

nonmotorized/nonmechanized methods when specifically 

authorized by the Forest Service officer with delegated authority. 

(Consult FMS 2322.03.) 

 Wilderness Planning 

A. Protect and perpetuate Wilderness character. Using the following four 

qualities, evaluate whether or not Wilderness character is degrading, stable, 

or improving over time: 

1. Untrammeled, 

2. Natural, 

3. Undeveloped, and 

4. Outstanding opportunities for solitude or primitive and unconfined 

recreation. 

B. A minimum requirements analysis should be used for all management 

proposals and activities. (Consult FSM 2320.) 

C. All mechanized transportation or motorized equipment is reported annually 

by all other agencies if authorized using minimum requirements analysis. 

D. Update individual Wilderness plans if inconsistent with this Plan. 

E. Wilderness plans may be developed or updated for an individual Wilderness 

in response to issues and concerns. All Wilderness plans for individual 

areas will be consistent with the Wilderness Act, ANILCA, or other 

applicable Wilderness designation acts, and this Tongass Forest Plan. 

F. ROS classes may be adopted through Wilderness planning. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Wilderness 

January 2008 

3-25 

G. As needed and consistent with direction in this Forest Plan, update 

Wilderness Implementation Schedules and any other area plans, analyses, 

or decision documents applicable to a Wilderness. 

H. Establish subunit management zones within the Wilderness to deal with 

unique situations, or to integrate local issues and concerns with 

management activities, where necessary, to better accomplish Wilderness 

objectives. 

1. The boundaries of subunits should generally be located on identifiable 

topographic features and/or coincide with existing ROS classification 

areas. 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Planning: WILD1 

A. Wildlife management activities will be consistent with Wilderness objectives, 

and will protect and maintain natural processes and Wilderness values. 

B. Address issues regarding management, introduction, and re-introduction of 

wildlife species consistent with national and regional policy. 

Wildlife Habitat Improvement: WILD2 

A. Conduct wildlife habitat improvement projects only when the principal 

objective is to protect or restore the Wilderness resource, or to assist in the 

recovery of a federally listed threatened or endangered species. 
Nonwilderness National Monument Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-26 

NONWILDERNESS NATIONAL MONUMENTS 

Both National Monuments contain Congressionally designated Wilderness and Nonwilderness National 

Forest System Lands. Management direction for Wilderness portions is provided in the Wilderness and 

Wilderness National Monuments LUDs section. 

Goals 

To manage Admiralty Island and Misty Fiords National Monuments for public access and uses consistent 

with the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act of 1980 (ANILCA) and their respective 

Presidential Proclamations of 1978, which designated these units as National Monuments because of 

their superlative combination of significant scientific and historical features. 

 Admiralty Island, exclusive of the Mansfield Peninsula, was designated as a National Monument 

for the scientific purpose of preserving intact a unique coastal island ecosystem. The goal of 

preservation was to ensure continued opportunities for study of Admiralty Island’s ecology and its 

notable cultural, historical, and wildlife resources, within its relatively unspoiled natural ecosystem. 

Protection and study of Tlingit cultural resources, other historical resources, brown bear and bald 

eagle populations are specifically directed. 

 Misty Fiords was designated as a National Monument to serve the scientific purposes of 

preserving a unique ecosystem and the remarkable geologic and biological objects and features it 

contains. The goal of preservation was to ensure continued opportunities for study of Misty Fiord’s 

geology and ecology, including the complete range of coastal to interior climates and ecosystems. 

Protection and study of the geology, plant and animal succession, historical resources, and fish 

and wildlife resources are specifically directed. 

To facilitate the development of significant mineral resources located within portions of Admiralty Island 

and Misty Fiords National Monuments, as specified by ANILCA. 

To protect objects of ecological, cultural, geological, historical, pre-historical, and scientific interest, as 

specified by ANILCA, and the Plan of Operations, as well as minimize effects on non-mineral resources 

to the extent feasible. In the long term, when mining is completed, to reclaim areas disturbed by mining 

to a near-natural condition. 

To limit mining activities to claims with valid existing rights, and to the land area actually needed to carry 

out mining operations. 

Objectives 

Inventory, research, protect, and interpret National Monument resources as directed by National 

Monument designations. 

Make resource and research information about the National Monuments available to other Forest units 

where it may be beneficial for management of multiple use lands. 

Ensure that the Plan of Operations for each mineral development specify the activities to be conducted, 

the location and timing of those activities, and how the environment and resources in each area will be 

protected through compliance with federal and state requirements. 

In areas affected by mining, manage activities to maintain the productivity of anadromous fish and other 

foodfish habitat to the maximum extent feasible. Stress protection of fish habitat to prevent the need for 

mitigation. 

In areas affected by mining, manage public recreation use as directed in the Plan of Operations. Outside 

these areas, manage recreation use and activities to meet the appropriate levels of social encounters, 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Nonwilderness National Monument 

January 2008 

3-27 

on-site developments, methods of access, and visitor impacts indicated for the adopted or existing 

Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS), as appropriate. 

Locate and manage trails to direct the public away from mining operations. 

Develop reclamation plans prior to project initiation. Include, as needed, rehabilitation of fish and wildlife 

habitats, soil resources, and the scenery. 

Desired Condition 

The purposes of National Monument designation are fulfilled by protecting and learning more about the 

special resources they contain. Appropriate research is encouraged and supported and contributes to 

both the purposes of the Wilderness National Monuments and improved management of other Forest 

lands. Appropriate interpretive and educational efforts allow the public to better understand the 

resources of these special areas and appreciate how these areas fit into the local, regional, and even 

global context of geology, ecology, and human history. 

During mining operations, mining activities are localized and limited to the area necessary for their 

efficient and orderly development. Off-site effects to National Monument resources are minimal, and 

most Monument users are not aware of, or affected by, the mines. After the completion of mining, 

reclamation of the affected areas is done to minimize the evidence of past mining and, to the maximum 

extent feasible, seek to return the area to generally natural conditions. Ultimately, the entire 

Nonwilderness National Monument provides the same natural settings and recreation experiences as the 

adjacent Wilderness National Monument areas. 
Nonwilderness National Monument Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-28 

Nonwilderness National Monuments Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH1 All 

BEACH2 I,II(A-D,I) 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH1 I(B:1;C) 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG1 All 

 MG2 I,III-VII 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC1, 3 All 

 REC2 I,II(A),III 

Riparian RIP1 All 

RIP2 I,II(A-E) 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE All 

Soil and Water SW1, 2, 4 All 

SW3 I(A:1-4;6-7,B-F),II 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM2 All 

TIM5 VIII(D) 

Trails TRAI1 I(A-E;F:1,3,5) 

TRAI2 All 

Transportation TRAN1, 2, 3, 6 All 

TRAN4 II-IV 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD1 All 

WILD2 I(A:1;B) 

WILD4 All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines: 

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: FAC2 and FAC3 

A. Allow structures needed and authorized for the extraction of mineral 

deposits, specially authorized activities, and for the protection of National 

Monument values. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression option identified in the Southeast 

Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan. 

B. Emphasize suppression tactics resulting in the least possible disturbance or 

evidence of human presence. 

1. Use of mechanized equipment will require approval by the Forest 

Service officer with delegated authority. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Nonwilderness National Monument 

January 2008 

3-29 

2. Suppression tactics will avoid human/bear conflicts and existing policy 

will be emphasized to leave no trash or any other kinds of bear 

attractants in the area. 

3. Rehabilitation of all campsites, suppression lines, and other evidence 

of human presence will occur as soon as it is safe, but within 1 year 

after the fire occurs. 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2 

Prescribed Fire

A. As a general management practice, do not use management-ignited 

prescribed fire. Should it become necessary to consider the use of 

management-ignited prescribed fire, consult Forest Service Manual (FSM) 

2324. 

B. Outside the active mining area, use prescribed fire only to perpetuate 

natural ecological processes. As a general management practice, do not 

use prescribed natural fire. Should it become necessary to consider the use 

of prescribed natural fire, the Forest Plan must be amended to analyze, 

justify, and approve prescribed natural fire programs. (Consult FSM 5142.) 

FISH Fish Habitat Planning: FISH2 

Planning and Mitigation

A. In areas affected by mining, manage activities to maintain the present and 

continued productivity of anadromous fish and other foodfish habitat to the 

maximum extent feasible. (Consult ANILCA, Section 505 (a).) 

B. Stress protection of fish habitat to prevent the need for mitigation. 

Mitigation, rehabilitation, and monitoring of mining impacts to fish habitat or 

populations shall be identified in appropriate environmental documents, Plan 

of Operations, and updates and amendments to each. Stocking of sport fish 

will generally be employed only to re-establish indigenous stock depleted by 

human influences. Stocking of indigenous species in currently barren 

waters may be considered, where appropriate, to the purposes of National 

Monument management. 

C. Mining impacts to fish habitat shall be mitigated by the mining operator. 

(Consult ANILCA, Section 505 (b) for Quartz Hill.) 

Planning Fish Enhancement

A. Provide for fisheries habitat enhancement subject to the goal of restoring 

and maintaining fish production in the State of Alaska. (Consult ANILCA, 

Sections 507 and 1315(b) and the Regional Comprehensive Salmon Plans.) 

Consider the suitability of fish habitat enhancement, during project planning, 

by evaluating: 1) availability of suitable non-Monument, Nonwilderness 

opportunities; 2) effects on Monument conditions in general; 3) effects on 

Monument ecosystems and desired solitude level due to an enhanced 

fishery resulting in increased recreation use; 4) effects on ecosystems due 

to the introduction of species not indigenous to the watershed; and 5) the 

appropriateness of structures both in type and scale to the ROS setting. 

 Fish Habitat Improvement: FISH3 

A. Use construction techniques that are consistent with Monument 

management. 

1. Construct only those facilities essential to operations and in a rustic 

manner to blend into the natural character of the area. (Consult 

ANILCA, Section 1315 (b).) 

2. Land-disturbing activities necessary for construction will be temporary. 
Nonwilderness National Monument Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-30 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1 

A. Allow natural occurrences to play their normal role in ecological succession. 

B. Scientific study of natural populations is encouraged using research 

methods appropriate for the National Monument setting and goals. 

 Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2 

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1 

Inventory

A. Activities that have the potential to affect heritage resources shall be in 

compliance with the National Historic Preservation Act, Section 106, 110. 

B. Inventory valid, existing mineral claims prior to the approval of a Plan of 

Operations for mineral activities. 

C. Inventory and evaluation may be done at the operator's discretion and cost, 

provided that the inventory and evaluation is accomplished under the 

supervision of a qualified heritage resource specialist and authorized by a 

Special Use Authorization. 

D. Include, as part of the Plan of Operations, specific protective and/or 

mitigative measures to be taken by the operator who is responsible for the 

cost of any such protective or mitigative measures. 

Enhancement

A. Heritage resources are available for recreational, scenic, scientific, 

educational, conservation, and historic uses. 

1. Provide for the scientific study and interpretation of heritage resources 

to visitors. 

INVASIVE SPECIES Invasive Species Monitoring and Treatment: INV2 and INV3

A. Non-native, invasive species monitoring and treatment will be accomplished 

in accordance with specific District- or Forest-level plans and strategies. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2 

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation will generally occur outside this LUD. 

B. Manage caves as Class 1 (Sensitive) or Class 3 (Undeveloped) as 

described in the Karst and Cave Resources Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2

A. Authorize special uses to facilitate mineral-related activities. Authorize other 

uses if they do not substantially conflict with mineral-related activities. 

1. Authorizations must be compatible with the purposes for which the area 

was established, subject to exceptions provided by ANILCA. 

B. This LUD represents a Transportation and Utility System (TUS) "Avoidance 

Area." Transportation and Utility sites and corridors may be located within 

this LUD only after an analysis of potential TUS corridors has been 

completed and no feasible alternatives exist outside the LUD. Refer to the 

Transportation and Utility section for direction. 

 Landline Location and Maintenance: LAND4

A. Provide adequate marking for the public and Forest Service employees to 

distinguish land ownership and land classification. 

1. Survey, mark, and post property lines to Wilderness or National 

Monument standards along trails, canoe routes, and other 

transportation corridors or areas of frequent human use. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Nonwilderness National Monument 

January 2008 

3-31 

2. Determine survey, marking, and posting priorities by the degree to 

which the adjacent LUD is compatible with the National Monument 

management objectives. 

 Land Ownership Adjustments: LAND6 

A. Allow and assist in the process for valid mining claims embracing locatable 

commodities to go to patent, subject to the requirements of ANILCA. 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1

GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations, where 

appropriate. 

 Minerals and Geology Administration: MG1 and MG2

Lands Withdrawn from Mineral Entry

A. National Forest System lands within this LUD are withdrawn from additional 

mineral entry (ANILCA, Section 503). 

B. Claimants with valid claims located in areas withdrawn from mineral entry 

retain valid existing rights if such rights are established prior to the date the 

area was withdrawn from mineral entry. 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the 

provisions of an approved Plan of Operations. 

D. The Plan of Operations for mining projects describes the activities that will 

be conducted, the location and timing of those activities, and how the 

environment and resources in each area will be protected through 

compliance with federal and state requirements. (Consult ANILCA, Sections 

503 and 504.) 

E. Issue leases and other necessary associated permits in accordance with 

ANILCA, Sections 503 and 504. 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3

TOURISM Recreation Management and Operations 

A. To the degree consistent with the overall purposes of National Monument 

management, provide a spectrum of wildland recreation opportunities that 

reflect the existing ecological, historical, and sociological conditions found 

within the Monument. 

B. Continue to manage for the established ROS opportunities and appropriate 

activities throughout the LUD unless specifically closed to public use. 

Protect the integrity of National Monument resources through integrated 

project planning and implementation within the National Monument. 

1. Manage for the existing recreation settings and opportunities unless 

scheduled activities and practices cause a change in the ROS 

setting(s). Manage recreation use in a manner that is compatible with 

the long-term objectives of the Monument. 

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation setting(s), 

manage the new setting(s) in accordance with the appropriate ROS 

guidelines. Maintain the capability of the National Monument to provide 

appropriate quality recreation opportunities on a sustained basis. 

C. Manage and regulate public recreation use within this LUD area in 

accordance with direction contained in the Plan of Operations for the 

respective mining operations. Outside the area covered by the Plan of 

Operations, manage recreation use and activities to meet the appropriate 

levels of social encounters, on-site development, methods of access, and 
Nonwilderness National Monument Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008

3 Management Prescriptions 

3-32 

visitor impacts indicated for the established ROS settings. (Consult national 

and regional handbooks.) 

D. Consider additional public use cabins and/or shelters when needed to meet 

recreation demand within the National Monument. 

E. With the help of user groups, develop "no trace" camping and use programs 

to encourage the dispersal and use of durable campsites. Where dispersal 

is not feasible, develop designated campsites and encourage their use. 

F. Designation of motorized routes for off-highway vehicles (OHVs) in 

Nonwilderness National Monument LUDs is generally not allowed. 

Designation may only occur where documented local traditional use has 

occurred and the route is compatible with Monument management 

objectives. 

Establishment of Subunit Management Zones

A. Where necessary, to better accomplish Nonwilderness National Monument 

management objectives, establish special management zones within the 

Monument to deal with unique situations, or to integrate local issues and 

concerns with management activities. 

1. The boundaries of subunits should generally be located on identifiable 

topographic features and/or coincide with an established ROS area. 

Recreation Special Uses 

A. Major developments are generally not consistent with the objectives of this 

LUD. Development proposals require scrutiny for the magnitude and scope 

of conformance. Refer to the Recreation and Tourism Forest-wide 

Standards and Guidelines. 

B. Minor developments may be compatible with the LUD objectives depending 

on the scope, purpose, and magnitude of the proposal. Proposals will be 

evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Refer to the Recreation and Tourism 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1

A. Manage the visual resource to be compatible with Nonwilderness Monument 

objectives. 

1. Adopted Scenic Integrity Objectives will range from High in those 

portions of the Monument without access, to Very Low in those portions 

developed in connection with mineral activities. Site-specific Scenic 

Integrity Objective and rehabilitation objectives will be identified in 

specific Plan of Operations for mineral operations. 

SUBSISTENCE Subsistence: SUB

A. Assess the effect of continued existing subsistence uses on the long-term 

condition and natural succession of National Monument ecosystems. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4 

A. Commercial timber sales and harvesting are prohibited in the National 

Monument. Forested land is classified as unsuitable for timber production 

and withdrawn from the timber base. Any timber removal associated with 

mineral access and facility development will not count toward the Allowable 

Sale Quantity. 

B. Commercial beach log salvage on coastlines may be authorized in 

accordance with ANILCA, Section 1315(f). Require that the recovery of logs 

above mean high tide be conducted from the water without roads or use of 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Nonwilderness National Monument 

January 2008 

3-33 

vehicles on uplands. Beach log salvage is defined as the recovery of logs 

that have been lost in transit and washed up on beaches. 

C. Allow traditional personal use wood harvesting activities (primarily: 1) beach 

logs on coastlines that can be removed without roads or use of vehicles on 

uplands, and 2) firewood) in National Monuments, subject to reasonable 

regulations to protect Monument resources. The cutting of down trees in 

navigable rivers (sweepers) and removal of trees from the banks is 

discouraged. Cutting of green trees (except for emergency cutting of trolling 

poles) will be by permit only. (Consult ANILCA, Section 1315(f) and 36 CFR 

223.10.) 

 Timber Resource Improvements: TIM2 

A. Rehabilitation, including reforestation, will be a function of mineral 

development and not a timber management objective. 

TRAILS Trail Administration: TRAI2

A. During the period of mining development and operation, plan and locate 

trails within this LUD to direct the public away from mining operations. 

Construct and maintain trails and related facilities so that they contribute to 

desired conditions and appear to be an appropriate part of the Monument 

environment and not an intrusion upon it. (Consult the Forest Service Trails 

Management Handbook.) 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN

A. New roads are not permitted, except: 1) to access valid mining claims and 

state or private lands not otherwise reasonably accessible; and 2) for 

Transportation and Utility Corridors in accordance with ANILCA, Title XI. 

B. Further development of transportation systems in association with minerals 

extraction will be in accordance with an approved Plan of Operations and 

subsequent annual work plans. 

C. Roads in this LUD are generally closed to public use. 

D. Use of snowmachines, motorboats, aircraft and non-motorized methods of 

surface transportation are permitted. 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Planning: WILD1

A. Mitigation, rehabilitation, and monitoring of mining impacts to wildlife 

habitats or populations shall be identified in environmental documents, Plan 

of Operations, and updates and amendments to each. 

 Wildlife Habitat Improvement: WILD2 

A. Wildlife habitat improvements must have as their principal objective the 

protection or restoration of the National Monument resources. 

B. Scientific study of indigenous species and their habitats is encouraged with 

emphasis on identifying their roles in ecosystem dynamics and impacts of 

human uses. 

C. Address issues regarding management, introduction, and re-introduction of 

wildlife species consistent with national and regional policy. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Research Natural Area Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008

3-34 

RESEARCH NATURAL AREA 

Goals 

To preserve areas of ecological importance in their natural condition for the purposes of research, 

monitoring, education, and/or to maintain natural diversity. 

To allow natural physical and biological processes to prevail without human intervention. 

Objectives 

Provide opportunities for baseline monitoring of ecological processes and non-manipulative research and 

observation. 

Maintain the natural, undisturbed character of each area by: 

• Permitting no permanent facilities, and no roads or trails except for research purposes or as 

otherwise provided by law; 

• Recommending withdrawal of the area from mineral entry when necessary, subject to valid existing 

rights; 

• Limiting recreation uses to those that do not affect or alter natural biological processes; and 

• Allowing vegetative manipulation, fish enhancements, wildlife improvements, and/or soil and water 

improvements only if they will provide a closer approximation of natural conditions than would be 

possible otherwise. 

Desired Condition 

All Research Natural Areas (RNAs) on the Tongass National Forest are characterized by essentially 

unmodified environments in which natural ecological processes prevail. They remain undisturbed by 

human uses or activities, and provide quality opportunities for non-manipulative scientific research, 

observation, and study. The RNA network is representative of the predominant vegetation types, wildlife 

habitats, and aquatic communities of the Tongass. The "National Hierarchical Framework of Ecological 

Units" is used to identify sites to be represented in the RNA network. RNAs are used as monitoring 

reference areas to evaluate other lands where management activities are undertaken to assess the 

effectiveness of various standards, guidelines, and mitigation measures in reducing or preventing 

adverse environmental effects. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Research Natural Area 

January 2008 

3-35 

Research Natural Areas Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH None 

Facilities FAC None 

Fire FIRE1 All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH All 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC1 All 

KC2 All 

Lands LAND2 VII 

LAND4 All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC1 All 

REC2 I(A) 

REC3 I,II,III(B),VI,VII 

Riparian RIP1 All 

RIP2 I,II(A-E) 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE1 All 

SCENE2 I,II(A,E) 

SCENE3 II 

Soil and Water SW1, 2 All 

SW3 I(A:1-4,B-F) 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM2 

Wetlands WET II 

Wildlife WILD1 I, II, V, 

VI(A,C,E); 

VII-VIII; 

IX(A:1-3;5-7,B); 

X; XI(A:1); 

XII(A:1-2), XIII, 

XIV, XVI(A:1) 

WILD4 All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines: 

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: FAC2 and FAC3 

A. No buildings are permitted. (Consult Forest Service Manual [FSM] 4063 for 

authorizing temporary physical improvements, which requires approval by 

the Pacific Northwest Research Station Director.) 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. As a general guide, extinguish human-ignited fires that endanger Research 

Natural Areas as quickly as possible, using means that will cause minimal 

damage to the area. Naturally ignited fires are generally not suppressed 

unless they pose a threat to adjacent lands, life and property. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Research Natural Area Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008

3-36 

Fuel Improvements: FIRE2

Prescribed Fire

A. Use prescribed fire, including those ignited by management as well as 

natural ignitions, only if the land manager is certain that it will provide a 

closer approximation of natural vegetation than would be possible 

otherwise. (Consult FSM 5142.) 

FISH Fish Habitat Planning: FISH2

A. Allow enhancement of fish habitat only if it will provide a closer 

approximation of natural conditions than would be possible otherwise. 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1

A. Implement insect and disease management measures only if the Regional 

Forester and Pacific Northwest Research Station Director deem such action 

necessary to protect the features for which the RNA was established or 

proposed, or to protect adjacent resources. More specifically, 1) if endemic, 

consider no management; 2) if exotic, consider control; 3) if past insect and 

disease management activities (e.g., insect and disease and/or fire 

suppression) have exacerbated the threat to the RNA, consider control; and 

4) if insects and disease in the RNA threaten adjacent lands, consider 

control. 

 Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2 

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1 

A. Locate, evaluate, and protect significant heritage resources. Interpretation 

may be provided when it can be done while maintaining unmodified natural 

conditions and processes. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2 

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation will generally occur outside this LUD. 

B. Manage caves as Class 1 (Sensitive) or Class 3 (Undeveloped) as 

described in the Karst and Cave Resources Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2 

A. Except as otherwise provided by law, allow only activities that will preserve 

the RNA in an unmodified condition, or activities that serve research 

purposes. (Consult FSM 2700 and 4063.) 

1. Coordinate all special use proposals with the Pacific Northwest 

Research Station Director, to ensure compatibility with research 

objectives. 

2. Do not authorize activities that modify natural ecological processes. 

3. Do not permit roads, fences, or signs in an RNA, unless they contribute 

to the management objectives or the protection of the area. 

4. Do not authorize new buildings, and remove existing unauthorized 

buildings when feasible. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Research Natural Area 

January 2008 

3-37 

5. Consider authorizing temporary facilities, such as tent platforms, when 

directly and necessarily related to the taking of fish and wildlife, when 

approved by the Pacific Northwest Research Station Director in 

consultation with the Forest Supervisor. (See the Lands Forest-wide 

Standards and Guidelines for additional information.) 

6. Only the Pacific Northwest Research Station Director, after consultation 

with the Forest Supervisor, can approve plans for temporary water and 

atmospheric gauging stations and instrument shelters. Ensure that 

such plans contain provisions for tenure of the facility, actions to be 

taken, time limits for completion of actions, and identification of parties 

responsible for returning disturbed areas to a natural condition. 

7. Encourage the use of RNAs by scientists and educators. Refer 

research applicants to the Pacific Northwest Research Station Director, 

who will approve study plans in consultation with the Forest Supervisor. 

Upon approval of the study plan, the District Ranger authorizes access 

to the area. 

8. Do not allow road or trail development or special uses of a permanent 

nature, except for research and education purposes, unless otherwise 

provided by law. 

B. This LUD represents a Transportation and Utility System (TUS) "Avoidance 

Area." Transportation and utility sites and corridors may be located within 

this LUD only after an analysis of potential TUS corridors has been 

completed and no feasible alternatives exist outside this LUD. Refer to the 

Transportation and Utility section for direction. 

 Landline Location and Maintenance: LAND4 

A. Ensure that the boundaries of RNAs are clearly identifiable in the field and in 

administrative records. 

 Land Ownership Adjustments: LAND6 

A. Acquire private inholdings as opportunities arise. 

LAW ENFORCEMENT Law Enforcement Activities: LAW 

A. Where a special closure is necessary to protect an RNA, recommend a 

closure order under provisions of 36 CFR 261.50. Ensure that such orders 

incorporate the special closure provisions of 36 CFR 261.53. (Consult FSM 

4060.) 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Administration: MG1 and MG2

GEOLOGY Mineral Withdrawals 

A. Designated RNAs may be withdrawn from mineral entry, subject to valid 

existing rights. 

B. Permit reasonable access to mining claims with valid existing rights in 

accordance with the provisions of an approved Plan of Operations. 

C. Mineral leasing and material sales are allowable in areas open to mineral 

entry at the discretion of the Authorized Officer and in accordance with 

Forest Service Mineral Regulations 36 CFR 228 and FSM 2800. 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3 

TOURISM Recreation Management and Operations

A. Provide only those specific types and intensities of recreation activities and 

opportunities that can be accommodated without endangering or altering the 

natural biological processes occurring within the RNA. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Research Natural Area Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008

3-38 

B. Issue appropriate orders regulating public use within the area that are 

necessary to ensure non-degradation of the natural environments for which 

the RNA was established or proposed. 

C. Designation of motorized routes for off-highway vehicles in RNAs is 

generally not allowed. Designation may only occur where documented local 

traditional use has occurred and the route can be accommodated without 

endangering or altering the natural biological processes occurring within the 

RNA. 

Recreation Special Uses

A. Neither major nor minor developments are allowed because they are 

incompatible with the objectives of this LUD. Refer to the Recreation and 

Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1 

A. Allow the visual character of the area to evolve naturally. 

1. Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the High Scenic 

Integrity Objective. 

SOIL AND WATER Watershed Resource Improvement: SW4 

A. Soil and water resources evolve under natural conditions. Allow 

improvement of soil and water resources only if it will provide a closer 

approximation of natural conditions than would be possible otherwise. 

SUBSISTENCE Subsistence: SUB

A. Seek to provide customary and traditional subsistence opportunities 

consistent with the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act of 

1980. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4 

A. Forested lands are classified as unsuitable for timber production. 

B. Vegetation is allowed to evolve in natural undisturbed conditions. 

Non-native plants are removed if feasible. Avoid RNAs when other feasible 

locations for personal use wood cutting are available. If personal (free) use 

timber harvest is allowed, personal permit requirements must satisfy LUD 

objectives (refer to Personal Use, Section TIM7). Personal use timber 

harvest will be regulated and its cumulative effects monitored in LUDs that 

are unsuitable for timber harvest to ensure that the LUD objectives are 

fulfilled. Christmas tree cutting is incompatable with LUD objectives. 

C. Administrative use of timber is generally incompatible. 

TRAILS Trail Activities: TRAI1 

A. Locating trails in this LUD is not permitted unless they contribute to the 

objectives or the protection of the area, unless otherwise provided by law. 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations 

A. Unless otherwise provided by law, do not locate roads in this LUD unless 

they contribute to the objectives or protection of the area. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Research Natural Area 

January 2008 

3-39 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Improvement: WILD2 

A. Wildlife habitats evolve in natural conditions except that non-native plants 

and animals are removed if feasible. Allow wildlife habitat enhancement 

only if it provides a closer approximation of natural conditions than would be 

possible otherwise. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Special Interest Area Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008

3-40 

SPECIAL INTEREST AREA 

Goals 

To provide for the inventory, maintenance, interpretation, and protection of the existing characteristics 

and attributes of areas with unique cultural, geological, botanical, zoological, recreational, scenic, or 

other special features. 

Objectives 

Provide opportunities for public study, use, and enjoyment of unique natural areas that are suitable to, 

and do not compromise, the characteristics of each area. 

Allow only facilities and recreation developments that contribute to the interpretation of natural features 

or provide for compatible public uses, and that blend with the natural setting. 

Provide for existing Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) opportunities and activities, unless public 

use is specifically restricted for the protection of other resources. 

Consider withdrawing each area from mineral entry, subject to valid existing rights, on a case-by-case 

basis, if mineral development would not be consistent with protecting the unique features of the area. 

Apply the High Scenic Integrity Objective except around developed interpretive facilities, and other 

developments or structures. 

Allow fish, wildlife, and/or soil and water improvements if they are compatible with the purposes for which 

each Special Interest Area was established. 

Develop management plans for those Special Interest Areas needing specific direction for achieving 

these goals and objectives. 

Desired Condition 

All Special Interest Areas on the Tongass National Forest are characterized by generally unmodified 

environments in which unique natural features are preserved. They remain largely undisturbed by 

human uses or activities, except for localized interpretive purposes and, in some cases, recreation 

developments, and provide quality opportunities for public study, use, and enjoyment. Each is an 

example of one or more cultural, geological, botanical, zoological, paleontological, or other special 

features unique within the Tongass. 

• Cultural areas possess prehistoric/historic sites, buildings, or artifacts of National Register of 

Historic Places Significance or having special cultural associations with Native Americans. 

• Scenic areas are comprised of landscapes of outstanding beauty or natural characteristics, such 

as glaciers, alpine, and areas of diverse vegetative patterns/coverage. These are areas that could 

be viewed for a long duration from specific vantage points, such as developed recreation sites, 

trails, anchorages, travel routes, and communities. 

• Geological areas have unique geologic features of the earth's development, including caves, 

volcanic features, stratigraphic and structural features, and fossilized specimens of plants and 

animals. 

• Botanical areas contain specimens or groups of plants, plant groups, and plant communities that 

are significant because of form, color, occurrence, habitat location, life history, arrangement, 

ecology, environment, rarity, and/or other features. 

• Zoological areas contain unique or significant animals, animal groups, or animal communities, 

habitat, location, life history, ecology, environment, rarity, or other features. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Special Interest Area 

January 2008 

3-41 

Special Interest Area Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH1 All 

BEACH2 I,II(A-I,K,L) 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH All 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC All 

Riparian RIP1 All 

RIP2 I,II(A-E) 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE All 

Soil and Water SW1, 2, 4 All 

SW3 I(A:1-4,6-7)II,III 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM2, 5, 7, 8 All 

Trails TRAI All 

Transportation TRAN1, 2, 3, 5, 6 All 

TRAN4 I-IV 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD1, 3, 4 All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines: 

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: FAC2 and FAC3 

A. Allow administrative, interpretive, and information sites as needed to 

accomplish Special Interest Area objectives. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression action that minimizes fire 

suppression cost and resource damage. The action must meet the Special 

Interest Area objectives. 

B. Suppression tactics will be compatible with Special Interest Area objectives. 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2 

Prescribed Fire

A. Use management-ignited prescribed fire if it is compatible with the Special 

Interest Area objectives. 

B. As a general management practice, do not use prescribed natural fire. 

(Consult Forest Service Manual [FSM] 5142.) 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Special Interest Area Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008

3-42 

FISH Fish Habitat Planning: FISH2 

A. Provide for public interpretation of fish habitats, habitat enhancement 

projects, and associated special fisheries conditions in appropriate Special 

Interest Areas. 

B. Allow fish enhancement projects if they are compatible with Special Interest 

Area objectives. 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1 

A. Implement insect and disease management measures, consistent with 

Special Interest Area objectives, to protect the area's special features and 

adjacent resources. 

 Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2 

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1 

Inventory

A. Identify significant heritage properties that include archaeological, historical, 

religious, or areas that contain specific Forest resources of heritage value 

used for Native art and craft forms. 

Evaluation and Protection

A. Heritage resource properties that are classified as Special Interest Areas 

under 36 CFR 294 shall be evaluated for the National Register of Historic 

Places and as possible National Historic Landmarks as established in 

36 CFR 63. 

1. Establish the exterior boundary of heritage resource properties on the 

ground if determined necessary to protect the site. 

2. Protect heritage resource properties from degradation from effects of 

management activities occurring within adjacent LUDs. 

3. Manage for the availability and use of forest products for traditional 

Native heritage activities, while maintaining the physical and scientific 

integrity of the heritage resource properties. 

4. Provide interpretive devices to explain special features and protective 

regulations. 

5. Provide for interpretive activities that enhance the recreation 

experience, while protecting the unique values for which the heritage 

resource property was designated. 

6. Prevent the use of heritage resource property when national policy or 

sensitivity of unique values requires closure. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2 

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation may occur inside or outside of this LUD. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2

A. Issue only those Special Use Authorizations that will perpetuate the unique 

values that led to the designation or proposal to designate the Special 

Interest Area. 

1. Issue authorizations that will aid in the maintenance, improvement, and 

protection of the existing characteristics and attributes of the Special 

Interest Area. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Special Interest Area 

January 2008 

3-43 

2. Analyze each proposal on a case-by-case basis, using an 

interdisciplinary process. 

B. This LUD represents a Transportation and Utility System (TUS) "Avoidance 

Area." Transportation and utility sites and corridors may be located within a 

Special Interest Area only after an analysis of potential TUS opportunities 

has been completed and no feasible alternatives exist outside the LUD. 

Refer to the Transportation and Utility section for direction. 

 Land Ownership Adjustments: LAND6

A. Acquire private inholdings as opportunities arise. 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1 

GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations of 

Special Interest Areas, where appropriate. 

 Minerals and Geology Administration: MG2 

Forest Lands Withdrawn from Mineral Entry

A. Consider recommending that Special Interest Areas be withdrawn from 

mineral entry, subject to valid existing rights, when mining would not be 

compatible with the area's objectives. 

B. Permit reasonable access to mining claims with valid existing rights in 

accordance with the provisions of an approved Plan of Operations. 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3 

TOURISM Recreation Management and Operations

A. Regulate use based on studies reflecting the effect of recreation and tourism 

activities on the unique features for which the Special Interest Area is 

established. Studies need only be done where a conflict may exist. 

1. Consider providing interpretation of the unique characteristics of the 

Special Interest Area. 

2. If studies indicate human use adversely affects the special features, 

regulate use to eliminate the adverse effects or reduce use to 

acceptable levels. 

3. Design and locate recreation-related structures to be compatible with 

characteristics of the area. Regulate user-created structures to avoid 

degradation of the unique character of the area. (Consult Forest 

Service Recreation Site Development Handbook.) 

4. Restrict public motorized travel to designated travel routes except for 

powerboats operating on open water channels. Designation of 

motorized routes for off-highway vehicles in Special Interest Areas is 

generally not allowed. Designation may only occur where documented 

local traditional use has occurred and the route is compatible with the 

characteristics of the area. 

B. Adopt ROS classes through project planning; manage according to the 

adopted ROS class. Before project planning, manage according to the 

existing ROS class. 

Recreation Special Uses

A. Major and minor developments may be compatible with the LUD objectives 

depending on the scope, purpose, and magnitude of the proposal. 

Proposals will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Refer to the 

Recreation and Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Special Interest Area Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008

3-44 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1 

A. Manage areas for their scenic integrity, with most areas in a naturally 

appearing condition. 

1. Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the High Scenic 

Integrity Objective, except in the portions with developed recreation or 

interpretive facilities (such as Mendenhall Glacier, Ward Lake, and 

Blind Slough). 

2. In those portions with developed recreation or interpretive facilities 

(such as Mendenhall Glacier, Ward Lake, and Blind Slough), apply the 

Scenic Integrity Objective of Low in the foreground and Moderate in the 

middleground and background. 

3. Design visitor facilities to blend, to the extent feasible, with the natural 

setting. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4 

A. Special Interest Areas are classified as unsuitable for timber production. 

Limited salvage of windthrown timber shall be allowed along existing roads 

within Geologic Special Interest Areas, as long as karst and cave resource 

values are not compromised. Many Geologic Special Interest Areas contain 

areas of past harvest. Opportunities for management of the young-growth 

stands in these areas should be considered when karst and cave resource 

values are not compromised. 

B. Avoid Special Interest Areas when other feasible locations for personal use 

wood and Christmas tree cutting are available. If personal (free) use timber 

harvest is allowed, personal use permit requirements must satisfy the 

Special Interest Area’s objectives (refer to Personal Use, Section TIM7). 

Personal use timber harvest will be regulated and its cumulative effects 

monitored in LUDs that are unsuitable for timber harvest to ensure that the 

LUD objectives are fulfilled. 

C. Allow administrative use of timber if it is compatible with the objectives of the 

Special Use Area. 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. Provide and manage a transportation system compatible with, or which will 

improve the interpretation of, the unique values of the Special Interest Area. 

(See exceptions under the Lands and Minerals and Geology sections of this 

prescription.) 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Planning: WILD1 

A. Provide for public interpretation of wildlife habitats and associated special 

wildlife conditions in appropriate Special Interest Areas. 

B. Allow wildlife improvement projects where they are compatible with the 

purposes for which the Special Interest Area was established. Prioritize 

treatment needs and scheduling. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Remote Recreation 

January 2008 

3-45 

REMOTE RECREATION 

Goals 

To provide extensive, unmodified natural settings for primitive types of recreation and tourism. 

To provide opportunities for independence, closeness to nature, and self-reliance in environments 

offering a high degree of challenge and risk. 

To minimize the effects of human uses, including subsistence use, so that there is no permanent or 

long-lasting evidence. 

Objectives 

Manage recreation and tourism use and activities to meet the levels of social encounters, on-site 

developments, methods of access, and visitor impacts indicated for the Primitive Recreation Opportunity 

Spectrum (ROS) class. 

Provide trails and primitive facilities that are in harmony with the natural environment and promote 

primitive recreation experiences. 

Apply the High Scenic Integrity Objective. 

Fish enhancement projects may occur. Design wildlife habitat improvements to emulate natural 

conditions and appearance. 

Desired Condition 

Areas in the Remote Recreation LUD are characterized by extensive, unmodified natural environments. 

Ecological processes and natural conditions are not noticeably affected by past or current human uses or 

activities. Users have the opportunity to experience independence, closeness to nature, solitude and 

remoteness, and may pursue activities requiring self-reliance in an environment that offers a high degree 

of challenge and risk. Interactions between users are infrequent. Motorized access is limited to 

traditional means: boats, aircraft, and snowmachines. Facilities and structures are minimal and rustic in 

appearance. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Remote Recreation Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-46 

Remote Recreation Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH1 All 

BEACH2 I,II(A-G,K,L) 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH All 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC All 

Riparian RIP1 All 

RIP2 I-II(A-E,G) 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE1 All 

SCENE2 I,II(A,E) 

SCENE3 I(A,B,D),II 

Soil and Water SW1, 2, 4 All 

SW3 I(A:1-4,6-7),II,III 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM2, 5, 8 All 

Trails TRAI All 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD1 I-VIII; IX(A:1-8;11,B); X; 

XI(A:1); XII; XIII; XIV; 

XVI(A:1); XVII 

WILD2 I(A:1,B) 

WILD3, 4 All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines: 

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: FAC2 and FAC3 

A. Design and locate administrative and non-recreation structures to reduce 

adverse effects on recreation and tourism opportunities. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression option identified in the Southeast 

Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan. 

B. Emphasize suppression tactics that result in the least possible disturbance 

or evidence of human presence. 

1. Keep use of mechanized equipment to a minimum. 

2. Suppression tactics will avoid human/bear conflicts and existing policy 

will be emphasized to leave no trash or any other kinds of bear 

attractants in the area. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Remote Recreation 

January 2008 

3-47 

3. Rehabilitation of all campsites, suppression lines, and other evidence 

of human presence will occur as part of rehabilitation, but within 1 year 

after the fire occurs. 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2 

Prescribed Fire

A. As a general management practice, do not use management-ignited 

prescribed fire. Should it become necessary to consider the use of 

management-ignited prescribed fire, Forest Service Manual (FSM) 2324 

provides direction. 

B. As a general management practice, do not use prescribed natural fire. 

(Consult FSM 5142.) 

FISH Fish Habitat Planning: FISH2 

Fish Enhancement

A. Evaluate fish habitat improvement during project planning by considering: 

1) effects resulting from the introduction of species not indigenous to the 

watershed; 2) the appropriateness of structures both in type and scale to the 

Primitive ROS setting; and 3) the need to provide well-distributed fisheries 

that support sport and commercial fisheries, subsistence, and community 

stability. 

 Fish Habitat Improvement: FISH3 

A. Design development to minimize impact on the Primitive ROS setting. 

B. Construction techniques should be compatible with the Primitive ROS 

setting. 

C. Evidence of necessary land-disturbing activities for construction should not 

be visible to the casual observer after 5 years. 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1 

A. Implement insect and disease management practices to maintain forest 

health in this and adjacent LUDs. 

 Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2 

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks annually. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1 

Enhancement

A. Heritage resources are available for recreational, scenic, scientific, 

educational, conservation, and historic uses. 

1. Interpretive information concerning heritage resources located inside 

this LUD should be in the form of exhibits and publications located 

outside the LUD. 

2. Heritage resources are available for scientific studies that are 

consistent with the primitive settings and activities, and heritage 

resource management objectives for the specific site. 

Inventory/Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement 

heritage resource inventory, evaluation, protection, and interpretation. 

1. Identify, classify, and evaluate known heritage resources. 

2. Identify heritage properties to be nominated to the National Register of 

Historic Places. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Remote Recreation Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-48 

3. Identify heritage properties that require stabilization or other protective 

measures. 

4. Identify opportunities for interpretation of heritage resources for public 

education and enjoyment.

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2 

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation will generally occur outside this LUD. 

B. Manage caves as Class 1 (Sensitive) or Class 3 (Undeveloped) as 

described in the Karst and Cave Resources Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2 

A. Permit only those new activities that are compatible with the Remote 

Recreation objectives. 

1. Permit temporary structures and major fisheries improvement projects 

(such as hatcheries) only if they are widely dispersed. 

2. Permitted activities and structures should not be visually evident from a 

Visual Priority Route or Use Area (see Appendix F). 

B. This LUD represents a Transportation and Utility System (TUS) "Avoidance 

Area." Transportation and utility sites and corridors may be located within 

this LUD only after an analysis of potential TUS corridors has been 

completed and no feasible alternatives exist outside this LUD. Refer to the 

Transportation and Utility section for direction. 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1 

GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations, where 

appropriate. 

Minerals and Geology Administration: MG2 

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this LUD are open to mineral exploration and 

development. Mineral activities will be compatible with objectives of this 

LUD to the extent feasible. 

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress granted 

under the General Mining Law of 1872, Alaska National Interest Lands 

Conservation Act of 1980 (ANILCA), and National Forest Service Minerals 

Regulations 36 CFR 228. 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims, leases, and material sites and 

authorization of orderly mineral resource development with the provisions of 

an approved Plan of Operations in accordance with Forest Service Mineral 

Regulations 36 CFR 228 and FSM 2800. 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3 

TOURISM Recreation Management and Operations

A. Manage for Primitive ROS settings, recognizing other ROS settings may be 

present due to authorized activities, existing use patterns, and activities in 

adjacent LUDs. Strive to minimize these changes from the Primitive ROS 

objective. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Remote Recreation 

January 2008 

3-49 

B. Manage recreation and tourism use to meet the levels of social encounters, 

on-site development, and visitor impacts indicated by the ROS charts in the 

Recreation and Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

C. Designation of motorized routes for off-highway vehicles in Remote 

Recreation is generally not allowed. There may be limited exceptions where 

documented local traditional use related to subsistence activities has 

occurred or when connecting to routes in adjacent LUDs. 

Recreation Special Uses

A. Major developments are generally not consistent with the objectives of this 

LUD. Development proposals require scrutiny of the magnitude and scope 

for LUD conformance. Refer to the Recreation and Tourism Forest-wide 

Standards and Guidelines. 

B. Minor developments may be compatible with the LUD objectives depending 

on the scope, purpose, and magnitude of the proposal. Proposals will be 

evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Refer to the Recreation and Tourism 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1 

A. Provide a scenic condition in which activities are not visually evident to the 

casual observer. 

1. Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the High Scenic 

Integrity Objective. 

2. Exceptions for small areas of non-conforming developments, such as 

recreation sites, may be considered on a case-by-case basis (see the 

Recreation and Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines in this 

prescription). 

SOIL AND WATER Watershed Resource Improvements: SW4 

A. Watersheds will be managed in a natural condition. 

B. Use indigenous plants and materials to protect or improve the quality and/or 

quantity of the water resource or to stabilize soils. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4 

A. Forested land is classified as unsuitable for timber production. 

B. Taking of personal use wood will be limited to beach logs that can be 

removed from coastlines without roads or use of vehicles on uplands. The 

cutting down of trees in navigable rivers (sweepers) and removal of trees 

from the banks must be compatible with the management direction for fish 

habitat. 

C. Allow administrative use of timber if LUD objectives are met. 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. New roads are not permitted, except to access authorized mineral 

operations (or as excepted under Lands). 

B. Existing roads in this LUD are closed to motorized uses subject to ANILCA 

provisions. 

C. Use of snowmachines, motorboats, and aircraft is permitted. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Remote Recreation Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-50 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Planning: WILD1 

A. Wildlife habitats are generally subject to ecological changes only. 

B. Indigenous species are maintained. 

C. Habitat improvement projects are acceptable if designed to emulate natural 

conditions and appearance. Prioritize treatment needs and scheduling. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Municipal Watershed 

January 2008 

3-51 

MUNICIPAL WATERSHED 

The emphasis of this LUD is to provide protection of municipal water supplies for the following 

incorporated cities and boroughs: Ketchikan, Petersburg, Sitka, Juneau, Wrangell, Kake, Klawock, 

Craig, and Hydaburg. For the Petersburg watershed, consult 36 CFR 251.35. See Forest-wide Soil and 

Water Standards and Guidelines for state-classified public water supply source watershed protection 

outside of the Municipal Watershed LUDs. 

Goals 

To maintain these watersheds as municipal water supply reserves, in a manner that meets provisions of 

the Safe Drinking Water Act and State of Alaska Drinking Water Regulations and Water Quality 

Standards, in accordance with Forest Service Manual (FSM) 2542 and 36 CFR 251.9. 

Objectives 

Limit most management activities to the protection and maintenance of natural resources. Consult with 

Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation and affected municipalities prior to authorizing 

activities that are likely to cause pollution. 

Desired Condition 

Lands managed as Municipal Watersheds are generally in a natural condition. Facilities or structures to 

provide municipal water supplies may be present. Uses or activities that could adversely affect water 

quality or supply do not occur. These watersheds provide municipal water that meets State of Alaska 

Drinking Water Regulations and Water Quality Standards. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Municipal Watershed Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008

3-52 

Municipal Watershed Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH1 All 

BEACH2 I 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH All 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC All 

Riparian RIP All 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE All 

Soil and Water SW1, 2, 4 All 

SW3 I(A1-4,6-7),II 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM2, 5 All 

TRAI All 

Trails TRAI All 

TRAN1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, All 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines: 

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: FAC2 and FAC3 

A. Construct no Forest Service administrative facilities. Facilities such as 

dams, reservoirs, and pipelines are consistent with municipal watershed 

objectives. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression option identified in the Southeast 

Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan 

B. Emphasize suppression tactics that result in the least possible disturbance 

or evidence of human presence. 

1. Use of mechanized equipment should be kept to a minimum. 

2. Rehabilitation of all suppression lines and other evidence of human 

presence will occur as part of rehabilitation, no more than 1 year after 

the fire occurs. 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2 

Prescribed Fire

A. As appropriate, normally use management-ignited prescribed fire rather 

than mechanical treatment to reduce the fire hazard from timber salvage. 

Management-ignited prescribed fire may also be used to maintain or 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Municipal Watershed 

January 2008 

3-53 

improve watershed characteristics as long as there is no adverse impact to 

water quality. 

B. As a general management practice, do not use prescribed natural fire. 

(Consult FSM 5142.) 

FISH Fish Habitat Planning: FISH2 

A. Plan the construction and maintenance of fish improvement projects only if 

they are compatible with the municipal watershed objectives. 

1. Restrict fish habitat improvements that result in reduced water quality 

for a municipality using the water from the affected stream. 

2. When planning fish habitat improvement projects, consider the effects 

of anticipated municipal water withdrawals. 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1 

A. Maintain or improve forest health. Implement insect and disease 

management measures to protect the watershed and adjacent resources. 

B. Timber may be salvaged at the request of municipality. 

 Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2 

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1 

Inventory/Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement 

heritage resource inventory, evaluation, protection, and interpretation. 

1. Identify, classify, and evaluate known heritage resources. 

2. Identify heritage properties to be nominated to the National Register of 

Historic Places. 

3. Identify heritage properties that require stabilization or other protective 

measures. 

4. Identify opportunities for interpretation of heritage resources for public 

education and enjoyment. Interpretation will generally occur outside 

the municipal watershed. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2 

A. Caves may be made available for general public recreation and education 

uses, only when compatible with watershed objectives and in consultation 

with the municipality. 

B. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation will generally occur outside this LUD. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2 

A. Manage special uses in accordance with the legislation establishing the 

watershed (if any) and to safeguard the quality and quantity of municipal 

water supplies. Limit special uses to those that support development 

activities. Coordinate all proposals with affected municipalities and obtain 

written concurrence before issuing special-use authorizations. (Consult 36 

CFR 251.9, 36 CFR 251.35, and FSM 2700.) 

1. Analyze special-use proposals on a case-by-case basis, using an 

interdisciplinary process, to determine probable effects. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Municipal Watershed Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008

3-54 

2. Do not permit any activities that would lead to violation of State of 

Alaska Drinking Water Regulations. 

3. Terminate or bring into conformance, existing uses that are causing 

violation of State of Alaska Drinking Water Regulations or degradation 

of water quality. 

B. This LUD represents a Transportation and Utility System (TUS) "Avoidance" 

Area. Transportation and utility sites and corridors may be located in this 

LUD only after an analysis of potential TUS corridors has been completed 

and no feasible alternatives exist outside this LUD. Conduct watershed 

analysis (Appendix C) and consult with Alaska Department of Environmental 

Conservation and affected municipalities prior to authorizing activities that 

are likely to cause pollution. 

 Land Ownership Adjustments: LAND6 

A. Protect municipal interests in land adjustment decisions. Unless otherwise 

prohibited by law, encourage actions that result in the affected municipality 

owning the land. 

1. Dispose of lands only when allowed to by applicable legislation. 

2. When disposal is contemplated, involve the affected municipality early 

in the process. 

3. Encourage state land selections under the Statehood Act for 

subsequent transfer to the municipal governing body. 

4. If legislation allows, consider exchange of these lands with the affected 

municipality. 

5. Do not acquire National Forest System lands for municipal watershed 

purposes. 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1 

GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. Interpret geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining for municipal 

watersheds, where appropriate. 

B. Maintain inventory of surficial geology, geomorphic features, geologic 

hazards, and paleontological resources. Maintain reports of municipal 

watershed assessments. 

 Minerals and Geology Administration: MG2 

 Mineral Withdrawals 

A. Municipal watersheds may be withdrawn from mineral entry on a case-bycase basis after consultation with the municipality, subject to valid existing 

rights. 

B. Assure claimants with valid and existing rights are allowed ingress and 

egress granted under the General Mining Law of 1872, the Alaska National 

Interest Lands Conservation Act of 1980 (ANILCA), and Forest Service 

Minerals Regulations under 36 CFR 228. 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims, leases, and material sites and 

authorization of orderly mineral resource development with the provisions of 

an approved Plan of Operations in accordance with Forest Service Mineral 

Regulations 36 CFR 228 and FSM 2800. 

D. Conduct watershed analysis (Appendix C) and consult with Alaska 

Department of Environmental Conservation and affected municipalities prior 

to authorizing activities that are likely to cause pollution. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Municipal Watershed 

January 2008 

3-55 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3 

TOURISM Recreation Management and Operation

A. Provide only for those activities and recreation use levels that can be 

accommodated without detriment to water quality and flow. 

B. Issue appropriate orders for regulating public use within the watershed, in 

cooperation with the municipality. 

C. Designation of motorized routes for off-highway vehicles in Municipal 

Watersheds is generally not allowed. Designation may only occur where 

documented local traditional use has occurred and the route does not 

degrade water quality or flow. 

D. Conduct watershed analysis (Appendix C) and consult with Alaska 

Department of Environmental Conservation and affected municipalities prior 

to authorizing activities that are likely to cause pollution. 

Recreation Special Uses

A. Major and minor developments are generally not consistent with objectives 

for this LUD. Proposals for development will require scrutiny of the 

magnitude and scope of the project to see if they meet LUD objectives. 

Refer to the Recreation and Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

B. Conduct watershed analysis (Appendix C) and consult with Alaska 

Department of Environmental Conservation and affected municipalities prior 

to authorizing activities that are likely to cause pollution. 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1 

A. Considerations for the scenery resource will be secondary to the objectives 

of the municipal watershed. Scenic quality conditions are the result of the 

municipality's watershed management objectives. 

1. Design management activities within the watershed to minimize 

scenery impacts as seen from Visual Priority Travel Routes and Use 

Areas (see Appendix F). 

SOIL AND WATER Watershed Resource Planning: SW3 

A. Maintain water quality consistent with Alaska Water Quality Standards (18 

AAC 70) and protect source watersheds consistent with the federal Safe 

Drinking Water Act and the Alaska Drinking Water Regulations (18 AAC 80) 

B. Do not authorize activities that create or maintain a condition that has a 

significant potential to cause or allow the pollution or contamination of a 

public water system. 

C. Conduct watershed analysis (Appendix C) and consult with Alaska 

Department of Environmental Conservation and affected municipalities prior 

to authorizing activities that are likely to cause pollution. Refer to FSM 2542 

and 36 CFR 251.9 for guidance. Refer to 18 AAC 80.620(c)(3) for systems 

that seek to avoid filtration. 

D. Develop site-specific Best Management Practices (BMPs) for any 

authorized activity. Consider at a minimum BMPs that limit ground 

disturbance, restrict public access (in consultation with municipality), and 

restrict hazardous materials and hazardous waste. 

 Watershed Resource Improvement: SW4 

A. Soil and water protective measures are applied to protect the watersheds 

and water resources for municipal water use. Soil and water improvement 

will occur on all disturbances that threaten the watershed values. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Municipal Watershed Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008

3-56 

B. Conduct watershed analysis (Appendix C) and consult with Alaska 

Department of Environmental Conservation and affected municipalities prior 

to authorizing activities that are likely to cause pollution. 

SUBSISTENCE Subsistence: SUB 

A. Permit subsistence activities in accordance with the federal, state, 

municipal, and other local laws. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4 

A. Forested land is classified as unsuitable for timber production. 

B. No timber harvest is scheduled. Salvage may be considered on a 

case-by-case basis in consultation with the municipality. 

C. Avoid Municipal Watersheds when other feasible locations for personal use 

wood and Christmas tree cutting are available. If personal (free) use timber 

harvest is allowed, personal permit requirements must satisfy the Municipal 

Watershed’s objectives (refer to Personal Use, Section TIM7). Personal use 

timber harvest will be regulated and its cumulative effects monitored in 

LUDs that are unsuitable for timber harvest to ensure that the LUD 

objectives are fulfilled. 

C. Allow administrative use of timber if LUD objectives are met. 

TRAILS Trails: TRAI1 

A. Trail systems are limited to those that can be accommodated without 

detriment to water quality and flow. Trails may be considered on a 

case-by-case basis in consultation with the municipality. (For the 

Petersburg watershed, consult 36 CFR 251.35.) 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. Allow roads needed for the routine operation, maintenance, and 

improvement of the municipal water system and watershed. Allow roads to 

provide for timber salvage operations if they are permitted by the 

watershed's establishing legislation (if any) and after consultation with the 

affected municipality. If no feasible alternative exists, roads may occur in 

this area. 

1. Conduct a transportation analysis to determine optimum road location 

and design standards to ensure minimum adverse impacts to the 

watershed. 

2. Coordinate road management with the affected municipality. Manage 

access in accordance with the legislation establishing the watershed (if 

any). 

3. Road construction may occur if it is consistent with legislation 

establishing the watershed (if any), and if it can be done without 

unacceptable degradation of water quality. 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Planning: WILD1 

A. Manage wildlife habitats for uses compatible with the watershed 

management objectives. Prioritize treatment needs and scheduling. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Old-Growth Habitat 

January 2008 

3-57 

OLD-GROWTH HABITAT 

Goals 

Maintain areas of old-growth forests and their associated natural ecological processes to provide habitat 

for old-growth associated resources. 

Manage early seral conifer stands to achieve old-growth forest characteristic structure and composition 

based upon site capability. Use old growth definitions as outlined in Ecological Definitions for Old-growth 

Forest Types in Southeast Alaska (R10-TP-28). 

Objectives 

Provide old-growth forest habitats, in combination with other LUDs, to maintain viable populations of 

native and desired non-native fish and wildlife species and subspecies that may be closely associated 

with old-growth forests. 

Contribute to the habitat capability of fish and wildlife resources to support sustainable human 

subsistence and recreational uses. 

Maintain components of flora and fauna biodiversity and ecological processes associated with old-growth 

forests. 

Allow existing natural or previously harvested early seral conifer stands to evolve naturally to old-growth 

forest habitats, or apply silvicultural treatments to accelerate forest succession to achieve old-growth 

forest structural features. Consider practices such as thinning, release and weeding, pruning, and 

fertilization to promote accelerated development of old-growth characteristics. 

To the extent feasible, limit roads, facilities, and permitted uses to those compatible with old-growth 

forest habitat management objectives. 

Desired Condition 

All forested areas within this LUD have attained old-growth forest characteristics. A diversity of oldgrowth habitat types and associated species and subspecies and ecological processes are represented. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Old-Growth Habitat Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-58 

Old-Growth Habitat Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH All 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH All 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC All 

Riparian RIP1 All 

RIP2 I,II(A-E,G,H) 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE1, 3 All 

SCENE2 I,II(A,E) 

Soil and Water SW1, 2, 4 All 

SW3 I(A:1-4,6-7),II,III 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM2, 5, 7, 8 All 

Trails TRAI All 

Transportation TRAN All 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD1 I-VIII; 

IX(A:1-8,11,B); 

X-XVIII 

WILD 2, 3, 4 All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines: 

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: FAC2 and FAC3 

A. Allow administrative and recreational facilities when compatible with LUD 

objectives. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression option identified in the Southeast 

Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan. 

B. Suppression tactics are limited only by the standards for this LUD, such as 

soil and watershed concerns. 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2 

Prescribed Fire

A. Allow management-ignited prescribed fire only where its use maintains oldgrowth characteristics. 

B. As a general management practice, do not use prescribed natural fire. 

(Consult FSM 5142.) 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Old-Growth Habitat 

January 2008 

3-59 

FISH Fish Habitat Planning: FISH2 

A. Emphasize the protection and restoration of fish habitat, fish production, and 

aquatic biodiversity. Enhancement projects that may change the natural 

distribution of fish species within a watershed are consistent with LUD 

objectives. 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health: HEALTH1 

A. Insect and disease management measures consistent with this LUD may be 

implemented to protect the old-growth forest component and adjacent 

resources. 

 Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2 

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1 

Inventory/Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement 

heritage resource inventory, evaluation, protection, and interpretation. 

1. Identify, classify, and evaluate known heritage resources. 

2. Identify heritage properties to be nominated to the National Register of 

Historic Places. 

3. Identify heritage properties that require stabilization or other protective 

measures. 

4. Identify opportunities for interpretation of heritage resources for public 

education and enjoyment. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2 

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation may occur inside or outside of this LUD. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2 

A. Permit only improvements (such as tent platforms, fish weirs, minor 

waterlines, minor powerlines, etc.) that are compatible with LUD objectives. 

B. This LUD represents a Transportation and Utility Systems (TUS) "Avoidance 

Area." Transportation and utility sites or corridors may be located within this 

LUD only after an analysis of potential TUS corridor opportunities has been 

completed and no feasible alternatives exist outside this LUD. Refer to the 

Transportation and Utility section for direction. 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1 

GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations, where 

appropriate. 

Minerals and Geology Administration: MG2 

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this LUD are open to mineral entry. 

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress granted 

under the General Mining Law of 1872, Alaska National Interest Lands 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Old-Growth Habitat Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-60 

Conservation Act of 1980 (ANILCA), and National Forest Service Mining 

Regulations 36 CFR 228. 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims, leases, and material sites and 

authorization of orderly mineral resource development with the provisions of 

an approved Plan of Operations in accordance with Forest Service Mineral 

Regulations 36 CFR 228 and FSM 2800. 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3 

TOURISM Recreation Management and Operations

A. Manage recreation and tourism use to meet LUD objectives for fish and 

wildlife resources and habitat. 

1. Design and locate recreation-related structures to be compatible with 

habitat needs of old-growth associated species. 

B. Generally provide for Semi-Primitive ROS settings, recognizing that more 

developed settings may be present due to authorized activities, existing use 

patterns, and activities in adjacent LUDs. 

C. Designation of motorized routes for off-highway vehicles is generally not 

allowed. Designation may only occur where documented local traditional 

use has occurred and the route does not degrade water quality or flow. 

Recreation Special Uses

A. Minor recreation and tourism developments may be compatible with the 

LUD objectives depending on the scope, purpose, and magnitude of the 

proposal. Proposals will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Refer to 

the Recreation and Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1 

A. Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for High Scenic Integrity 

Objective. Design activities to not be visually evident to the casual 

observer. 

B. Exceptions for small areas of non-conforming developments, such as 

recreational developments, transportation developments, log transfer 

facilities, and mining development, may be considered on a case-by-case 

basis. Use designs and materials that are compatible with forms, colors, 

and textures found in the characteristic landscape. 

SOIL AND WATER Watershed Resource Improvements: SW4 

A. Undertake watershed improvements only where deteriorated soil and 

hydrologic conditions create a threat to the goals and objectives for which 

the old-growth habitat is managed. Rehabilitation or stabilization projects 

will seek to enable the area to retain its natural appearance. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4 

A. Forest land is classified as unsuitable for timber production. 

B. Beach log salvage is compatible with this LUD. 

C. Avoid Old-growth Habitat areas when other feasible locations for personal 

use sawtimber, firewood, and Christmas tree cutting are available. If 

personal (free) use timber harvest is allowed, personal use permit 

requirements must satisfy LUD objectives (refer to Personal Use, Section 

TIM7). Personal use timber harvest will be regulated and its cumulative 

effects monitored in LUDs that are unsuitable for timber harvest to ensure 

that the LUD objectives are fulfilled. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Old-Growth Habitat 

January 2008 

3-61 

D. Harvest of bridge stringer logs is permitted. 

 Timber Sale Preparation: TIM5 

A. Salvage of dead or down material is permitted, but is limited to roadside 

windfall and hazard trees immediately adjacent to existing permanent roads 

and catastrophic windthrow events or large insect or disease outbreaks 

(generally exceeding 100 acres). Limited standing undamaged timber (up to 

20 percent of total salvage) may be removed only for safety reasons or for 

feasibility of salvage operations. Salvage sales must be compatible with 

LUD objectives as determined through the environmental analysis process. 

Stands once salvaged will be managed to achieve old-growth habitat 

characteristics. During the environmental analysis, consider the scale of the 

affected area salvaged. If reserve design criteria are no longer met, adjust 

reserve locations to better meet reserve size, spacing, and composition 

criteria if lands are available (see Wildlife Habitat Planning, section B below, 

and Appendix K). 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. New road construction is generally inconsistent with Old-growth Habitat LUD 

objectives, but new roads may be constructed if no feasible alternative is 

available. 

1. Perform integrated logging system and transportation analysis 

(including Access and Travel management planning) to determine if 

other feasible routes avoiding this LUD exist during the project 

environmental analysis process. If no feasible alternative routes exist, 

locate, design, and construct roads in a manner that minimizes adverse 

impact to fish and wildlife resources to the extent feasible, and will be 

compatible with LUD objectives. Keep clearing widths to the minimum 

feasible. Consider enforcement costs of road closures in the integrated 

logging system and transportation analysis. 

2. If reserve design criteria are no longer met, adjust reserve locations to 

meet reserve size, spacing, and composition criteria if lands are 

available (see Wildlife Habitat Planning, section B below, and Appendix 

K). 

3. For timber salvage, use logging systems that do not require additional 

permanent road construction. 

B. Manage existing roads to meet LUD objectives. 

1. In Old-growth Habitat LUDs with existing roads, develop or update road 

management objectives to meet LUD objectives (see Wildlife [brown 

bear and wolf] and Transportation Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines). Use of existing roads may continue pending the 

development or update of the access and travel management plan. 

2. Road management objectives may include temporary or permanent 

road closures, and may be specific to individual road specification 

types (e.g., keep mainlines open, close arterial and spur). 

3. Road maintenance and reconstruction may be permitted if consistent 

with road management objectives. 

C. Sites for log transfer facilities are generally not appropriate in this LUD. If no 

other feasible alternative sites exist, locate, design, construct, and manage 

these facilities in a manner that will be compatible with LUD objectives. 

Consider the Log Transfer Facility Guidelines (Appendix G) when making 

the selection for the facility. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Old-Growth Habitat Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-62 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Planning: WILD1 

A. Maintain contiguous blocks of old-growth forest habitat in a forest-wide 

system of old-growth reserves to support viable and well-distributed 

populations of old-growth associated species and subspecies. 

B. A system of large, medium, and small old-growth habitat reserves has been 

identified and mapped in the Forest Plan as part of a Forest-wide Oldgrowth Habitat reserve strategy. The mapped large and medium reserves 

generally achieve reserve strategy objectives, and few major modifications 

are anticipated. The small mapped reserves have received differing levels 

of ground-truthing and integration of site-specific information in their design. 

During project-level environmental analysis, for projects areas that include 

or are adjacent to mapped old-growth habitat reserves, the size, spacing, 

and habitat composition of mapped reserves may be further evaluated. 

(See Appendix K for mapping criteria.)

1. Adjust reserves not meeting the minimum criteria to meet or exceed the 

minimum criteria. 

2. Reserve location, composition, and size may otherwise also be 

adjusted. Alternative reserves must provide comparable achievement 

of the Old-growth Habitat LUD goals and objectives. Determination as 

to comparability must consider the criteria listed in Appendix K. 

3. Adjustments to individual reserves described in 1. and 2. above are not 

expected to require a significant plan amendment. Adjustments 

Forest-wide shall be monitored yearly to assess whether a significant 

plan amendment is warranted on the basis of cumulative changes. 

C. Allow previously harvested or natural early seral stands to develop into oldgrowth habitats, or provide young-growth management to accelerate 

attainment of old-growth characteristics. (See WILD2, below.) 

 Wildlife Habitat Restoration: WILD2 

A. Manage early seral forest stands for purposes of wildlife habitat 

development. Allow techniques such as thinning, pruning, and planting to 

accelerate development of advanced seral stand structure, including 

maintenance of shrub and forb understory. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Semi-Remote Recreation 

January 2008 

3-63 

SEMI-REMOTE RECREATION 

Goals 

To provide predominantly natural or natural-appearing settings for semi-primitive types of recreation and 

tourism, and occasional enclaves of concentrated recreation and tourism facilities. 

To provide opportunities for a moderate degree of independence, closeness to nature, and self-reliance 

in environments requiring challenging motorized or non-motorized forms of transportation. 

Objectives 

Manage recreation and tourism use and activities to meet the levels of social encounters, on-site 

developments, methods of access, and visitor impacts indicated for the Semi-Primitive Recreation 

Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) classes. Enclaves of concentrated recreation and tourism developments 

within the LUD or management activities in adjacent LUDs may cause the ROS setting to become Rural. 

Determine on a case-by-case basis whether roads, trails, and other areas should be closed to motorized 

recreation activities. If so, incorporate into off-highway vehicles (OHV) plans. If not, the use of boats, 

aircraft, and snowmachines for traditional activities is allowed. 

Permit small-scale, rustic recreation and tourism facilities, and occasional enclaves of concentrated 

recreation and tourism facilities. 

Apply the Moderate Scenic Integrity Objective to any developments, facilities, or structures. 

Fish enhancement and wildlife habitat improvement may occur. 

Desired Condition 

Areas in the Semi-Remote Recreation LUD are characterized by generally unmodified natural 

environments. Ecological processes and natural conditions are only minimally affected by past or 

current human uses or activities. Users have the opportunity to experience a moderate degree of 

independence, closeness to nature, solitude, and remoteness, with some areas offering motorized 

opportunities and others non-motorized opportunities (except for the traditional uses of boats, aircraft, 

and snowmachines). Interactions between users are infrequent. Facilities and structures may be 

minimal or occasionally may be larger in scale, but will be rustic in appearance, or in harmony with the 

natural setting. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Semi-Remote Recreation Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-64 

Semi-Remote Recreation Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH1 All 

BEACH2 I,II(A-G,K,L) 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH All 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC All 

Riparian RIP All 

RIP2 I,II(A-E,G,H) 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE1, 3 All 

SCENE2 I,II(A-B,E) 

Soil and Water SW1, 2, 4 All 

SW3 I(A:1-4,6-7),II,III 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM2,5, 7, 8 All 

TIM5,TRAI All 

Trails TRAI All 

TRAN1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 All 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD1 I-VIII; 

IX(A:1-8;11,B); X-XV

WILD2 I(A:1;B) 

WILD3, 4 All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines: 

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: FAC2 and FAC3 

A. Design and locate administrative and non-recreation structures to reduce 

adverse effects on recreation and tourism opportunities. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression option identified in the Southeast 

Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan. 

B. Emphasize suppression tactics that result in the least possible disturbance 

or evidence of human presence. 

1. Suppression tactics will avoid human/bear conflicts and existing policy 

will be emphasized to leave no trash or any other kinds of bear 

attractants in the area. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Semi-Remote Recreation 

January 2008 

3-65 

2. Rehabilitation of all campsites, suppression lines, and other evidence 

of human presence will occur as part of rehabilitation activities, but 

within 1 year after the fire occurs. 

3. Mechanized fireline construction will avoid important wildlife habitat 

areas such as meadows, bogs, and riparian areas. 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2 

Prescribed Fire

A. Management ignitions, although they are not presently used in this LUD, 

may be used as an acceptable means of fuels management and wildlife 

habitat improvement so long as its use is compatible with LUD objectives. 

B. As a general management practice, do not use prescribed natural fire. 

(Consult Forest Service Manual [FSM] 5142.) 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1 

A. Insect and disease management measures consistent with LUD objectives 

may be implemented to protect recreation and tourism opportunities, and 

adjacent resources. 

 Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2 

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1 

Enhancement

A. Heritage resources are available for recreational, scenic, scientific, 

educational, conservation, and historic uses. 

1. Provide interpretive information concerning heritage resources located 

within this LUD to users in the form of exhibits and publications located 

outside of this LUD. 

2. Heritage resources are available for scientific studies that are 

consistent with the semi-primitive settings and activities, and heritage 

resource management objectives for the specific site. 

Inventory/Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement 

heritage resource inventory, evaluation, protection, and interpretation. 

1. Identify, classify, and evaluate known heritage resources. 

2. Identify heritage properties to be nominated to the National Register of 

Historic Places. 

3. Identify heritage properties that require stabilization or other protective 

measures. 

4. Identify opportunities for interpretation of heritage resources for public 

education and enjoyment. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2 

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation may occur inside or outside of this LUD. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Semi-Remote Recreation Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-66 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2 

A. Permit only facilities and uses consistent with Semi-Remote Recreation LUD 

objectives. 

B. This LUD represents a Transportation and Utility System (TUS) "window" 

and provides opportunities for the future designation and location of 

Transportation and Utility sites. 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1 

GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations, where 

appropriate. 

Minerals and Geology Administration: MG2 

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this LUD are open to mineral exploration and 

development. 

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress granted 

under the General Mining Law of 1872, Alaska National Interest Lands 

Conservation Act of 1980 (ANILCA), and National Forest Mining 

Regulations 36 CFR 228. 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims, leases, and material sites and 

authorization of orderly mineral resource development with the provisions of 

an approved Plan of Operations in accordance with National Forest Mining 

Regulations 36 CFR 228 and FSM 2800. 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3 

TOURISM Recreation Management and Operations

A. Generally, manage for Semi-Primitive ROS settings. Enclaves of 

concentrated recreation and tourism developments within the LUD or 

management activities in adjacent LUDs may cause the ROS setting to 

become Roaded Natural, Roaded Modified, or Rural. 

B. Designation of motorized routes for OHVs in Semi-Remote Recreation is 

allowed and will be planned in accordance with 36 CFR 212. 

1. Manage roads for Maintenance Level 2, except when Maintenance 

Level 3 roads provide access to or through the LUD. Occasional 

enclaves of concentrated recreation and tourism developments could 

warrant higher service levels in those areas. 

C. Where roads, trails, and other areas are closed to motorized recreation 

activities or vehicles, provide Semi-Primitive Non-Motorized recreation 

opportunities. 

1. Permit use of snowmachines, motorboats, and aircraft for traditional 

activities. 

D. Permit small scale, rustic recreation and tourism facilities such as recreation 

cabins, shelters, docks, and enclaves of concentrated recreation and 

tourism development. 

1. During all construction activity: 

a. Minimize site modification, 

b. Minimize vegetation clearing adjacent to the site, and 

c. Use colors found in the natural environment. 

Recreation Special Uses

A. Major and minor developments are compatible with this LUD. Refer to the 

Recreation and Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Semi-Remote Recreation 

January 2008 

3-67 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1 

A. Design resource activities to remain visually subordinate to the 

characteristic landscape. Activities may repeat form, line, color, or texture 

common to the landscape. New form, line, color, or texture will be 

subordinate to the characteristic landscape. 

1. Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the Moderate Scenic 

Integrity Objective. 

2. There may be cases where facilities associated with a concentrated 

recreation or tourism development may not feasibly meet the Moderate 

objective. After analysis of the proposal and public involvement, the 

NEPA decision document for this project should determine the specific 

Scenic Integrity Objective for the development. The environmental 

analysis shall also prescribe design guidelines necessary to meet this 

scenery objective. During the project’s design phase, the Forest 

Service shall be closely involved in the review of design work as it 

evolves. 

3. Design visitor facilities to blend, to the extent feasible, with the natural 

setting. 

B. Rehabilitation techniques may be used to restore disturbed landscapes to 

be compatible with the Semi-Primitive setting. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4 

A. Forested land is classified as unsuitable for timber production. 

B. The following types of uses may be authorized when they meet LUD 

objectives. 

1. Removal or use of trees for improvement of recreation and tourism 

opportunities, such as clearing for vistas, campsites, or trails. 

2. Removal or use of trees cut as a part of some other authorized use 

within this LUD (e.g., clearing for a fish ladder or road). 

3. Trees may be cut for use in construction and maintenance of 

authorized structures when it is not feasible to obtain the necessary 

material from outside this LUD. 

C. Personal use wood harvest from beach log salvage is fully compatible with 

this LUD. Personal use wood cutting may be allowed based on local 

determination. If personal (free) use timber harvest is allowed, personal use 

permit requirements must satisfy the LUD’s objectives (refer to Personal 

Use, Section TIM7). Personal use timber harvest will be regulated and its 

cumulative effects monitored in LUDs that are unsuitable for timber harvest 

to ensure that the LUD objectives are fulfilled. 

 Timber Sale Preparation: TIM5 

A. Salvage will be limited to dead and/or down material resulting from events 

such as windthrow and insect or disease mortality. Limited standing green 

timber may be harvested during salvage operations for safety and 

operational considerations. 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. Where Semi-Primitive Motorized recreation opportunities are emphasized, 

existing low standard roads are generally managed for use by high 

clearance or OHVs, snowmobiles, or motorcycles subject to an approved 

Access and Travel Management Plan. Generally, new roads are not 

constructed in this area, except to link existing roads or provide access to 

adjacent LUDs. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Semi-Remote Recreation Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-68 

1. Limit the design standards of Forest development roads to those 

commensurate with the intended use. 

2. Maintain, as necessary, to provide passage of planned traffic. 

3. Locate and design new roads to consider Semi-Primitive recreation 

opportunities in this LUD. 

B. Where Semi-Primitive Non-Motorized recreation opportunities are 

emphasized, provide foot or cross-country ski trails. Roads and trails may 

be closed or seasonally restricted. Close or obliterate existing roads except 

for transportation system links. 

C. Sites for log transfer facilities may be considered in this LUD. If no other 

feasible alternative sites exist, locate, design, construct, and manage these 

facilities in a manner that will be compatible with LUD objectives. Consider 

the Log Transfer Facility Guidelines (Appendix G) when making the 

selection for the facility. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Land Use Designation II 

January 2008 

3-69 

LAND USE DESIGNATION II 

Introduction 

Twelve areas were permanently allocated to LUD II special management in the Tongass Timber Reform 

Act of 1990 (TTRA). These areas include Yakutat Forelands, Berners Bay, Anan Creek, Kadashan, 

Lisianski River/Upper Hoonah Sound, Mt. Calder/Mt. Holbrook, Nutkwa, Outside Islands, Trap Bay, Point 

Adolphus/Mud Bay, Naha, and Salmon Bay. Specific management criteria for LUD II areas are defined 

in the Tongass Land Management Plan, completed March 1979, and amended Winter 1985-1986 (pp. 

8-9). 

Goals 

To manage the 12 areas designated in perpetuity as LUD II by the TTRA according to the direction for 

LUD II areas in the 1979 Tongass Land Management Plan, as amended. 

Manage these areas in a roadless state to retain their wildland character. 

Objectives 

Manage recreation and tourism use and activities to meet the levels of social encounters, on-site 

developments, methods of access, and visitor impacts indicated by the Primitive and Semi-Primitive 

Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) classes. Apply the LUD II direction from the 1979 Tongass 

Land Management Plan, which is summarized as follows: 

• Prohibit commercial timber harvest. Permit salvage logging only to prevent significant damage to 

other resources. Allow personal use of wood for cabin logs, fuelwood, float logs, trolling poles, etc. 

• Permit water and power developments if designed to be compatible with the primitive 

characteristics of the area. 

• Permit roads only for access to authorized uses, transportation needs identified by the state, or 

vital linkages. (See the Standards and Guidelines in this prescription.) 

• Allow mineral development. 

• Permit access by boats, aircraft, and snowmachines, unless such uses become excessive. 

• Permit fish and wildlife habitat improvements. Design structures to minimize the effects to 

recreation resources. 

• Permit primitive recreational facilities. 

• Generally exclude major concentrated recreational facilities. 

Salvage logging, personal use of wood, water and power development, fish and wildlife habitat 

improvement, and research facilities will be designed to be compatible with the primitive characteristics 

of the area. 

Desired Condition 

Areas in this LUD are characterized by extensive, generally unmodified natural environments, and retain 

their wildland character. Ecological processes and natural conditions are only minimally affected by past 

or current human uses or activities. Users have the opportunity to experience a high-to-moderate 

degree of independence, closeness to nature, solitude, and remoteness, and may pursue activities 

requiring self-reliance, challenge, and risk. Interactions between users are infrequent. Recreational 

facilities and structures are primitive. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Land Use Designation II Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

3-70 

Land Use Designation II 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH1 All 

BEACH2 I,II(A-G,K,L) 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH All 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC All 

Riparian RIP1 All 

RIP2 I,II(A-E,G,H) 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE1, 3 All 

SCENE2 I,II(A-B,E) 

Soil and Water SW1, 2, 4 All 

SW3 I(A:1-4,6-7),II,III 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM2, 5, 7, 8 All 

TRAI All 

Trails TRAI All 

TRAN1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 All 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD1 I-VIII; IX(A:1-8,11,B); 

X-XVIII 

WILD2 I(A:1;B) 

WILD3, 4 All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines: 

FACILITIES Administrative Facilities: FAC2 and FAC3 

A. Permanent administrative facilities may be constructed in a manner that 

blends with the natural character of the area. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression option identified in the Southeast 

Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan. 

B. Emphasize suppression tactics that result in the least possible disturbance 

or evidence of human presence. 

1. Suppression tactics will minimize human/bear conflicts, and existing 

policy will be emphasized to leave no trash or any other kinds of bear 

attractants in the area. 

2. Rehabilitation of all campsites, suppression lines, and other evidence 

of human presence will occur as soon as part of rehabilitation activities, 

and no longer than 1 year after the fire occurs. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Land Use Designation II 

January 2008 

3-71 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2 

 Prescribed Fire 

A. Allow management-ignited prescribed fire for fuels management, insect and 

disease protection, and wildlife habitat improvement. 

B. As a general management practice, do not use prescribed natural fire, 

although natural ignitions may be used to perpetuate natural ecological 

processes. (Consult Forest Service Manual [FSM] 5142.) 

FISH Fish Habitat Planning: FISH2 

Fish Enhancement

A. Improvements such as fishways, fish hatcheries, or aquaculture sites may 

be built. Appropriate landscape management techniques will be applied in 

the design and construction of such improvements to reduce impacts on 

recreational resources and scenery. 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1 

A. Insect and disease management measures consistent with this LUD may be 

implemented to protect these and adjacent resources. 

 Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2 

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1 

Enhancement

A. Heritage resources are available for recreational, scenic, scientific, 

educational, conservation, and historic uses. 

1. Heritage resources are available for scientific studies that are 

consistent with the primitive settings and activities, and heritage 

resource management objectives for the specific site. 

Inventory/Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement 

heritage resource inventory, evaluation, protection, and interpretation. 

1. Identify, classify, and evaluate known heritage resources. 

2. Identify heritage properties to be nominated to the National Register of 

Historic Places. 

3. Identify heritage properties that require stabilization or other protective 

measures. 

4. Identify opportunities for interpretation of heritage resources for public 

education and enjoyment. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2 

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation may occur inside or outside of this LUD. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2 

A. Water and power developments are permitted if they can be designed to 

retain the overall primitive characteristics of the allocated area. 

B. Except as authorized by the TTRA, permit only those activities that are 

consistent with the wildland character of the area. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Land Use Designation II Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

3-72 

C. This LUD represents a Transportation and Utility System (TUS) "Avoidance 

Area. "Transportation and utility sites or corridors may be located within this 

LUD only after an analysis of potential TUS corridors has been completed 

and no feasible alternatives exist outside this LUD. Refer to the 

Transportation and Utility section for direction. 

MINERAL AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1 

GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations, where 

appropriate. 

Minerals and Geology Administration: MG2 

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this LUD are open to mineral exploration and 

development. 

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress granted 

under the General Mining Law of 1872, Alaska National Interest Lands 

Conservation Act of 1980, and National Forest Mining Regulations 

36 CFR 228. 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims, leases, and material sites and 

authorization of orderly mineral resource development with the provisions of 

an approved Plan of Operations in accordance with 36 CFR 228 and FSM 

2800. 

D. Manage mineral exploration and development activities to be compatible 

with the emphasis on maintaining the wildland character of the LUD II Land 

Use Designation. 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3 

TOURISM Recreation Management and Operations

A. Generally provide for Semi-Primitive ROS settings, recognizing that more 

developed settings may be present due to authorized activities, existing use 

patterns, and activities in adjacent LUDs. 

1. Primitive recreation facilities, such as recreation cabins, boat docks, 

moorings, and trails may be constructed and maintained. 

B. Major concentrated recreation facilities, such as development scale IV and 

V (those heavily modified or with a high degree of site modification) will 

generally be excluded. 

C. If a transportation link is constructed through this LUD, recreation facilities 

needed to serve the traveling public, to reduce impacts of recreation use to 

adjacent wildlands, or to provide interpretation, may be constructed in 

proximity to the transportation link. 

D. Designation of motorized routes for off-highway vehicles in LUD II is 

generally not allowed. There may be limited exceptions where documented 

local traditional use related to subsistence activities has occurred, or when 

connecting to routes in adjacent LUDs. 

Recreation Special Uses

A. Major developments are generally not consistent with the objectives of the 

LUD. Development proposals require scrutiny of the magnitude and scope 

for LUD conformance. Refer to the Recreation and Tourism Forest-wide 

Standards and Guidelines. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Land Use Designation II 

January 2008 

3-73 

B. Minor developments may be compatible with the LUD objectives depending 

on the scope, purpose, and magnitude of the proposal. Each proposal will 

be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Refer to the Recreation and Tourism 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1 

A. Landscapes are managed to retain a natural-appearing scenic condition, 

where activities are not visually evident to the casual observer. 

1. Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the High Scenic 

Integrity Objective. 

2. Some authorized activities and improvements may not meet the High 

Scenic Integrity Objective, based on project analysis. However, seek 

to mitigate scenic impacts through location, siting, design, material, and 

coloring of structures. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4 

A. Forested land is classified as unsuitable for timber production. Commercial 

timber harvesting is not permitted. 

B. Timber can be salvaged only to prevent significant damage to other 

resources. Examples are removal of windfall in an important fish stream or 

control of epidemic insect infestations. 

C. Personal use of wood is allowed for cabin logs, fuel wood, float logs, trolling 

poles, and other similar uses. 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. Existing roads are generally closed to highway vehicular use. Any proposed 

roads will use the following guidelines: 

1. Allow vital Forest transportation system linkages including roads and 

transfer facilities. Vital Forest transportation system linkages refer to 

necessary additions to the permanent road network. Such linkages 

may be built through LUD II areas when either: 1) no other feasible 

routes exist to access adjacent LUDs, or 2) it can be demonstrated that 

the routing through the LUD II area is clearly environmentally 

preferable and site-specific mitigation measures can be designed to 

minimize the impact of the road on the surrounding LUD II area. A 

clear need to build such linkages must be demonstrated through a 

comparative analysis of feasible transportation alternatives through the 

NEPA process and approved by the Forest Supervisor. 

2. Roads, other than vital transportation linkages, will not be built except 

to serve authorized activities such as mining, power and water 

developments, aquaculture developments, or transportation needs 

determined by the State of Alaska (also the Transportation and Utility 

Systems LUD). 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Planning: WILD1 

A. Wildlife habitats will generally evolve in natural successional stages. Habitat 

improvement is permitted. Prioritize treatment needs and scheduling. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Wild River Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

3-74 

WILD RIVER 

Goals 

To manage designated river segments according to the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act (Public Law 90-542), 

National Wild and Scenic Rivers System; Final Revised Guidelines for Eligibility, Classification, and 

Management of River Areas (Federal Register Volume 47, Number 173, 1982), and direction in Forest 

Service manuals and handbooks. 

To maintain, enhance, and protect the free-flowing character and outstandingly remarkable values of 

rivers and river segments designated as Wild Rivers and included in the National Wild and Scenic Rivers 

System. 

To maintain Wild Rivers in a natural, free-flowing, unmodified condition, and provide recreation and 

tourism opportunities affording a high degree of independence, closeness to nature, and self-reliance. 

To manage recommended Wild River segments to maintain their outstandingly remarkable values and 

classification eligibility until Congress designates the segments or decides not to designate them. 

Objectives 

Manage Wild River segments to maintain an enduring wildland and free-flowing river resource, while 

providing for access and use consistent with the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act and the Alaska National 

Interest Lands Conservation Act of 1980 (ANILCA). 

Withdraw Wild River segments from mineral entry when designated by Congress, subject to valid 

existing rights, and classify forested lands as unsuitable for timber production. 

Manage recreation and tourism use and activities to meet the levels of social encounters, on-site 

developments, methods of access, and visitor impacts indicated for the Primitive or Semi-Primitive 

Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) classes. 

Apply the High Scenic Integrity Objective within the river corridor. 

Desired Condition 

Wild Rivers and river segments are in a natural, free-flowing, and undisturbed condition. Ecological 

processes and changes predominate. The outstandingly remarkable values for which the river was 

designated remain outstanding and remarkable. Recreation users have the opportunity for primitive and 

semi-primitive experiences, solitude, and remoteness in a natural setting. Interactions between users 

are infrequent, and evidence of human activities is minimal. Facilities and structures are rustic in 

appearance and promote primitive recreation and tourism experiences. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Wild River 

January 2008 

3-75 

Wild River Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH1 All 

BEACH2 I 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH1 I(B:1,C) 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC1, 3 All 

REC2 I,II(A-C),III 

Riparian RIP1 All 

RIP2 I,II(A-E,G) 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE1 All 

SCENE2 I,II(A,E) 

SCENE3 I(A,B,D),II 

Soil and Water SW1, 2, 4 All 

SW3 I(A:1-4,B-F),II 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM2, 5, 8 All 

Trails TRAI1 I(A-E;F:1,3,5,6) 

TRAI2 All 

Transportation TRAN None 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD1 I-V;VI(A-C,E);VII,VIII; 

IX(A:1-3,5-8,11,B); 

X-XIV; XVI(A:1) 

WILD2 I(A:1,B) 

WILD4 All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines 

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: FAC2 and FAC3 

A. Avoid construction of new administrative facilities unless needed for 

administration of river resources and users. If needed, facilities will be rustic 

and kept to a minimum. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression option identified in the Southeast 

Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan. 

B. Emphasize suppression tactics that result in the least possible disturbance 

or evidence of human presence. 

1. Use of mechanized equipment will be addressed in the management 

plan developed for each river. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Wild River Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

3-76 

2. Suppression tactics will minimize human/bear conflicts, and existing 

policy will be emphasized to leave no trash or any other kinds of bear 

attractants in the area. 

3. Rehabilitation of all campsites, suppression lines, and other evidence 

of human presence will occur as soon as part of rehabilitation activities, 

but within 1 year after the fire occurs. 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2 

Prescribed Fire

A. Allow management-ignited prescribed fire that emulates natural ecological 

processes. 

B. As a general management practice, do not allow prescribed natural fire. 

(Consult FSM 5142.) 

FISH Fish Habitat Planning: FISH2 

Fish Enhancement 

A. Fish enhancement projects may be allowed after considering the following 

during project planning: 

1. The primitive character of the area can be maintained. Realize that an 

enhanced fishery could result in increased recreation and tourism use. 

2. Effects on Wild River ecosystems due to the introduction of species not 

indigenous to the watershed. 

3. If a naturally appearing free-flowing condition can be maintained. 

4. Effects on the outstandingly remarkable values for which the river was 

designated. 

5. The appropriateness of structures both in type and scale to the 

primitive and natural character of the area. 

6. Ability to meet a High Scenic Integrity Objective. 

 Fish Habitat Improvement: FISH3 

A. Use construction techniques that are consistent with the ROS setting. 

1. Land-disturbing activities necessary for construction will be temporary. 

2. Design development to minimize impact on the primitive character of 

the corridor. 

B. Permanent stream obstructions are not permitted. 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1 

A. Implement insect and disease management measures consistent with this 

LUD to protect the character and values of Wild Rivers. 

 Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2 

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1 

Enhancement

A. Heritage resources are available for scientific study to the extent that the 

study is consistent with the intent of the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act. 

B. Heritage resources are available for recreational, scenic, scientific, 

educational, conservation, and historic uses, consistent with Wild River 

management. 

1. Generally, provide interpretive information concerning heritage 

resources to users in the form of exhibits and publications outside the 

Wild River corridor. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Wild River 

January 2008 

3-77 

Inventory/Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement 

heritage resource inventory, evaluation, protection, and interpretation. 

1. Identify, classify, and evaluate known heritage resources. 

2. Identify heritage properties to be nominated to the National Register of 

Historic Places. 

3. Identify heritage properties that require stabilization or other protective 

measures. 

4. Identify opportunities for interpretation of heritage resources for public 

education and enjoyment. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2 

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation will generally occur outside this LUD. 

B. Manage caves as Class 1 (Sensitive) or Class 3 (Undeveloped) as 

described in the Karst and Cave Resources Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2 

A. Permit only those uses consistent with management objectives. (Consult 

the Land and Resource Management Planning Handbook 1909.12, 

Chapter 8.) 

1. Do not authorize water supply dams or major diversions. 

2. Do not permit development of hydroelectric power facilities for 1) 

projects exempted from licensing by the Federal Energy Regulatory 

Commission (FERC), or 2) projects on rivers designated through 

Sections 2, 3, and 5(a) of the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act. The Forest 

Service will recommend to FERC that a project on a river found eligible 

and suitable for inclusion in the Wild and Scenic Rivers System should 

not be licensed because it is inconsistent with the purposes for which 

the National Forest was created or acquired and, if necessary, impose 

conditions on any license issued for a project on that river that fully 

protect its outstandingly remarkable characteristics and free-flowing 

nature. 

3. Maintain the natural appearance and primitive character of the river 

area. Do not authorize flood control dams, levees, or similar structures 

in the channel or river corridor. 

4. Do not authorize new structures that would have a direct adverse effect 

on river values. 

5. Transportation and utility corridors will be allowed in accordance with 

ANILCA, Title XI. This LUD represents a Transportation and Utility 

Systems (TUS) "Avoidance Area." Transportation and utility sites or 

corridors may be located within this LUD only after an analysis of 

potential TUS corridors is completed and no feasible alternative exists 

outside this LUD. Refer to the Transportation and Utility section for 

direction. 

6. Allow motorized access in accordance with ANILCA Sections 811 and 

1110(b). 

 Land Ownership Administration: LAND6 

A. Acquire private inholdings in the river corridor as opportunities arise. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Wild River Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

3-78 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1 

GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations, where 

appropriate. 

Minerals and Geology Resource Administration: MG2 

Wild Rivers

A. When designated by Congress, Forest lands within 0.25 mile of the river are 

withdrawn from mineral entry subject to valid existing rights. 

B. Permit reasonable access to valid existing claims in accordance with the 

provisions of an approved Plan of Operations. 

C. Encourage use of state-of-the-art techniques for developing mineral 

resources to reduce impacts to Wild Rivers to the extent feasible. Include 

mitigation measures that are compatible with the scale of proposed 

development and commensurate with potential resource impacts. 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3 

TOURISM Recreation Management and Operations

A. To the degree consistent with the overall purposes of designation, provide 

primitive wildland recreation opportunities that reflect the ecological, 

historical, and sociological conditions found within the river corridor and 

adjacent lands. 

B. Manage for Primitive and Semi-Primitive ROS settings and activities that 

emphasize existing opportunities. Protect the integrity of river resources 

through integrated project planning and implementation. 

1. Manage for the existing or less developed recreation settings and 

opportunities unless activities and practices authorized by the Forest 

Service officer with delegated authority causes change in the ROS 

setting(s). Seek to minimize the changes through project design and 

mitigation. Manage recreation and tourism use in a manner that is 

compatible with the long-term objectives of the LUD. 

C. Manage recreation and tourism use and activities to meet the appropriate 

levels of social encounters, on-site development, methods of access, and 

visitor impacts indicated for the ROS settings. (Consult the ROS Forest 

Service Handbook and the Recreation and Tourism Forest-wide Standards 

and Guidelines.) 

D. Minor, rustic, recreation and tourism facilities, including public recreation 

cabins, floatplane and boat docks, trails, and trail bridges may be 

constructed in the river corridor. 

E. Designation of motorized routes for off-highway vehicles in Wild Rivers is 

generally not allowed. Designation may only occur where documented local 

traditional use has occurred and the route is compatible with a Primitive or 

Semi-Primitive ROS setting. 

Wild River Management

A. Manage all designated Wild River segments to maintain an enduring 

wildland and free-flowing river resource, while providing access and use 

consistent with the purposes of the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act, as 

amended, and ANILCA (Public Law 96-487). Traditional activities and 

practices authorized by ANILCA will be regulated or restricted only where it 

is determined that the effects of continued or expanded use is likely to 

cause one or more of the following: 

1. The degradation of the long-term successional changes in wildland and 

water ecosystems. Adequate determination of the cumulative effects of 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Wild River 

January 2008 

3-79 

activities and equipment use must be demonstrated as well as 

site-specific or singular effects. 

2. It is detrimental to the natural dynamics of the composition or structure 

of wildland and water ecosystems. 

3. It is detrimental to identified objects of heritage, historic, prehistoric, 

and scientific interest. 

4. It is detrimental to the ROS setting conditions or where the cumulative 

effects of various activities are likely to become detrimental to those 

settings. 

5. A specific use is not in accordance with applicable law. 

B. Encourage and enlist public and private sector interest groups to work 

together in meeting Wild River management objectives. Emphasize 

programs that help to educate the public in the appropriate conduct of 

activities and uses within Wild River corridors. 

Recreation Special Uses

A. Major developments are not consistent with agency policy and regulations. 

Refer to the Recreation and Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

B. Minor developments may be compatible with the LUD objectives depending 

on the scope, purpose, and magnitude of the proposal. Proposals will be 

evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Refer to the Recreation and Tourism 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1 

A. Landscapes are managed to retain a natural-appearing scenic condition, 

where activities are not visually evident to the casual observer. 

1. Apply the Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the High Scenic 

Integrity Objective to all areas within the river corridor. The area 

adjacent to the corridor is managed according to the guidelines of the 

adjacent LUD. 

2. Low scenic-impact recreation and tourism facilities, cabins, infrequent 

fish or wildlife management activities, and other authorized structures 

that are compatible with the primitive character of the corridor may be 

acceptable and should be considered on a case-by-case basis. (Also 

see the Recreation and Tourism Standards and Guidelines in this 

prescription.) 

SOIL AND WATER Watershed Resource Improvements: SW4 

A. Undertake watershed improvements within 0.25 mile each side of the river 

only where deteriorated soil or hydrologic conditions create a threat to the 

values for which the river is managed. Use, whenever possible, indigenous 

plant species and materials in implementing land treatment measures to 

protect or improve the quality and/or quantity of the water resource or when 

stabilizing or improving the productivity of the soil resource. (Consult FSM 

2350 and 2520.) 

B. Maintain water quality and flow to protect the river's outstandingly 

remarkable values. 

SUBSISTENCE Subsistence: SUB 

A. Allow subsistence activities in Wild River corridors, subject to reasonable 

regulations to protect Wild River resources. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Wild River Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

3-80 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4 

A. Forested land is classified as unsuitable for timber production. 

B. Silvicultural treatments are limited to control of insect and disease. 

C. Salvage harvest of dead or down material may occur. Removal of naturally 

occurring dead trees in and along the river shoreline, including sweepers 

extending into the river from the bank should consider the protection of the 

outstandingly remarkable values and fish habitat in accordance with 

agreements with the state. 

D. Taking of personal use wood is limited to beach logs on the portion of the 

river influenced by tidal action. Only beach logs that can be removed 

without roads or use of vehicles on uplands may be taken. 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. Permit no new roads, except to access valid mining claims or as TUS 

corridors in accordance with ANILCA Title XI. 

B. Close roads in this LUD to motorized vehicle use. 

C. Allow continued existing use of snowmachines and aircraft; however, 

restrictions may be imposed on a case-by-case basis to protect 

outstandingly remarkable river values. 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Improvement: WILD2 

A. Allow wildlife habitat improvements where their principal objective is the 

protection or restoration of Wild River resources, and enhancement of 

outstandingly remarkable values. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Scenic River 

January 2008 

3-81 

SCENIC RIVER 

Goals 

To manage designated river segments according to the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act (Public Law 90-542), 

National Wild and Scenic Rivers System; Final Revised Guidelines for Eligibility, Classification, and 

Management of River Areas (Federal Register Volume 47, Number 173, 1982), and direction in Forest 

Service manuals and handbooks. 

To maintain, enhance, and protect the free-flowing character and outstandingly remarkable values of 

rivers and river segments designated as Scenic Rivers and included in the National Wild and Scenic 

Rivers System. 

To maintain Scenic Rivers in a natural or naturally appearing, free-flowing condition, and provide 

recreation and tourism opportunities meeting these expectations. 

To manage recommended Scenic River segments to maintain their outstandingly remarkable values and 

classification eligibility until Congress designates the segments or decides not to designate them. 

Objectives 

Manage Scenic River segments to maintain an enduring wildland and free-flowing river resource, while 

providing access and use consistent with the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act and the Alaska National 

Interest Lands Conservation Act (ANILCA). 

Permit timber harvest on suitable forest lands if adjacent lands are being managed for that purpose, in 

accordance with the standards and guidelines for the stated Scenic Integrity Objectives. 

Manage recreation and tourism use and activities to meet the levels of social encounters, on-site 

developments, methods of access, and visitor impacts indicated for the desired Recreation Opportunity 

Spectrum (ROS) class (generally Semi-Primitive). 

Permit roads to provide access to, and occasionally cross, the river. Roads, except for short segments, 

are not visually evident to river users. 

Apply the High Scenic Integrity Objective to foreground areas as seen from the river, roads, and trails, 

and Moderate for all other seen areas within the river corridor. 

Desired Condition 

Scenic Rivers and river segments are in a generally unmodified, free-flowing condition. Ecological 

processes and changes may be somewhat affected by human uses. The outstandingly remarkable 

values for which the river was designated remain outstanding and remarkable. Recreation and tourism 

users have the opportunity for experiences ranging from Primitive to Roaded Natural in a 

natural-appearing setting. Resource activities within the river corridor are not visually evident to the 

casual observer. Interactions between users are moderate. Facilities and structures are rustic in 

appearance, and promote semi-primitive recreation experiences and/or public safety. A yield of timber 

may be produced that contributes to the Forest-wide sustained yield. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Scenic River Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-82 

Scenic River Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH All 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH All 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC All 

Riparian RIP All 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE1, 3 All 

SCENE2 I,II(A-C,E),III 

Soil and Water SW All 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM All 

Trails TIM All 

Trails TRAI All 

TRAN1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 All 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines: 

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: FAC2 and FAC3 

A. Administrative and authorized non-recreation facilities should not be evident 

as viewed from the river and its banks. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression option identified in the Southeast 

Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan 

B. Suppression tactics are limited only by the standards and guidelines for this 

LUD (e.g., the soil, water, and scenery resources). 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2 

Prescribed Fire

A. Allow management-ignited prescribed fire that meets the High Scenic 

Integrity Objective and meets all soil and water quality standards. 

1. Treat all activity fuels to meet the High Scenic Integrity Objective within 

1 year following timber harvest. 

B. As a general management practice, do not allow prescribed natural fire. 

(Consult Forest Service Manual [FSM] 5142.) 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Scenic River 

January 2008 

3-83 

FISH Fish Habitat Planning: FISH2 

A. Provide for public interpretation of fish habitats, habitat enhancement 

projects, and special fisheries conditions in appropriate Scenic Rivers. 

B. Evaluate fish habitat improvement during project planning by considering: 

1. Effects on the free flow of water. 

2. Effects on the outstandingly remarkable values for which the river was 

designated. 

3. Stream obstructions are discouraged. 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1 

A. Maintain or improve forest health through insect and disease management 

practices. 

1. Allow sanitation and salvage of infested timber to protect the character 

and the outstandingly remarkable values of the Scenic River. 

 Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2 

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1 

Inventory/Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement 

heritage resource inventory, evaluation, protection, and interpretation. 

1. Identify, classify, and evaluate known heritage resources. 

2. Identify heritage properties to be nominated to the National Register of 

Historic Places. 

3. Identify heritage properties that require stabilization or other protective 

measures. 

4. Identify opportunities for interpretation of heritage resources for public 

education and enjoyment. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2 

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation may occur inside or outside of this LUD. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2 

A. Permit only those uses consistent with river management objectives. 

(Consult the Land and Resource Management Planning Handbook.) 

1. Do not authorize water supply dams or major diversions. 

2. Do not permit development of hydroelectric power facilities for: 1) 

projects exempted from licensing by the Federal Energy Regulatory 

Commission (FERC) or 2) projects on rivers designated through 

Sections 2, 3, and 5(a) of the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act. The Forest 

Service will recommend to FERC that a project on a river found eligible 

and suitable for inclusion in the Wild and Scenic Rivers System should 

not be licensed because it is inconsistent with the purposes for which 

the National Forest was created or acquired and, if necessary, impose 

conditions on any license issued for a project on that river that fully 

protect its outstandingly remarkable characteristics and free-flowing 

nature. 

3. Do not authorize flood control dams and levees. 

4. Roads may occasionally bridge river areas. Permit short stretches of 

conspicuous, or longer stretches of inconspicuous and well-screened, 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Scenic River Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-84 

roads or railroads, on a case-by-case basis, depending upon intended 

use. 

5. Do not authorize new structures that would have a direct adverse effect 

on river values. 

6. Allow transportation and utility corridors in accordance with ANILCA, 

Title XI. This LUD represents a Transportation and Utility Systems 

(TUS) "Avoidance Area." Transportation and utility sites or corridors 

may be located within this LUD only after an analysis of potential TUS 

corridors has been completed and no feasible alternatives exist outside 

this LUD. Refer to the Transportation and Utility section for direction. 

7. Allow motorized access in accordance with ANILCA, Sections 811 and 

1110(b). 

 Land Ownership Administration: LAND6 

A. Acquire private inholdings as opportunities arise. 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1 

GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations, where 

appropriate. 

Minerals and Geology Resource Administration: MG2 

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this LUD are open to mineral entry. 

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress granted 

under the General Mining Law of 1872, ANILCA, and National Forest 

Service Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228. 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims, leases, and material sites, as 

well as authorization of orderly mineral resource development with the 

provisions of an approved Plan of Operations in accordance with National 

Forest Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228 and FSM 2800. 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3 

TOURISM Recreation Settings

A. Continue to provide the spectrum of outdoor recreation opportunities in 

accordance with the existing capabilities of this LUD as indicated by the 

ROS inventory. 

1. Manage for the existing recreation settings and opportunities until 

scheduled activities and practices cause a change in the ROS 

setting(s). Manage recreation use in a manner that is compatible with 

the long-term objectives of this LUD. 

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation setting(s), 

manage the new setting(s) in accordance with the appropriate ROS 

guidelines. Maintain the capability of this LUD to provide appropriate 

quality recreation opportunities on a sustained basis. 

3. Provide recreation facilities consistent with the ROS setting. Where 

possible, major facilities should be screened from the river. On-site 

interpretation may be provided. 

4. Manage use and activities for the safety and convenience of the user, 

and protection and interpretation of the river resources. Experiences 

may include those requiring moderate isolation to those influenced by 

humans in a modified setting. Recreation facilities may include 

campgrounds, picnic areas, lodges, resorts, and interpretive sites and 

similar facilities. 

B. Designation of motorized routes for off-highway vehicles in Scenic Rivers is 

allowed and will be planned in accordance with 36 CFR 212. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Scenic River 

January 2008 

3-85 

Recreation Special Uses

A. Major developments may be compatible with the LUD objectives depending 

on the scope, purpose, and magnitude of the proposal. Proposals will be 

evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Refer to the Recreation and Tourism 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

B. Minor developments are fully compatible with this LUD; applicants are 

encouraged to examine these areas first. Refer to the Recreation and 

Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1 

A. Maintain or improve the scenic character of river segments that qualified the 

river as a Scenic River, particularly where scenic quality is an outstandingly 

remarkable value. In foreground settings, design management activities to 

not be visually evident to the casual observer. Management activities 

should be visually subordinate to the characteristic landscape in the 

middleground distance zone. In all settings, activities should utilize existing 

form, line, color, and texture found in the characteristic landscape. 

1. Apply to the river corridor the High Scenic Integrity Objective for lands 

in the foreground distance zone and the Moderate Scenic Integrity 

Objective for lands in the middleground and background distance zone, 

as seen from the river and other Visual Priority Travel Routes and Use 

Areas (see Appendix F). In areas not seen from the river or Visual 

Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas, apply the Low Scenic Integrity 

Objective. However, if scenery is listed as one of the outstandingly 

remarkable values, apply the Moderate Scenic Integrity Objective. 

These objectives define the maximum limit of allowable change to the 

scenic character of the area; less visible evidence of activities is 

acceptable. Note that these standards and guidelines only apply to 

lands within the Scenic River LUD. The area adjacent to this LUD is 

managed according to the guidelines of the adjacent LUD. 

2. Exceptions to the Scenic Integrity Objective for small areas of 

non-conforming developments, such as recreation sites, transportation 

developments, and mining development, may be considered on a 

case-by-case basis. Use designs and materials that are compatible 

with forms, colors, and textures found in the characteristic landscape. 

B. Locate and design recreation facilities and other authorized activities within 

the river corridor in a manner most compatible with the High Scenic Integrity 

Objective. Recreation facilities visible from the river generally are limited to 

those providing access to water-based recreation opportunities, such as 

fishing access points, trails, and boat launch facilities. Other recreation 

facilities, such as cabins, are generally screened from view from the river. 

C. The following guidelines provide direction for timber harvest activities to 

meet Scenic Integrity Objectives and Visual Absorption Capability (VAC) 

settings. These conditions are approximate estimates for planning purposes 

and should be referred to as guidelines during project analysis. Ground 

conditions may indicate a need to be more restrictive or relaxed in 

scheduling harvest to meet the intent of the Scenic Integrity Objective. 

1. High - Timber harvest activities are not evident to the casual Forest 

visitor. 

2. Moderate - Although timber harvest activities are evident, they must 

remain subordinate to the characteristic landscape. 

3. Low - Timber harvest activities may dominate the characteristic 

landscape, yet will be designed to borrow from form and line found in 

the naturally- occurring landscape. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Scenic River Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-86 

4. Typical regeneration methods and approximate unit sizes for 

landscapes of different visual absorption capabilities for the Scenic 

Integrity Objectives adopted in this LUD are described below. 

a) Scenic Integrity Objective High: 

♦ Low VAC: Single tree or group selection (openings less than 2 

acres) 

♦ Intermediate VAC: Single tree or clearcut (openings 

approximately 5 to 15 acres) 

♦ High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 15 to 30 acres) 

b) Scenic Integrity Objective Moderate: 

♦ Low VAC: Group selection or clearcut (openings 

approximately 2 to 10 acres) 

♦ Intermediate VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 10 to 40 

acres) 

♦ High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 40 to 60 acres) 

c) Scenic Integrity Objective Low: 

♦ Low VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 15 to 40 acres) 

♦ Intermediate VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 40 to 60 

acres) 

♦ High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 60 to 100 acres) 

SOIL AND WATER Watershed Resource Improvements: SW4 

A. Undertake watershed improvements within the river corridor only where 

deteriorated soil or hydrologic conditions create a threat to the values for 

which the river is managed. Use, whenever possible, indigenous plant 

species and materials in implementing land treatment measures to protect 

or improve the quality and/or quantity of the water resource, or when 

stabilizing or improving the productivity of the soil resource. (Consult FSM 

2350 and 2520.) 

SUBSISTENCE Subsistence: SUB 

A. Allow subsistence activities in the Scenic River LUD, subject to reasonable 

regulations to protect Scenic River resources. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4 

A. Suitable forested land is available for harvest if the adjacent LUD allows 

timber harvest. 

B. Personal use sawtimber, firewood, and Christmas tree harvesting is 

compatible with this LUD provided that management objectives are met. 

Discourage cutting within 100 feet each side of the river (also see the 

Riparian Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines). The cutting of down trees 

in navigable rivers (sweepers) must be compatible with the management 

direction for fish habitat and protect the outstandingly remarkable 

characteristics of the river. 

C. Scenic rivers contribute to the old-growth conservation strategy. If projectlevel planning considers timber harvest within these areas, ensure that 

sufficient old growth will still be maintained to meet the size, spacing, 

composition, and connectivity requirements of the old-growth strategy 

specified in the Forest Plan. 

D. Project analysis, development of environmental documents, and design for 

timber activities will enhance or maintain the outstandingly remarkable 

values within the river corridor. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Scenic River 

January 2008 

3-87 

 Timber Sale Preparation: TIM5 

A. Timber harvest activities may include all applicable silvicultural systems. 

Project analysis will recognize the effects of color, tone, texture, line, slope, 

size, and edge on the Scenic River. 

B. Salvage harvest of dead or down material may occur. Removal of naturally 

occurring dead trees in and along the river shoreline, including "sweepers" 

extending into the river from the bank, should consider the protection of 

outstandingly remarkable values and fish habitat. 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. Develop and manage the transportation system in a manner compatible with 

Scenic River classification. 

1. Allow the construction of Forest Development Roads that may provide 

access to the river. Roads may occasionally bridge the river. 

2. Locate and design roads that, except for short segments or at bridge 

crossings, are not evident to the casual observer traveling on the river. 

Do not allow long stretches of conspicuous and well-traveled roads 

parallel the riverbank. 

3. Limit the design standards of Forest Development Roads to those 

necessary to accommodate single use or a controlled mix of traffic (i.e., 

Traffic Service Level C or D). Occasional roads will be at a higher 

service level, but that will be an exception. 

4. Consider the recreation emphasis of this LUD during development of 

road management objectives. 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Improvement: WILD2 

A. Allow wildlife habitat improvement where the principal objective is the 

protection or restoration of river resources, and the enhancement of 

outstandingly remarkable values. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Recreational River Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-88 

RECREATIONAL RIVER 

Goals 

To manage designated river segments according to the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act (Public Law 90-542), 

National Wild and Scenic Rivers System; Final Revised Guidelines for Eligibility, Classification, and 

Management of River Areas (Federal Register Volume 47, Number 173, 1982), and direction in Forest 

Service manuals and handbooks. 

To maintain, improve, and protect the essentially free-flowing character and outstandingly remarkable 

values of rivers and river segments designated as Recreational Rivers and included in the National Wild 

and Scenic Rivers System. 

To provide recreation opportunities in a pleasing, though modified, generally free-flowing river setting, 

while allowing timber harvest, transportation, and other developments. 

To manage recommended Recreational River segments to maintain their outstandingly remarkable 

values and classification eligibility until Congress designates the segments or decides not to designate 

them. 

Objectives 

Manage Recreational River segments to maintain a free-flowing river resource, while providing for 

access and use consistent with the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act and the Alaska National Interest Lands 

Conservation Act of 1980 (ANILCA). 

Permit timber harvest on suitable forest lands if adjacent lands are being managed for that purpose, in 

accordance with the standards and guidelines for the stated Scenic Integrity Objectives. 

Manage recreation use and activities to meet the levels of social encounters, on-site developments, 

methods of access, and visitor impacts indicated for the desired Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) 

class (generally Roaded Natural). 

Permit roads to access, parallel, or cross the river. In general, design access roads to accommodate 

passenger cars, and open them to public use. 

Apply the Moderate Scenic Integrity Objective to foreground areas within the corridor seen from the river, 

roads, and recreation facilities, and Low to all other seen areas within the river corridor. 

Desired Condition 

Recreational Rivers and river segments are in a generally unmodified to modified, essentially 

free-flowing condition. Ecological processes and changes may be affected by human uses. The 

outstandingly remarkable values for which the river was designated remain outstanding and remarkable. 

Recreation users have the opportunity for a variety and range of experiences in a modified but pleasing 

setting. Resource activities and developments may be present within the river corridor, and may 

dominate some areas. A variety of scenic conditions occur. Interactions between users may be 

moderate to high. A yield of timber may be produced, which contributes to Forest-wide sustained yield. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Recreational River 

January 2008 

3-89 

Recreational River Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH All 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH All 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC All 

Riparian RIP All 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE All 

Soil and Water SW All 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM All 

Trails TIM All 

Trails TRAI All 

TRAN1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 All 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines: 

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: FAC2 and FAC3 

A. Allow the location of administrative facilities and public information centers 

in the river corridor if they do not have adverse effects on the values this 

LUD is intended to protect. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression option identified in the Southeast 

Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan. 

B. Suppression tactics are limited only by the standards and guidelines for this 

LUD (e.g., soil, water, and scenery resources). 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2 

Prescribed Fire

A. Allow management-ignited prescribed fire that meets the Moderate Scenic 

Integrity Objective as well as all soil and water quality standards. 

1. Treat all activity fuels to meet the Moderate Scenic Integrity Objective 

within 1 year following timber harvest. 

B. As a general management practice, do not allow prescribed natural fire. 

(Consult Forest Service Manual [FSM] 5142.) 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Recreational River Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-90 

FISH Fish Habitat Planning: FISH2 

A. Provide for public interpretation of fish habitats, habitat enhancement 

projects, and associated special fisheries conditions in appropriate 

Recreational Rivers. 

B. Evaluate fish habitat improvement during project planning by considering: 

1. Effects on the free flow of water. 

2. Effects on the outstandingly remarkable values for which the river was 

designated. 

3. Stream obstructions will be discouraged. 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1 

A. Maintain or improve forest health through insect and disease management 

practices. Implement these practices in compliance with recreation 

objectives. 

1. Encourage hazard tree management in developed areas. 

2. Permit salvage and sanitation of infested timber. 

 Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2 

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1 

Inventory/Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement 

heritage resource inventory, evaluation, protection, interpretation, and 

allocation. 

1. Identify, classify, and evaluate known heritage resources. 

2. Identify heritage properties to be nominated to the National Register of 

Historic Places. 

3. Identify heritage properties that require stabilization or other protective 

measures. 

4. Identify opportunities for interpretation of heritage resources for public 

education and enjoyment. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2 

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation may occur inside or outside of this LUD. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2 

A. Permit only those uses consistent with river management objectives. 

(Consult the Land and Resource Management Planning Handbook 1909.12, 

Chapter 8.) 

1. Allow existing low dams, diversion works, rip rap, and other minor 

similar instream structures to remain. Generally, prohibit new 

structures of this nature. 

2. Permit no development of hydroelectric power facilities for: 1) projects 

exempted from licensing by the Federal Energy Regulatory 

Commission (FERC), or 2) projects on rivers designated through 

sections 2, 3, and 5(a) of the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act. The Forest 

Service will recommend to FERC that a project on a river found eligible 

and suitable for inclusion in the Wild and Scenic Rivers System should 

not be licensed because it is inconsistent with the purposes for which 

the National Forest was created or acquired and, if necessary, impose 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Recreational River 

January 2008 

3-91 

conditions on any license issued for a project on that river that fully 

protect its outstandingly remarkable characteristics and free-flowing 

nature. 

3. Permit maintenance of existing flood control structures. Do not 

authorize new ones. 

4. Consider authorizing construction of roads, trails, or railroads on a 

case-by-case basis. They may be authorized on one, or both, river 

banks and there may be several bridge crossings and numerous river 

access points. Permit new structures as necessary and appropriate. 

5. Transportation and utility corridors will be allowed in accordance with 

ANILCA, Title XI. This LUD represents a Transportation and Utility 

Systems (TUS) "Avoidance Area." Transportation and utility sites or 

corridors may be located within this LUD only after an analysis of 

potential TUS corridors has been completed and no feasible 

alternatives exist outside this LUD. Refer to the Transportation and 

Utility section for direction. 

6. Allow motorized access in accordance with ANILCA, Sections 811 and 

1110(b). 

 Land Ownership Administration: LAND6 

A. Acquire private inholdings as opportunities arise. 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1

GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations, where 

appropriate. 

Minerals and Geology Administration: MG2 

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this LUD are open to mineral entry. 

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress granted 

under the General Mining Law of 1872, ANILCA, and National Forest Mining 

Regulations 36 CFR 228. 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims, leases, and material sites and 

authorization of orderly mineral resource development with the provisions of 

an approved Plan of Operations in accordance with National Forest Mining 

Regulations 36 CFR 228 and FSM 2800. 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3 

TOURISM Recreation Settings

A. Continue to provide the spectrum of outdoor recreation opportunities in 

accordance with the existing capabilities of this LUD as indicated by the 

ROS inventory. 

1. Manage for the existing recreation settings and opportunities until 

scheduled activities and practices cause a change in the ROS 

setting(s). Manage recreation use in a manner that is compatible with 

the long-term objectives of this LUD. 

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation setting(s), 

manage the new setting(s) in accordance with the appropriate ROS 

guidelines. Maintain the capability of this LUD to provide appropriate 

quality recreation opportunities on a sustained basis. 

3. Provide recreation facilities consistent with the ROS setting. Where 

possible, major facilities should be screened from the river. On-site 

interpretation may be provided. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Recreational River Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-92 

4. Manage use and activities for the safety and convenience of the user, 

and protection and interpretation of the river resources. Experiences 

may include those requiring moderate isolation to those influenced by 

humans in a modified setting. Recreation facilities may include 

campgrounds, picnic areas, lodges, resorts, and interpretive sites and 

similar facilities. 

B. Motorized routes for off-highway vehicles in Recreation River LUDs may be 

allowed and will be planned in accordance with 36 CFR 212. 

Recreation Special Uses

A. Major and minor developments are compatible with this LUD; applicants are 

encouraged to examine these areas first. Refer to the Recreation and 

Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1 

A. In foreground settings, design management activities to be subordinate to 

the characteristic landscape. Management activities may dominate areas 

seen in the middleground distance. In all settings, activities should utilize 

existing form, line, color, and texture found in the characteristic landscape. 

1. Apply the Moderate Scenic Integrity Objective in the foreground 

distance zone and the Low Scenic Integrity Objective in the 

middleground and background distance zones, as seen from Visual 

Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas (see Appendix F). In areas not 

seen from the river or Visual Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas, 

apply the Very Low Scenic Integrity Objective. However, if scenery is 

listed as one of the outstandingly remarkable values, apply the 

Moderate Scenic Integrity Objective in the middleground, background, 

and unseen areas. These objectives define the maximum limit of 

allowable change to scenic character of the area; less visible evidence 

of activities is acceptable. Note that these standards and guidelines 

apply only to the lands within the Recreational River LUD. The area 

adjacent to this LUD is managed according to the guidelines of the 

adjacent LUD. 

2. Exceptions for small areas of non-conforming developments, such as 

recreation sites, transportation developments, log transfer facilities, and 

mining development, may be considered on a case-by-case basis. Use 

designs and materials that are compatible with forms, colors, and 

textures found in the characteristic landscape. 

B. The following guidelines provide direction for timber harvest activities to 

meet Scenic Integrity Objectives and Visual Absorption Capability (VAC) 

settings. These estimates are appropriate for planning purposes and should 

be referred to as guidelines. Ground conditions may indicate a need to be 

more restrictive or relaxed in scheduling harvest to meet the intent of the 

Scenic Integrity Objective. 

1. Moderate - Although timber harvest activities are evident, they must 

remain subordinate to the characteristic landscape. 

2. Low - Timber harvest activities may dominate the characteristic 

landscape, yet will be designed to borrow from form and line found in 

the naturally- occurring landscape. 

3. Very Low - Timber harvest activities may visually dominate the original 

characteristic landscape. This Scenic Integrity Objective should be met 

within 1 year in the foreground distance zone and within 5 years in the 

middle and background distances. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Recreational River 

January 2008 

3-93 

4. Typical regeneration methods and approximate unit sizes for 

landscapes of different visual absorption capabilities for the Scenic 

Integrity Objectives adopted in this LUD are described below. 

a) Scenic Integrity Objective. Moderate: 

♦ Low VAC: Group selection or clearcut (openings 

approximately 2 to 10 acres) 

♦ Intermediate VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 10 to 40 

acres) 

♦ High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 40 to 60 acres) 

b) Scenic Integrity Objective Low: 

♦ Low VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 15 to 40 acres) 

♦ Intermediate VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 40 to 60 

acres) 

♦ High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 60 to 100 acres) 

c) Scenic Integrity Objective Very Low: 

♦ Low VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 50 to 75 acres) 

♦ Intermediate VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 80 to 

100 acres) 

♦ High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 80 to 100 acres) 

SOIL AND WATER Watershed Resource Improvements: SW4 

A. Undertake watershed improvements within the river corridor where 

deteriorated soil or hydrologic conditions exist. Use, whenever possible, 

indigenous plant species and materials in implementing land treatment 

measures to protect or improve the quality and/or quantity of the water 

resource, or when stabilizing or improving the productivity of the soil 

resource. (Consult FSM 2350 and 2520.) 

B. Carry out land use activities to maintain water quality. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4

A. Suitable forested land is available for harvest if the adjacent LUD allows 

timber harvest. Silvicultural treatment is integrated with site and area 

development to provide healthy tree stands, vegetative diversity, and forage 

production for indigenous wildlife populations. Insect and disease control, 

and landscaping are performed to maintain the aesthetic value of both 

existing recreation and potential recreation sites. 

B. Personal use sawtimber, firewood, and Christmas tree harvesting is 

compatible with this LUD provided that LUD objectives are met, consistent 

with the level of use allowed by the ROS. Discourage cutting within 100 feet 

each side of the river (also see the Riparian Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines). The cutting of down trees in navigable rivers (sweepers) must 

be compatible with the management direction for fish habitat and the 

protection of the outstandingly remarkable characteristics of the river. 

C. Scenic rivers contribute to the old-growth conservation strategy. If projectlevel planning considers timber harvest within these areas, ensure that 

sufficient old growth will still be maintained to meet the size, spacing, 

composition, and connectivity requirements of the old-growth strategy 

specified in the Forest Plan. 

D. Project design, analysis, and development of environmental documents for 

timber activities will emphasize enhancement or maintenance of the 

outstandingly remarkable river values. 

E. Administrative use of timber is permitted for structures within the LUD and 

for other uses outside the LUD if compatible with LUD objectives. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Recreational River Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-94 

 Timber Sale Preparation: TIM5

A. Timber harvest activities may include all applicable silvicultural systems. 

Project analysis will recognize the effects of color, tone, texture, line, slope, 

size, and edge on the scenic viewshed. 

B. Salvage harvest of dead or down material may occur. Removal of dead 

trees in and along the river shoreline, including sweepers extending into the 

river from the bank, should consider the protection of the outstandingly 

remarkable values and fish habitat. 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. Develop and manage the transportation system in a manner compatible with 

Recreational River classification. 

1. Allow the construction of Forest Development Roads. The river may be 

readily accessible by road. Roads may parallel the river bank and be 

conspicuous in places when viewed from the river. 

2. If accessible for public use, design roads to accommodate passenger 

cars and open them to public use (consistent with road management 

objectives), although traffic controls may be used during periods of high 

use (i.e., design to Traffic Service Level C or above). 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Experimental Forest 

January 2008 

3-95 

EXPERIMENTAL FOREST 

Goals 

To provide for long-term opportunities for forest research and demonstration essential to managing forest 

resources. 

Objectives 

The Director of the Pacific Northwest Research Station will prepare a development plan for each 

experimental forest in consultation with the Forest Supervisor designed to achieve the desired research 

objectives. Experimental forests are jointly administered by the Pacific Northwest Research Station and 

the Ranger District in which it is located. 

Allow timber harvest, as specified in the development plan, for research and demonstration purposes. 

Timber harvest is not counted towards the Allowable Sale Quantity, and forest lands are classified as 

unsuitable for timber production. 

Roads and trails will generally complement research and interpretation. Allow facilities necessary for 

ongoing research, as specified in the experimental forest's development plan. 

Allow fish enhancement or wildlife improvement projects for research purposes, or if they are compatible 

with the establishment objectives of the experimental forest. 

Desired Condition 

Each experimental forest is managed for the purposes for which it was established. Ongoing research 

provides useful needed information for forest management. Non-research types of activities and uses 

may be compatible with, and do not interfere with, research or demonstration objectives. Opportunities 

for public use of roads may be present. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Experimental Forest Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-96 

Experimental Forest Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH All 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH All 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC All 

Riparian RIP All 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE All 

Soil and Water SW All 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM2, 5 All 

Trails TRAI All 

Transportation TRAN All 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines: 

BEACH AND Beach and Estuary Fringe: BEACH2 

ESTUARY FRINGE 

A. Management activities, more intensive than those allowed in the Beach and 

Estuary Fringe Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines, may be allowed to 

assess their impacts on beach and estuary fringe resources. Prior to these 

activities, appropriate NEPA analysis and decision by the Forest Service 

officer with delegated authority. 

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: FAC2 and FAC3 

A. Allow facilities necessary for ongoing research and its interpretation, as 

specified in the individual experimental forest’s development plan. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression action that minimizes fire 

suppression cost and resource damage. The action must meet the 

objectives of the experimental forest's development plan. 

B. Suppression tactics will be compatible with the Experimental Forest's 

objectives. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Experimental Forest 

January 2008 

3-97 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2 

Prescribed Fire

A. Allow management-ignited prescribed fire if it is compatible with the 

experimental forest's objectives. 

B. As a general management practice, do not use prescribed natural fire, 

although it may be needed to perpetuate natural ecological processes. 

Should it become necessary to consider the use of prescribed natural fire, 

the Forest Plan must be amended to analyze, justify, and approve 

prescribed natural fire programs. (Consult Forest Service Manual [FSM] 

5142.) 

FISH Fish Habitat Planning: FISH2 

A. Fish habitat may be managed differently (e.g., using more intensive timber 

harvest techniques) than identified in the Riparian Forest-wide Standards 

and Guidelines to help meet the experimental forest's research objectives. 

In some cases, Forest-wide direction listed under FISH2 may not apply. 

B. Fish enhancement projects may occur if they are compatible with the 

experimental forest's establishment objectives. Fish habitat manipulation 

may also occur to provide research into the costs, benefits, and effects of 

such manipulations with appropriate NEPA analysis and decision by the 

Forest Service officer with delegated authority. 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1 

A. Coordinate insect and disease management activities with the Pacific 

Northwest Research Station and with the Experimental Forest's 

Development Plan. 

 Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2 

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1 

Inventory/Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement 

heritage resource inventory, evaluation, protection, and interpretation. 

1. Identify, classify, and evaluate known heritage resources. 

2. Identify heritage properties to be nominated to the National Register of 

Historic Places. 

3. Identify heritage properties that require stabilization or other protective 

measures. 

4. Identify opportunities for interpretation of heritage resources for public 

education and enjoyment. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2 

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation may occur inside or outside of this LUD. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2 

A. Issue only those Special Use Authorizations consistent with the 

experimental forest's research objectives. 

1. Coordinate all proposed new uses with the Pacific Northwest Research 

Station Director to ensure compatibility with research objectives. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Experimental Forest Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-98 

B. This LUD represents a Transportation and Utility System (TUS) "Avoidance 

Area." Transportation and utility sites and corridors may be located within 

this LUD only after an analysis of potential TUS corridor opportunities has 

been completed and no feasible alternatives exist outside this LUD. Refer 

to the Transportation and Utility section for direction. 

 Land Ownership Adjustments: LAND6 

A. Acquire private inholdings as opportunities arise. 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1 

GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations, where 

appropriate. 

 

Minerals and Geology Administration: MG2 

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry 

A. Depending on the research objectives, portions or all of the Experimental 

Forest may be withdrawn from mineral entry. 

B. Claimants with claims located within this LUD retain valid existing rights if 

such rights were established prior to the date the experimental forest was 

withdrawn. 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims, leases, and material sites and 

authorization of orderly mineral resource development with the provisions of 

an approved Plan of Operations in accordance with National Forest Mining 

Regulations 36 CFR 228 and FSM 2800. 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3 

TOURISM Recreation Settings

A. Continue to provide the spectrum of outdoor recreation opportunities in 

accordance with the existing capabilities of this LUD. 

1. Manage for the existing recreation uses, settings, and opportunities 

that can be accommodated without adverse effect on research 

objectives, until scheduled activities and practices cause a change in 

the ROS setting(s). 

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation setting(s), 

manage the new setting(s) in accordance with the appropriate ROS 

guidelines. 

3. Manage public use within the experimental forest to protect ongoing 

research activities. 

B. Motorized routes may be allowed for off-highway vehicles in Experimental 

Forests and will be planned in accordance with 36 CFR 212. 

 Recreation Special Uses 

A. Major and minor developments are generally not consistent with the 

objectives of the LUD. Development proposals require scrutiny of the 

magnitude and scope for LUD conformance. 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1 

A. In the Development Plan, identify the Scenic Integrity Objectives that may 

range from High to Very Low and will depend on the research objectives of 

the experimental forest. Emphasis on scenic quality should be given for 

areas seen from Visual Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas (see 

Appendix F). 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Experimental Forest 

January 2008 

3-99 

RIPARIAN Riparian Habitat Planning: RIP1 and RIP2 

A. Riparian habitat may be managed differently (e.g., using more intensive 

timber harvest techniques) than identified in Riparian Forest-wide Standards 

and Guidelines to help meet the experimental forest's research objectives. 

In some cases, Forest-wide direction listed under RIP may not apply with 

appropriate NEPA analysis conducted by the Pacific Northwest Research 

Station for decision by the Forest Service officer with delegated authority. 

SOIL AND WATER Watershed Resource Planning: SW3 

A. Soil and water resources may be temporarily altered by experimental 

activities to assess the impacts of such activities upon soil productivity, 

water quality and quantity, and fish populations and habitat with appropriate 

NEPA analysis conducted by the Pacific Northwest Research Station for 

decision by the Forest Service officer with delegated authority. 

 Watershed Resource Improvement: SW4 

A. Soil and water treatment measures may occur if they are compatible with 

experimental forest's establishment objectives. Different treatments may 

occur to provide information on benefits, costs, and effects of such 

treatments. 

SUBSISTENCE Subsistence: SUB 

A. Allow subsistence activities. 

THREATENED Threatened, Endangered and Sensitive: TES 

ENDANGERED, and Sensitive Species

SENSITIVE A. Sensitive species habitats may be manipulated with planned research 

activities to assess the impacts of forest management activities/programs 

upon sensitive species habitats and populations with appropriate NEPA 

analysis and decision by the Forest Service officer with delegated authority. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4 

A. Forest lands are classified as unsuitable for timber production. Timber 

harvested for experimental and demonstration purposes will not count 

toward the Allowable Sale Quantity. Timber activities, including harvest and 

cultural treatment, will only take place for demonstration and research 

purposes as specified in the Experimental Forest Development Plan. 

B. Personal use and Christmas tree cutting activities are limited to be 

consistent with the provisions of the experimental forest's development plan. 

C. Administrative use of timber is permitted for structures needed to meet LUD 

objectives for research and interpretation projects. 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. Provide and manage the transportation system as needed to accomplish the 

experimental forest objectives. 

B. Roads and trails may be developed to facilitate and interpret the ongoing 

research. 

C. Roads may be constructed through the experimental forest to access other 

LUDs, unless the roads would interfere with research objectives. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Experimental Forest Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-100 

D. During construction, operation, and maintenance of roads, apply standards 

and guidelines and Best Management Practices, as appropriate. 

WETLANDS Wetlands: WET 

A. Wetlands may be managed differently than identified in the Wetlands and 

Riparian Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines to help meet the 

experimental forest's research objectives with appropriate NEPA analysis 

and decision by the Forest Service officer with delegated authority. The 

appropriate permits will be acquired when needed. 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Planning: WILD1 

A. Wildlife habitat management and research will be identified in the 

Experimental Forest's Development Plan. 

B. Wildlife habitats may be treated to assess the impact of vegetation 

management upon wildlife populations. Use the Tongass Young-Growth 

Strategy to help prioritize treatment needs and scheduling. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Scenic Viewshed 

January 2008 

3-101 

SCENIC VIEWSHED 

Goals 

To provide a sustained yield of timber and a mix of resource activities while minimizing the visibility of 

developments as seen from Visual Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas. 

To recognize the scenic values of suitable forest lands viewed from selected popular roads, trails, water 

travel routes, recreation sites, bays, and anchorages, and to modify timber harvest practices accordingly. 

To seek to provide a supply of timber from the Tongass National Forest that meets the annual and 

planning-cycle market demand, consistent with the standards and guidelines for this LUD. 

Objectives 

Within this LUD, apply the Scenic Integrity Objective of High in the foreground distance zone and 

Moderate in the middleground and background distance zones, as seen from the Visual Priority Travel 

Routes and Use Areas (see Appendix F). Apply the Very Low Scenic Integrity Objective to all other 

areas. 

Suitable forest lands are available for timber harvest. Utilize appropriate silvicultural systems consistent 

with the adopted Scenic Integrity Objectives. Other timber management considerations include: 

• Seek to reduce clearcutting when other methods will meet land management objectives; 

• Identify opportunities for diversifying the wood products industry (e.g., special forest products and 

value-added local production); 

• Use forest health management to protect resource values; 

• Improve timber growth and productivity on commercial forest lands; 

• Plan, inventory, prepare, offer, sell, and administer timber sales and permits to ensure the orderly 

development of timber production; and 

• Emphasize the overall reduction of costs, increase of revenues, and improvement of public service 

within the timber program. 

Perform viewshed analysis in conjunction with project development to provide direction for retaining or 

creating a scenically attractive landscape over time, and for rehabilitation of areas overly modified in the 

past. 

Provide a spectrum of recreation and tourism opportunities consistent with the capabilities of this LUD. 

Semi-primitive to roaded experiences may be offered. 

Design roads and trails to be compatible with the characteristic landscape. 

Extend rotations, as necessary, to meet the Scenic Integrity Objectives. 

Desired Condition 

In areas managed under the Scenic Viewshed LUD, forest visitors, recreationists, and others using 

identified popular travel routes and use areas will view a natural-appearing landscape (refer to Appendix 

F). Management activities in the foreground will not be evident to the casual observer. Activities in the 

middleground and background will be subordinate to the characteristic landscape. Areas topographically 

screened from Visual Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas may be heavily modified. Within these 

viewsheds, even-aged timber harvest units are typically small and affect only a small percentage of the 

seen area. At any given point in time, roads, facilities, and other structures are either not visually evident 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Scenic Viewshed Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

3-102 

or are subordinate to the landscape. A variety of successional stages providing wildlife habitat occur, 

although late successional stages predominate. Recreation and tourism opportunities in a range of 

settings are available. In the areas managed for High or Moderate Scenic Integrity Objectives, timber 

yields will generally be obtained through the use of small openings or uneven-aged systems. A yield of 

timber is produced, which contributes to Allowable Sale Quantity. 

Scenic Viewshed Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH All 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH All 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC All 

Riparian RIP All 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE All 

Soil and Water SW All 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM All 

Trails TRAI All 

Transportation TRAN All 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD All 

Apply the following LUD and Standards and Guidelines: 

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: FAC2 and FAC3 

A. Meet the Scenic Integrity Objectives for this LUD when siting and 

constructing facilities for administrative use. 

1. High: Structures and activities should not be visually evident to the 

casual observer from sensitive viewpoints. 

2. Moderate: Structures and activities should be subordinate to the 

landscape character of the area. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression option identified in the Southeast 

Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan. 

B. Suppression tactics are limited only by the standards for the LUD (e.g., soil, 

water quality, and scenery). 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Scenic Viewshed 

January 2008 

3-103 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2 

Prescribed Fire

A. Management-ignited prescribed fire must meet the Very High Scenic 

Integrity Objective and meet all soil and water quality standards. 

1. Treat all activity fuels to meet the Very High Scenic Integrity Objective 

within 1 year following timber harvest. 

B. Do not use prescribed natural fire. 

FISH Fish Habitat Improvements: FISH3 

A. Meet the Scenic Integrity Objectives in the design and construction of fish 

habitat improvements and aquaculture facilities. 

1. Construct facilities from materials which blend with, and are compatible 

with, the immediately surrounding landscape. 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1 

A. Design Timber Stand Improvement, sanitation, salvage, and insect and 

disease management activities to be consistent with scenery and forest 

health objectives. 

 Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2 

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1 

Inventory

A. Provide heritage resource assistance to all development proposals. 

Coordination includes participation and support for environmental analysis, 

inventory, evaluation, assessment, monitoring, and protection of heritage 

resources during activities. 

1. Heritage resource inventory will be accomplished during project 

planning. State Historic Preservation Office concurrence and Forest 

Supervisor approval is required prior to implementation. 

2. Heritage resource specialists shall provide input on known or predicted 

heritage resource site density in proposed project areas and make 

recommendations to manage heritage resources. 

3. Should any heritage resources be discovered during project activity, all 

work within the vicinity of the discovery shall cease until a heritage 

resource specialist is able to evaluate the situation and resumption of 

activity is approved by the Forest Supervisor. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2 

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation may occur inside or outside of this LUD. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2 

A. Allow construction of structures only when Scenic Integrity Objectives can 

be achieved. 

1. Permit only structures that will not be evident to casual observers when 

viewed in the foreground distance from Visual Priority Travel Routes 

and Use Areas. In the middle to background distance, design 

structures to be subordinate to the characteristic landscape. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Scenic Viewshed Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

3-104 

2. Specify that materials and fabrication techniques for all new facilities be 

compatible with form, color, and texture found in the immediate 

surrounding landscape. 

B. This LUD represents a Transportation and Utility Systems (TUS) "Window," 

and provides opportunities for the future designation and location of 

transportation and utility sites or corridors. 

Landline Location and Maintenance: LAND4

A. Provide adequate landline marking for Forest Service contractors. 

1. Prior to Forest Service management activities, survey, mark, and post 

the boundary of National Forest System lands to Forest Service 

Standards, where there is a risk of trespass. 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1 

GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. Require a scenic assessment and scenery resource assistance with site 

planning and design of minerals activities. 

B. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations, where 

appropriate. 

 Minerals and Geology Administration: MG2

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this LUD are open to mineral entry. 

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress granted 

under the General Mining Law of 1872, Alaska National Interest Lands 

Conservation Act of 1980 (ANILCA, and National Forest Mining Regulations 

36 CFR 228. 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims, leases, and material sites and 

authorization of orderly mineral resource development with the provisions of 

an approved Plan of Operations in accordance with National Forest Mining 

Regulations 36 CFR 228 and FSM 2800. 

D. Manage mineral activities to be compatible with the emphasis of this LUD. 

Apply the following management practices to meet Visual Quality 

Objectives: 

1. Recognize the effects of color, tone, form, texture, line, size, and edge 

on the scenic viewshed. 

2. Locate material disposal sites and marine transfer facilities outside this 

LUD if reasonable alternatives exist. 

3. Take maximum advantage of topographic and vegetative screening 

when locating drill rigs and pumps, roads, rock quarries, structures, and 

marine transfer facilities. 

4. Ensure that vegetation removed from the project area is hauled away, 

buried, burned, or scattered when such vegetation is located adjacent 

to sensitive viewpoints. 

5. Minimize the scale of spoil/disposal areas in relation to the surrounding 

landscape as seen from sensitive viewpoints. 

6. Approve use of colors that simulate those found in the characteristic 

landscape. Avoid use of reflective materials in project facilities. 

7. Ensure that landform modifications simulate naturally occurring forms. 

8. Ensure that disturbed areas are revegetated in accordance with project 

plans. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Scenic Viewshed 

January 2008 

3-105 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3 

TOURISM Recreation Settings

A. Provide a spectrum of recreation and tourism opportunities consistent with 

the objectives of this LUD. 

1. Where possible, management activities should avoid change to 

inventoried Recreation places unless analysis indicates a need to 

provide a different recreation opportunity. 

2. In locations where approved activities occur, the recreation setting may 

change to the Semi-Primitive Motorized, Roaded Natural, and Roaded 

Modified ROS classes. 

3. Seek to maintain recreation opportunities along existing trail corridors 

by minimizing road crossings and clearing directly adjacent to the trail. 

4. Seek to minimize impacts to areas directly adjacent to developed 

recreation and tourism facilities (e.g., cabins and campgrounds) 

through scheduling and location of timber harvest activities. 

B. In those areas identified as inventoried Recreation places, seek to maintain 

the existing ROS setting. When scheduled activities nearby may result in a 

change in the ROS setting, minimize the impacts so they maintain a Roaded 

Natural, or more natural setting. 

C. Motorized routes for off-highway vehicles in Scenic Viewshed may be 

allowed and will be planned in accordance with 36 CFR 212. 

Recreation Special Uses

A. Major and minor developments are compatible with this LUD; applicants are 

encouraged to examine these areas first. Refer to the Recreation and 

Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1 

A. Manage areas to maintain scenic quality as seen from Visual Priority Travel 

Routes and Use Areas. 

1. Apply the High Scenic Integrity Objective for lands in the foreground 

distance zone and the Moderate Scenic Integrity Objective for lands in 

the middleground and background distance zones, as seen from Visual 

Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas (see Appendix F). In areas of 

this allocation not seen from the Visual Priority Travel Routes and Use 

Areas, apply the Very Low Scenic Integrity Objective. These objectives 

define the maximum limit of allowable change to the scenic character of 

the area; less visible evidence of activities is acceptable. 

2. Exceptions for small areas of non-conforming developments, such as 

recreation sites, transportation developments, log transfer facilities and 

mining development, may be considered on a case-by-case basis. 

3. Perform viewshed analysis in conjunction with project development to 

provide guidance for retaining or creating a visually attractive 

landscape over time. 

B. The following guidelines provide direction for timber harvest activities to 

meet Scenic Integrity Objectives and Visual Absorption Capability (VAC) 

settings. 

1. High - Timber harvest activities are not evident to the casual Forest 

visitor. 

2. Moderate - Although timber harvest activities are evident, they must 

remain subordinate to the characteristic landscape. 

3. Very Low - Timber harvest activities may dominate the area. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Scenic Viewshed Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

3-106 

C. The following guidelines provide specific scenery mitigation measures 

appropriate to timber management. 

1. The ability to attain the adopted Scenic Integrity Objective is dependent 

on many variables. Visual Absorption Capability (VAC) is an estimate 

of the relative ability of a landscape to absorb management activities. 

VAC ratings of High, Intermediate, and Low were derived from the 

Revision Database for analysis purposes. A Low VAC setting generally 

has steep slopes, with little landscape variety, while a High VAC setting 

is relatively flat and/or has a high degree of variety in the landscape. 

2. The unit sizes listed below provide guidance to the project 

Interdisciplinary Team. Each landscape setting is different, and should 

be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. There may be instances where 

the scenery objective can be attained while the unit size is greater than 

the guideline, and there also may be instances where the unit size 

must be smaller to meet the intent of the Scenic Integrity Objective. 

3. Typical regeneration methods and approximate unit sizes for 

landscapes of different visual absorption capabilities for the Scenic 

Integrity Objectives adopted in this LUD are described below. 

a) Scenic Integrity Objective High: 

♦ Low VAC: Single tree or group selection (less than 2 acres) 

♦ Intermediate VAC: Single tree or clearcut (openings 

approximately 5 to 15 acres) 

♦ High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 15 to 30 acres) 

b) Scenic Integrity Objective Moderate: 

♦ Low VAC: Group selection or clearcut (openings 

approximately 2 to 10 acres) 

♦ Intermediate VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 10 to 40 

acres) 

♦ High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 40 to 60 acres) 

c) Scenic Integrity Objective Very Low: 

♦ Low VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 50 to 75 acres) 

♦ Intermediate VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 80 to 

100 acres) 

♦ High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 80 to 100 acres) 

SOIL AND WATER Watershed Resource Planning: SW3 

A. Delineate the location of high hazard soils, riparian, and other sensitive 

areas on project maps to insure their recognition, proper consideration, and 

protection on the sale area. 

B. Manage state classified public water supply source watersheds for multiple 

use, while providing water suitable for human consumption in compliance 

with the Safe Drinking Water Act, State of Alaska Drinking Water 

Regulations, and Water Quality Standards. Conduct watershed analysis 

(Appendix C) and consult with Alaska Department of Environmental 

Conservation and affected municipalities prior to authorizing activities that 

are likely to cause pollution. 

C. Apply Best Management Practices (BMPs) to all land-disturbing activities as 

a process to protect the beneficial uses of water from non-point sources of 

pollution. (BMPs are found in the Alaska Region Soil and Water 

Conservation Handbook, 2509.22). Also consult Forest Service Manual 

(FSM) 2530, Transportation Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines, U.S. 

Army Corps of Engineers Regulations (33 CFR 323.4) and the Clean Water 

Act. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Scenic Viewshed 

January 2008 

3-107 

Watershed Resource Improvements: SW4

A. Accomplish soil and water improvement projects on non-designated 

domestic water use watersheds to prevent degradation of water quality 

below the State of Alaska's Water Quality Standard for domestic use. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4 

A. Suitable forested land is available for harvest and is included in the Allowable 

Sale Quantity calculation. 

B. Scenery objectives will be emphasized in the analysis, in the development of 

environmental documents, and in the design and implementation of 

silvicultural activities. 

 

 Timber Sale Preparation: TIM5

A. Timber harvest activities may include all applicable silvicultural systems. 

Project analysis will recognize the effects of color, tone, form, texture, line, 

slope, size, and edge on the scenic viewshed. 

B. Tree limbs, root wads, and tree stumps may require secondary treatment to 

meet the High and Moderate Scenic Integrity Objective. For timber sales 

and road construction contracts, use appropriate clauses that address these 

concerns. Brush disposal funds may be appropriate to use in these 

settings. 

C. Seek to minimize impacts to areas directly adjacent to developed recreation 

facilities (e.g., cabins and campgrounds) through scheduling and location of 

harvest activities. 

Other Forest Products: TIM7 

A Personal use sawtimber, firewood, and Christmas tree cutting activities are 

compatible with this LUD provided that LUD objectives are met. 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. Develop and manage cost-effective transportation systems that integrate 

resource requirements consistent with LUD direction. 

1. To meet the Scenic Integrity Objectives, give special consideration to 

minimizing apparent landform modification (as seen from sensitive 

travel routes) during road and log transfer facility location, design, and 

construction. 

2. Perform integrated logging system and transportation system analysis 

to determine the least cost facility (considering cost of construction, 

maintenance, and hauling) and design standards necessary to meet 

LUD objectives. 

3. Give special emphasis to maintaining fish and wildlife habitat values, 

especially during road location and development of road management 

objectives. 

a) If the need to restrict access is identified during project 

interdisciplinary review, roads may be closed, either seasonally or 

year-long. (Consult Transportation Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines.) 

4. Provide recreational access, where appropriate. 

5. Seek to avoid road crossings on existing trails unless the road provides 

improved access to the trail or locating roads parallel to trails. Should 

no other feasible alternative exist, minimize site disturbance visible 

from the trail. Locate rock source developments away from trails to the 

extent possible, while meeting the objectives of this LUD. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Scenic Viewshed Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

3-108 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Planning: WILD1

A. Use existing inventories and evaluate the need for further project-specific 

inventories of wildlife habitat conditions during project analysis. 

1. Select Management Indicator Species (MIS) appropriate to the project 

area for project analysis. (Consult Wildlife Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines). 

B. Coordinate all activities with consideration for the needs of wildlife, within 

the overall objectives of this LUD. 

1. Use the habitat needs of MIS to evaluate opportunities for, and 

consequences on, wildlife. 

2. In project planning, consider opportunities to allow for the elevational 

migration of wildlife. 

3. Consider silvicultural techniques that establish and prolong understory 

forb and shrub production in important habitat areas. Such techniques 

can include prescribed burning, precommercial thinning, canopy gaps, 

and uneven-aged management. Use the Tongass Young-Growth 

Strategy to help prioritize treatment needs and scheduling. 

C. Coordinate road management with the needs of wildlife. 

 Wildlife Habitat Improvement: WILD2 

A. Design and implement wildlife habitat improvement projects to meet the 

Scenic Integrity Objectives. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Modified Landscape 

January 2008 

3-109 

MODIFIED LANDSCAPE 

Goals 

To provide a sustained yield of timber and a mix of resource activities while minimizing the visibility of 

developments in the foreground distance zone. 

To recognize the scenic values of suitable forest lands viewed from identified popular roads, trails, 

marine travel routes, recreation sites, bays, and anchorages, and to modify timber harvest practices 

accordingly. 

To maintain and promote wood production from suitable forest lands, providing a continuous supply of 

wood products to meet society's needs. 

To seek to provide a supply of timber from the Tongass National Forest that meets the annual and 

planning-cycle market demand, consistent with the standards and guidelines for this LUD. 

Objectives 

Within this LUD, apply the Scenic Integrity Objective of Moderate in the foreground distance zone and 

Low in the middleground and background distance zones, as seen from the Visual Priority Travel Routes 

and Use Areas (see Appendix F). Apply the Very Low Scenic Integrity Objective to all other areas. 

Suitable forest lands are available for timber harvest. Utilize appropriate silvicultural systems consistent 

with the adopted Scenic Integrity Objectives. Other timber management considerations include: 

♦ Seek to reduce clearcutting when other methods will meet land management objectives; 

♦ Identify opportunities for diversifying the wood products industry (e.g., special forest products and 

value-added local production); 

♦ Use forest health management to protect resource values; 

♦ Improve timber growth and productivity on commercial forest lands; 

♦ Plan, inventory, prepare, offer, sell, and administer timber sales and permits to ensure the orderly 

development of timber production; 

♦ Emphasize the overall reduction of costs, increase of revenues, and improvement of public service 

within the timber program. 

Provide a spectrum of recreation and tourism opportunities consistent with the capabilities of this LUD. 

Semi-Primitive Non-Motorized to Roaded experiences may be offered. Avoid changing Semi-Primitive 

Non-Motorized settings to Roaded when feasible. 

Design roads and associated rock quarries to meet the applicable Scenic Integrity Objective. 

Desired Condition 

In areas managed under the Modified Landscape LUD, forest visitors, recreationists, and others using 

popular Travel Routes and Use Areas will view a somewhat modified landscape (refer to Appendix F). 

Management activities in the visual foreground will be subordinate to the characteristic landscape, but 

may dominate the landscape in the middle and backgrounds. Within the foreground, timber harvest units 

are typically small and affect only a small percentage of the seen area at any one point in time. Roads, 

facilities, and other structures are also subordinate to the foreground landscape. Recreation 

opportunities associated with natural-appearing to modified settings are available. A variety of 

successional stages provide a range of wildlife habitat conditions. A yield of timber is produced, which 

contributes to Forest-wide sustained yield. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Modified Landscape Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-110 

Modified Landscape Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH All 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH All 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC All 

Riparian RIP All 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE All 

Soil and Water SW All 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM All 

Trails TRAI All 

Transportation TRAN All 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines: 

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: FAC2 and FAC3

A. Locate and construct facilities for administrative use that meet the Scenic 

Integrity Objective. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression option identified in the Southeast 

Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan. 

B. Suppression tactics are limited only by the standards and guidelines for this 

LUD (e.g., soil, water quality, and scenic quality). 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2

Prescribed Fire 

A. Management-ignited prescribed fire must meet the Moderate Scenic 

Integrity Objective and meet all soil and water quality standards and 

guidelines. 

1. Treat all activity fuels to meet the Moderate Scenic Integrity Objective 

within 1 year following timber harvest. 

B. Do not use prescribed natural fire. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Modified Landscape 

January 2008 

3-111 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1

A. Forest insect and disease management activities emphasize forest health 

through achieving beneficial populations of insects and diseases. 

1. Encourage Timber Stand Improvement, sanitation, and salvage. 

2. Manipulate insects and diseases to desirable levels by evaluating 

chemical, cultural, mechanical, biological, or "no action" alternatives. 

Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1

Inventory

A. Provide heritage resource assistance to all developmental proposals. 

Coordination includes participation and support for environmental analysis, 

inventory, evaluation, assessment, monitoring, and protection of heritage 

resources during activities. 

1. Heritage resource inventory will be accomplished during project 

planning. State Historic Preservation Office concurrence and Forest 

Supervisor approval is required prior to implementation. 

2. Heritage resource specialists shall provide input on known or predicted 

heritage resource site density in proposed project areas and make 

recommendations to manage heritage resources. 

3. Should any heritage resources be discovered during project activity, all 

work within the vicinity of the discovery shall cease until a heritage 

resource specialist is able to evaluate the situation and resumption of 

activity is approved by the Forest Supervisor. 

B. Identify opportunities for interpretation of heritage resources for public 

education and enjoyment. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation may occur inside or outside of this LUD. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2

A. Authorize only those development activities compatible with LUD objectives. 

Avoid issuing, or limit the duration of, permits for uses that require natural 

surroundings. 

1. Permit only activities that can be designed to meet the Scenic Integrity 

Objectives for this LUD. 

B. This LUD represents a Transportation and Utility Systems (TUS) "window," 

and provides opportunities for the future designation and location of 

transportation and utility sites or corridors. 

Landline Location and Maintenance: LAND4

A. Provide adequate landline marking for Forest Service contractors. 

1. Prior to Forest Service management activities, survey, mark, and post 

the boundary of National Forest System lands, to Forest Service 

Standards, where there is a risk of trespass. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Modified Landscape Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-112 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Administration: MG2

GEOLOGY Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this LUD are open to mineral entry. 

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress granted 

under the General Mining Law of 1872, Alaska National Interest Lands 

Conservation Act of 1980 (ANILCA), and National Forest Mining 

Regulations 36 CFR 228. 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims, leases, and material sites and 

authorization of orderly mineral resource development with the provisions of 

an approved Plan of Operations in accordance with National Forest Mining 

Regulations 36 CFR 228 and FSM 2800. 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3

TOURISM Recreation Settings 

A. Provide a spectrum of outdoor recreation and tourism opportunities 

consistent with the objectives of the LUD. 

1. Manage for the existing recreation settings and opportunities until 

approved activities and practices change the ROS setting(s). Manage 

recreation and tourism use in a manner that is compatible with the 

timber harvest objectives. 

2. In locations where approved activities change the recreation setting(s), 

manage the new setting(s) with the appropriate ROS guidelines 

(generally Roaded Modified). 

3. Seek to maintain the recreation opportunity along existing trail corridors 

by minimizing road crossings and clearing directly adjacent to the trail. 

4. Seek to minimize impacts to areas directly adjacent to developed 

recreation and tourism facilities (e.g., as cabins and campgrounds) 

through scheduling and location of project activities. 

B. In those areas inventoried as Recreation places, seek to maintain the 

existing ROS setting. When approved activities nearby may result in a 

change to the ROS setting, minimize the impacts so they maintain a Roaded 

Natural or more natural ROS setting. 

Recreation Special Uses

A. Major and minor developments may be compatible with the LUD objectives 

depending on the scope, purpose, and magnitude of the proposal. 

Proposals will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Refer to the 

Recreation and Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1

A. In foreground settings, design management activities to be subordinate to 

the characteristic landscape. Management activities may dominate areas 

seen in the middleground and background distance. In all settings, activities 

should utilize existing form, line, color, and texture found in the characteristic 

landscape. 

1. Apply the Moderate Scenic Integrity Objective in the foreground 

distance zone and the Low Scenic Integrity Objective in the 

middleground and background distance zones, as seen from Visual 

Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas (see Appendix F). In areas of 

this allocation not seen from the Visual Priority Travel Routes and Use 

Areas, apply the Very Low Scenic Integrity Objective. These objectives 

define the maximum limit of allowable change to scenic character of the 

area; less visible evidence of activities is acceptable. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Modified Landscape 

January 2008 

3-113 

2. Exceptions for small areas of non-conforming developments, such as 

recreation sites, transportation developments, log transfer facilities, and 

mining development, may be considered on a case-by-case basis. 

B. The following guidelines provide direction for timber harvest activities to 

meet Scenic Integrity Objectives and Visual Absorption Capability (VAC) 

settings. The guidelines define the maximum allowable disturbance for 

timber harvest. Ground conditions may indicate a need to be more or less 

restrictive in scheduling harvest to meet the intent of the Scenic Integrity 

Objective. 

1. Moderate - Although timber harvest activities are evident, they must 

remain subordinate to the characteristic landscape. 

2. Low - Timber harvest activities may dominate the characteristic 

landscape, yet will be designed to borrow from form and line found in 

the naturally- occurring landscape. 

3. Very Low - Timber harvest activities may visually dominate the original 

characteristic landscape. This Scenic Integrity Objective should be met 

within 1 year in the foreground distance zone and within 5 years in the 

middle and background distance zones. 

C. The following guidelines provide specific scenery mitigation measures 

appropriate to timber management. 

1. The ability to attain the adopted Scenic Integrity Objective is dependent 

on many variables. Visual Absorption Capacity (VAC) is an estimate of 

the relative ability of a landscape to absorb management activities. A 

Low VAC setting generally has steep slopes, with little landscape 

variety, while a High VAC setting is relatively flat and/or has a high 

degree of variety in the landscape. 

2. The unit sizes listed below provide guidance to the project 

Interdisciplinary Team. Each landscape setting is different and should 

be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. There may be instances where 

the scenery objective can be attained while the unit size is greater than 

the guideline. There also may be instances where the unit must be 

smaller to meet the intent of the Scenic Integrity Objective. 

3. Typical regeneration methods and approximate unit sizes for 

landscapes of different visual absorption capabilities for the Scenic 

Integrity Objective s adopted in this LUD are described below. 

a) Scenic Integrity Objective Moderate: 

♦ Low VAC: Group selection or clearcut (openings 

approximately 2 to 10 acres) 

♦ Intermediate VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 10 to 40 

acres) 

♦ High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 40 to 60 acres) 

b) Scenic Integrity Objective Low: 

♦ Low VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 15 to 40 acres) 

♦ Intermediate VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 40 to 60 

acres) 

♦ High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 60 to 100 acres) 

c) Scenic Integrity Objective Very Low: 

♦ Low VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 50 to 75 acres) 

♦ Intermediate VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 80 to 

100 acres) 

♦ High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 80 to 100 acres) 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Modified Landscape Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-114 

SOIL AND WATER Watershed Resource Planning: SW3

A. Delineate the location of high hazard soils, riparian, and other sensitive 

areas on project maps to ensure their recognition, proper consideration, and 

protection on the sale area. 

B. Manage state classified public water supply source watersheds for multiple 

use, while providing water suitable for human consumption in compliance 

with the Safe Drinking Water Act, State of Alaska Drinking Water 

Regulations, and Water Quality Standards. Conduct watershed analysis 

(Appendix C) and consult with Alaska Department of Environmental 

Conservation and affected municipalities prior to authorizing activities that 

are likely to cause pollution. 

C. Apply Best Management Practices (BMPs) to all land-disturbing activities as 

a process to protect the beneficial uses of water from non-point sources of 

pollution. (BMPs are found in the Alaska Region Soil and Water 

Conservation Handbook, 2509.22). Also consult Forest Service Manual 

(FSM) 2530, Transportation Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines, U.S. 

Army Corps of Engineers Regulations (33 CFR 323.4), and the Clean Water 

Act. 

Watershed Resource Improvements: SW4

A. Accomplish soil and water improvement projects to prevent degradation of 

water quality. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4

A. Suitable forested land is available for harvest and is included in the 

Allowable Sale Quantity calculation. 

B. Personal use wood cutting activities are compatible with this LUD, provided 

that management objectives are met. 

Timber Sale Preparation: TIM5

A. Timber harvest activities may include all applicable silvicultural systems. 

Recognize the effects of color, tone, texture, line, slope, size, and edge on 

the characteristic landscape. 

B. Tree limbs, root wads, and tree stumps may require secondary treatment to 

meet the Moderate Scenic Integrity Objective in the foreground distance. 

For timber sales and road construction contracts, use clauses that address 

these concerns. Brush disposal funds may be appropriate to use in these 

settings. 

C. Seek to provide for a reasonable assurance of windfirm boundaries. To 

design for windfirmness, consider conditions such as soils, local wind 

patterns, tree height and size, and other site-specific factors. 

D. Manage even-aged timber stands at rotations beyond the age of Mean 

Annual Increment culmination (merchantable cubic foot basis). 

Timber Stand Improvement: TIM10

A. Timber Stand Improvement activities that meet the scenery and timber 

objectives of the LUD may be used. 

B. Continue evaluation of commercial thinning opportunities in young-growth 

stands on the Forest for enhancing timber growth and development, while 

improving the scenery quality and habitat conditions for wildlife. Evaluation 

will be provided as part of the Tongass Young-Growth Strategy 

development. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Modified Landscape 

January 2008 

3-115 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. Develop and manage cost-effective transportation systems that integrate 

resource requirements consistent with LUD direction. 

1. To meet the Scenic Integrity Objectives, give special consideration to 

minimizing apparent landform modification (as seen from sensitive 

travel routes) during road and log transfer facility location, design, and 

construction. 

2. Perform integrated logging system and transportation system analysis 

to determine the least-cost facility (considering cost of construction, 

maintenance, and hauling) and design standards necessary to meet 

LUD objectives. 

3. Give special emphasis to maintaining fish and wildlife habitat values, 

especially during road location and development of road management 

objectives. 

a) If the need to restrict access is identified during project 

interdisciplinary review, roads may be closed, either seasonally or 

year-long. (Consult Transportation Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines.) 

4. Provide recreation access, where appropriate. 

5. Seek to avoid road crossings on existing trails or locating roads parallel 

to trails. Should no other feasible alternative exist, minimize site 

disturbance visible from the trail. Locate rock source developments 

away from trails to the extent possible, while meeting the objectives of 

this LUD. 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Planning: WILD1

A. Use existing inventories and evaluate the need for further project-specific 

inventories of wildlife habitat conditions during project analysis. 

1. Select Management Indicator Species (MIS) appropriate to the project 

area for project analysis. (See Wildlife Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines.) 

B. Consider wildlife habitat needs during project planning and implementation. 

Use the Tongass Young-Growth Strategy to help prioritize treatment needs 

and scheduling. 

1. Use the habitat needs of MIS to evaluate opportunities for, and 

consequences on, wildlife. 

2. In project planning, consider opportunities to allow for the elevational 

migration of wildlife. 

C. Coordinate road management with the needs of wildlife. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Timber Production Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-116 

TIMBER PRODUCTION 

Goals 

To maintain and promote wood production from suitable forest lands, providing a continuous supply of 

wood to meet society's needs. 

To manage these lands for sustained long-term timber yields. 

To seek to provide a supply of timber from the Tongass National Forest that meets the annual and 

planning-cycle market demand, consistent with the standards and guidelines for this LUD. 

Objectives 

Within this LUD, apply the Scenic Integrity Objectives of Low in the foreground distance zone, as seen 

from Visual Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas (see Appendix F). Apply the Very Low Scenic Integrity 

Objective to all other areas. 

Locate and design timber harvest activities primarily to meet timber objectives. Suitable forest lands are 

available for timber harvest; appropriate silvicultural systems may be used. Other timber management 

objectives include: 

♦ Seek to reduce clearcutting when other cutting methods will meet land management objectives; 

♦ Identify opportunities for diversifying the wood products industry (e.g., special forest products, and 

value-added local production); 

♦ Use forest health management to protect resource values; 

♦ Improve timber growth and productivity on commercial forest lands; 

♦ Plan, inventory, prepare, offer, sell and administer timber sales and permits to ensure the orderly 

development of timber production; 

♦ Emphasize the overall reduction of costs, increase of revenues, and improvement of public service 

within the timber program. 

Provide a spectrum of recreation and tourism opportunities consistent with the capabilities of this LUD. 

Manage recreation and tourism use to be compatible with timber production objectives. Manage 

changed recreation settings in accordance with the appropriate Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) 

class. 

Plan a transportation network of roads and helicopter access that will eventually access most of the 

suitable forest lands for standard logging or helicopter yarding systems and transition to young-growth 

management. 

Desired Condition 

Suitable forest lands are managed for the production of sawtimber and other wood products on an 

even-flow, long-term sustained yield basis; the timber yield produced contributes to Allowable Sale 

Quantity. An extensive road system provides access for timber management activities, recreation uses, 

hunting and fishing, and other public and administrative uses; some roads may be closed, either 

seasonally or year-long, to address resource concerns. Management activities will generally dominate 

most seen areas. Tree stands are healthy and with a mix of age classes from young stands to trees of 

harvestable age, often in 40- to 100-acre stands. Recreation opportunities, associated with roaded 

settings from Semi-Primitive to Roaded Modified, are available. A variety of wildlife habitats, 

predominantly in the early and middle successional stages, are present. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Timber Production 

January 2008 

3-117 

Timber production Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH All 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH All 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC All 

Riparian RIP All 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE All 

Soil and Water SW All 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM All 

Trails TRAI All 

Transportation TRAN All 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD All 

Apply the following LUD and Standards and Guidelines: 

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: FAC2 and FAC3

A. Permanent administrative facilities are constructed to be compatible with 

this LUD objective. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression option identified in the Southeast 

Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan. 

B. Suppression tactics are limited only by the standards and guidelines for the 

LUD (e.g., soil and water). 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2

Prescribed Fire

A. Management-ignited prescribed fire may be used for fuels management, 

insect and disease protection, silvicultural site preparation, and wildlife 

habitat improvement. 

B. Do not use prescribed natural fire. 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1

A. Forest insect and disease management activities emphasize forest health 

through manipulating insects and diseases to desirable levels. 

1. Encourage Timber Stand Improvement, sanitation, and salvage. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Timber Production Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-118 

2. Evaluate chemical, cultural, mechanical, biological, and "no action" to 

manipulate insects and diseases to desirable levels. 

Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1

Inventory

A. Provide heritage resource assistance to all development proposals. 

Coordination includes participation and support for environmental analysis, 

inventory, evaluation, assessment, monitoring, and protection of heritage 

resources during activities. 

1. Heritage resource inventory will be accomplished during project 

planning. State Historic Preservation Office concurrence and Forest 

Supervisor approval is required prior to implementation. 

2. Heritage resource specialists shall provide input on known or predicted 

heritage resource site density in proposed project areas and make 

recommendations to manage heritage resources. 

3. Should any heritage resources be discovered during project activity, all 

work within the vicinity of the discovery shall cease until a heritage 

resource specialist is able to evaluate the situation and resumption of 

activity is approved by the Forest Supervisor. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation may occur inside or outside of this LUD. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2

A. Authorize only those uses that are compatible with LUD objectives. Avoid 

issuing, or limit the duration of, permits for uses that require natural 

surroundings. 

B. This LUD represents a Transportation and Utility Systems (TUS) "window," 

and provides opportunities for the future designation and location of 

transportation and utility sites or corridors. 

Landline Location and Maintenance: LAND4

A. Provide adequate landline marking for Forest Service contractors. 

1. Prior to Forest Service management activities, survey, mark, and post 

the boundary of National Forest System lands, to Forest Service 

Standards, where there is a risk of trespass. 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1

GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. Coordinate the location of timber and mining transportation systems when 

feasible. 

B. Coordinate with claimant to ensure the location of timber sale units and 

roads across mining claims do not interfere with mining activities, markers, 

and improvements. 

Minerals and Geology Administration: MG2

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this LUD are open to mineral entry. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Timber Production 

January 2008 

3-119 

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress granted 

under the General Mining Law of 1872, Alaska National Interest Lands 

Conservation Act of 1980 (ANILCA), and National Forest Mining 

Regulations 36 CFR 228. 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims, leases, and material sites and 

authorization of orderly mineral resource development with the provisions of 

an approved Plan of Operations in accordance with National Forest Mining 

Regulations 36 CFR 228 and FSM 2800. 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3

TOURISM Recreation Settings

A. Provide a spectrum of outdoor recreation and tourism opportunities 

consistent with the objectives of this LUD. 

1. Manage for the existing recreation settings and opportunities until 

approved activities change the ROS setting(s). Manage recreation and 

tourism use in a manner that is compatible with the timber harvest 

objectives. 

2. In locations where approved activities change the recreation setting(s), 

manage the new setting(s) with the appropriate ROS guidelines 

(generally Roaded Modified). 

3. Seek to maintain the recreation opportunity along existing trail corridors 

by minimizing road crossings and clearing directly adjacent to the trail. 

4. Seek to minimize impacts to inventoried Recreation places and 

developed recreation and tourism facilities (such as cabins and 

campgrounds) through scheduling and location of project activities. 

Recreation Special Uses

A. Major and minor developments may be compatible with the LUD objectives 

depending on the scope, purpose, and magnitude of the proposal. 

Proposals will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Refer to the 

Recreation and Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1

A. Timber management activities may dominate the scenic character of the 

landscape. 

1. Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the Low Scenic 

Integrity Objective in the foreground distance zone of Visual Priority 

Travel Routes and Use Areas (see Appendix F) and the Very Low 

Scenic Integrity Objective for all other areas. This objective defines the 

maximum limit of allowable change to the scenic character of the area; 

less visible evidence of activities is acceptable. 

2. Consider roadside cleanup of construction debris and logging slash as 

a mitigation measure when recreational use is included as a road 

management objective for the proposed road. 

3. In areas visible from Visual Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas, 

incorporate landscape design techniques in the planning process to the 

extent that they are compatible with LUD objectives. 

B. The following guidelines provide direction for timber harvest activities to 

meet Scenic Integrity Objectives and Visual Absorption Capability (VAC) 

settings. The guidelines define the maximum allowable disturbance for 

timber harvest. Ground conditions may indicate a need to be more or less 

restrictive in scheduling harvest to meet the intent of the Scenic Integrity 

Objective. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Timber Production Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-120 

1. Low - Timber harvest activities may dominate the characteristic 

landscape, yet will be designed to borrow from form and line found in 

the naturally- occurring landscape. 

2. Very Low - Timber harvest activities may dominate the seen area. In 

planning timber harvest, design activities to resemble natural 

occurrences as viewed in the background distance zone. 

C. The following guidelines provide specific scenery mitigation measures 

appropriate to timber management: 

1. The ability to attain the adopted Scenic Integrity Objective is dependent 

on many variables. Visual Absorption Capacity (VAC) is an estimate of 

the relative ability of a landscape to absorb management activities. A 

Low VAC setting generally has steep slopes, with little landscape 

variety, while a High VAC setting is relatively flat and/or has a high 

degree of variety in the landscape. 

2. The unit sizes listed below provide guidance to the project 

Interdisciplinary Team. Each landscape setting is different and should 

be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. There may be instances where 

the scenery objective can be attained while the unit size is greater than 

the guideline. There also may be instances where the unit must be 

smaller to meet the intent of the Scenic Integrity Objective. 

3. Typical clearcut regeneration methods and approximate unit sizes for 

landscapes of different visual absorption capabilities for the Scenic 

Integrity Objectives adopted in this LUD are described below. 

a) Scenic Integrity Objective Low: 

♦ Low VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 15 to 40 acres) 

♦ Intermediate VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 40 to 60 

acres) 

♦ High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 60 to 100 acres) 

b) Scenic Integrity Objective Very Low: 

♦ Low VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 50 to 75 acres) 

♦ Intermediate VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 80 to 

100 acres) 

♦ High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 80 to 150 acres) 

SOIL AND WATER Watershed Resource Planning: SW3

A. Delineate the location of high hazard soils, riparian, and other sensitive 

areas on project maps to ensure their recognition, proper consideration, and 

protection on the sale area. 

B. Manage state classified public water supply source watersheds for multiple 

use, while providing water suitable for human consumption in compliance 

with the Safe Drinking Water Act, State of Alaska Drinking Water 

Regulations, and Water Quality Standards. Conduct watershed analysis 

(Appendix C)), and consult with Alaska Department of Environmental 

Conservation and affected municipalities prior to authorizing activities that 

are likely to cause pollution. 

C. Apply Best Management Practices (BMPs) to all land-disturbing activities as 

a process to protect the beneficial uses of water from non-point sources of 

pollution. (BMPs are found in the Alaska Region Soil and Water 

Conservation Handbook, 2509.22.) Also consult Forest Service Manual 

(FSM) 2530, Transportation Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines, U.S. 

Army Corps of Engineers Regulations (33 CFR 323.4) and the Clean Water 

Act. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Timber Production 

January 2008 

3-121 

Watershed Resource Improvements: SW4

A. Accomplish soil and water improvement projects on non-designated 

domestic water use watersheds to prevent degradation of water quality 

below the State of Alaska's Water Quality Standard for domestic use. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4

A. Timber management is emphasized. Suitable forested land is available for 

harvest and is included in the Allowable Sale Quantity calculation. 

Timber Sale Preparation: TIM5

A. Locate and design timber harvest activities primarily to meet timber 

objectives. Include integration of other resources objectives, particularly 

wildlife and vegetative diversity, if they do not have a significant adverse 

impact on the timber resource goals. Timber harvest activities may include 

all applicable silvicultural systems. 

B. Consult Timber Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for maximum sizes of 

created openings. 

C. Seek to provide for a reasonable assurance of windfirm boundaries. To 

design for windfirmness, consider conditions such as soils, local wind 

patterns, tree height and size, and other site-specific factors. 

Timber Resource Coordination: TIM7

A. Personal use sawtimber and firewood harvesting and Christmas tree cutting 

activities are fully compatible with this LUD. 

B. Administrative use of timber is fully compatible with this LUD. 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. Develop and manage cost-effective LUD direction. 

1. Perform integrated logging system and transportation system analysis 

to determine the least-cost facility (considering cost of construction, 

maintenance, and hauling) and design standards necessary to meet 

LUD objectives. 

2. If the need to restrict access is identified during project interdisciplinary 

review, roads may be closed, either seasonally or year-long. (See 

Transportation Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines.) 

3. Consider future recreational access in location and design of roads. 

4. Seek to avoid road crossings on existing trails or locating roads parallel 

to trails. Should no other feasible alternative exist, minimize site 

disturbance visible from the trail. Locate rock source developments 

away from trails to the extent possible, while meeting the objectives of 

this LUD. 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Planning: WILD1

A. Use existing inventories and evaluate the need for further project-specific 

inventories of wildlife habitat conditions during project analysis. 

1. Select Management Indicator Species (MIS) appropriate to the project 

area for project analysis. (See Wildlife Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines.) 

B. Consider wildlife habitat needs during project planning and implementation. 

1. Use the habitat needs of MIS to evaluate opportunities for, and 

consequences on, wildlife. Use the Tongass Young-Growth Strategy to 

help prioritize treatment needs and scheduling. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Minerals Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-122 

MINERALS 

Goals 

To encourage the prospecting, exploration, development, mining, and processing of locatable minerals in 

areas with the highest potential for minerals development. 

To ensure minerals are developed in an environmentally sensitive manner and other high-valued 

resources are considered when minerals developments occur. 

Objectives 

Apply this management prescription to the project areas of currently approved Minerals Plan of 

Operations. Use the prescription as criteria in the planning and design of proposed mineral 

developments and Plan of Operations. During the period before approval of the Plan of Operations, the 

underlying (initial) LUD(s) continue to apply to the project area. 

Use the following as guidance for minerals activities: 

♦ Authorize special uses that facilitate such activities; 

♦ Allow reasonable access, consistent with other resource values; 

♦ Apply the Low Scenic Integrity Objective to foreground areas viewed from the Visual Priority Travel 

Routes and Use Areas (Appendix F); otherwise, the Very Low objective applies; and 

♦ Maintain present and continued soil productivity and water quality to the extent feasible. Apply Best 

Management Practices (BMPs) and meet State Water Quality Standards. 

Use the following as guidance for non-minerals activities: 

♦ Authorize special uses that will not substantially conflict with present or anticipated mineral-related 

activities; 

♦ Limit new recreation facilities to those compatible with mineral developments; and 

♦ Manage recreation settings and opportunities to be as compatible as possible with the initial LUD. 

Maintain the present and continued productivity of anadromous fish and other foodfish habitat, as well as 

wildlife habitats, to the maximum extent feasible. Stress the protection of fish and wildlife habitats to 

prevent or minimize the need for mitigation. 

Rehabilitate soil and water resources and fish and wildlife habitats after the completion of mining 

operations. 

After the completion of mining activities and restoration, manage the area according to the original LUD. 

Desired Condition 

During mining operations, mining activities are limited to the area necessary for their efficient, economic, 

and orderly development. Mining is carried out so that any effects on other resources are minimized to 

the extent feasible, all minimum legal resource protection requirements are met, and other resource uses 

and activities in the area do not conflict with mining operations. After the completion of mining, affected 

areas are reclaimed and, in most cases, the area once again provides the settings and opportunities of 

the original LUD. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Minerals 

January 2008 

3-123 

Minerals Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH All 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH All 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC All 

Riparian RIP All 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE All 

Soil and Water SW All 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM2, 5 All 

Trails TRAI All 

Transportation TRAN All 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines: 

FACILITIES Administrative Facilities: FAC2 and FAC3

A. Generally, co-locate administrative facilities with facilities authorized in the 

Plan of Operations. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression option identified in the Southeast 

Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan. 

B. Suppression tactics are limited only by the standards and guidelines for this 

LUD. 

 Fuel Improvements: FIRE2

Prescribed Fire

A. Management-ignited prescribed fire may be used for fuels management, 

insect and disease protection, silvicultural site preparation, and wildlife 

habitat improvement. 

B. Do not use prescribed natural fire. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Minerals Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-124 

FISH Fish Habitat Planning: FISH2

Planning/Mitigation

A. Maintain the present and continued productivity of anadromous fish and 

other foodfish habitat to the maximum extent feasible. (Consult the Alaska 

National Interest Lands Conservation Act of 1980 [ANILCA], Section 505 

(a).) 

B. Stress protection of fish habitat to prevent the need for mitigation. 

Mitigation, rehabilitation, and monitoring of mining impacts to fish habitat or 

populations shall be identified in environmental documents and the Plan of 

Operations. 

C. Consider the need to maintain instream flows for fish during the 

development of minerals management activities. 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1

A. For underlying (initial) LUDs that permit timber harvest, emphasize Timber 

Stand Improvement, sanitation, salvage, and insect and disease 

management measures consistent with the LUD objectives. 

B. For underlying (initial) LUDs that do not permit timber harvest, apply insect 

and disease management measures consistent with the underlying LUD to 

protect these and adjacent resources. 

Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks annually. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1

Inventory

A. Provide heritage resource assistance to all development proposals. 

Coordination includes participation and support for environmental analysis, 

inventory, evaluation, assessment, monitoring, and protection of heritage 

resources during activities. 

1. Heritage resource inventory will be accomplished during project 

planning. State Historic Preservation Office concurrence and Forest 

Supervisor approval is required prior to implementation. 

2. Heritage resource specialists shall provide input on known or predicted 

heritage resource site density in proposed project areas and make 

recommendations to manage heritage resources. 

3. Should any heritage resources be discovered during project activity, all 

work within the vicinity of the discovery shall cease until a heritage 

resource specialist is able to evaluate the situation and resumption of 

activity is approved by the Forest Supervisor. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation may occur inside or outside of this LUD. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2

A. Generally, authorize special uses to facilitate mineral-related activities. 

1. Evaluate alternative facility designs and locations (including off-site) 

that consider: 1) amount of land disturbance; 2) effects on other 

resources; and 3) effects resulting from human use. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Minerals 

January 2008 

3-125 

B. Generally, authorize non-mineral development related uses if they do not 

substantially conflict with present or anticipated mineral-related activities or 

the underlying (initial) LUD. 

1. Use temporary or annual permits that maintain options for future 

mineral development. 

C. This LUD represents either a Transportation and Utility Systems (TUS) 

"window" or "Avoidance Area," depending upon the TUS category of the 

initial LUD. Refer to the Transportation and Utility section for direction. 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1

GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. Emphasize minerals management activities. Management should facilitate 

the prospecting, exploration, development, mining, and processing of 

mineral resources in areas with the highest potential for development. 

B. Prior to the initiation of mineral activities, manage these lands under their 

initial LUD in the Forest Plan. With the initiation of mineral activities, apply 

reasonable regulation of surface occupancy and use to manage the mineral 

development to be as compatible as possible with the initial LUD. 

C. The minerals land use prescription will apply upon approval of a Plan of 

Operations. Those portions of the initial LUD not identified for mineral 

activity in an approved Plan of Operations will continue to be managed 

under the initial LUD. After mineral operations are completed, lands 

allocated under the minerals prescription will revert to the initial LUD to the 

extent possible. 

Minerals and Geology Administration: MG2

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this LUD are open to mineral entry. 

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress granted 

under the General Mining Law of 1872, ANILCA, and National Forest Mining 

Regulations 36 CFR 228. 

C. Development of locatable mineral resources takes precedence in this LUD; 

however, leasable and salable minerals may also be developed at the 

authorized officer’s discretion. 

D. Permit reasonable access to mining claims, leases, and material sites and 

authorization of orderly mineral resource development with the provisions of 

an approved Plan of Operations in accordance with National Forest Mining 

Regulations 36 CFR 228 and FSM 2800. 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3

TOURISM Recreation Settings

A. Prior to the initiation of mineral development, provide recreation settings and 

opportunities consistent with the initial LUD. 

1. For any new investment in recreation facilities, consider the potential 

effects to those facilities by future minerals development. 

B. With the initiation of mineral development, manage the recreation setting in 

a manner as compatible as feasible with the initial LUD. 

1. Manage for the existing recreation settings and opportunities until 

scheduled activities and practices change the ROS settings. Manage 

recreation use in a manner that is compatible with the mineral 

objectives. 

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation setting(s), 

manage the new setting(s) with the appropriate ROS guidelines 

(generally Roaded Modified). 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Minerals Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

3-126 

3. Seek to maintain the recreation experience along existing trail corridors 

by locating road crossings and clearing so they are not directly 

adjacent to the trail when feasible. 

4. Seek to minimize impacts to areas directly adjacent to developed 

recreation facilities (e.g., cabins and campgrounds). 

5. Consider regulating recreation use and access to mitigate for the 

minerals development. 

6. Manage public use of mining access roads and development areas to 

be consistent with the new ROS class, unless recreation analysis 

indicates a need for a modified ROS class. 

7. Where effects on existing maintained recreation facilities and trails 

cannot be avoided due to mineral development, analyze alternatives for 

reasonable substitute facilities. 

Recreation Special Uses

A. Major and minor developments may be compatible with the LUD objectives 

depending on the scope, purpose, and magnitude of the proposal. 

Proposals will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. (See Recreation and 

Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines.) 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1

A. Prior to the initiation of mineral development, manage for scenic quality 

according to the initial LUD. 

B. With the initiation of mineral development, apply Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines for Low in the foreground distance, as seen from Visual Priority 

Travel Routes and Use Areas (see Appendix F) and for the Very Low Scenic 

Integrity Objective in all other areas. The objective defines the maximum 

limit of allowable change to the scenic character of the area; less evidence 

of scenic change is acceptable. 

1. Incorporate landscape design techniques to reduce adverse scenic 

impact in areas visible from sensitive travel routes. 

SOIL AND WATER Watershed Resource Planning: SW3

A. For use in designing mineral management activities, delineate the location 

of important soil and water protection areas on project maps to ensure their 

recognition, proper consideration, and protection on the project area. 

B. Manage watersheds for beneficial uses consistent with State Water Quality 

Standards. Apply BMPs to control nonpoint sources of water pollution. 

C. Design mineral management activities to maintain the present and 

continued productivity of soil and water resources to the extent feasible. 

D. Stress protection of soil and water resources to prevent the need for 

mitigation. Identify mitigation, rehabilitation, and monitoring of mining 

impacts to soil and water resources in environmental documents and the 

Plan of Operations. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4

A. Timber land suitability is based on the initial LUD. 

B. For areas where the initial LUD allows timber harvest, suitable forested land 

is available for harvest and is included in the Allowable Sale Quantity 

calculation. 

C. For the portions of this LUD with initial direction that does not allow timber 

harvest, the forested land is classified as unsuitable for timber production 

and withdrawn from the timber base. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Minerals 

January 2008 

3-127 

D. Personal use wood cutting activities will be based on the underlying 

management prescription until the mineral prescription is implemented. 

After implementation, access for personal use wood and Christmas trees 

will be subject to provisions compatible with the Plan of Operations. 

E. Project analysis, development of environmental documents, and project 

design will facilitate the probable future mineral development to the 

maximum extent feasible. 

Timber Sale Preparation: TIM5

A. Where possible, coordinate the location and design of timber harvest 

activities with planned or potential mineral development. 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. Authorize reasonable access, consistent with other resource values, to allow 

for the exploration and development of mineral resources. 

B. Any transportation development in association with minerals extraction will 

be in accordance with an approved Plan of Operations, and subsequent 

annual work plans. 

C. Roads in this LUD may be closed to public use. 

D. Apply BMPs in the development and maintenance of transportation facilities. 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Planning: WILD1

A. Maintain the present and continued productivity of wildlife habitat to the 

extent feasible while meeting the goals and objectives of this LUD. 

B. Address protection of wildlife habitat and the need for mitigation. Identify 

any need for mitigation, rehabilitation, and monitoring of mining impacts to 

wildlife habitat or populations in environmental documents and the Plan of 

Operations. 

C. Coordinate road management with the needs of wildlife. 

Wildlife Habitat Inventory: WILD5

A. Prior to the development of minerals management activities, establish or 

use existing baseline wildlife inventories. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Transportation and Utility System Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

3-128 

TRANSPORTATION AND UTILITY SYSTEM 

Goals 

To provide for, and/or facilitate the development of, existing and future major public Transportation and 

Utility Systems, including those identified by the State of Alaska and the Alaska Energy Authority. 

Objectives 

Apply this management prescription to existing major systems corridors. Use the prescription as criteria 

in the planning and design of future system corridors. The corridors shown on the Land Use 

Designations (LUD) Map (2007) do not include viable routes that may be considered during project 

analysis. Consideration of alternate routes that meet corridor objectives while reducing costs and/or 

minimizing resource impacts is encouraged. During the period before actual construction of new 

systems occurs, the management prescription(s) of the (initial) LUD(s) underlying the corridors will 

remain applicable. Upon initiation of construction, and during system operation, this management 

prescription will apply. The Transportation Utility System (TUS) LUD takes precedence over any 

underlying LUD (subject to applicable laws) regardless of whether the underlying LUD is a TUS 

Avoidance LUD or not. As such, it represents a “window” through the underlying LUD through which 

roads and/or utilities can be built. 

For application of this LUD, "major systems" are defined as state and federal highways, railroads, public 

hydroelectric power projects and associated facilities, powerlines 66 kV or greater, and pipelines 10 

inches or greater in diameter. 

Allow special uses and facilities not related to transportation or utility systems, if compatible with present 

or future systems. 

If the development of systems changes the Recreation Opportunity System (ROS) setting, manage 

recreation and tourism opportunities in accordance with the new setting. Consider the development of 

recreation and tourism facilities in conjunction with the planning of state or federal highways or 

reservoirs. 

Following construction of systems, lands in the right-of-way, if permanently cleared, will be considered 

unsuitable for timber production. 

Transportation and utility corridors, to the extent feasible, should follow the same route. 

Transportation Utility Systems may dominate the seen foreground area, yet are designed with 

consideration for the existing form, line, color, and texture of the characteristic landscape. 

Minimize and/or mitigate adverse effects to wildlife habitat and populations to the extent feasible. 

Maintain the present and continued productivity of anadromous fish and other fish habitat to the extent 

feasible. 

Desired Condition 

Transportation Utility Systems have been constructed in an efficient and economic manner, and have 

been designed to be compatible with the adjacent LUD to the maximum extent feasible. The minimum 

land area consistent with an efficient, safe facility is used for their development. Effects on other 

resources have been recognized and resource protection has been provided. Other resources uses and 

activities in the area do not conflict with utility operations. State and federal highways and reservoirs 

offer new developed recreation opportunities, as appropriate. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Transportation and Utility System 

January 2008 

3-129 

Transportation and Utility Systems Land Use Designation 

Apply the following Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines located in Chapter 4: 

Category Section Subsections 

Air AIR All 

Beach and Estuary Fringe BEACH All 

Facilities FAC All 

Fire FIRE All 

Fish FISH All 

Forest Health HEALTH All 

Heritage Resources/Sacred Sites HSS All 

Invasive Species INV All 

Karst and Cave Resources KC All 

Lands LAND All 

Minerals and Geology MG All 

Plants PLA All 

Recreation and Tourism REC All 

Riparian RIP All 

Rural Community Assistance RUR All 

Scenery SCENE All 

Soil and Water SW All 

Subsistence SUB All 

Timber TIM2, 5, 7, 8 All 

Trails TRAI All 

Transportation TRAN All 

Wetlands WET All 

Wildlife WILD All 

Apply the following LUD Standards and Guidelines: 

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: FAC2 and FAC3

A. Allow administrative facilities that are compatible with present and/or future 

site uses. 

FIRE Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

Suppression Action

A. Suppress wildfires using the suppression option identified in the Southeast 

Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan. 

B. Suppression tactics are limited only by the standards and guidelines for this 

LUD, (e.g., soil, water quality, and scenery). 

Fuel Improvements: FIRE2

Prescribed Fire

A. Management ignitions may be used as an acceptable means of fuels 

management as long as its use is compatible with the standards and 

guidelines for this LUD. 

B. Do not use prescribed natural fire. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Transportation and Utility System Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

3-130 

FISH Fish Habitat Planning: FISH2

Planning/Mitigation

A. Design TUS activities to maintain the present and continued productivity of 

anadromous fish and other fish habitat to the extent feasible. 

B. Stress protection of fish habitat to prevent the need for mitigation. 

Mitigation, rehabilitation, and monitoring of impacts to fish habitat or 

populations shall be identified in environmental documents. 

Enhancement

A. Allow fish enhancement activities where consistent with the underlying LUD. 

FOREST HEALTH Forest Health Management: HEALTH1

A. Encourage insect and disease management activities to maintain or improve 

forest health in this and adjacent LUDs. 

B. Permit timber sanitation and salvage. 

Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2

A. Survey and inventory visible outbreaks annually. 

HERITAGE Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1

Inventory/Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement 

heritage resource inventory, evaluation, protection, and interpretation within 

this LUD. 

1. Identify, classify, and evaluate known heritage resources. 

2. Identify heritage properties to be nominated to the National Register of 

Historic Places. 

3. Identify heritage properties that require stabilization or other protective 

measures. 

4. Identify opportunities for interpretation of heritage resources for public 

education and enjoyment. 

KARST AND CAVES Cave Management Program: KC2

A. Identify opportunities for interpretation of caves for public education and 

enjoyment. Interpretation may occur inside or outside of this LUD. 

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): LAND2

Transportation and Utility Systems

A. Manage Special Use Authorizations related to Transportation Utility 

Systems according to the standards and guidelines below: 

1. Coordinate special use proposals with state and federal agencies, such 

as the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC), the Federal 

Highway Administration, or Alaska Department of Transportation. 

Analyze new proposals on a case-by-case basis, using an 

interdisciplinary process. Obtain input from local communities and 

other affected publics. 

2. Use designated corridors for multiple compatible Transportation Utility 

Systems to the extent feasible. 

3. Require proponents of hydroelectric power projects to obtain a license 

or exemption from FERC as a condition of project approval by the 

Forest Service. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Transportation and Utility System 

January 2008 

3-131 

4. Leave transportation and utility corridors open to public use unless 

special considerations (e.g., public safety or resource damage, warrant 

closures, or restrictions). 

5. Bury or submerge powerlines where feasible. 

Other Special-Use Authorizations

A. Allow special uses not related to utilities, if compatible with present or future 

utility uses. 

1. Determine through an interdisciplinary process on a case-by-case 

basis, if non-related uses are compatible. 

2. Consult with current authorization holders to consider compatibility of 

new uses. 

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1

GEOLOGY 

A. Coordinate with claimant to ensure the location of roads, transmission lines, 

and pipelines across mining claims do not interfere with mining activities, 

markers, or improvements. 

 Minerals and Geology Administration: MG2

Mineral Entry

A. Depending on the underlying LUD, sites and corridors may or may not be 

open to mineral entry. Apply Minerals and Geology Forest-wide Standards 

and Guidelines appropriate to either open or closed mineral entry. 

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress granted 

under the General Mining Law of 1872, Alaska National Interest Lands 

Conservation Act of 1980 (ANILCA), and National Forest Minerals 

Regulations under 36 CFR 228. 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims, leases, and material sites and 

authorization of orderly mineral resource development with the provisions of 

an approved Plan of Operations in accordance with National Forest Mineral 

Regulations 36 CFR 228 and FSM 2800. 

RECREATION AND Recreation Use Administration: REC3 

TOURISM Recreation Settings

A. Prior to the construction of a TUS, provide recreation settings and 

opportunities consistent with the initial LUD. 

1. For any new investment in recreation facilities, consider the potential 

effects to those facilities by TUS development. 

B. When TUSs are developed, consider construction of recreation facilities in 

conjunction with the planning of state and federal highways and reservoirs. 

1. Manage the changed recreation setting with appropriate ROS 

guidelines. 

2. If necessary, discourage or restrict recreation use to prevent damage to 

facilities or to provide for public safety. 

3. Manage recreation use in a manner compatible with adjacent LUDs. 

Recreation Special Uses

A. Major and minor developments may be compatible with the LUD objectives, 

depending on the scope, purpose, and magnitude of the proposal and 

underlying LUD. Proposals will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Transportation and Utility System Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

3-132 

SCENERY Scenery Operations: SCENE1

A. The landscape may be dominated by activities associated with 

Transportation Utility Systems. Although TUS developments may dominate 

the seen area, they are designed with consideration for existing form, line, 

color, and texture found in the characteristic landscape. 

1. Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the Low Scenic 

Integrity Objective. Perform viewshed analysis in conjunction with 

project development to provide direction for retaining or creating a 

visually attractive landscape over time. 

2. Work with topographic and vegetative features to screen the 

development when seen from Visual Priority Travel Routes and Use 

Areas (see Appendix F). 

3. Consider the following during the design phase of routes, which are, or 

are seen from, Visual Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas (see 

Appendix F): 

a) Vegetation of slopes seen from the road 

b) Providing "planting pockets" or terraces or slopes, where needed 

c) Maintaining landforms through road location and design 

d) Breaking up the straight line effect of linear corridors by 

considering special treatment of vegetation on clearing slopes or 

application of other design techniques and principles 

e) Requiring roadside cleanup of construction debris and logging 

slash on all roads receiving general public use or expected to 

have such future use 

SOIL AND WATER Watershed Resource Planning: SW3 

A. Delineate the location of high hazard soils, riparian, and other sensitive 

areas on project maps to ensure their recognition, proper consideration, and 

protection during the project. 

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: TIM4

A. Prior to the construction of transportation or utility corridors, base timber 

suitability on the underlying (initial) LUD. Following construction, if the 

rights-of-way are permanently cleared, lands in the right-of-way are 

considered unsuitable for timber production. 

B. For areas where the initial LUD authorizes timber harvest, suitable forested 

land is available for harvest and is included in the Allowable Sale Quantity 

calculation. 

C. For initial LUDs that do not allow timber harvest, forested land is classified 

as unsuitable for timber production and withdrawn from the timber base. 

Any timber harvest associated with facility development will not count 

toward the Allowable Sale Quantity. 

D. Following the construction of a TUS in an area with initial direction 

authorizing timber harvest, the right-of-way is considered unsuitable for 

timber production unless the utility is buried in the ground or is suspended 

above the maximum height of the trees. 

E. Personal use sawtimber, firewood, and Christmas tree cutting activities are 

compatible with this LUD provided that LUD objectives are met. 

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: TRAN 

A. Locate and design Transportation Utility Systems using opportunities to be 

compatible with the theme of the underlying and adjacent LUDs to the 

maximum extent feasible. 
Management Prescriptions 3

Tongass Forest Plan Transportation and Utility System 

January 2008 

3-133 

B. Follow existing and planned future land transportation routes with corridors 

for future utilities to the extent feasible. 

1. Consider potential conflicts and opportunities with future roads, timber 

harvest, and other management activities. 

WILDLIFE Wildlife Habitat Planning: WILD1

A. Reduce impacts to wildlife habitat and populations to the extent feasible. 

1. Use the habitat needs of Management Indicator Species to evaluate 

opportunities for wildlife. 

2. In the design of projects, consider measures that reduce or eliminate 

electrocution of animals on powerlines, prevent road kills, and provide 

for public safety. 

Wildlife Habitat Inventory: WILD5

A. Establish a baseline inventory, or use an existing inventory of wildlife habitat 

conditions, preceding or coinciding with Transportation Utility Systems 

development. 

 
3 Management Prescriptions 

Transportation and Utility System Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

3-134 

This page is intentionally left blank. 
CHAPTER 4 

STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Contents 

January 2008

CONTENTS 

AIR ...........................................................................................................................4-3

BEACH and ESTUARY FRINGE.............................................................................4-4

FACILITIES..............................................................................................................4-6

FIRE .........................................................................................................................4-7

FISH .........................................................................................................................4-9

FOREST HEALTH .................................................................................................4-15

HERITAGE RESOURCES and SACRED SITES ..................................................4-16

INVASIVE SPECIES..............................................................................................4-22

KARST and CAVE RESOURCES .........................................................................4-23

LANDS ...................................................................................................................4-27

MINERALS and GEOLOGY...................................................................................4-38

PLANTS .................................................................................................................4-41

RECREATION and TOURISM...............................................................................4-43

RIPARIAN ..............................................................................................................4-50

RURAL COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE....................................................................4-55

SCENERY..............................................................................................................4-56

SOIL and WATER..................................................................................................4-64

SUBSISTENCE......................................................................................................4-68

TIMBER..................................................................................................................4-70

TRAILS...................................................................................................................4-77

TRANSPORTATION..............................................................................................4-80

WETLANDS...........................................................................................................4-88

WILDLIFE...............................................................................................................4-89
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Introduction 

January 2008 

4-1 

Chapters 2, 3, and 4 of the Forest Plan present the direction for managing the 

Tongass National Forest. The components and priority of this direction are 

explained in Chapter 1. This chapter includes the Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines, which apply to all or most areas of the Forest and provide for the 

protection and management of forest resources. They are used in conjunction with 

the additional standards and guidelines given in the management prescriptions for 

each Land Use Designation (LUD) in Chapter 3. Each management prescription 

(Chapter 3) includes a table indicating which of these Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines apply to that LUD. The Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines are 

organized by resource or category, as shown in the table of contents of this Plan. 

Chapter 4 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines

Introduction 
Introduction Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4 Standards and Guidelines 

4-2

This page is intentionally left blank. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Air 

January 2008 

4-3 

AIR 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Air Resource Inventory: AIR1 

I. Baseline Quality and Values 

A. During project planning, assess air quality conditions on National Forest System lands by 

following direction in Forest Service Manual (FSM) 2580. 

B. Establish inventory and monitoring sufficient to follow legislative requirements (Forest and 

Rangeland Renewable Resources Act of 1974 [16 U.S.C. 1601], as amended by the National 

Forest Management Act [16 U.S.C. 1602], and Federal Land Management Policy Act of 1976 

[43 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.]), and to meet national policy and direction (Chief’s 10-Year Wilderness 

Stewardship Challenge 2005, National Strategy for Air Resource Management 1994). 

C. Coordinate air climate change inventory, monitoring, and modeling efforts with National Park 

Service programs, Forest Health Monitoring and Forest Inventory and Analysis programs, and 

other Forest Service regions. 

Air Resource Planning: AIR2 

I. Objective 

A. The objective for the air resource, which is to be managed as a part of the Forest ecosystem, is 

to maintain or improve National Forest air quality by preventing significant deterioration from 

Forest activities or other sources (Clean Air Act, as amended [42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.]). 

II. Planning for the Maintenance of Air Quality 

A. Plan to maintain current air quality Forest-wide. 

1. Manage on-Forest resource activities to control and minimize air pollution impacts and to 

ensure that predicted emissions from all pollution sources do not exceed Ambient Air 

Quality Standards specified under the Alaska Administrative Code, Title 18, Chapter 50. 

a) Obtain burning permits from the Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation 

(ADEC) for all prescribed fire projects. 

2. Require permittees, contractors, and mine operators to apply for applicable state permits 

and meet state Air Quality Standards when conducting work on the Forest. 

3. Cooperate with regulatory authorities to prevent adverse effects of air pollutants and 

atmospheric deposition on the Forest ecosystems. 

Air Coordination: AIR3 

I. Coordination with the State of Alaska 

A. Cooperate with ADEC to protect the air resource on the National Forest. Join in the 

assessment of air quality monitoring needs and in the development or revisions of air quality 

standards and regulations, as needed. 

B. Review and comment on both proposed and existing sources of off-Forest pollution that may 

significantly affect ambient air quality on National Forest System lands. 

C. Review the requirements for proposed new emission sources under the Prevention of 

Significant Deterioration permitting process. 
Beach and Estuary Fringe Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4 Standards and Guidelines 

4-4 

BEACH and ESTUARY FRINGE 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Beach and Estuary Description: BEACH1 

I. Objectives and Identification 

A. Management objectives of the beach and estuary fringe habitat. 

1. To maintain the ecological integrity of beach and estuary fringe forested habitat to provide 

sustained natural habitat conditions and requirements for wildlife, plants, fish, recreation, 

heritage, scenery, wilderness, and other resources. 

2. To provide a relatively continuous forested corridor linking terrestrial landscapes. 

3. To provide a variety of recreation opportunities, normally of a Primitive or Semi-Primitive 

nature and retain the scenic quality. 

4. To maintain an approximate 1,000-foot-wide beach fringe of mostly unmodified forest to 

provide important habitats, corridors, and connectivity of habitat for eagles, goshawks, deer, 

marten, otter, bear, and other wildlife species associated with the maritime-influenced 

habitat. Old-growth forests are managed for near-natural habitat conditions (including 

natural disturbances) with little evidence of human-induced influence on the ecosystem. 

5. To maintain an approximate 1,000-foot-wide estuary fringe of mostly undisturbed forest that 

contributes to maintenance of the ecological integrity of the biologically rich tidal and 

intertidal estuary zone. Habitats for shorebirds, waterfowl, bald eagles, goshawks, and other 

marine-associated species are emphasized. Old-growth conifer stands, grasslands, 

wetlands, and other natural habitats associated with estuary areas above the mean high tide 

line are managed for near-natural habitat conditions with little evidence of human-induced 

disturbance. 

B. Beach fringe identification. 

1. The beach fringe is an area of approximately 1,000 feet slope distance inland from mean 

high tide around all marine coastline. 

C. Estuary fringe identification. 

1. The estuary fringe is an area of approximately 1,000 feet slope distance around all identified 

estuaries. Estuaries are ecological systems at the mouths of streams where fresh and salt 

water mix, and where salt marshes and intertidal mudflats are present. The landward extent 

of an estuary is the limit of salt-tolerant vegetation (not including the tidally influenced stream 

or river channel incised into the forested uplands), and the seaward extent is a stream's 

delta at mean low water. 

Beach and Estuary Management: BEACH2 

I. Coordination 

A. Coordinate activities that affect the Coastal Zone with the State of Alaska Department of Natural 

Resources to ensure consistency, to the maximum extent practicable, with the enforceable 

policies of the Alaska Coastal Management Program. 

II. Management 

A. Management is governed by the Land Use Designation (LUD) in which the beach or estuary area 

is located. Some LUDs (such as Wilderness and most of the Natural Setting LUDs) highly restrict 

development. Where the LUD permits development (e.g., moderate and intensive Development 

LUDs), the standards and guidelines discussed below will apply. 

1. Allow facility developments that require in-water access (e.g., docks, floats, or boat ramps). 

a) Locate facilities more than 300 feet from the mouths of intertidal channels of known 

Class I anadromous fish streams, or tidal or subtidal beds of aquatic vegetation to avoid 

significant impairment. 

b) Avoid filling of intertidal and subtidal areas to the extent feasible. 

2. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the provisions of an approved 

Plan of Operations. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress 

granted under the General Mining Law of 1872, Alaska National Interest Lands 

Conservation Act of 1980 (ANILCA), and National Forest Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Beach and Estuary Fringe 

January 2008 

4-5

a) Take advantage of topographic and vegetative screening when locating drill rigs, 

pumps, roads, rock quarries, structures, and marine transfer facilities. 

b) Consider timing restrictions to minerals activities to avoid adverse impacts to fish and 

wildlife resources during critical periods. 

3. Emphasize natural recreation settings and continue to provide the spectrum of outdoor 

recreation and tourism opportunities. 

a) Where feasible, schedule activities to avoid change to the existing Recreation 

Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) class in marine recreation settings. Emphasize the more 

primitive ROS class when activities are considered in the Wilderness or Wilderness 

Monument LUD. 

b) In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation setting(s), manage the 

new setting(s) in accordance with the appropriate ROS guidelines with emphasis on 

marine-related recreation activities. 

c) Design and locate recreation-related structures (e.g., recreation cabins, lodges, and 

wildlife viewing structures) to be compatible with beach and estuary fringe objectives. 

d) Manage off-highway vehicle (OHV) use as documented in the Travel Management 

Plan. 

e) Manage recreation and tourism use to maintain fish, wildlife, and rare plant habitats. 

4. Allow subsistence and other personal use of timber in accordance with ANILCA, Title VIII, 

and other standards and guidelines (e.g., the 330-foot buffer around bald eagle nests). 

Personal use is generally inconsistent with beach and is only allowed when the accessibility 

of other suitable lands are not feasible, such as when the eligible permittee lives in an 

unroaded area with no feasible access to designated "suitable timber" lands, and when the 

LUD objectives can be met. Personal use timber harvest will be regulated and its 

cumulative effects monitored in LUDs that are unsuitable for timber harvest to ensure that 

the LUD objectives are fulfilled. 

5. Beach log salvage is permitted. 

6. Areas within the beach and estuary fringe are classified as unsuitable for timber harvest. 

Timber harvest that counts toward the Allowable Sale Quantity is not allowed; however, 

timber harvest that does not count toward the Allowable Sale Quantity could be allowed. 

Reasons for timber harvest that does not count toward the Allowable Sale Quantity include 

timber sold as part of a salvage sale (see 7. below), for specialty wood products, as 

products of habitat restoration treatment, for customary and traditional uses, and for 

landings, roads, or timber harvest necessary to access timber in adjacent suitable areas 

where there are not feasible alternatives in project design. 

a) Timber harvest necessary to access timber in adjacent areas allocated for timber 

production, where there are no feasible alternatives in project design (e.g., landings for 

logical yarding settings), will be considered only on the landward edges of the fringe. 

b) Silvicultural prescriptions for any harvest must address beach fringe management 

objectives. 

7. Allow salvage of dead standing and/or down material if the salvage activity is consistent with 

long-term beach and estuary management objectives. This salvage will not contribute to the 

Allowable Sale Quantity. Small amounts of standing green timber may be harvested during 

salvage operations for safety and operational considerations. 

8. Road construction is discouraged in the beach and estuary fringes. Where feasible 

alternatives are not available, road corridors may be designated. 

a) Provide or maintain recreation or community access where needed as identified 

through project analysis. 

9. Log transfer facilities may be constructed. 

a) Use the Alaska Timber Task Force Siting Guidelines (see Appendix G and the log 

transfer facility standards and guidelines in the Transportation Forest-wide Standards 

and Guidelines section). 

10. Wildlife habitat restoration of young-growth conifer stands is encouraged to accelerate 

development of advanced seral stand structure. Treatments may include thinning of young 

stands, release, pruning, and fertilization. 

11. Other permitted activities (e.g., powerlines, fish camps) may be allowed in the beach and 

estuary fringe where feasible alternative locations are not available. 
Fire Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4 Standards and Guidelines 

4-6

FACILITIES 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

The recreation and administrative facilities needed to support the management, protection, and utilization of 

the National Forests, including buildings, utility systems, dams, and other constructed features. 

Facilities Operations: FAC1 

I. Administration and Maintenance 

A. Assess and document the ability of Forest Service facilities to support planned activities. 

B. Assess the historic and cultural values of these facilities. 

C. Provide maintenance and safety inspections on major structures on the Forest in compliance with 

Forest Service Manual (FSM) requirements. 

D. Maintain current operation and maintenance plans for Forest Service-owned recreation facilities. 

(Consult FSM 2330.) 

E. Maintain facilities to meet codes applicable at the time of construction, unless otherwise required 

by law. 

F. Perform accessibility surveys on all existing facilities. Implement improvements to provide 

barrier-free, accessible facilities appropriate to the site development and ROS level as funding and 

opportunity allow. (Also see Recreation and Tourism Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines.) 

Facilities Improvement Preparation: FAC2 

I. Plan Development 

A. Complete site development plans for all facility needs identified in the Forest Plan implementation 

schedule or the Forest Facility Master Plan. (Consult FSM 7311.) 

B. Maintain a description of the desired future condition for facilities that reflect needs, future 

development opportunities, and long-term management in the Forest Facility Master Plan. 

Document the extent and management of these facilities, including: 

1. Number of buildings by type and age. 

2. Number of dams by classification. 

3. Developed recreation sites, such as National Forest campgrounds, picnic areas, and 

trailheads with recreation facilities. 

4. Number and types of permitted facilities, including dams, ski areas, fences, buildings, etc. 

5. Number (and/or miles) of systems including sewage, water, electrical, and communication 

networks needed within recreation, permitted, and administrative sites. 

Facility Construction: FAC3 

I. Construction Requirements 

A. All remodeling, new construction, or building leasing should be constructed in accordance with an 

approved site development plan in order to provide safe, functional, aesthetically pleasing, energy 

efficient, and cost-effective facilities. 

B. Ensure consistency with LUD direction. 

C. Access for persons with disabilities is required for all new facilities (administrative and recreation). 

D. Consult Forest Service Handbook (FSH) 7309.11 for gender-related design standards. 

E. Consider additional public use cabins and/or shelters in the Wilderness only when needed for 

health and safety purposes (Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act of 1980, Section 

1315(d)). 

F. Develop a revegetation plan using approved plant species. (Consult FSH 2080.) 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Fire 

January 2008 

4-7

FIRE 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Fire Suppression: FIRE1 

I. Protection Options 

A. Due to climate conditions, fire suppression is not a common need on the Tongass National 

Forest. Under normal conditions, the period of time for fire starts and spread is short. All 

suppression actions will provide for the safety of fire fighters and be applied at a minimum 

suppression cost, commensurate with the values at risk. Fire suppression shall fall into one of 

four optional categories: "Critical" (control strategy), "Full" (control strategy), "Modified" (contain 

strategy), or "Limited" (confine strategy). These options and strategies are further defined and 

discussed in the Alaska Interagency Wildland Fire Management Plan. Complete a Wildland 

Fire Situation Analysis (WFSA) for all suppression actions that fail to confine, contain, or control 

the fire's spread following the first initial attack shift. (Consult Forest Service Manual [FSM] 

5132.) 

1. Critical Protection Option (control). This option is specifically created to differentiate the 

protection of human life and inhabited property and improvements from natural resource 

protection. The designation of a site or area with this option is the discretion of the land 

manager responsible for the fire protection. Fires occurring in or immediately threatening 

lands in this designation will receive highest priority for immediate initial attack and 

continuing aggressive actions dependent upon availability of suppression resources. 

2. Full Protection Option (control). Areas assigned this designation will receive aggressive 

initial attack and aggressive suppression actions consistent with availability of suppression 

resources until the fire is declared out. This option was designed for the protection of high 

resource values, cultural sites, historical sites, and those resources that require wildland 

fire protection, but do not involve protection of human life and habitation. 

3. Modified Protection Option (contain). This designation is intended to be the most flexible 

option available to land managers. The intent of the Modified management option is to 

provide a higher level of protection when fire danger is high, probability of significant fire 

growth is high, and probability of containment is low. A lower level of protection is provided 

when fire danger decreases, potential for fire growth decreases, and the probability of 

containment increases. The Modified designation provides a management level between 

Full and Limited. Generally, early in the season fire starts on lands under this designation 

are treated more aggressively and then after the conversion date, they are treated like 

Limited designation lands. The conversion date is determined by the Alaska Wildland Fire 

Coordination Group each fire season. The intent of this designation is to reduce 

suppression costs and increase resource benefits where possible during the entire fire 

season. Some portions of the fire may require aggressive action and others may only 

require a containment action. 

4. Limited Protection Option (confine). This category recognizes areas where the cost of 

suppression may exceed the value of the resources to be protected and the environmental 

impacts of fire suppression activities may have more negative impacts on the resources 

than the effects of the fire. Wildland fires occurring within this designation will be allowed 

to burn under the influence of natural forces within predetermined areas while continuing 

protection of human life and site-specific values within the management option. Generally, 

this designation receives the lowest priority for allocations of initial attack resources; 

however, surveillance may be a high priority. Suppression actions may be initiated to keep 

a fire within the boundary of the management option. 

Fuels Improvements: FIRE2 

II. Prescribed Fire 

A. The use of prescribed fire as a tool for resource management is often undependable due to 

shortness of burning opportunities and weather limitations during the burning season. Use 
Fire Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4 Standards and Guidelines 

4-8

prescribed fire, as appropriate, for silvicultural site preparation, wildlife habitat improvement, 

invasive plant control, or slash hazard treatment. 

1. All prescribed fires must have an approved burn plan signed by the appropriate line officer 

with a designated burn boss, contingency options, and a process for monitoring and 

evaluating results. All prescribed fires will have a qualified organizational structure, 

including personnel, to suit the complexity of burn. (Consult FSM 5140.) 

2. For silvicultural site preparation, wildlife habitat improvement, and slash hazard treatment, 

the District Ranger will ensure appropriate interdisciplinary specialist participation during 

planning, executing, monitoring, and evaluation phases of prescribed fire use. (Consult 

FSM 5140, FSH 5709, and FSM 6740.) 

3. Because of the absence of fire as a natural disturbance agent in Southeast Alaska, 

prescribed fire is expected to play little to no role within the Wilderness or Wilderness 

Monument LUD. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Fish 

January 2008 

4-9 

FISH 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Fish Habitat Inventory and Monitoring: FISH1 

I. Fish Habitat Inventory 

A. Maintain the channel type and stream class (see Glossary) based inventory of all Forest 

streams. 

1. Maintain and update the stream inventory (and geographic information system [GIS] 

mapping) during site-specific project planning and analysis. 

a) Consult publication R10-TP-26, A Channel Type Users Guide for the Tongass 

National Forest, Southeast Alaska (as revised), for descriptions of the channel types. 

b) Consult the Aquatic Habitat Management Handbook FSH 2090.21 for descriptions of 

Region 10, stream survey methodologies. 

B. Maintain the inventory of Forest streams and watersheds for fish enhancement opportunities. 

C. Maintain, and further develop as necessary, the fish habitat objectives database used to 

measure changes in the natural range and frequency of aquatic habitat conditions. (See 

FISH2,IV(B) and Appendix B.) 

Fish Habitat Planning: FISH2 

I. Fish Habitat and Channel Processes 

A. Recognize watershed function and channel processes when planning for the protection, 

restoration or enhancement of fish habitat. (Consult Riparian Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines RIP2 and Soil and Water Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines SW3.) 

1. Consider the effects of upstream and upslope activities during site-specific planning. 

2. Consider the condition of upstream and upslope areas during site-specific planning. 

3. Consider topics such as erosion processes, watershed hydrology, vegetation, stream 

channel morphology, water quality, wilderness designation, recommendations for inclusion 

into the Wild and Scenic River System, species and habitats, and human uses, during 

analyses. 

II. Channel Classification and Process Groups 

A. Use channel type inventories to categorize stream reaches into channel process groups. Use 

channel types and process groups to plan management activities affecting fish and fish habitat 

along all lakes and streams. Process groups and the channel types included in each process 

group are shown in Appendix D and publication R10-TP-26, A Channel Type Users Guide for 

the Tongass National Forest, Southeast Alaska. These groups may be redefined as more 

information about channel types becomes available. 

1. Map and field-verify streams, lakes, and estuaries by channel type and stream class for 

project planning and implementation. 

III. Fish Stream Classification (reference FSH 2090.21 (2001) Chapter 10, Section 12) 

A. Determine fish/water quality value class of all streams in the affected area prior to or during 

site-specific project planning. (Consult Riparian Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines.) 

B. Use the following classification system across the Forest: 

1. Class I: Streams and lakes with anadromous or adfluvial fish or fish habitat, or high quality 

resident fish waters or habitat above fish migration barriers known to provide reasonable 

enhancement opportunities for anadromous fish. 

2. Class II: Streams and lakes with resident fish or fish habitat—generally steep channels 6 

to 25 percent or higher gradient—where no anadromous fish occur, and otherwise do not 

meet Class I criteria. 

3. Class III: Perennial and intermittent streams with no fish populations but which have 

sufficient flow, or transport sufficient sediment and debris, to have an immediate influence 

on downstream water quality or fish habitat capability. For streams less than 30 percent 

gradient, special care is needed to determine if resident fish are present. 
Fish Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4 Standards and Guidelines 

4-10

A stream segment is designated Class III if, for the majority of its length, the bankfull 

stream width is greater than 1.5 meters (5 feet) and the channel incision (or entrenchment) 

is greater than 5 meters (15 feet). 

Streams that do not meet both the width and incision criteria may be classified as Class III 

streams based on a professional interpretation of stream characteristics for the stream 

segment being assessed. The following characteristics could indicate a Class III stream: 

a) Steep side-slopes containing mobile fine sediments, sand deposits, or deep soils that 

can provide an abundant source area for sedimentation. 

b) Very steep gradient channels (greater than 35 percent slope). 

c) Recently transported bedload or woody debris wedges (especially if deposited outside 

high water mark). 

d) High water indicators (scour lines, drift lines etc) that greatly exceed observed wetted 

stream width. 

e) Large sediment deposits stored amongst debris that could be readily transported if 

debris shifts. 

4. Class IV: Other intermittent, ephemeral, and small perennial channels with insufficient flow 

or sediment transport capacity to directly influence downstream water quality or fish habitat 

capability. Class IV streams do not meet the criteria used to define Class I, II, or III 

streams. Class IV streams must have bankfull width of at least 0.3 meter (1 foot) over the 

majority of the stream segment. For perennial streams, with average channel gradients 

less than 30 percent, special care is needed to determine if resident fish are present 

(resident fish presence dictates a Class II designation). 

5. Non-streams: Rills and other watercourses, generally intermittent and less than 1 foot in 

width, little or no incision into the surrounding hillslope, and with little or no evidence of 

channel scour. (Note: These micro-drainage features are not mapped in GIS hydrography 

layers.) 

IV. Objectives/Guidelines for Management Affecting Fish Habitat 

A. Maintain or restore the natural range and frequency of aquatic habitat conditions on the 

Tongass National Forest to sustain the diversity and production of fish and other freshwater 

organisms. 

B. Use (and update) baseline fish habitat objectives as a reference to evaluate the relative health 

or condition of riparian and aquatic habitat. Use baseline fish habitat objectives, listed below 

(and others as developed), (Anadromous Fish Habitat Assessment Team 1995, Bryant et al. 

2004, Woodsmith et al. 2005) to characterize the natural range of habitat conditions by channel 

types and process groups. Specific measurement protocols are described in the Alaska Region 

Aquatic Management Handbook (FSH 2090.21 – 2001-1). 

1. Width-to-depth ratio—Relationship between bankfull width and average bankfull depth, 

expressed as bankfull width / average bankfull depth. 

2. Large woody debris (LWD)—Frequency of qualifying large wood pieces per kilometer of 

stream. 

3. Total key pieces of LWD—Frequency of large, structurally integral pieces of wood scaled 

to channel size per kilometer of stream. 

4. Pools per kilometer—Frequency of qualifying pools per kilometer of stream. 

5. Pool spacing—Frequency of qualifying pools per unit area of channel, length of channel 

surveyed / average channel bed width / number of pools. 

6. Residual pool depth per channel bed width—Residual pool depth scaled to channel size, 

residual pool depth / average channel bed-width. 

7. Median particle size. 

8. Pool length per meter—Total qualifying pool length divided by length of survey. 

9. Pool size (relative depth)—Average residual pool depth / average bankfull depth. 

10. Relative submergence—Expressed as average bankfull depth. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Fish 

January 2008 

4-11

C. Maintain or restore stream banks and stream channel processes. 

1. Stream Class I, and Class II streams that flow directly into Class I streams. Maintain, 

restore, or improve anadromous, adfluvial, and high-value resident fish habitat capability 

by providing natural or improved cover/pool ratio, pool-riffle sequences, and habitat 

features, such as stable LWD. Design management activities to maintain stream bank, 

channel, and flood plain integrity. 

2. Other Stream Class II. Maintain or restore habitat capability for resident fish populations 

by providing natural or improved cover/pool ratio, pool-riffle sequences, and habitat 

features, such as stable LWD. Design management activities to maintain stream bank, 

channel, and flood plain integrity. Avoid impacts to downstream Class I streams. 

3. Stream Class III. Design management activities to maintain or restore stream bank, 

channel, and flood plain integrity. Avoid impacts to downstream Class I and Class II 

streams. 

D. Maintain or restore natural and beneficial quantities of LWD over the short and long term. 

1. Stream Class I, and Class II streams that flow directly into Class I streams. Maintain or 

restore anadromous, adfluvial, and high-value resident fish habitat capability by providing 

for natural and beneficial volumes of LWD for rearing, stream energy dissipation, and 

sources of organic matter to the stream ecosystem. Use biological and physical 

characteristics of the stream to determine size classes and distribution of LWD. Limit 

navigational clearing of large wood to the minimum necessary for safety. 

2. Other Stream Class II. Maintain or restore habitat capability for resident fish populations 

by providing LWD, and by designing for future sources of LWD at volumes determined by 

channel type biological and physical characteristics. 

3. Stream Class III. Maintain or restore LWD in channels and banks to prevent changes in 

natural stream bank and stream channel processes. 

E. Maintain or restore water quality to provide for fish production. 

1. Stream Classes I, II, and III. Prevent adverse effects to rearing and spawning habitat. 

Maintain or restore anadromous, adfluvial, and high-value resident fish habitat capability. 

Maintain or restore capability for other resident fish populations to the extent feasible. 

Ensure no chronic sediment input following soil-disturbing activities. Prevent adverse 

impacts to fish habitat downstream by minimizing siltation. 

2. Implement applicable Best Management Practices (BMPs) (FHS 2509.22). 

F. Maintain or restore optimum water temperatures for salmonids, considering both winter and 

summer habitat requirements, climate, and natural watershed characteristics. 

1. Stream Class I, and Class II streams that flow directly into Class I streams. Maintain or 

restore optimum salmonid summer stream temperatures at between 50 and 68°F or at 

natural levels. 

2. Other Stream Class II. Maintain water temperatures below 68°F, or at natural levels, to 

maintain or restore habitat capability for resident fish populations. Manage watersheds 

and riparian streamsides to maintain appropriate water temperature for downstream Class 

I streams as described in F.1. 

3. Stream Class III. Manage watersheds and riparian streamsides to maintain water 

temperature standards and guidelines for downstream Class I and II streams. 

G. Maintain, restore, or improve, where feasible (see Glossary), stream conditions that support the 

migration or other movement of aquatic organisms inhabiting a waterbody. 

1. If a stream crossing cannot be avoided, the best solution for aquatic organism passage is 

generally to maintain the natural stream form and processes from the inlet, through the 

crossing, and into the downstream channel. Bridges, open-bottom culverts, and streamsimulated culverts designed and installed to applicable BMPs (Soil and Water 

Conservation Handbook, FSH 2509.22) and design standards (Aquatic Habitat 

Management Handbook, FSH 2090.21) to best meet this objective. 

2. Some stream conditions, engineering constraints, or cost may make it desirable to install 

culverts that use a variety of weir/baffles or roughened channel to provide for passage. 

These hydraulically designed culverts rely on matching culvert hydraulic conditions at a 

specified design flow to the swimming performance of a specified design fish (Aquatic 

Habitat Management Handbook, FSH 2090.21). 
Fish Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4 Standards and Guidelines 

4-12

3. Stream crossing structures requiring aquatic organism passage will be designed to current 

standards by qualified professionals. 

4. Consult applicable BMPs (see FSH 2509.22). 

5. Consult and improve the inventory of identified fish stream crossings. 

6. As per the Memoranda of Understanding (MOU) between the Forest Service and the 

Alaska Department of Natural Resources, culvert installation, stream alignment, or 

diversions; dams; low-water crossings; and construction, placement, deposition, or 

removal of any material or structure below ordinary high water may require State of Alaska 

concurrence. 

7. Overall, the intent is to not disrupt the migration or movement of aquatic organisms, but 

occasionally it is not feasible to protect some sections of habitat and movement will be 

restricted. In determining feasibility, consider the following: 

a) Presence of known sensitive, isolated, or unique fish populations. 

b) Extent and quality of available habitat and how it is affected by the location of the 

stream crossing. 

c) Cumulative impacts of restricting fish passage at multiple sites in the same 

watershed. 

d) Upstream and downstream linkages between the anadromous and resident life 

strategies of the same species. 

e) Advice from the Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G) and ADNR. 

f) Length of time that a stream structure will restrict movement. 

g) Cost of providing ideal passage conditions compared to less than ideal conditions. 

h) Availability of suitable, cost-effective compensatory mitigation projects. 

8. The discharge of dredge or fill material from normal silviculture activities such as timber 

harvest is exempt from Clean Water Act Section 404 permitting requirements in waters of 

the United States (404(f)(1)(A). Forest roads qualify for this exemption only if they are 

constructed and maintained in accordance with BMPs specified in 33 CFR 323.4(a). 

These BMPs have been incorporated into BMP 12.5 in the Alaska Region’s BMP 

Handbook (FSH 2509.22). 

V. Management Indicators 

A. Use Forest Plan management indicators to evaluate the potential effects of proposed project 

management activities affecting fish habitat. 

VI. Management Activities 

A. Maintain a fish program schedule that includes anticipated inventory needs, proposed habitat 

improvement and maintenance projects, and monitoring requirements. 

VII. Coordination 

A. Coordinate activities that affect fish resources with other Forest disciplines through the 

Interdisciplinary Team process, and with state, other federal, and local agencies and groups. 

1. Develop and maintain Memoranda of Understanding/Agreements with appropriate state, 

federal, and local agencies, and aquaculture associations. 

2. Coordinate with the state and federal agencies, and the Pacific Northwest Research 

Station, to maintain a continuous program for research, monitoring, and assessment of 

impacts of land-use activities on fish habitat. 

B. Consider the influence of proposed management activities on fishing use patterns. 

C. Consider effects of off-highway vehicle (OHV) travel and road closures on fish habitat and 

populations. 

VIII. Projects 

A. Use the following priority for fish habitat project work: mitigation for unplanned impacts, 

rehabilitation/restoration, and enhancement. For both mitigation and rehabilitation, consider 

alternatives for cost efficiency of performing off-site enhancement (enhancement of a different 

area than where the impact actually occurs). 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Fish 

January 2008 

4-13

1. Location of off-site enhancement shall be governed by the following priorities: 

a) First priority: same stream reach (same species) 

b) Second priority: same stream (same species) 

c) Third priority: same watershed (same species) 

d) Fourth priority: same anadromous fish harvest area (same species) 

e) Fifth priority: differing species, using above priority order 

B. Enhance fish habitat to meet the objectives identified in this Plan. Opportunities may include, 

but are not limited to, instream enhancement, lake fertilization, cooperative bio-enhancement 

(e.g., stocking), incubation boxes, and fishway construction. 

1. Use the Cooperative Fisheries Planning process (consult ANILCA, Section 507) and/or 

other cooperative agreements for developing priorities for the enhancement of fish 

resources. 

2. Determine habitat capability on streams and lakes identified for enhancement in the 

Cooperative Fisheries Planning process prior to construction of fish projects. 

3. Update the fish habitat enhancement list (Cooperative Fisheries Planning process) 

periodically. 

C. Recognize bio-enhancement (e.g., stocking of juveniles, use of egg incubation boxes, 

transferring of adult fish to seed stream systems) as part of the fish improvement project costs 

when appropriate. Cooperate/coordinate with state and federal agencies and aquaculture 

associations to facilitate bio-enhancement. 

D. Fishpass projects abide by the standards and best practices for colonization projects included 

in the Comprehensive Salmon Enhancement Plan for Southeast Alaska, Phase III. 

E. Coordinate new projects to enhance the use of National Forest System lands with the 

recreation program managers. 

Fish Habitat Restoration and Improvement: FISH3 

I. Planning 

A. Improve or restore fish habitat to work toward the habitat objectives of the Forest Plan. Give 

priority to restoration projects. 

B. Construct projects using the most cost-efficient methods, while achieving desired results 

consistent with the Land Use Designation. 

C. During project planning consider the need to monitor the accomplishment of project objectives. 

Need shall be governed by the type of project, with high interest/high investment projects being 

monitored more intensively. 

1. Where needed, develop cooperative agreements with fish/aquaculture agencies and other 

groups to assess the effectiveness of Forest Service habitat improvement. 

D. Coordinate habitat restoration and improvement projects with ADF&G and other appropriate 

agencies and groups. 

II. Construction Coordination 

A. Coordinate all fish habitat restoration and improvement using an interdisciplinary process. 

III. Monitoring 

A. Conduct monitoring of fish habitat restoration and improvement projects to ensure their 

continued function at the design level of operation. 

B. Monitor fish production on a representative sample of restoration and improvement projects to 

evaluate effectiveness of individual projects, categories of similar projects, and the 

effectiveness of the overall improvement program. 

Fish Habitat Maintenance: FISH4 

I. Maintenance 

A. Provide for the maintenance of fish habitat enhancements. 

1. Fund maintenance of existing projects prior to the construction of new ones. 

2. Include funding for maintenance in the planning and budgeting for all projects. 
Fish Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4 Standards and Guidelines 

4-14

3. Maintain restoration and improvement projects to ensure that investment objectives are 

met. 

4. When maintenance and operation of an improvement become inefficient, reconstruct or 

remove the project. 

5. If a project becomes inoperable, reconstruct or remove the improvement. 

B. Develop a written maintenance responsibilities agreement with project cooperators prior to 

project construction. 

Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Fish Species: FISH5 

Consult FSM 2670 and R10 supplemental directions for Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive species. 

I. Threatened or Endangered Species 

A. Currently there are no Threatened or Endangered fish species within the territorial boundaries 

of the Tongass National Forest. 

II. Sensitive Fish Species 

A. Island King Salmon 

1. Provide for the protection and maintenance of runs of king salmon that naturally occur on 

islands, including the runs in King Salmon and Wheeler creeks on Admiralty Island. 

2. Coordinate with ADF&G and National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) on commercial, 

sport, and subsistence fish use, hatchery egg take programs, and other activities affecting 

the viability of king salmon runs in order to conserve these unique populations. 

3. Avoid the placement of facilities or issuing of permits for activities near these streams that 

would increase harvest pressure on these king salmon runs. 

4. Include culvert replacement as a conservation and restoration tool. 

B. Northern Pike 

1. Provide for the protection and maintenance of northern pike found in the Pike Lakes on the 

Yakutat Forelands. This population of northern pike is unique to Southeast Alaska. 

2. Avoid the placement of facilities near the Pike Lakes that would increase harvest pressure 

to the point where the viability of these species is affected. 

3. Coordinate with ADF&G on any activities that would affect the viability of the northern pike. 

4. Include culvert replacement as a conservation and restoration tool. 

C. Fish Creek Chum Salmon 

1. Provide for the protection and maintenance of chum salmon in Fish Creek near Hyder. 

This population of chum salmon is characterized by their extraordinary large size. 

2. Coordinate with ADF&G and NMFS on commercial, sport, and subsistence fish use, 

hatchery egg take programs, and other activities affecting the viability of the chum salmon 

runs in Fish Creek in order to preserve these populations. 

3. Provide habitat improvement and maintenance including culvert replacement to sustain 

this run of salmon, as necessary. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Forest Health 

January 2008 

4-15

FOREST HEALTH 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Forest Health Management: HEALTH1 

I. Forest Health Management 

A. Achieve desired future condition of forest health by manipulating insect and disease populations 

to beneficial levels. Desirable forest health conditions are expected to vary according to 

different resource goals. 

1. Create ecological conditions that improve the health of vegetation by incorporating forest 

health principles into forest planning, decisionmaking, and implementation of project 

activities. 

2. Consider forest health management information dealing with insects, diseases, and 

invasive species of flora and fauna, and recommendations on management alternatives. 

These recommendations will include analyses of the ecological effects of insects and 

diseases and management alternatives, including no action, chemical, cultural, 

mechanical, and biological methods. 

3. For direction on the use of pesticides in forest management, consult the Pesticide Use and 

Vegetation Management guidelines in the Timber Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

B. Evaluate insect, disease, and invasive species impact(s) to resources. 

1. Conduct on-site evaluations to assess past, current, and future insect, disease, and 

invasive species impacts and their effect upon desired forest health. 

2. Use data from these evaluations to assist project planning and analysis. 

C. Provide training, technology transfer, and technical assistance to area and district personnel to 

assist in the management of forest insects and diseases. 

Forest Insect and Disease Survey and Inventory: HEALTH2 

I. Insect and Disease Detection Survey 

A. Conduct an annual insect and disease detection aerial survey in cooperation with the areas and 

districts. 

1. Resource managers will establish survey priorities based on planning needs and current 

management concerns. 

2. Conduct aerial surveys of a variety of forest cover types and LUDs, concentrating on those 

areas identified as having the highest management priority. 
Heritage Resources Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4 Standards and Guidelines 

4-16 

HERITAGE RESOURCES and SACRED SITES 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Heritage Resource Activities: HSS1 

I. Management 

A. Maintain a heritage resource management program to identify, evaluate, preserve, and protect 

heritage resources on a Forest-wide and project-specific level in compliance with the National 

Historic Preservation Act, the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), the American Indian 

Religious Freedom Act (AIRFA), the Archaeological Resources Protection Act (ARPA), the 

Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act (NAGPRA), Executive Order 13287, 

their amendments and implementing regulations. (Consult 36 Code of Federal Regulations 

[CFR] 800 and Forest Service Manual [FSM] 2361.) 

B. Coordinate management of heritage resources with the State Historic Preservation Officer 

(SHPO), the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP), Alaska Native tribes and 

corporations, and interested members of the public. Consult 36 CFR 800, FSM 2361, and the 

Programmatic Agreement #02MU-111001-076 (as amended) between the USDA Forest 

Service, Region 10, ACHP, and Alaska SHPO. 

C. Identify and develop appropriate interpretive messages for heritage resource sites and activities 

that relate the historical value and contributions of natural and heritage resource management 

to the Tongass National Forest. Work closely with all interpretive services programs to ensure 

accurate and effective interpretation of heritage resources. 

D. Coordinate the management, access, and use of Forest products to perpetuate Alaska Native 

culture and art forms. (See Standards and Guidelines for Plants and Timber.) 

E. Develop a heritage resource management assessment that provides a framework for 

management decisions. Its objectives are to display the schedule of management activities, 

summarize current status, and identify priorities for future heritage resources inventory, 

evaluation, and protection. 

1. Update the heritage resource assessment annually, for budget implementation and to fulfill 

requirements of the annual report to SHPO as stipulated in the Programmatic Agreement. 

2. The assessment/annual report should include: 

a) An overview of new data and data management. 

b) Identification of projects reviewed under 36 CFR 800 or the Programmatic Agreement 

and areas requiring intensive site inventory, including non-project areas of the Forest. 

c) Identification, classification, and evaluation of heritage resources located. 

d) Re-evaluation and update of the heritage resource sensitivity zone system based on 

new data and/or understandings of each area's heritage resources and their locations. 

e) Identification of measures and priorities for the protection of heritage resources from 

vandalism, theft, and natural deterioration. 

f) Identification of prioritized needs for the stabilization, restoration, and repair of 

damaged sites. 

g) Identification of the need for maintenance of sites on, or eligible for inclusion in, the 

National Register of Historic Places. 

h) Identification of opportunities for interpretation of heritage resources for public 

education and recreation values. 

i) Identification of the interaction of heritage resources and other multiple uses, including 

consideration of management activities, and their impacts on heritage resource 

management. 

j) Identification of the coordination efforts with appropriate state heritage resource plans 

and planning activities of the SHPO, State Archaeologist, and other state and federal 

agencies. 

II. Project Clearance/Inventory 

A. Project Clearance. Any project, activity, or program that can result in changes in the character 

or use of historic properties and is under the direct or indirect jurisdiction of the Forest, licensed 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Heritage Resources 

January 2008 

4-17 

or assisted by the Forest, including new or continuing projects, activities, or programs and any 

of their elements not previously considered under Sections 106 and 110 of the National Historic 

Preservation Act of 1966, as amended, shall be considered an undertaking and may require 

evaluation through inventory and survey. 

1. Ensure that compliance with the Alaska Programmatic Agreement and/or 36 CFR 800 has 

been accomplished before a NEPA Decision Notice, Record of Decision, or Finding of No 

Significant Impact is signed prior to implementation of an undertaking (FSM 2361-04b-R10 

Supplement). 

III. Project Implementation 

A. Inventory and evaluation may be accomplished at the operator's discretion and cost provided 

that the inventory and evaluation are accomplished under the supervision of a qualified heritage 

resources specialist authorized by a Special Use Authorization. Ultimate determinations under 

36 CFR 800 are made by the appropriate Forest Service line officer. 

B. Include as part of the Section 106 project report specific protective and/or mitigative measures 

to be taken by the operator who is responsible for the cost of any such protective or mitigative 

measures. 

C. When appropriate, mark known heritage resource sites within or adjacent to the project area 

prior to project implementation. 

D. Include in each contract, permit, or lease a statement of the operating conditions required to 

protect heritage resources in the project area. Also include the pertinent clause notifying the 

operator of his or her responsibility to protect marked sites when working in the project area and 

the operators liability for damage. 

E. Provide training in the recognition, site inspection, and protection of heritage resources for all 

persons responsible for on-the-ground administration of contracts, permits, or leases. 

1. If a site, human remains, or funerary object is discovered during project implementation, 

work shall be suspended by the project administrator to avoid potential site damage. The 

Forest Supervisor shall notify the SHPO and appropriate Alaska Native tribe and 

corporation contacts, and resumption of work will be authorized only after the consultation 

process has been completed. The project administrator shall keep the contractor, 

permittee, or lessee informed of anticipated delays in work resumption. 

IV. Mitigation 

A. In cases where in-place preservation of heritage values is the objective, the Forest Supervisor 

shall consider management options such as project design, location, or cancellations in meeting 

the objective. Consult 36 CFR 800 and the Programmatic Agreement for procedures to be 

followed in reaching a management decision. 

B. The preferred management of sites listed in, nominated to, or eligible for the National Register 

of Historic Places is avoidance and protection. 

1. When feasible, sites listed in, nominated to, or eligible for the National Register of Historic 

Places shall be managed to achieve a "No Adverse Effect" finding, in consultation with the 

SHPO and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation. (Consult 36 CFR 800.) 

2. The recovery (collection) of heritage resources can occur during the inventory, evaluation, 

or mitigation (data recovery) phases. Standard requirements include documentation of the 

resource, labeling of the artifacts, and curation of the recovered materials and resultant 

records. 

3. Collection of artifacts, except under emergency circumstances, must be accomplished or 

directly supervised by a professional heritage resources specialist. A qualified heritage 

resources specialist may recover artifacts for purposes of evaluation. 

4. Requirements for heritage resource collection include the following: 

a) Emergency collection. Artifacts collected in emergency situations shall be turned over 

to the Unit Heritage Resources Specialist for appropriate curation. 

b) Special agents and other law enforcement officers conducting criminal investigations 

may collect artifacts as evidence. Any material collected must be cataloged and 

stored in a secure area. 
Heritage Resources Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4 Standards and Guidelines 

4-18 

c) Artifact samples may be collected from heritage resource sites, when they can be 

systematically recovered and properly recorded for further evaluation (caution must 

be exercised to ensure that the collection of artifact samples is adequate for the 

purpose intended without causing unacceptable impacts to the resource). The 

sample size collected should be no more than the minimal amount necessary for the 

proposed analysis. 

d) Data recovery (including collection of artifacts and photographic/archival recordation) 

must be conducted in accordance with a Forest Service/SHPO-approved Data 

Recovery Plan, which shall conform to the published guidelines in the Advisory 

Council on Historic Preservation, Handbook for the Treatment of Archaeological 

Properties. 

5. Disinterment of human remains, associated and unassociated funerary objects, sacred 

objects, and objects of cultural patrimony should occur only when consultation has been 

completed per NAGPRA with the direct lineal descendants or the representative tribe. A 

signed Memorandum of Understanding shall be in place prior to any planned disinterment 

activities. Inadvertent discoveries shall follow the procedures set forth in 43 CFR 10. 

V. Enhancement 

A. Identify opportunities and priorities for interpretation of heritage resources for public education 

and recreation. Public education efforts should emphasize the importance of heritage site 

stewardship and leaving in place what they find. 

1. Manage significant and suitable heritage resource sites to realize their recreational and 

educational values to the public. Enhancement programs, including Passport In Time and 

Heritage Expeditions, should include in-service funding as well as opportunity for 

establishing partnerships with the private sector. The measure of suitability should be 

based upon accessibility, feasibility for protection, condition of the property, compatibility 

with other management activities, and value to the public. 

2. Enhance suitable heritage values through interpretation, restoration, and the publication of 

reports, brochures, signs, films, videos, slide, and other interpretive programs. Interpretive 

services and facilities should be compatible with the nature, quality, and integrity of the 

resource selected for enhancement. 

3. Cooperate with museums, universities, Indian tribes, and other recognized institutions, 

agencies, and knowledgeable persons in planning and constructing heritage resource 

exhibits and providing opportunities for scholarly/scientific use. 

4. Manage heritage resources to ensure that properties and their records are protected to 

prevent degradation or unauthorized use under authority of the Archaeological Resources 

Protection Act of 1979 and the regulations in 36 CFR 296 and 36 CFR 79. 

VI. Site Inspection 

A. Assess condition, and document restoration or stabilization needs of cultural sites. Use this 

information for reporting the success of mitigation measures and other actions taken to ensure 

site preservation. 

1. Frequency of inspection should seek to include one documented visit per selected site per 

year as available resources allow. If site damage is observed, additional inspections may 

become necessary. If an area is damaged through suspected human disturbance, inspect 

other sites in that vicinity. (Consult the Forest Heritage Resource Program Manager 

and/or Special Agent.) 

2. Coordinate the assessments with District Rangers, the Forest Heritage Resource Program 

Manager, and the Special Agent. 

B. Assessment procedures should include observations documenting the current site condition. 

Document assessments through a signed, written report that verifies which site was inspected 

and the observed condition. 

C. Damage Assessment Report. If site damage is observed and it has not been previously 

recorded, a site damage assessment report will be prepared by the Forest Heritage Resource 

Program Manager or Unit Heritage Resource Specialist. The purpose of the damage 

assessment report is to identify the damage using quantitative measures, make 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Heritage Resources 

January 2008 

4-19 

recommendations to stabilize the site from further deterioration, determine the archaeological or 

commercial value and the cost of restoration and repair, and evaluate the actions needed to 

prevent further damage. 

D. Remain alert to cultural damage potentially attributable to criminal acts and safeguard 

investigation by avoiding further disturbance of the area. 

E. Prioritize heritage sites to be assessed on a yearly basis as coordinated by the District Ranger, 

Forest or Zone Heritage Resource Program Manager, and Special Agent. 

F. Include resource inspection in the measures for the protection of heritage resources from 

vandalism, natural destruction, or project activity. Evaluate and recommend measures such as 

stabilization, data recovery, or no action, for resources that have sustained damage from 

natural forces. Vandalism, collecting, illicit excavation, or project damage shall be evaluated for 

protective measures, such as signing, administrative closure, remote sensing, increased 

inspection, investigation, stabilization, data recovery, or other measures under the authority of 

the American Antiquities Act of 1906, the Archaeological Resources Protection Act of 1979 and 

regulations in 36 CFR 261, 36 CFR 296, and 36 CFR 800. 

G. Complete or update condition assessments for 20 percent of all priority heritage assets each 

year based on field visits and updated cost information. 

Sacred Sites Protection Activities: HSS2 

I. Management 

A. The Tongass National Forest will manage sacred sites as an integral part of its land 

management. To the extent practicable, accommodate access to and ceremonial use of 

sacred sites by Indian religious practitioners and avoid adversely affecting the physical integrity 

of such sites. Provide reasonable notice of proposed actions or policies that may restrict 

access to or adversely affect the physical integrity of sacred sites. When there is a conflict 

among potential uses, we will prioritize the protection of sacred sites above other land uses. 

The active participation of Indian tribes and Indian religious practitioners is critical to the 

success of sacred sites management. If a tribal government chooses not to consult, the Forest 

will rely on the best available information to make decisions about sacred sites. 

Use the collective authorities and provisions of these laws and Executive Orders: Executive 

Order 13007, Indian Sacred Sites; Executive Order 12898, Environmental Justice; Executive 

Order 13175, consultation and coordination with tribal governments; American Indian Religious 

Freedom Act; National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA), as amended; Archaeological 

Resources Protection Act (ARPA), as amended; Religious Freedom Restoration Act; and 

Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act. Guidance on traditional cultural 

properties is presented in National Register Bulletin 38. 

Executive Order 13007 defines a sacred site as “any specific, discrete, narrowly delineated 

location on federal land that is identified by an Indian tribe or Indian individual determined to be 

an appropriately authoritative representative of an Indian religion, as sacred by virtue of its 

established religious significance to, or ceremonial use by, an Indian religion; provided that the 

tribe or appropriately authoritative representative of an Indian religion has informed the agency 

of the existence of such a site.” 

B. The Forest Supervisor, Deputy Forest Supervisor, and District Rangers will be responsible for 

sacred sites management. Heritage resource and tribal government relations specialists will 

collaborate to provide the Forest’s line officers information necessary to make decisions related 

to sacred sites management. These specialists will coordinate consultation between the 

Forest’s line officers, tribal government officials, and authoritative representatives. 

1. Conduct sacred sites discussions with tribal government officials and authoritative 

representatives. 

C. Regularly review proposed federal actions with tribal government officials and authoritative 

representatives and document their comments. This review should occur as early as possible 
Heritage Resources Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4 Standards and Guidelines 

4-20 

before the public scoping occurs. Ensure adequate time is provided to assess the potential 

effect of a proposed action on the access, use, and physical integrity of sacred sites. 

D. Develop a knowledge base about sacred sites and develop a record of any tribal protocols, 

management recommendations, proposed guidelines, policy, or concerns about a proposed 

federal action regarding potential effects to sacred sites within the Indian tribe’s areas of 

cultural concern. 

E. Protect the physical integrity of sacred sites by considering limits to public access and use, 

while accommodating access and use by authorized tribal representatives. 

1. Use voluntary closures to the greatest extent possible to provide seclusion and privacy 

whenever requested by tribal government officials and their authorized representatives. 

2. Identify specific locations and time frames in the closure order and provide notification to 

the unit Law Enforcement Officer. 

F. Use alternative dispute resolution processes regarding sacred sites management to resolve 

differences between the Forest Service and tribal government officials and their authorized 

representatives. (Consult FSM 1563.2.) 

II. Project Planning 

A. As early as possible, consult with Indian tribal governments and authoritative representatives 

and conduct formalized government-to-government consultation with Indian tribes to develop 

agreements regarding the access, use, protection, and management of sacred sites. 

B. Develop site-specific management strategies that detail protection issues and enforcement 

mechanisms for identified sacred sites within the area of potential effects in consultation with 

tribal government officials and authoritative representatives. 

C. Protect the confidentiality of sacred sites information, which will not be shared with the public or 

media. Be respectful of traditional rock art, totemic and clan crests, icons, stories, and tribal 

words or language. The Forest Service will not use tribal knowledge, stories, rock art, totemic, 

or clan crests without permission. 

1. Implement procedures to protect confidential information related to sacred sites to the 

maximum extent permitted by law. (Consult FSM 1563.03.7; NHPA, Section 304; ARPA, 

Section 9.) 

III. Project Implementation 

A. Maintain and protect the natural environment surrounding an identified sacred site while 

consulting with Indian tribes and Indian religious practitioners to seek agreement for further 

protection and site treatment measures. 

1. When a sacred site is identified, meet with tribal government officials and authoritative 

representatives to determine if a site visit is advisable. 

2. Consider tribal recommendations for protection until an assessment of management 

alternatives is made. When human remains or other funerary items are involved, follow 

the inadvertent discovery or intentional excavation requirements of the Native American 

Graves Protection and Repatriation Act. 

B. Develop a protection plan that, as much as practicable, incorporates specific standards and 

methods as recommended by tribal government officials and authoritative representatives 

before authorizing federal actions, including the issuance of permits. 

1. Employ management strategies and protective measures that are least disturbing to 

sacred sites and invite participation of tribal government officials and authoritative 

representatives. 

C. Notify the affiliated tribal government(s) within 24 hours (or as soon as possible) should an 

activity inadvertently disturb a sacred site, or in the event that any sacred or burial object is 

observed through the action of water, weather, or other causes beyond the control of the Forest 

Service. 

IV. Mitigation 

A. Management strategies to lessen adverse effects to cultural properties generally follow the 

model outlined in the NHPA and its implementing regulations (36 CFR 800). Line officers 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Heritage Resources 

January 2008 

4-21 

should be aware that mitigation in that sense might not appropriately address concerns 

expressed by religious practitioners about the consequences of federal actions. 

B. Determine in advance with tribal government officials and authoritative representatives what 

kinds of activities in or around a sacred site would constitute contamination or violation of 

sacredness. 

C. Identify what kinds of mutually acceptable solutions are available (on a case-by-case basis) 

should a sacred site be potentially contaminated or violated. 

V. Enhancement 

A. Educate Forest Service personnel about the Tlingit, Haida, and Tsimshian people who 

associate spiritual qualities with the land, wildlife, and other natural and cultural resources. 

Encourage the participation of Indian tribes and Alaska Native individuals in this educational 

effort. 

B. The Forest Service will make available information to tribal government officials and 

authoritative representatives about the distinctions between the provisions of NHPA and 

Executive Order 13007, Indian Sacred Sites. 

C. Allow opportunities for tribal government officials and authoritative representatives to reconnect 

with their traditional homelands and sacred sites. 

VI. Monitoring 

A. Invite tribal government officials and authoritative representatives to collaborate in monitoring 

sacred sites and to evaluate the effectiveness of sacred sites protection measures and other 

management strategies. 

1. The Tongass National Forest will accomplish site monitoring in a careful and respectful 

manner according to professional standards and tribal government recommendations. 

Tribal government officials and authoritative representatives will be encouraged to 

participate in site monitoring. 

2. Establish standard protocols for site monitoring and for maintaining confidentiality. 

Established or known sacred sites shall be treated with dignity, care, and respect. 

3. Establish a format to record implemented protection measures and to document sacred 

site condition after each monitoring event. 
Invasive Species Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4 Standards and Guidelines 

4-22

INVASIVE SPECIES 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Invasive Species Prevention: INV1 

I. Invasive Species Inventory 

A. Maintain consolidated invasive species inventory for the Forest and Districts in the appropriate 

corporate database in accordance with Forest Service Manual (FSM) 2083 and the most 

current and appropriate inventory protocols. 

II. Project Planning 

A. For all proposed projects or activities, the responsible line officer will determine the risk of 

invasive species (flora and fauna) introduction or spread and the need to implement appropriate 

mitigation measures. 

B. Ensure that contracts, permits, and project design documents contain appropriate provisions 

concerning the prevention and/or spread of invasive species. 

Invasive Species Early Detection and Rapid Response: INV2 

I. Invasive Species Management 

A. At the Forest level, evaluate new non-native species for risk of invasion and update Priority 

Species List as needed. (Consult FSH 2000 Noxious Weed Management, Chapter 2080, 

Supplement No.: R10 TNF – 2000-2007 – 1F H80, R10 TNF 2000-2007-1.) 

B. Treat priority species infestations as practicable, using an integrated pest management 

approach. 

Invasive Species Control and Management: INV3 

I. Invasive Species Management 

A. Reduce population sizes and/or limit the spread of Priority Invasive Species on the Tongass 

National Forest through the use of an integrated pest management approach. (Consult FSM 

2080 for the list of Priority Invasive Species.) 

Invasive Species Rehabilitation and Restoration: INV4

I. Rehabilitation and Restoration of Native Flora and/or Fauna 

A. Rehabilitation of habitats impacted by invasive species will emphasize the use of native plant 

species in restoration activities. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Karst and Cave Resources 

January 2008 

4-23 

KARST and CAVE RESOURCES 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Karst Resources: KC1 

I. Strategy 

A. Maintain, to the extent practical, the natural karst processes and the productivity of the karst 

landscape while providing for other land uses where appropriate. 

B. Strive to maintain the productivity of the soils of the karst landscape after harvest, to maintain 

the quality and quantity of the waters issuing from karst hydrologic systems, and to protect the 

many resources values within underlying significant cave systems as per the requirements of 

the Federal Cave Resources Protection Act of 1988 (FCRPA). 

C. See Appendix H for additional guidance. 

II. Management 

A. Evaluate karst resources as to their vulnerability to land uses affecting karst systems, as 

described in the Karst and Cave Resource Significance Assessment, Ketchikan Area, Tongass 

National Forest, Alaska (Aley et al. 1993), Karst landscapes and associated resources: a 

resource assessment (USDA Forest Service Gen. Tech. Rep. PNW-383) (Baichtal and 

Swanston 1996), Karst Management Standards and Implementation Review, Final Report of 

the Karst Review Panel (Griffiths et al. 2002), and the information provided herein. 

B. Seek participation from interested individuals and organizations, such as caving groups, 

scientists, recreationists, and development interests in managing the karst resources. 

C. Integrate and coordinate karst management with the management of other resources. 

Consider the function and biological significance of the entire karst landscape; recognize the 

importance of protection of karst systems, not solely specific karst features. 

D. Public education and interpretative programs should be developed to ensure an increased 

understanding of the components and function of the karst landscape. 

E. Work with universities and other appropriate research facilities to foster partnerships to study 

and characterize the function and biological significance of karst landscapes. 

F. Manage the karst lands with an adaptive management approach. 

G. Low Vulnerability Karst Lands. Low vulnerability karst lands are those areas where resource 

damage risks associated with land management activities are negligible from a karst 

management perspective. No special direction is needed. 

H. Moderate Vulnerability Karst Lands. Moderate vulnerability karst lands are those areas 

where resource damage risks associated with land management activities in the areas are 

appreciably greater than those posed by similar activities on low vulnerability karst lands 

adjacent to areas of high vulnerability. 

1. Road Construction 

a) Existing roads shall be utilized in preference to the construction of new ones. 

b) Roads shall avoid sinkholes and other collapse features and sinking or losing 

streams. 

c) Roads shall not divert water to or from karst features. Measures shall be taken to 

reduce erosion and sediment transport from the road surface and cut slopes. 

Sediment traps, cut and fill slope revegetation, and road closure and revegetation 

may be appropriate. 

d) Because subsurface drainage networks may be more open to the surface in moderate 

vulnerability areas, additional design criteria may be required. 

2. Quarries 

a) Existing quarries will be utilized in preference to the construction of new ones. 

b) No quarry shall be developed atop karst without adequate site survey and design. 

c) Quarries should be properly closed after abandonment. 

3. Karst Feature Buffers 

a) No surface disturbing activity such as timber harvest, road construction, and/or quarry 

development shall occur within a minimum of 100 feet of the edge of a cave, sinkhole, 
Karst and Cave Resources Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4 Standards and Guidelines 

4-24

collapse channel, doline field, or other collapse karst feature. Manage an appropriate 

distance beyond the no-harvest zone to provide for a reasonable assurance of 

windfirmness (RAW) of that zone (see Reasonable Assurance of Windfirmness 

Guidelines, Tongass National Forest, June 2006. 

b) No surface disturbing activity such as timber harvest, road construction, and/or quarry 

development will occur on lands that overlie a known "significant" cave. "Overlie" is 

defined here as the area between lines projected from the outside walls of the cave 

passage at a 45-degree angle to the surface. 

c) As cave discoveries are made and those caves are mapped and inventoried, it is 

quite probable that very significant cave systems will be discovered Consider a 

Geologic Special Area on a case-by-case basis for such caves. 

d) Protect all sinking or losing streams and their tributaries irrespective of whether the 

channels carry perennial, ephemeral, or intermittent flows. A non-harvest buffer is 

required of a minimum of 100 feet from the edge of a sinking or losing stream within 

no less than 0.25 mile (1,320 feet) upstream of their swallow hole or loss point. 

e) The area surrounding resurgences should be protected to maintain the environment 

surrounding the springs and the quality of the waters flowing from them. 

f) If at any time during project development or implementation an un-inventoried karst 

feature (or features) discovered, all activity in the vicinity of the feature (or features) 

shall cease until a karst vulnerability assessment can be conducted. 

I. High Vulnerability Karst Lands. High vulnerability karst lands are those areas where resource 

damage risks associated with land management activities are appreciably greater than those 

posed by similar activities on low or moderate vulnerability karst lands. These areas shall be 

managed to ensure conservation of karst values through the implementation of a high level of 

protection. 

1. Karst lands found to be of high vulnerability shall be identified and removed from the 

commercial forest lands suitable land base. Timber management and related activities are 

excluded from these lands. 

2. Limited recreational development may be appropriate. 

3. Roads are considered inappropriate unless no other route or option is feasible. Small 

expanses of these areas may be crossed by roads to access areas where harvest is 

appropriate (i.e., low or moderate vulnerability karst lands and non-carbonate areas). If 

roads must be built across areas of high vulnerability, the following guidelines will apply: 

a) Minimize clearing limits and grubbing. Flush cut stumps to the ground. Do not deck 

logs pioneered from the road clearing limits outside the clearing limits. 

b) Use a fill-type construction rather than a balanced cut and fill design. This will most 

likely be possible because the slope gradient in these areas is generally less than 15 

percent. 

c) Utilize log stringer bridges or similar structures to span across collapse features, if 

necessary. Geotextile should be used to keep aggregate overlay from falling into the 

collapse feature. 

d) Sediment traps and erosion control measures will be needed in most cases. 

e) Same-season revegetation of the cut and fill slopes should be required to minimize 

sediment production potential. 

f) No quarry development would be allowed on these lands. 

III. Catchment Area Management 

A. The catchment areas for karst systems, comprised of carbonate or non-carbonate substrate, 

are an integral portion of those systems. Catchment area management measures can be most 

effectively developed if both catchment types are delineated, and their sensitivity to cumulative 

land use activities is evaluated. Use the karst vulnerability assessment procedures to 

approximate the sensitivity of specific autogenic recharge areas. 

IV. Young-Growth Management on Karst 

A. On lands underlain by carbonate substrate, where either pre-commercial or commercial 

thinning is proposed, a karst resource inventory shall be conducted as described above. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Karst and Cave Resources 

January 2008 

4-25 

B. The openness of the underlying karst system, that system’s vulnerability to surface 

disturbance, and the likelihood of additional sediment production or runoff by thinning the 

young-growth timber shall be determined. 

C. Pre-commercial thinning is appropriate on all karst lands when the karst management 

objectives can be met. 

D. No slash or debris may fall or be placed in identified high vulnerablility karst features. 

E. If any introduced slash or debris finds its way into karst features or losing streams, it must be 

removed by hand. 

F. Commercial thinning is appropriate on low to moderate vulnerability karst lands when the karst 

management objectives can be met. 

G. Generally, no thinning shall be permitted on lands determined to be of high vulnerability, such 

as within 100 feet of a cave entrance, a karst feature accepting surface flow, or on the edge of 

a sinking or losing stream within 0.25 mile upstream of their swallow hole or loss point. A zone 

equal to one tree height should be left untreated to ensure that no material will be placed in 

these features. 

V. Salvage of Windthrown Timber on Karst 

A. Salvage is appropriate on low to moderate vulnerability karst lands when the karst 

management objectives can be met. Generally, no salvage shall be permitted on lands 

determined to be of high vulnerability, within 100 feet of a losing stream, a karst feature, or on 

lands that overlie a "significant cave.” For relatively minor, isolated features surrounded by low 

to moderate vulnerability karst, if the logging system to salvage the windthrown timber can be 

designed to not disturb the timber spanning or blown into the feature, salvage shall be 

permitted within 100 feet of the lip or edge of the feature. 

VI. Mineral Development 

A. The impacts of any proposed mineral development within the karst landscape can be analyzed 

through the environmental analysis that is triggered once a Plan of Operations is received. 

Cave Resources: KC2 

I. Management 

A. Manage lands in a manner that, to the extent feasible, protects and maintains significant caves 

and cave resources. See direction in 36 CFR 290.3 and “definitions” for guidance determining 

cave significance. See Appendix H for specific guidance. 

B. Locate, map, and describe caves, and evaluate and document the resource values discovered 

when appropriate. Although the word "inventory" is not used in FCRPA, it is clear that the 

significant cave designation process is an inventory process for identifying caves that will 

require some form of management. Carry out data storage and collection in a manner that is 

consistent, at a minimum, with the processes outlined in 36 CFR 290.3 and FSM 2881.42 for 

nomination, evaluation, and designation of significant caves. 

C. Develop a comprehensive Cave Resource Management Strategy on known cave resources. 

Strategies for cave resource management are suggested in Appendix H and within these 

guidelines. 

1. Class 1. Sensitive Caves. Caves considered unsuitable for exploration by the general 

public either because of their pristine condition, unique resources, or extreme safety 

hazards. These caves will be closed by a Forest Supervisor Order and entry allowed by 

permit only. 

2. Class 2. Directed Access Caves. Caves with directed public access and developed for 

public use. These caves are shown on maps or have signs directing visitor access; public 

visitation is encouraged. 

3. Class 3. Undeveloped Caves. Caves that are undeveloped, but are suitable for 

exploration by persons who are properly prepared. Location of these resources will not be 

advertised or shown on maps. 

D. Develop public education and interpretative programs to foster an increased appreciation of the 

function and biological significance of the cave resources, caving ethics and safety, and safe 

and responsible uses of these resources for research and recreation purposes. 
Karst and Cave Resources Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4 Standards and Guidelines 

4-26

E. Specific information concerning Significant Caves on the Forest will not be made available to 

the public (FCRPA). This information is also not available under Freedom of Information Act 

requests. Treat this information as confidential and secure it in such a manner as to prevent 

access by unauthorized individuals. 

F. Search and rescue in caves is the primary responsibility of the Alaska State Troopers. Supply 

appropriate support and equipment where needed and available. 

G. The following are prohibited in caves: 

1. In bat caves, or caves with sensitive species, it is prohibited to go into or be upon any area 

that is closed for the protection of threatened, endangered, rare, unique, or vanishing 

species of plants, animals, birds, or fish. 

2. Applicable to all caves, except for purposes of research and exploration, it is prohibited to: 

a) Build, maintain, attend, or use a campfire or stove fire; fires may be allowed in regard 

to traditional native ceremonies in compliance with the American Indian Religious 

Freedom Act and the Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act, their 

amendments, and implementing regulations; 

b) Smoke; 

c) Camp; 

d) Possess, discharge, or use any kind of fireworks or other pyrotechnic device; 

e) Discharge a firearm, air rifle, or gas gun; or 

f) Allow domestic animal access.
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Lands 

January 2008 

4-27

LANDS 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Lands Preparation: LAND1 

I. Land Status 

A. Perform a land ownership review during early project planning stages, prior to management 

activities, to ensure protection of state, private, and other federal agency rights and interests. 

1. Consult sources, such as BLM Master Title Plats (MTPs), in addition to the land status 

atlas, to identify land encumbrances that do not appear in the land status atlas. 

II. Coordinating with Others 

A. Coordinate activities, including environmental analysis on National Forest System (NFS) land, 

with adjacent state and private landowners. Solicit and consider their input when analyzing 

proposals that might affect them. 

B. Coordinate activities that affect the Coastal Zone with the State of Alaska Department of Natural 

Resources (ADNR), to ensure consistency, to the maximum extent practicable, with the 

enforceable policies of the Alaska Coastal Management Program. 

C. Cooperate with the State of Alaska and local communities in their land and resource planning 

efforts. 

D. Coordinate activities on encumbered lands with interest holders, as appropriate. 

Special Use Administration (non-Recreation): LAND2 

I. Special Use Authorizations 

A. Manage Special Use Authorizations to best serve the public interest, in accordance with the 

standards and guidelines discussed below. (Consult 36 CFR 251.) 

1. Do not authorize private uses of NFS lands when such uses can be reasonably 

accommodated on other lands. 

2. Review new special use requests for their compatibility with Land Use Designations 

(LUDs), based on a consideration of environmental values, economic feasibility, and a 

determination of social and economic benefits. (Consult FSM 2700.) 

3. In addition to the above criteria, special use applications may be denied if the authorizing 

officer determines that: 

a) The proposed use would not be in the public interest; 

b) The applicant is not qualified; 

c) The proposed use would otherwise be inconsistent with applicable federal or state 

law; or 

d) The applicant does not or cannot demonstrate technical or financial capability. 

(Consult 36 CFR 251.54.) 

4. Review and adjust special use fees on a planned basis to comply with U.S. Office of 

Management and Budget (OMB) directives and Forest Service policy. (Consult OMB 

Circular No. A-25, and FSM 2700.) 

5. Upon renewal or transfer of a permit, terminate or bring into conformance existing uses 

that are not compatible with the Forest Plan. 

6. On lands encumbered by state selections, obtain concurrence from ADNR prior to granting 

a Special Use Authorization, in accordance with the ANILCA, Section 906 (k), and FSM 

policy. (Consult FSH 5509.11, R-10 Supplement.) 

7. Do not issue Special Use Authorizations on lands selected or withdrawn for selection by a 

Native corporation without the consent of that Native corporation, unless waived by the 

Regional Forester. (Consult FSH 5509.11, R-10 Supplement.) 

8. Do not issue Special Use Authorizations on lands for which there is a Native Allotment 

application without consent from the applicant and the Bureau of Indian Affairs (or their 

designees), unless the application has been adjudicated by BLM as being invalid and the 

case has been closed. Contact the Regional Forester prior to granting a Special Use 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Lands Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-28

Authorization within an active claim area, because Regional Forester authorization may 

also be required. (Consult FSH 5509.11, R-10 Supplement.) 

9. Coordinate all Special Use Authorization proposals that affect the Coastal Zone with 

ADNR to ensure consistency, to the maximum extent practicable, with the enforceable 

policies of the Alaska Coastal Management Program. The Coastal Zone excludes all 

federal lands. 

10. Require that structures be constructed and maintained in a manner to blend with the 

surrounding environment, and be consistent with management objectives and other 

allowed activities. To the extent feasible, locate new structures hidden from areas of 

concentrated visitor use, such as rivers, roads, trails, and public recreation cabins. 

11. Manage authorized uses to maintain a neat and sanitary condition of the permit area. The 

preferred method of litter disposal is to remove all litter from NFS lands and dispose of it at 

appropriate sanitary facilities. If this is not feasible, require the permit holder to burn all 

burnables on site, at a location designated by the responsible Forest Service officer, and 

remove all materials that cannot be burned (including ash residue) for disposal at an 

approved disposal site. 

12. Locate outdoor toilets away from lakes, rivers, and streams. Follow guidelines in the State 

Wastewater Disposal Regulations. Outdoor toilet locations will be approved by the Forest 

Service prior to construction. (Consult 18 AAC 72.) 

13. To the extent allowed by law, regulation, and policy, allow permit applicants to conduct 

environmental analyses and supporting activities (such as cultural resource surveys), and 

submit them to the responsible official for consideration in Forest Service decisions. 

14. Have electronic site proponents submit technical data required in Section 48 of the Special 

Uses Handbook (FSH 2709.11) for site designation, including demand for the site, 

consideration of alternate locations, compatibility with other electronic uses, interference 

with other uses, areas of electronic signal coverage, signal paths, and relationship of the 

proposed site to other sites. 

15. Motorized access may be authorized as part of the Special Use Authorization. Use of offhighway vehicles may be allowed and must be in accordance with 36 CFR 212, 251, and 

261 – Travel Management; Designated Routes and Areas for Motor Vehicle Use. 

II. Cabins and Related Structures 

A. Manage cabins and related structures that were existing but unauthorized prior to ANILCA 

(December 2, 1980), in accordance with direction in the Regional Supplement to the Special 

Uses Handbook (FSH 2709.11) and the standards and guidelines discussed below. (In 

Wilderness, consult FSM 2320 and the Wilderness and Wilderness Monument LUD 

prescriptions.) 

1. Allow the continuation of customary and traditional uses of cabins and related structures 

that were existing but unauthorized on December 2, 1980, in accordance with a 

nontransferable, renewable, five-year Special Use Permit until the death of the last 

immediate family member of the original permittee, when such uses are compatible with 

LUD direction, and are otherwise in compliance with ANILCA, Section 1303(b). 

2. Prior to issuing a permit, in accordance with ANILCA, Section 1303(b)(3), require the 

permit applicant to: 

a) Reasonably demonstrate by affidavit, bill of sale or other documentation, proof of 

possessory interest, or right of occupancy; 

b) Submit a sketch or photograph of the cabin and a map showing its location; 

c) Agree to vacate the cabin and remove all personal property from it within a 

reasonable time period following nonrenewal or revocation of the permit; and 

d) Acknowledge in the permit application that the applicant has no interest in the real 

property on which the cabin is located. 

3. When issuing these permits, list all qualifying immediate family members along with the 

original claimant, and require that one person be designated to represent all permit 

holders. The original claimant is the resident of record, as of December 2, 1980. 

B. Manage cabins and related structures that were authorized on December 2, 1980, in 

accordance with direction in the Regional Supplement to the Special Uses Handbook (FSH 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Lands 

January 2008 

4-29

2709.11) and the standards and guidelines discussed below. (For Wilderness cabins and 

related structures, consult FSM 2320 and the Wilderness Prescription.) 

1. Allow the continued use of cabins, homesites, and similar structures that were authorized 

on December 2, 1980, in accordance with the terms of the original permit. Generally 

renew these permits (if the terms of the permit in effect on December 2, 1980 allow for 

renewal), subject to reasonable regulations and provisions of the Alaska National Interest 

Lands Conservation Act, Section 1303(d), unless continuation of the use would constitute 

a direct threat or significant impairment to the purposes for which the National Forest or 

conservation system unit was established. A reasonable fee may be imposed on cabins 

previously under free use, or existing fees may be increased by a reasonable amount, to 

keep pace with inflation, or for other justifiable purposes. 

2. These permits may be transferred to one other person at the election or death of the 

permittee of record on December 2, 1980, if the conditions of the original permit allow for 

such transfer. 

3. Names of immediate family members of the holder may be added as additional permit 

holders. Immediate family members are defined in the Regional Supplement to the 

Special Uses Handbook (FSH 2709.11). 

C. Manage new cabins and related structures, in accordance with direction in the Regional 

Supplement to the Special Uses Handbook (FSH 2709.11) and the standards and guidelines 

discussed below. (For Wilderness, consult FSM 2320.) 

1. The construction of new cabins is prohibited with the following limited exceptions. A 

nontransferable, five-year Special Use Permit may be issued in some circumstances, 

following a determination that: 

a) The proposed use, construction, and maintenance of the cabin are compatible with 

LUD objectives; 

b) Use of the cabin is directly related to administration of the area or is necessary for 

continuation of an ongoing activity, allowed within the area; and 

c) The permit applicant has no reasonable alternative. 

2. Do not permit construction of new cabins for private recreational or residential uses. 

Consider permitting new cabins for some commercial uses, when a cabin is necessary to 

provide a needed public service (generally, public need is identified in a prospectus) or 

within areas where such commercial use of cabins was an established customary and 

traditional use prior to December 2, 1980. Consider permitting new cabins for 

administrative use by other agencies, such as Alaska Department of Fish and Game, when 

no feasible alternatives exist. 

3. All new cabins will be deeded over to, and become the property of, the United States 

Government, as provided in the ANILCA, Section 1303(b)(4). 

4. Prior to issuing a permit, in accordance with ANILCA, Section 1303(b)(3), require the 

permit applicant to: 

a) Submit a sketch or photograph of the proposed cabin and a map showing its location; 

b) Agree to vacate the cabin and remove all personal property from it, within a 

reasonable time period following nonrenewal or revocation of the permit; 

c) Acknowledge in the permit application that the applicant has no interest in the real 

property on which the cabin will be constructed; and 

d) Quit claim deed the cabin to the United States Government. 

D. Provide for subsistence uses by authorizing temporary facilities, such as tent platforms, rather 

than new cabins. Follow procedures and design standards for temporary facilities, found in 

Section 1316 of the ANILCA, the following section on temporary facilities, and the FSM. 

(Consult FSM 2720.) 

III. Temporary Facilities 

A. A temporary facility is defined as “any structure or other human-made improvement which can 

be readily and completely dismantled and removed from the site when the authorized use 

terminates." (Consult FSM 2720.) 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Lands Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-30

B. Permit temporary campsites, tent platforms, shelters, and other temporary equipment, directly 

and necessarily related to the taking of fish and wildlife, subject to: 

1. Reasonable regulation to ensure compatibility; 

2. Conditions of the ANILCA, Section 1316; 

3. FSM direction; and 

4. Consistency with management prescriptions direction. (Consult FSM 2720. In 

Wilderness, consult FSM 2320.) 

C. When issuing new permits for subsistence-related facilities, authorize tent platforms and 

associated temporary facilities only. 

D. To the extent feasible, locate subsistence camps out of sight of high use areas such as rivers, 

roads, trails, public recreation cabins, and other user facilities. 

IV. Aquatic Farming Permits 

A. For direction on the management of aquatic farm permits, consult the Regional Supplement to 

the Special Uses Handbook (FSH 2709.11). 

B. "Aquatic farming" should not be confused with "aquaculture." Aquatic farming is provided for in 

Alaska State Law (AS 16.40.100 - 16.40.199, June 9, 1988). It involves growing aquatic plants 

or shellfish for sale, either in captivity or under positive control. Typically shellfish are 

pen-reared. Finfish are generally not included and release of the organism does not result in a 

product becoming available as a common property resource. Aquaculture is provided for in 

ANILCA, Section 1315(b). It involves the maintenance or improvement of fish stocks. It 

includes facilities such as fish hatcheries and projects such as fish stocking or lake fertilization. 

It includes finfish and release results in a product becoming available as a common property 

resource. 

C. Cooperate with state and other federal agencies to meet industry and public needs for aquatic 

farming programs and ensure compatibility with other resources and activities. 

1. During evaluation of requests for Forest Service permits, carefully analyze the effects of 

aquatic farming activities on other resources and other activities, such as recreational uses 

marine access points including log transfer facilities, and access to adjacent uplands. 

Oppose aquatic farm development in or adjacent to National Forest System Wilderness. 

2. Coordinate responses to aquatic farming proposals with ADNR. 

3. Initially, issue permits only for low investment, minimum development, temporary support 

facilities (not to include cabins) that can be readily removed from the site if the project 

ceases to be viable for the operator. Consider permitting additional support facilities on 

National Forest System lands, only after a viable business is established and need for the 

facilities can be demonstrated. 

V. Floathouses 

A. Manage residential floathouses in accordance with the standards and guidelines discussed 

below. 

1. Issue Special Use Authorizations for floathouse shore ties only at locations where the 

activity is specifically provided for in the Alaska Coastal Zone Management Plan or 

approved coastal zone area plans. 

2. Cooperate with the State of Alaska and local communities to help develop criteria that 

address floathouse placement. In developing new state or city plans, encourage locating 

floathouses near communities or adjacent to private uplands. Avoid locating them: 

a) Adjacent to designated Wilderness or other areas where they would be incompatible 

with upland management objectives; 

b) Where they may adversely affect forest resources; or 

c) Where they may conflict with higher priority public uses. 

3. As a condition of the Forest Service Special Use Authorization, require applicants to obtain 

all necessary authorizations from other appropriate agencies, such as ADNR and the U.S. 

Army Corps of Engineers. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Lands 

January 2008 

4-31

VI. Fish Camps 

A. Manage Special Use Permits for commercial set net fish camps in accordance with direction in 

the Regional Supplement to the Special Uses Handbook (FSH 2709.11) and the standards and 

guidelines discussed below. 

1. Where the use of commercial fish camps, including primitive cabins, is a customary and 

traditional use, allow this use to continue within traditional locations, at approximately 

traditional densities, as established prior to ANILCA (December 2, 1980), if compatible with 

LUD objectives. 

2. New facilities will usually be tent platforms and associated temporary facilities unless a 

need can be demonstrated for a cabin. 

3. New cabins, if authorized, will not exceed 500 square feet in size. Limit new cabin 

authorizations to one cabin per set net permit. If needed, authorize additional sites for use 

with a tent platform. 

4. Assign a permit tenure of 5 years for cabins and 1 to 5 years for tent platforms with the 

provision that, unless revoked for violation of permit conditions, these permits may be 

renewed upon expiration. 

5. Assign new fish camp permit holders areas up to 1/4 acre in size, based on need. 

6. Within areas traditionally used for fish camps, allow existing privileges currently under 

permit to continue. Do not allow fish camp permit holders to engage in outfitter/guide or 

lodge/resort activities from their fish camps, unless already authorized by permit. 

7. Consider authorizing requests for subsistence uses from fish camps; however, any 

authorization for subsistence uses from fish camps will be documented in writing to the 

permit holder, along with conditions, if any, that may be necessary to protect resources 

and the rights of other users. Do not permit residential uses of fish camps. 

8. To obtain a fish camp permit, require applicants to hold a commercial set net permit from 

the Alaska Department of Fish and Game, valid for the area in which the proposed facility 

is to be located. Camp occupancy will generally correspond to the dates of the open set 

net season, with exceptions allowed for camp set up and take down (if necessary) and for 

subsistence uses, if authorized. 

9. Some fish camp permits have traditionally been issued free of charge. In compliance with 

OMB directives and Federal Regulations (36 CFR 251 .57), assess appropriate fees in 

conjunction with all commercial fish camp uses. 

10. Natural hydrologic changes may lead to use areas being relocated. This need is 

recognized and new use areas may be authorized, if necessary, following separate 

environmental analysis, as rivers change their course or other changes lead to shifts in the 

location of fish runs. Issue permits for tent platforms in new locations where cabin use is 

not already established. 

VII. Right-of-Way Grants 

A. Grant reasonable access across NFS land to allow inholders and other landowners use of their 

land without unnecessarily reducing Forest Service management options or damaging NFS 

lands or resources. (Consult FSM 2730.) 

1. Ensure that all roads constructed through permits or leases are designed according to 

standards appropriate to the planned uses, considering safety, cost of transportation, and 

effects upon lands and resources. Ensure these roads are planned and designed to 

re-establish vegetative cover on the disturbed area within a reasonable period of time (not 

to exceed 10 years) after the termination of the permit or lease, unless the road is 

determined necessary as a permanent addition to the National Forest transportation 

system. (Consult 36 CFR 219.) 

B. Apply the approval authorities discussed below, as applicable, when processing right-of-way 

grant requests. 

1. Continue to use existing authorities such as the Federal Land Policy and Management Act 

(FLPMA), the Forest Road and Trail Act (FRTA), and the Highway Act of 1958, except 

when prohibited by other applicable law. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Lands Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-32

2. When proposed rights-of-way cross, or enter upon, a Conservation System Unit (as 

defined in ANILCA, Section 102(4)), follow procedural requirements found in ANILCA, 

Section 1104. 

3. When proposed rights-of-way will provide access to state or private inholdings or valid 

occupancies (such as a mining claim or Special Use Authorization) surrounded by, within, 

or effectively surrounded by a Conservation System Unit, use authorities found in ANILCA, 

Section 1110(b). 

4. When proposed rights-of-way will provide temporary access to non-federal lands, to or 

across a Conservation System Unit, for purposes of survey, geophysical, exploratory, or 

other temporary uses that will not result in permanent resource harm, use authorities found 

in ANILCA, Section 1111. 

5. When proposed rights-of-way will provide access to non-federal inholdings, either within or 

outside of a Conservation System Unit, use authorities found in ANILCA, Section 1323(a). 

C. Allow the following activities to occur without requiring a Special Use Authorization. (Consult 

ANILCA, Section 1110(a).) 

1. The use of snowmachines, motorboats, fixed-wing airplanes, and non-motorized surface 

transportation methods for traditional activities that are permitted by law and for travel to 

and from villages and homesites, subject to reasonable regulations to protect resource 

values. These uses do not require a permit and may be prohibited only following a notice 

and hearing in the vicinity of the affected area, and a determination that such uses would 

be detrimental to resource values. 

2. This direction does not authorize the construction or maintenance of improvements or 

facilities on NFS lands, nor does it authorize use of off-highway vehicles, other than 

snowmachines. 

D. Apply the standards and guidelines discussed below to Transportation and Utility Systems 

(TUS). The primary purpose of these systems is to accommodate public transportation and 

energy transmission. These TUS include significant existing and proposed transportation and 

utility sites and corridors, and other rights-of-way necessary to accommodate use from a facility 

or other compatible right-of-way, when such rights-of-way cross NFS lands. Examples of 

facilities located within these corridors include, but are not limited to, state and federal 

highways, railroads, power lines 66 kV and above, and pipelines 10 inches or greater in 

diameter, constructed by holders of a Special Use Authorization. Water pipelines greater than 

10 inches are included only if they are a public utility (i.e., if they service a community water 

supply). A portion of existing and proposed TUS have been allocated to the TUS LUD (see 

Chapter 3). This LUD gives additional emphasis to major TUS. 

These systems will generally include sites where associated facilities, such as dams, reservoirs, 

or generators, are located. Sites and corridors include the land directly under, and immediately 

adjacent to, the facilities. Sites have significant improvements located within a generally 

compact area, while corridors are linear in nature. Sites and corridors will generally be void of 

large vegetation, but may contain low-lying ground vegetation. 

1. A TUS "window" is an area potentially available for the location of transportation or utility 

corridors and sites. Windows represent areas of future opportunity where the applied 

management direction will not conflict with future designation of a TUS. A site-specific 

analysis is still required during project-level planning, to identify resource protection needs 

within these areas. Windows are designated through the allocation of lands to TUS 

windows in their standards and guidelines. 

2. A TUS "avoidance area" is an area where the establishment and use of transportation or 

utility corridors and sites is not desirable given the LUD emphasis. A search for "windows" 

should be exhausted before TUS facilities are considered in avoidance areas. When 

feasible, these areas should be avoided through site-specific analysis during project-level 

planning. Avoidance areas often include Congressionally and administratively designated 

areas. Although special environmental or procedural considerations may be required for 

these areas, these special designations do not preclude consideration and use as a TUS. 

Avoidance areas are designated through the allocation of lands to LUDs specifically 

identified as TUS avoidance areas in their standards and guidelines. In cases where 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Lands 

January 2008 

4-33

proposed or potential corridors are allocated to the TUS LUD that traverse other LUDs 

identified as TUS “avoidance areas,” treat the corridors within such LUDs the same as 

TUS “windows” (subject to applicable laws). Refer to the Transportation and Utility System 

section for direction in Chapter 3. 

3. A TUS "exclusion area" is a large area (large enough to cause significant barriers) that 

legislatively precludes TUS. There will be no exclusion areas on the Tongass National 

Forest due to special authorities provided in ANILCA, Title XI. 

4. Accommodate new transportation and utility proposals within existing corridors, to the 

maximum extent feasible. (Consult 36 CFR 219.) 

a) Site-specific locations and mitigation measures for unconstructed TUS will be 

determined by project-level planning, which will analyze environment considerations, 

such as scenic resources, wildlife habitat, and soil conditions. 

VIII. Military Training Activities 

A. Authorize military training activities on NFS lands in accordance with the Master Agreement 

between the Department of Defense and the Department of Agriculture, which governs the use 

of NFS lands for these purposes. (Consult FSM 1530.) 

1. Authorize military training activities on NFS lands when these activities: 

a) Will be compatible with other uses; 

b) Conform to LUD direction; and 

c) After the Department of Defense has determined and substantiated that lands under 

its administration are either unsuitable or unavailable. 

2. Determine probable effects of proposed activities, necessary mitigation measures, and 

effective monitoring techniques, on a case-by-case basis, with a site-specific 

environmental analysis, conducted in accordance with the Master Agreement. 

3. When local supplemental agreements with military agencies exist, consult such 

agreements for additional direction. 

IX. Sanitary Landfills 

A. Manage landfills in accordance with the following national policy but subject to approved 

special provisions for Alaska. 

1. Require strict compliance with applicable Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 

guidelines. 

2. Avoid authorizing new solid waste disposal sites and the expansion of existing sites on 

NFS lands, subject to exceptions approved for the Alaska Region. 

3. Provide for solid waste disposal sites through exchange, sale under the Townsite Act (7 

U.S.C. 1012a; 16 U.S.C. 478a), or selection by the State of Alaska of NFS lands when 

there is no viable alternative on non-federal land and where there will be no adverse 

impacts to other National Forest resources or land. Encourage the State of Alaska to 

request conveyance of those areas suitable and needed for solid waste disposal near 

existing and proposed communities to eliminate the need to use NFS. Provide conditions 

for the conveyance document to ensure the land will be controlled by a government entity, 

and activities that interfere with the management and protection of adjacent NFS lands will 

not occur. 

a) Solid waste disposals must comply with EPA regulations in 40 CFR 257 and 258, and 

State of Alaska Administrative Code 18 AAC 60 et seq. These EPA regulations are 

very restrictive and may preclude continued operation of small landfills. Encourage 

close out of landfills on NFS lands. Those not closed prior to October 9, 1993, require 

continued monitoring and management of the landfill by the owner or operator for 30 

years after landfill closure, in accordance with EPA regulations. Forest Service policy 

in FSM 2130 discourages waste disposal on NFS lands and allows this activity to 

occur only where it is determined to be the highest and best use of the land. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Lands Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-34

Land Ownership Administration: LAND3 

I. Land Selections 

A. When making land management decisions, appropriately consider valid state selections 

(pursuant to the Alaska Statehood Act), Native selections (pursuant to the Alaska Native 

Claims Settlement Act [ANCSA], as amended), and Native allotment claims (pursuant to the 

Alaska Native Allotment Act of 1906). Protect legal rights of the State of Alaska, Native 

corporations, and Native individuals when managing selected or withdrawn lands, or lands 

under Native claim. Apply the standards and guidelines discussed below to LUDs encumbered 

by state selections, Native selections or withdrawals, and Native allotment applications, until 

these lands are either conveyed into state or private ownership, or they revert back to 

unencumbered NFS land. 

1. Cooperate with the State of Alaska, Native corporations, Native allotment applicants, BLM, 

the Bureau of Indian Affairs (or their designee), and other federal agencies, to assist in 

processing legitimate claims or applications. Encourage other parties involved to assist in 

finalizing conveyance of full legal entitlement in a timely manner. 

2. Assess investment of Forest Service funds for improvements on lands encumbered by 

state selections, Native withdrawals or selections, or Native allotment applications. 

3. Carefully review each selection, prior to conveyance, to identify third-party interests and 

needed right-of-way reservations that are allowed under applicable legislation. 

B. Manage state selections, entered under authority of the Alaska Statehood Act, according to the 

standards and guidelines discussed below. (Consult 43 CFR 2627.) 

1. Encourage conveyance of state selections adjacent to existing communities. Work with 

state agencies and local communities to substantially eliminate Forest ownership in and 

adjacent to communities where state, borough, or community governmental improvements 

and jurisdiction should logically preside. 

2. Obtain concurrence from ADNR prior to any surface-disturbing activity or granting any 

occupancy permit, contract, easement, or other similar use authorization on state selected 

lands, in accordance with ANILCA, Section 906(k), and FSM policy. (Consult FSM 5450.) 

3. Deposit 90 percent of all proceeds from contracts, leases, licenses, permits, rights-of-way, 

easements, or from trespass, on unconveyed state-selected NFS lands, into a suspense 

account, for future transfer to the state upon conveyance. (Consult Section 906(k)(2) of 

ANILCA.) 

C. Apply the standards and guidelines discussed below to LUDs encumbered by Native selections 

or withdrawals, made under authority of ANCSA, as amended, until these lands are either 

conveyed into private ownership, or they revert back to unencumbered NFS land. (Consult 43 

CFR 2650.) 

1. Do not issue occupancy permits, contracts, easements, or similar authorizations on lands 

selected, or withdrawn for selection, by a Native corporation under authority of ANCSA, 

without coordination and consent from that Native corporation, unless permission is first 

obtained from the Regional Forester. (Consult FSM 5450.) 

2. Deposit all proceeds from any contracts, leases, licenses, permits, rights-of-way, 

easements, or from trespass, on unconveyed NFS lands that are selected or withdrawn for 

selection under ANCSA, into an escrow account, for future transfer to the appropriate 

Native corporation, upon conveyance. (Consult Section 1411 of ANILCA.) 

D. Apply the standards and guidelines discussed below to LUDs encumbered by Native allotment 

applications, submitted under authority of the Alaska Native Allotment Act of 1906, until these 

lands are either conveyed into private ownership, or they revert back to unencumbered NFS 

land. (Consult 43 CFR 2561.) 

1. Do not issue use authorizations, such as permits, contracts, or easements, on lands for 

which there is a Native allotment application, without consent from the applicant and the 

Bureau of Indian Affairs (or their designee), unless the application has been adjudicated by 

BLM as being invalid and the case has been closed. Contact the Regional Forester prior 

to granting use authorizations within a valid claim area, because authorization from the 

Regional Forester may be required. Do not authorize construction of new roads on a valid 

claim area unless a deed of further assurance has been obtained and recorded, or 

clearance has been received from the Regional Forester. (Consult FSM 5450.) 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Lands 

January 2008 

4-35

Lands Activity Maintenance and Landline Location: LAND4 

I. Establishing Forest Boundaries 

A. Apply the standards and guidelines discussed below when maintaining established National 

Forest property boundary lines and corners, or when locating, surveying, and posting new 

National Forest property boundaries and corners. 

1. Coordinate with BLM for original boundary line survey. Encourage cooperative work with 

the BLM to mark and post original National Forest/state and National Forest/Native 

boundaries to Forest Service standards. The Forest Service will maintain these boundary 

lines and corners after the original survey. These boundaries should not be surveyed, 

marked, or posted until after conveyance of the land. 

2. Maintain the existing inventory of surveyed and unsurveyed boundary lines to establish 

survey priorities. Establish program priorities to coincide with FSM direction. (Consult 

FSM 7150.) 

II. International Boundaries 

A. Apply the standards and guidelines discussed below when locating or maintaining international 

boundary lines and corners. 

1. Ensure compliance with the United States/Canada Treaty of 24 February 1925. 

Coordinate the location, survey, posting, marking, and maintenance of the International 

Boundary with the United States/Canada International Boundary Commission, U.S. 

Department of State. 

2. Ensure compliance with Presidential Proclamations of June 15, 1908 and May 3, 1912. Do 

not permit any occupancies or management activities, within 60 feet of the United States 

side of the United States/Canada International Boundary, without prior approval from the 

International Boundary Commission. 

III. Legislated Boundaries 

A. Apply the standards and guidelines discussed below when considering land-disturbing activities 

in LUDs adjacent to Wilderness, Wilderness and Nonwilderness National Monument, and 

legislated LUD II boundaries. 

1. Boundaries should be surveyed, marked, and posted prior to implementing land-disturbing 

activities adjacent to Wilderness, Wilderness and Nonwilderness National Monument, and 

legislated LUD II. Approximate boundaries are not acceptable. 

2. Locating and marking boundaries should be supervised by a professional surveyor with the 

benefiting function funding all necessary survey activities. Consult FSM 2320, FSH 

2309.19, and FSM 7150 (including R10 Supplement) for additional survey and marking 

standards. 

3. The District Ranger or Forest Supervisor who approves a project will ensure adjacent 

legislated boundaries are located and marked, making certain there is no encroachment. 

Rights-of-Way (ROW): LAND5 

I. Rights-of-Way Acquired 

A. Acquire across non-NFS land, road, and trail rights-of-way that are adequate for the protection, 

administration, and utilization of the Tongass National Forest. (Consult FSM 5460.) 

1. Generally acquire rights-of-way identified in project plans at least 1 year prior to scheduled 

activity. 

2. Generally acquire unlimited easements, granted in perpetuity. Limited easements (e.g., 

those authorizing administrative use, but not public use) may be acquired when public use 

is not desirable, as determined through the project planning process. 

3. Encourage the use of cost-share agreements, when feasible, to avoid economic and 

resource impacts associated with duplicate road systems and log transfer facilities (LTFs). 

4. Monitor compliance with stipulations of existing rights-of-way to ensure long-term retention 

of needed rights-of-way. Dispose of rights-of-way that are no longer needed. Review 

easements acquired under Section 17(b) of ANCSA, and take appropriate steps toward 

construction of transportation facilities prior to easement expiration dates. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Lands Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-36

5. Identify and request all needed rights-of-way across lands selected by the state or Native 

organizations, as provided by federal law. Carefully review selections prior to conveyance. 

6. Secure adequate rights-of-way before issuing contracts or constructing facilities in 

intermingled land ownerships. (Consult FSM 5400.) 

7. Follow the BLM/Forest Service Memorandum of Understanding on ANCSA 17(b) 

easement administration. 

B. Acquire LTF authorizations on tidelands in accordance with the following standards and 

guidelines. 

1. Coordinate LTF activities (location, construction, operation, etc.) with the U.S. Army Corps 

Engineers, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, National Marine Fisheries Service, U.S. 

Fish and Wildlife Service, Alaska Department of Natural Resources, Alaska Department of 

Fish and Game, ADNR, local communities, and adjacent landowners, as appropriate. 

(Also see the Transportation Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines in this chapter.) 

2. Ensure LTF activities that affect the Coastal Zone are coordinated with ADNR to ensure 

consistency, to the maximum extent practicable, with the enforceable policies of the Alaska 

Coastal Management Program. 

3. Acquire long-term leases (preferably at least 25 years) for permanent LTF sites. 

Land Ownership Adjustment: LAND6 

I. Priorities 

A. Land acquisition priorities have been described and summarized in the document, Alaska 

Submerged Lands Act Report, Analysis of Inholdings, Acquisition Priorities and 

Recommendations to Reduce Impacts on Conservation System Units in Alaska, dated August 

1990, by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, BLM, National Park Service, and USDA Forest 

Service. Base acquisition decisions on this analysis and report, as updated by future revisions. 

Maps identifying the location of parcels are available from USDA Forest Service, Alaska 

Regional Office lands personnel. federal lands available for conveyance are lands approved by 

the Regional Forester for selection by the State of Alaska, lands selected by Native 

corporations under ANCSA, and Native allotment claims adjudicated valid by the BLM. These 

lands are available only to the respective applicants described above, as provided by federal 

law. If applications or claims are relinquished or declared invalid, the affected lands are no 

longer available for conveyance. Consider proposals for other lands not described above, on a 

case-by-case basis, using the following criteria. (Consult FSM 5400.) 

1. Work cooperatively with the State of Alaska and Native corporations to improve land 

ownership patterns and management opportunities resulting from state and Native land 

conveyances. 

2. Retain NFS lands that best serve the public interest in federal ownership. 

3. Consolidate NFS lands, when feasible. Attempt to reduce miles of property boundary lines 

and number of corners to locate and maintain. 

4. Generally acquire and convey land with as few reservations and outstanding rights as 

feasible. (Consult FSM 5420, 5430, and 5470.) 

5. Avoid separating the surface and subsurface estate, unless it is clearly in the public 

interest. (Consult FSM 5430.) 

6. Consider wetland and flood plain values. 

7. Pursue land adjustments that reduce administrative costs or increase the output of goods 

and services. Avoid land adjustments that do not enhance Forest Service programs. 

(Consult FSM 5430.) 

8. Generally pursue land exchanges on an equal value basis. Exchanges may be made for 

other than equal value if the parties agree and the exchange is determined to be in the 

public interest, as provided in Section 1302(h) of ANILCA and Section 22(f) of the Alaska 

Native Claims Settlement Act, as amended by Section 17 of Public Law 94-204. (Consult 

FSM 5430.) When considering land exchanges of unequal value, submit the proposal 

through proper channels, for Congressional oversight, as appropriate, prior to entering into 

any binding agreements. 

9. Major discretionary land adjustment proposals will be considered if the proposed exchange 

of lands maintains the conservation strategy, ensures public access for subsistence uses, 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Lands 

January 2008 

4-37

and at least a portion of the timber volume from the lands conveyed from the Tongass 

National Forest contributes to the timber manufacturing industry in Southeast Alaska. 

II. Acquisition 

A. Apply the standards and guidelines discussed below for land acquisition activities. 

1. Acquire isolated inholdings at critical locations if public benefits will occur. 

2. Within Congressionally designated areas, such as Wilderness, acquire private inholdings 

as opportunities permit. Wilderness inholdings are priority acquisitions until after the state 

and Native selection process is completed. 

3. Within administratively designated areas, such as Special Interest Areas, generally acquire 

private inholdings, as opportunities arise. 

4. Acquire private lands necessary for efficient management of the Forest. 

5. Generally acquire lands by exchange or donation. Attempt to purchase lands on a willing 

seller/willing buyer basis when exchange or donation is not feasible and funds are 

available for purchase. 

6. In any land adjustment proposal, consider performing a watershed and other resource 

condition assessment to determine resource restoration needs. Where rehabilitation is 

needed to comply with federal Law such as the Clean Water Act, prepare a cost estimate 

for rehabilitation prior to the land acquisition. 

7. Evaluate parcels proposed for acquisition for the presence of hazardous substances, and 

document the findings in conformance with established regulatory guidelines for 

conducting these evaluations. 

III. Conveyance of Federal Lands 

A. Apply the standards and guidelines discussed below for conveyance of federal lands to 

non-federal owners. 

1. Do not exchange NFS lands selected by the State of Alaska, or a Native corporation, or 

lands under Native allotment application, which have not yet been conveyed, unless 

specifically provided for in legislation. If the party holding the encumbrance desires 

ownership adjustments, they may relinquish their selection. The Forest Service may then 

pursue land ownership adjustment, if otherwise appropriate. 

2. Convey NFS lands that would best serve the public interest in private ownership, provided 

the action will not decrease ability to meet NFS management objectives. Examples may 

include: 

a) Isolated small parcels that are impractical to manage; 

b) Parcels where a greater general public value can be derived in private ownership; or 

c) Areas necessary for community expansion. (Consult 36 CFR 254.) 

3. Within Congressionally designated areas, retain existing NFS lands unless exchanging out 

of these lands to acquire new lands, or interest in lands, for the purposes of ANILCA 

(Consult ANILCA Section 1302(h)). Within administratively designated areas, generally 

retain NFS land, unless there are compelling reasons for conveyance. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Minerals and Geology Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-38

MINERALS and GEOLOGY 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: MG1 

I. Resource Inventory 

A. Maintain the Mineral Resource Inventory. Include historic and current mining activity, regional 

and local geology, access routes, and geologic and mineral terrains. Continue to work with the 

United States Geological Survey (USGS) to update and map the geology on the Forest and 

incorporate the new data into the Tongass Geology Layer. Geologic inventory includes the 

collection, analysis, and interpretation of geologic data necessary for identification and solution 

of management problems, and for the assessment and development of the geologic resources. 

The creation of geologic inventories is basic to carrying out geologic resources and services. 

Geologic inventory includes bedrock geology, surficial geology, stratigraphy, hydrogeology, 

geomorphic features, geological hazards, karst features, caves, and paleontology, including 

potential for geologic formations to yield fossil resources of scientific and other values. 

(Consult Forest Service Manual [FSM] 2881 for specific direction.) 

II. Resource Planning 

A. Assemble and provide minerals and geology information as needed for project planning. 

Conduct inventories and assessments of geologic resources and hazards, paleontologic 

resources, and mineral resources for use in land management planning (FSM 2884.11). 

Geologic reports written for specific projects as the result of geologic inventory and/or 

investigation may include some combination of the geologic history; location and extent of 

locatable, leasable, and salable minerals; location and extent of aquifers; groundwater quality 

and quantity; structural features; geologic and geomorphic processes affecting the area; cave 

and karst resources; and paleontological resources. 

III. Resource Preparation 

A. Conduct compliance checks, validity and patent exams, and review operating plans, lease 

proposals, and applications. Provide expert testimony or opinions for contests, hearings, or 

appeals. Conduct geotechnical engineering and interpretive geology investigations as 

required. 

IV. Resource Coordination 

A. Coordinate minerals and geology inventories and minerals administration with state and other 

federal agencies, including the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) and USGS. 

Minerals and Geology Administration: MG2 

I. Forest Lands Withdrawn from Mineral Entry 

A. Claimants with claims located in areas withdrawn from mineral entry retain valid existing rights, 

if such rights are established prior to the withdrawal date. 

B. Conduct on-the-ground validity examinations by a certified minerals examiner to establish or 

reject valid existing rights on active mining claims within Wilderness areas and other areas 

withdrawn from mineral entry. 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the provisions of an approved 

Plan of Operations. Motorized access to sites may be authorized as part of the Plan of 

Operations. Use of off-highway vehicles may be allowed and must be in accordance with 36 

CFR 212, 251, and 261 – Travel Management; Designated Routes and Areas for Motor Vehicle 

Use. 

II. Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry 

A. Encourage the exploration, development, and extraction of locatable, salable, and leasable 

minerals and energy resources. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Minerals and Geology 

January 2008 

4-39

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress granted under the General 

Mining Law of 1872, Alaska National Interest Land Conservation Act of 1980 (ANILCA), and the 

National Forest Mining Regulations (36 CFR 228). 

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims and mineral leases in accordance with the 

provisions of an approved Plan of Operations. 

III. Locatable Mineral Operations 

A. A Notice of Intent and/or a Plan of Operations is required for locatable operations. (Consult 

FSM 2810 and 36 CFR 228.) 

1. A Plan of Operations will receive prompt evaluation and action within the time frames 

established in 36 CFR 228. 

2. Conduct an environmental analysis with appropriate documentation for all operating plans. 

3. Locatable mineral exploration and/or development situated in areas identified in the Forest 

Plan for intensive development (minerals overlay) must be consistent with standards and 

guidelines for mineral development. 

4. Following locatable mineral exploration and/or development site rehabilitation and 

restoration will be designed to return the site to as near as practicable to a condition 

consistent with the underlying non-mineral Land Use Designation (LUD). 

B. Work with claimants to develop a Plan of Operations that adequately mitigates adverse impacts 

to LUD objectives. Include mitigation measures for locatable actions that are compatible with 

the scale of proposed development and commensurate with potential resource impacts. 

1. Maintain the habitats, to the maximum extent feasible, of anadromous fish and other 

foodfish, and maintain the present and continued productivity of such habitats when such 

habitats are affected by mining activities. Assess the effects on populations of such fish in 

consultation with appropriate state agencies. (Consult ANILCA, Section 505(a).) 

2. Apply appropriate Transportation Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines to the location 

and construction of mining roads and facilities. 

3. Reclaim disturbed areas in accordance with an approved Plan of Operations. Apply 

approved seed mixtures as needed (see Standards and Guidelines for Plants and FSH 

2080). 

4. Apply Best Management Practices (BMPs) to maintain water quality for the beneficial uses 

of water. (Consult FSH 2509.22.) 

5. Periodically inspect minerals activities to determine if the operator is complying with the 

regulations of 36 CFR 228 and the approved Plan of Operations. 

IV. Leaseable Mineral Operations (Oil and Gas, Coal, Geothermal) 

A. Leasing may occur on a case-by-case basis following site specific analysis. 

B. Include mitigation measures for leaseable mineral operations and include standard and special 

stipulations in leasing actions that are compatible with the scale of proposed development and 

commensurate with potential resource impacts. 

C. Operating plans will be reviewed and approved by the authorized officer. (Consult FSM 2820 

and 36 CFR 228.) 

D. Areas determined to be available for leasing all operations, including site restoration and 

rehabilitation, must be consistent with the standards and guidelines for the LUD as displayed in 

the Forest Plan. 

E. During exploration, consider alternatives that minimize encumbrance and disturbance of 

National Forest System lands, such as permitting in lieu of leases for exploration. 

V. Salable Mineral Operations (Mineral Material Sales and Free-use) 

A. Operator shall have an operating plan that includes a development or quarry plan with a map. 

Quantity estimates shall be included. 

B. Permit mineral material sites only after an environmental analysis assures other resources are 

adequately protected, the site location and operating plan are consistent with the LUD 

emphasis, and such resources are not reasonably available on private land. Require bonds 

and reclamation as appropriate. (Consult FSM 2850 and 36 CFR 228.) 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Minerals and Geology Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-40

C. Where the opportunity exists, design, excavate, and reclaim material sites to facilitate their use 

for dispersed recreation or other desirable uses such as conversion to salmonid rearing ponds 

and spawning channels. 

D. Include mitigation measures for salable mineral operations and include standard and special 

stipulations in permitted actions that are compatible with the scale of proposed development 

and commensurate with potential resource impacts. 

VI. Bonds 

A. A bond will be required for locatable, leasable, and salable mineral operations to ensure 

operator performance and site reclamation are completed. (Consult 36 CFR 228.) 

VII. Split Estates 

A. Seek to avoid separating the surface and subsurface estates. Coordinate with BLM, the state, 

Native corporations, and private landowners to manage split estates in accordance with 

individual patents or deeds. 

VIII. Paleontologic Resources 

A. Develop and maintain a paleontological resource program that identifies, inventories, facilitates 

research, emphasizes protection of the resources. Protect paleontological resources from loss 

due to threat, vandalism, or the natural elements through responsible planning, management, 

partnerships with qualified museums and other institutions, and collaboration with Forest 

Service law enforcement (FSM 2882.03). Elements of this program may include: 

1. Inventory paleontological resources. Develop Fossil Yield Potential Classification (FYPC) 

values. These values rank the degree to which a bedrock unit, usually at the formation or 

member level, is likely to yield scientifically significant fossil resources. FYPC values are 

assigned to geologic units on the basis of empirical data gathered through literature or 

database research and field research by USDA Forest Service paleontologists or the 

Forest Geologist (FSM 2881.3). 

2. Protect and preserve known significant paleontological resources. Actively promote 

partnerships with museums and other institutions having professional paleontologists and 

appropriate facilities to evaluate these resources. Coordinate all excavation or collection 

with the appropriate state agencies. Ensure that appropriate terms and conditions are 

included in Special Use Authorizations for paleontological resources on their Forest to 

minimize resource conflicts. Protect and preserve collections curated in non-federal 

repositories. 

3. Develop a monitoring program to protect paleontological resources from loss due to threat, 

vandalism, or the natural elements. If, through monitoring, it is determined that fossil theft 

and/or vandalism is occurring, collaborate with Forest Service law enforcement. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Plants 

January 2008 

4-41 

PLANTS 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Threatened, Endangered, Sensitive, and Rare Plants: PLA1 

Consult Forest Service Manual (FSM) 2670 and R10 supplemental directions for Threatened, 

Endangered, and Sensitive Species. 

I. Threatened or Endangered Plants 

A. Collecting or disturbing any threatened or endangered plant or plant parts is prohibited unless 

authorized by the responsible official. There are no threatened and endangered plants on the 

Tongass National Forest at this time. 

II. Sensitive Plants 

A. Consider providing protection around the plant population that meets the habitat needs of the 

species. Protection measures can include, but are not exclusive to, avoiding known sensitive 

plant populations during project activities, directional falling and yarding of trees away from 

sensitive plants, and partial retention of forest structure (25 to 50 percent of the basal area) in 

the area around sensitive plants in forested habitats. Apply adaptive management principles. 

B. Where it is necessary to protect sensitive plant species or communities from a proposed 

project, implement a Monitoring and Evaluation Plan to include a review of the implementation 

and effectiveness of conservation actions, and apply adaptive management principles (see 

Chapter 6). 

C. No herbicide may be applied from the air within 600 feet, nor ground-applied within 60 feet, of 

any identified population of a sensitive plant species. 

III. Rare Plants 

A. Implement national (NFMA, Ecosystem Management) and regional Forest Service policy and 

direction (FSM 2670 and 36 CFR 219.27 (g)) for the conservation, management, inventory, and 

monitoring of rare plant species. 

B. Collecting or disturbing rare plants or plant parts is prohibited unless authorized by the 

responsible official. In cases of legitimate scientific or educational use, permits will be required 

to collect rare plants. Such collections must not adversely affect the continued existence or 

vigor of a rare plant population. 

C. Avoid, minimize, or mitigate adverse affects to rare plants and populations during project 

planning to maintain known distributions throughout the Tongass National Forest. 

D. Where desirable, rehabilitate and/or restore rare plant populations that have been adversely 

affected by management or natural disturbances. 

E. Coordinate with appropriate federal and state agencies as well as other entities to support 

monitoring, research, and inventory for rare plants. 

F. Consider providing protection around the plant population that meets the habitat needs of the 

species. Protection measures can include, but are not exclusive to, avoiding known rare plant 

populations during project activities, directional falling and yarding of trees away from rare 

plants, and partial retention of forest structure (25 to 50 percent of the basal area) in the area 

around rare plants in forested habitats. Apply adaptive management principles. 

G. When a population or habitat decline for a rare plant species or subspecies indicates that longterm viability is at risk, evaluate the particular species for designation as a Region 10 Sensitive 

Species by the Regional Forester. (Consult the Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive 

Species Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines and FSM 2670.) 

Invasive Plants: PLA2 

I. Invasive Plants 

A. See Invasive Species Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

B. Follow established guidance on the use of plant materials for revegetating an area and habitat 

restoration. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Plants Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-42 

Plant Surveys and Vegetation Mapping: PLA3 

I. Plant Surveys and Vegetation Mapping 

A. Plant survey protocols for National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and other projects should 

follow FSM 2670, R10 protocols, and Tongass Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

B. When implementing any invasive and sensitive species field surveys or inventories, a complete 

list of vascular plants found should be created for each survey. 

C. For biological evaluations, consult FSM 2670 and R10 supplemental directions for Threatened, 

Endangered, and Sensitive. 

D. Resource report should be prepared to document the findings or absence of rare plants during 

field surveys for NEPA projects. 

E. Use the Existing Vegetation Classification and Mapping Technical Guide FSM 1940 and the 

most current and available methods to develop baseline vegetation types Forest-wide. 

F. Identify vegetation inventory needs for all Wildernesses to meet the “minimum stewardship 

levels” per the Wilderness Act of 1964. Accomplish baseline vegetation inventory needs 

commensurate with other Forest inventory efforts. 

G. Accomplish baseline vegetation inventory needs commensurate with other forest inventory 

efforts. 

Non-Timber Forest Products: PLA4 

I. Non-Timber Forest Products 

A. See Tongass National Forest Interim Special Forest Products Resource Management Policy for 

non-timber forest product direction. 

B. Make non-timber forest products (see Plants Standards and Guidelines) available and 

consistent with LUD management objectives. Consult the Tongass National Forest Interim 

Special Forest Products Resource Management Policy for guidance on non-timber forest 

products' permitting and NEPA issues. 

C. Address requests for green saw-timber personal use wood as soon as feasible. 

D. Designate personal use wood planned for harvest. 

II. Commercial Program 

A. Allow harvest of non-timber forest products in ways that ensure the continued integrity of the 

forest stand. 

B. Permits shall be required for commercial collection of any non-timber forest products. 

C. Commercial harvest shall occur only where adequate quantities of the resource are known to 

be available on harvestable sites. 

D. Selling units (bushels, pounds, sacks, etc.) for specific non-timber forest products shall be 

consistent across the Forest to make record-keeping, reporting, and monitoring more accurate 

and efficient. 

E. Collection of special forest products adjacent to trails and roads shall be avoided where scenic 

quality would be impaired. Collection should be no closer than 20 to 50 feet from the trail or 

road. Site-specific prescriptions will vary by class of trail or road. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Recreation and Tourism 

January 2008 

4-43 

RECREATION and TOURISM 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Recreation Resource Inventory: REC1 

I. Recreation Resource Opportunities 

A. Maintain an inventory of recreation resource opportunities throughout the Forest. 

1. Use the Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) system and Tongass National Forest 

Recreation Places Inventory. (Consult Forest Service Manual [FSM] 2310 and national/ 

regional ROS handbooks.) 

2. Update existing ROS inventories as a part of specific project planning and implementation, 

and whenever project activities cause a change in recreation setting conditions significant 

enough to reclassify the affected area. 

3. Maintain the necessary data to determine the individual and/or cumulative changes in 

ROS class distribution throughout the Forest. 

Recreation Resource Planning: REC2 

I. Interagency Planning 

A. Accomplish outdoor recreation planning by providing opportunities and programs that are 

appropriate to the Forest environment, dependent upon natural settings, and help participants 

experience and understand nature. 

1. Determine the appropriate role of the National Forest System (NFS) lands in providing 

natural resource-based recreation opportunities, sites, facilities, and experiences. Within 

the context of national policy, cooperate and coordinate with national, state, and local 

agencies in providing a balance of outdoor recreation opportunities throughout Southeast 

Alaska. 

2. Use the ROS framework of settings and experience opportunities to define the capabilities 

of NFS lands to meet identified recreation needs and services. (Consult ROS handbooks 

and Forest ROS maps.) 

B. Provide recreation opportunities on NFS lands in concert with, and supplemental to, those 

opportunities that are located on other land ownerships and jurisdictions. Generally, recreation 

areas, sites, and facilities located on NFS lands should: 

1. Complement commercial public services (i.e., resorts, marinas, stores, service stations) 

within communities or on private or other public land. 

2. Support a system of anchorages suitable for recreation boats along small boat waterways 

that connect communities or provide access to popular recreation attractions. 

3. Provide other appropriate facilities to meet specific identified recreation needs on a caseby-case basis. 

C. Cooperatively participate with local communities and user groups when implementing 

recreation development projects. Implementation should: 

1. Involve the public and affected communities, landowners, and other affected interest 

groups in the project planning process. 

2. Recognize that recreation use by residents and tourists radiate from communities and 

service centers to use lands and facilities under a variety of ownerships and jurisdictions. 

3. Verify the local role of the Forest Service in providing recreation opportunities, services, 

and facilities. 

4. Verify the basis for developing Forest Service recreation-related projects. 

5. Identify sites and activities where joint or cooperative development or management is 

desirable. Include opportunities for such things as on-site interpretation of natural and 

cultural resources, particularly on lands of mixed ownership; providing public information 

through joint publications; joint cabin reservation systems; or construction, operation, and 

maintenance agreements. 

6. Consult FSM 2300 and internal Forest-wide handbooks. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Recreation and Tourism Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-44 

II. Integrated Resource Planning 

A. During non-recreation project planning, assess the effects of these projects on the diversity and 

quality of recreation settings and activity opportunities within, and adjacent to, the project area. 

1. Where recreation resources may be affected, analyze the opportunities foregone due to 

resource management actions. During project planning and design, consider valid 

substitutes for recreation settings and activity opportunities. 

B. Identify opportunities to enhance existing, and provide additional, recreation activities, 

opportunities, and services where desirable to meet local or Forest-wide recreation demands. 

Give particular attention to opportunities that are in relatively short supply within the day-use 

travel distance of communities, are important to local users, are important to tourism and 

commercial service providers, provide a base for visitor use of Primitive and Semi-Primitive 

areas, compliment recreation programs of communities, the state, and private landowners, 

contribute to the supply of Semi-Primitive Motorized opportunities, and are related to the unique 

combination of marine, wildlife, and fish resources characteristic of Southeast Alaska. 

C. Coordinate, to the extent feasible, recreation project development with fish and wildlife habitat 

improvement, and road projects. 

D. Coordinate OHV use through travel management planning. 

1. Off-highway vehicle (OHV) planning will be in accordance with 36 CFR 212, 251, and 

261 – Travel Management; Designated Routes and Areas for Motor Vehicle Use. Each 

Ranger District will designate the roads, trails, and areas open to motor vehicle use on a 

motor vehicle use map. All operations must be in accordance with those designations. 

2. Coordinate OHV planning and management with other resource concerns, the State of 

Alaska, and adjacent landowners. 

3. Provide a diversity of OHV recreational opportunities across the Forest where consistent 

with the criteria in FSM 2355 and 36 CFR 212, which includes: 

a) The use is compatible with established land management and resource objectives. 

b) The use is consistent with the capability and suitability of the resource. 

c) There is demonstrated demand that cannot be better satisfied elsewhere. 

4. Develop access and travel management plans by areas and/or districts as the need 

arises. Identify specific areas, roads, trails, and water surfaces that are open, restricted, 

or closed to motorized and non-motorized mechanical conveyance, watercraft, and 

conditions of use. Recreation, subsistence, and authorized uses may be considered 

separately depending on the circumstances. 

III. Tourism 

A. Tourism is a major industry in Southeast Alaska. The Forest provides the backdrop as well as 

the land base for many tourism activities, including several of the state's leading attractions. 

The size and extent of the Forest has a profound influence on the amount and nature of 

opportunities for the tourism industry. 

1. Work with the tourism industry and government agencies in assessing the value and 

contribution of the industry to the economy of Southeast Alaska. Identify the role and 

contribution made by the Tongass National Forest to the industry and the region. 

2. Cooperate with the tourism industry and appropriate government agencies in conducting 

and assessing visitor studies. These studies include identification of activities, attractions, 

and attributes visitors seek; response to management activities; demographic traits; and 

detection of changing trends. 

3. Coordinate information and marketing efforts with tourism providers and promoters to 

complement efforts, target markets for new and existing opportunities, and to meet Forest 

Service management objectives. 

4. Work with government agencies, organizations, and the private sector to identify, facilitate, 

and develop tourism opportunities. 

5. Consider access, infrastructure, and other needs of the tourism industry at the project 

planning level. Incorporate these needs into project design and implementation. 

6. Commercial services may be performed within the Wilderness to the extent necessary for 

activities that are proper for realizing the recreational or other Wilderness objectives for 

the area. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Recreation and Tourism 

January 2008 

4-45 

Recreation Use Administration: REC3 

I. Coordination with Wilderness Management 

A. Evaluate the effects of location, design, and operation of developed sites and roads adjacent to 

Wilderness. Develop and operate projects to complement Wilderness management objectives 

and to avoid degradation of Wilderness character. 

B. Ensure that special use activities and facilities adjacent to Wilderness are located, designed, 

and operated in a manner that complements Wilderness management objectives and avoids 

degradation of Wilderness character. 

II. Recreation Special Uses 

A. Commercial Recreation Opportunities 

1. Work with recreation service partners and the tourism industry in identifying and 

developing services and opportunities. Recreation service partners provide services and 

opportunities that supplement the use and enjoyment of the national forests by a variety of 

people. 

a) Identify opportunities for commercial recreation use, services, and developments. 

b) Facilitate authorizing commercial recreation use, services, and developments by: 

(1) Authorizing commercial recreational developments and services where there is 

a public need and no private lands are available or suitable for development. 

Refer to each Land Use Designation (LUD) management prescription to 

determine its appropriateness for development. Refer to the Tongass Needs 

Assessment when considering new or expanding uses of recreation special use 

within the Wilderness or Wilderness Monument LUD. 

(2) Managing recreation special uses in accordance with the direction in –LAND 2 – 

Special Use Authorizations (items A.1-15 apply to recreation special uses) and 

outfitter/guide services in this section. 

(3) Working with recreation service partners to provide agency identity, customer 

information and programs, natural resource education, and to instill a land 

stewardship ethic. 

2. Use the following guidelines in addressing the appropriateness of recreation special use 

proposals in each of the LUDs after evaluating factors in 1.b. above. They provide a 

framework to guide major and minor development proposals. Four strategies (not 

allowed, discouraged, case-by-case, compatible) are identified for guidance; one is 

assigned to each LUD to address major and minor proposals (see next page). The 

definitions and strategies applied to major and minor developments are discussed below 

(also see the table at the end of Appendix I). 

a) Major Development. Major recreation and tourism developments provided by the 

private sector involve long-term commitment of the land base, with a moderate to 

high level of site modification. They involve large buildings or complexes of buildings 

and facilities, and often provide several services in a concentrated area. Comfort 

and convenience are provided for guests, and facilities can generally accommodate 

more than 12 people. The proposals are typically Development Scale 3, 4, or 5, and 

Roaded Natural or Rural ROS settings. Site reclamation involves extensive removal 

of facilities and improvements, revegetation, recontouring, etc.; a natural appearance 

usually takes more than 5 years to attain. Examples include destination resorts and 

lodges, food and beverage services, downhill ski areas, marinas and gas stations, 

and full-service campgrounds. 

b) Minor Development. Minor recreation and tourism developments provided by the 

private sector involve only minor site modifications. They involve small rustic 

facilities and/or improvements, generally with a single purpose or service, and may 

involve several sites or an extensive area. Basic essentials are typically provided, 

and can generally accommodate 12 or fewer people per site. The proposals are 

typically Development Scale 1 and 2, with a Semi-Primitive ROS setting. Site 

reclamation involves simple removal of facilities and little or no revegetation; a 

natural appearance can be attained in a few years. Examples include cabins, huts, 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Recreation and Tourism Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-46 

small docks, cross-country ski trails with simple facilities, temporary or portable 

camps, and simple and rustic campgrounds. 

3. Public Outfitter/Guide Services 

a) Authorize the services of qualified outfitters and guides to the public where the need 

for the service has been identified and is compatible with the objectives and 

management direction of the affected LUDs. The services of outfitters and guides 

should facilitate the use, enjoyment, understanding, and appreciation of National 

Forest recreation settings. 

b) Manage outfitter and guide services as partnerships with the Forest Service, as a 

way to nurture and encourage assistance and support for attaining the objectives of 

the LUD, and to assist in increased public understanding and appreciation of the 

Forest Service's mission and goals. 

c) Administer outfitter/guide Special Use Authorizations in accordance with the direction 

in FSM 2720, FSH 2709.11, and Regional Supplements. 

(1) Outfitting and guiding operations should not require permanent improvements 

occupying NFS lands. Encourage operations that require only temporary 

facilities that are easily removed at the end of the use season. 

(2) Authorize outfitter/guide operations on the basis of the following criteria: 

(a) The affected ecosystem(s) have the capability to accommodate the 

expected kinds of activities and amounts of use without degradation of 

ecosystem composition and structure. 

(b) Existing or proposed operations and activities are appropriate for the 

specific ROS settings within the LUD. 

(c) Adverse impacts to popular or high-valued local areas with outfitter/guide 

operations are minimized. 

(d) There is a demonstrated public need for the services to be offered and/or 

the services will enhance the objectives of the LUD. 

(e) The operations can be carried out in a manner that is compatible with 

existing or expected use by the non-guided public. 

(f) Adverse impacts to subsistence users are minimized. 

(3) Authorize outfitter/guide operations through the issuance of priority use permits, 

whenever possible, supplemented with temporary permits. Assign priority use 

and temporary use permits within a LUD based on the following: 

(a) Generally allocate no more than one-half the appropriate capacity of the 

LUD to outfitter/guide operations. For specific locations, consider different 

allocations based on historical use, changing demand, spatial zoning, or 

temporal zoning. 

(b) Party size and distribution of groups. 

(i) Wilderness, Monument, and Wild River LUDs. Group size is 

limited to no more than 12 persons for commercial or general public 

use of a Wilderness, unless otherwise approved by the appropriate 

line officer. Refer to REC3 in Chapter 3 for exceptions. Encounters 

should be less than three groups per day as to maintain the more 

primitive experience. 

(ii) Semi-Primitive ROS settings outside of Wilderness. Party size 

should generally be limited to 12 to 20 people. Within the LUD II, Oldgrowth Habitat, and Semi-Remote LUDs, larger party sizes may be 

allowed in limited locations for up to 15 percent of the primary use 

season for nature-based interpretive activities if there is no 

degradation to the physical site conditions. Larger party sizes may be 

allowed to go ashore at one location and split up into smaller parties 

not within sight or sound of each other. 

(iii) Other ROS settings. Consider site capacities and impacts to other 

users and resource values to establish party size limits. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Recreation and Tourism 

January 2008 

4-47 

(4) Where there is surplus capacity not being used by the general public, temporary 

use for specific periods of time (not to exceed 1 year) may be authorized. Such 

temporary use does not qualify for credit toward priority use by a permit holder. 

d) Motorized access to sites may be authorized as part of the Special Use 

Authorization. Use of OHVs may be allowed and must be in accordance with 36 

CFR 212, 251, and 261 – Travel Management; Designated Routes and Areas for 

Motor Vehicle Use. 

e) Cooperate with state and local authorities and user organizations to resolve 

situations where illegal outfitters are known to be operating. (Consult FSM 5300.) 

B. Non-Commercial Recreation Uses 

1. Issue no authorizations to construct new private recreation facilities, such as private 

recreation cabins. 

2. Maintain non-commercial recreation Special Use Authorizations except as provided for in 

FSM 2347. Allow replacement of existing facilities with similar facilities. 

3. Manage cabins and related structures that were existing, but unauthorized, prior to the 

Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act of 1980 (December 2, 1980), in 

accordance with the direction in LAND2 - Cabins. 

4. Manage recreation special uses in accordance with the direction in LAND 2 – Special Use 

Authorizations. 

III. Recreation Settings 

A. Provide a broad spectrum of outdoor recreation opportunities in accordance with the existing 

capabilities of the National Forest, and in accordance with the ROS in Appendix I. 

1. Manage recreation use in a manner that is compatible with the long-term objectives of the 

LUD. Maintain the capability of all LUDs to provide appropriate quality recreation 

opportunities on a sustained basis. 

2. In LUDs where non-recreation resource management activities are emphasized, continue 

providing the current settings and opportunities until scheduled activities and practices 

cause a change in the ROS setting. The ROS settings for these LUDs may also change 

to accommodate new recreation facilities or increases in commercial recreation use when 

this use is compatible with the desired condition for that LUD. When there is a decision 

that results in a change to the recreation setting, the management decision should adopt 

the appropriate ROS class. The adopted ROS call will provide the direction for the design 

of any new facilities. 

B. Manage recreation resource activities and facilities in accordance with the established regional 

guidelines and the ROS guidelines in Appendix I, or Wilderness-specific ROS guidelines 

approved by the Forest Service officer with delegated authority. All recreation planning and 

management activities will address the setting indicators. They are described by ROS class in 

the guidelines in Appendix I. 

C. Use the ROS charts in Appendix I for project planning and analysis, and as guidelines to 

establish appropriate levels of use, scale, and kinds of facilities, Scenic Integrity Objectives, 

types of access, and services to meet local and regional needs and desired recreation setting 

conditions. 

IV. Developed Site Management 

A. Manage the Forest’s recreation infrastructure in alignment with the resources available to 

operate and maintain it to standard. The Forest recreation infrastructure includes all recreation 

sites and the facilities associated with them. 

V. Recreation Construction and Rehabilitation 

A. Provide development facilities appropriate to the ROS setting after determining that the private 

sector is not able or willing to meet the demand. 

B. Maintain cost-effective developed recreation facilities that complement non-Forest Service 

developments in the same community home range or service center area. 

C. Provide barrier-free, accessible facilities appropriate to the site development level and area 

ROS setting. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Recreation and Tourism Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-48 

D. Evaluate the location and need for recreation facilities that lie within identified 100-year flood 

plains as to the specific hazards and values involved with the site and its use. Thoroughly 

explore viable alternatives. (Consult FSM 2527.) 

E. Use the regional recreation capital investment process and criteria for the identification of 

recreation construction and reconstruction projects. 

VI. Interpretive Services 

A. Provide an Interpretive Services Program that is designed to accurately and adequately 

develop an interest and understanding of the environments of the Forest and Southeast 

Alaska, and the mission of the Forest Service in managing the National Forest. 

B. Conduct on-site interpretive activities to a level consistent with LUD objectives. 

C. Assist visitors and users to understand the role of natural and cultural resources in the 

development of industry, heritage, and culture in Southeast Alaska. Relate these roles to the 

rest of the state, Canada, and the nation. 

D. Promote visitor understanding of the NFS, forest research, and state and private forestry 

programs. 

1. Emphasize understanding of stewardship of public lands and their productivity through 

professional forest management with balanced use of natural resources. 

2. Develop Interpretive Services programs for all principal resource management programs. 

Information should emphasize the integration of management activities designed to 

achieve the goals and objectives developed for specific areas. 

E. Inform visitors of the distribution, differences, and roles of the federal, state, and private lands 

found in Southeast Alaska and the range of recreation and cultural interest opportunities and 

facilities available. 

1. Continue to pursue and implement cooperative interpretive partnerships with other federal 

and state land management agencies consistent with the principal travel routes and 

activity centers used by forest visitors. 

2. Provide an array of imaginative and dynamic media by which interpretive messages are 

made available to the visitor. Use a spectrum of media and presentation designs that are 

appealing, appropriate for the setting, easily understood by the intended audience, and 

reflect the Forest Service as a professional and caring land management agency. 

3. Continue to provide accurate and timely information about Southeast Alaska and the 

Tongass National Forest. Continue the Forest Service's leadership role for the Southeast 

Alaska Discovery Center in Ketchikan. 

4. Continue to provide or improve interpretive services programs and facilities such as those 

at Mendenhall Glacier and aboard the Alaska Marine Highway ferries. Support shall 

include identification of current issues and events of interest to forest visitors, adequate 

staffing to meet program objectives, assistance in training the seasonal and volunteer 

staff, and objective evaluation of programs to ensure accurate and positive coverage of 

the natural and cultural resources on the Tongass National Forest and their management. 

5. Expand the use of the Alaska Natural History Association (ANHA) as an interpretive 

partner to provide forest visitors with a broad range of interpretive media. These may 

include, but are not limited to, publications, video and audio tapes, and other media that 

feature the natural and cultural resources of the Tongass National Forest and the heritage 

of Southeast Alaska. Encourage all types of support and donations to ANHA that can be 

used to develop additional materials and programs. 

6. In partnership with communities, organizations, and individuals, develop additional ANHA 

outlets at locations that will best serve Forest customers. 

7. Continue to support the Elderhostel Education Program in local communities and aboard 

the Alaska Marine Highway as budgets will allow. 

F. Provide a coordinated program of awareness and training for all employees and partners 

(including outfitter/guides and other public service permit holders) to ensure a consistent 

program of public service. 

1. Encourage other agency participation in Forest Interpretive Services training programs. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Recreation and Tourism 

January 2008 

4-49 

2. Ensure that the Forest Service mission and image remain predominantly visible at all 

Forest Service facilities through the use of uniformed Forest Service personnel, the Forest 

Service shield, and other media. 

3. To the extent feasible, provide training about National Forest resources, points of interest, 

and management to all interested outfitter/guides, industry representatives, and other 

partners. 

VII. Recreation Use 

A. Gather recreation use information to use in project and forest planning. Many sources of 

information should be used to gather data, such as cabin permits, campground, and visitor 

center use, trailhead registers, dispersed sampling, outfitter/guides, ferry and cruiseship 

arrivals, and employee or public observations. 

B. Identify those recreation uses that may be in conflict with each other. Reduce recreation user 

conflicts and polarization. Work with affected publics in finding solutions to defuse or resolve 

conflicts or concerns. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Riparian Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-50

RIPARIAN 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Riparian area: RIP1 

I. Definition 

A. Riparian areas encompass the zone of interaction between aquatic and terrestrial 

environments associated with streamsides, lakeshores, and floodplains, and display distinctive 

ecological conditions characterized by high species diversity, wildlife value, and resource 

productivity. 

II. Objectives 

A. Maintain riparian areas in mostly natural conditions for fish, other aquatic life, old-growth and 

riparian-associated plant and wildlife species, water-related recreation, and to provide for 

ecosystem processes, including important aquatic and land interactions. For further direction, 

refer to the Fish, Wildlife, Recreation and Tourism, Beach and Estuary Fringe, and Soil and 

Water Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines, as well as the Riparian Standards and 

Guidelines criteria for each process group contained in Appendix D. The following is a list of 

objectives pertaining to riparian areas. (Consult Forest Service Manual [FSM] 2526.) 

1. Protect riparian habitat. 

2. Manage riparian areas for short- and long-term biodiversity and productivity. 

3. Maintain natural streambank and stream channel processes. 

4. Maintain natural and beneficial quantities of large woody debris over the short and long 

term. 

5. Protect water quality by providing for the beneficial uses of riparian areas. (Consult Best 

Management Practices [BMPs], Chapter 10 of the Soil and Water Conservation 

Handbook, FSH 2509.22.) 

6. Maintain or restore the natural range and frequency of aquatic habitat conditions on the 

Tongass National Forest to sustain the diversity and production of fish and other 

freshwater organisms. 

7. Consider the management of both terrestrial and aquatic resources when managing 

riparian areas. Consider the effects of terrestrial and aquatic processes on aquatic and 

riparian resources. 

8. In watersheds with intermingled land ownership, cooperate with the other landowners in 

striving to achieve healthy riparian areas. 

9. Design and coordinate road management activities to provide for the needs of wildlife and 

provide passage of fish at road crossings. (Consult the Fish Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines and the Aquatic Habitat Management Handbook, Forest Service Handbook 

[FSH] 2090.21.) 

10. Evaluate the effect of management (including windthrow) of adjacent areas on riparian 

habitats. 

11. Coordinate and consult with state and federal agencies on riparian management issues, 

as appropriate. Coordinate activities that affect the Coastal Zone with the State of Alaska 

to ensure consistency, to the maximum extent practicable, with the enforceable policies of 

the Alaska Coastal Management Program. 

12. Coordinate and consult with Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (ADEC) 

regarding management of public water systems source watersheds. 

RIPARIAN PLANNING: RIP2 

I. Project Planning 

A. Identify and delineate Riparian Management Areas (RMAs) for each project where ground 

disturbance will occur or resources will be extracted. RMAs are areas of special concern to 

fish, other aquatic resources, and wildlife. They are generally delineated as identified in the 

Process Group direction in the Riparian Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. Riparian 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Riparian 

January 2008 

4-51 

areas are differentiated from adjacent reserve areas, such as wildlife reserves or areas 

managed to provide reasonable assurance of windfirmness. 

B. Complete a watershed analysis before making site-specific adjustments to Process Group 

Standards and Guidelines. Adjustments to riparian guidelines may be made only if the 

objectives of the group(s) can be met. Consult Appendix C of the Forest Plan for direction on 

watershed analysis. 

C. On those projects and activities that are in, or influence, RMAs, ensure interdisciplinary 

involvement and consideration of riparian resources in project planning and in the 

environmental analysis process. 

1. The location and design of wildlife habitat reserves and mitigation measures should be 

closely integrated with the design and layout of RMAs. 

2. Logging engineers and aquatic specialists should conduct joint reviews of preliminary 

harvest unit designs to ensure that site-specific stream protection measures meet 

riparian objectives, as well as logging system feasibility and timber harvest economic 

objectives. 

D. Ensure that permit holders, contractors, and/or purchasers understand RMAs and riparian 

management objectives. 

E. Evaluate RMA windthrow risk when locating and designing adjacent management activities 

(Reasonable Assurance of Windfirmness [RAW] Guidelines: Landwehr 2007 and subsequent 

versions). Minimize accelerated windthrow in RMA buffers. In situations where multiple high 

risk blow down factors are present, indicating a high windthrow risk, a RAW buffer should be 

prescribed. In situations where multiple low risk factors are present and high risk factors are 

minimal, a RAW zone addition to riparian buffers is not warranted. Where high-value aquatic 

resources (such as a Class I stream or drinking water supplies) are at-risk, use of a wider 

buffer may be warranted even when the risk of windthrow is judged to be low or moderate. 

The RAW zone is not necessarily a no-harvest zone; partial harvest may be appropriate in 

RAW buffers depending on site-specific conditions. (Consult BMP 12.6a of the Soil and 

Water Conservation Handbook—FSH 2509.22 and the Process Group Standards and 

Guidelines.) 

II. General Standards and Guidelines by Activity 

A. Special Use Administration of Lands (Non-Recreation) 

1. Permit activities, consistent with other Special Use direction, that do not significantly 

reduce the capability of RMAs to 1) maintain or improve associated fish or wildlife 

habitat, or 2) protect water quality for beneficial uses. 

B. Minerals and Geology Administration, Plan of Operations 

1. Use state-of-the-art techniques for developing minerals to reduce impacts to riparian 

resources to the extent feasible. Include mitigation measures that are compatible with 

the scale of proposed development and commensurate with potential resource impacts. 

2. Apply appropriate Transportation Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines to the location, 

construction, and maintenance of mining roads affecting riparian areas. 

3. Manage mineral exploration and development activities to be compatible with the 

Process group goals and objectives for RMAs. 

4. Manage mineral activities to maintain the present and continued productivity of 

anadromous fish and other foodfish habitat to the maximum extent feasible. (Consult 

Alaska National Interests Lands Conservation Act of 1980, Section 505 [a].) Plan of 

Operations for mining must comply with Clean Water Act, Sections 401, 402, 404, as 

applicable. (Consult FSM 2817.23a.) 

5. Apply timing restrictions to instream construction and other minerals activities to protect 

fisheries habitat and mitigate adverse sedimentation, and to avoid critical wildlife mating, 

hatching, and migrating periods. 

6. Minimize the effects of mineral development and related land disturbance activities on 

the beneficial uses of water by applying BMPs. 

7. Locate material sites and marine transfer facilities outside RMAs if reasonable 

alternatives exist. 

8. Ensure that disturbed areas are revegetated in accordance with project plans. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Riparian Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-52

9. Approve reclamation plans in which mineral activities leave riparian project areas as 

natural in appearance and function, as is feasible. 

C. Recreation Use Administration 

1. Locate, design, and operate only those recreation projects that are necessary to 

accommodate public use of the water and shoreline areas (i.e., boat or floatplane docks, 

launching ramps, and associated access roads and trails). Where feasible, locate 

parking, campgrounds, sanitation, and other recreation facilities outside the RMAs to 

avoid adverse effects on water quality and riparian function. 

2. For existing facilities, consider relocating the facility outside of the RMA. Consideration 

should be based on current and anticipated effects on riparian values, desired recreation 

experience, public issues, application of BMPs to minimize the effects of recreation 

facilities on the beneficial uses of water and costs of relocating the facility. 

D. Watershed Resource Planning 

1. Manage activities to meet state water quality standards and protect aquatic and 

terrestrial riparian habitats, channel and streambanks, and provide for flood plain 

stability. 

a) Identify soil and water quality requirements for project-level activities. 

b) Apply BMPs to minimize the effects of land disturbing activities on the beneficial 

uses of water. 

c) Determine flood plain values and plan to avoid, where possible, the long- and 

short-term adverse impacts to soil and water resources associated with the 

occupancy and modification of flood plains. 

d) Complete a watershed analysis before making project-level, site-specific 

adjustments to Process Group Standards and Guidelines. Adjustments to the 

guidelines may be made only if the objectives of the process group(s) can be met. 

Consult Appendix C of the Forest Plan for direction on watershed analysis. The 

intensity and scope of watershed analysis will vary according to the issues of 

concern. 

E. Timber Resources 

1. No commercial timber harvest is allowed within 100 feet horizontal distance either side 

of Class I streams and Class II streams that flow directly into a Class I stream. (Consult 

the Tongass Timber Reform Act.) 

a) Included in the definition of Class II streams flowing directly into a Class I stream 

are all Class II tributaries of a Class II stream that flow into a Class I stream without 

an intervening Class III segment. Mandatory minimum 100-foot buffers will not 

apply to 1) a Class II stream that flows directly into the ocean or joins a Class I 

stream only at lower than mean high tide; and 2) a Class II tributary stream 

segment that flows into a Class III stream that in turn flows into a Class I stream. 

b) The 100-foot measure is a horizontal distance measure from the bankfull margins. 

2. Protect RMAs, in accordance with the intent of the Alaska Anadromous Fish Habitat 

Assessment (1995), through application of the direction contained in Process Group 

Standards and Guidelines. Apply additional BMPs (FSH 2509.22) to minimize the effects 

of timber harvest and related land disturbance activities on beneficial uses of water. In 

situations where multiple high risk factors are present, indicating a high windthrow risk, a 

Reasonable Assurance of Windfirmness (RAW) zone adjacent to the RMA buffer should 

be established (see RAW Guidelines: Landwehr 2007 and subsequent versions). 

3. Avoid RMAs when other feasible locations for personal use wood cutting are available. 

If personal (free) use timber harvest in RMAs is allowed, free use permit requirements 

must satisfy process group objectives (refer to Timber Free Use, section TIM130.I). 

Personal use timber harvest will be regulated and its cumulative effects monitored in 

LUDs that are unsuitable for timber harvest to ensure that the LUD objectives are 

fulfilled. 

4. Provide protection to fish and wildlife during critical periods of their life cycles by applying 

seasonal restrictions on timber harvest and road use activities, to the extent feasible. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Riparian 

January 2008 

4-53 

5. When stream crossings are required to harvest timber, assess the environmental effects 

of road crossings versus yarding corridors, and select the action of least environmental 

impact where practicable. 

6. Streamcourse protection plans (consult BMP 13.16) are required for harvesting activities 

within the required minimum 100-foot buffers designated in E(1) above. 

a) Provide thorough documentation of RMA design and BMP mitigation provision on 

timber sale unit cards and maps. “As-laid-out” (or phase II) unit cards are a useful 

tool for facilitating application of RMA and streamcourse protection during sale 

administration, and for monitoring compliance with and implementation of Riparian 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. 

7. Allow no timber salvage within 100 feet in width on each side of Class I streams or on 

those Class II streams that flow directly into Class I streams. In addition, allow no timber 

salvage in RMAs defined for each process group, with the following exception: salvage 

could be allowed, with Line Officer approval, following watershed analysis if the salvage 

activity is needed to meet or further riparian management objectives for the process 

group (see Appendix C for guidance on watershed analysis). RMA salvage timber will 

not contribute toward the Allowable Sale Quantity. 

8. Plan timber harvest settings that cross or are immediately adjacent to streamcourses 

(Class I, II, III, and IV Channels) so as to avoid adverse impacts to RMAs, and soil and 

water resources. (Consult FSH 2409.18 and FSH 2509.22.) 

9. Stream process group-specific standards and guidelines for timber harvest are 

presented in Appendix D, along with descriptions of each process group and channel 

type. The standards and guidelines (except for the minimum 100-foot buffers required 

by TTRA) may be adjusted for a project on a site-specific basis following completion of a 

watershed analysis. Adjustments to the standards and guidelines may be made only if 

the objectives of the process group(s) can be met. Consult Appendix C for direction on 

watershed analysis. 

F. Wildlife Resources 

1. Integrate RMAs into any modifications to the design and location of small old-growth 

reserves. (Consult the Old-growth Habitat LUD.) 

2. Use riparian corridors in the design of wildlife travel corridors to provide horizontal 

connectivity between watersheds, and vertical connectivity between lowland and alpine 

areas. 

3. Consider wildlife needs in the design and management of RMAs. Give special emphasis 

to habitats of riparian associated species, for example, designated brown bear feeding 

areas. (See Wildlife Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines.) 

G. Transportation Systems 

1. Use road closures, maintenance, and other measures to keep road-surface and 

road-side erosion at low or near background levels. Ensure long-term fish passage 

through structures at road crossings on Class I and II streams as described in Process 

Group direction and the Fish Standards and Guidelines. Utilize BMPs (BMP 14-20) to 

control effects of transportation systems on water quality and fish habitat. Also refer to 

the Alaska Forest Practices Act (11AAC 95.320) for road closure requirements. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Riparian Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-54
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Rural Community Assistance 

January 2008 

4-55

RURAL COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Activities: RUR 

I. Resource Management Decisions Affecting Communities 

A. Emphasize, where appropriate, local needs and opportunities for rural community assistance in 

Forest programs and budgets. 

1. Consider rural interests, including Native organizations, in resource decisions by jointly 

identifying and developing natural resource opportunities. 

B. Consider social, cultural, and economic issues in resource management by: 

1. Considering local communities' needs in project plans. 

2. Evaluating community-based sources of goods and services for implementing Forest 

projects. 

3. Considering community organization and protocol in resource planning and decision 

processes. 

4. Providing information pertaining to resource management and development on National 

Forests with communities. 

5. Encouraging local rural development entities to include Forest Service employees in their 

local rural development planning. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Scenery Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-56

SCENERY 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Scenery Operations: SCENE1 

I. Scenery Management 

A. This plan adopts Scenic Integrity Objectives (SIOs) that provide direction and objectives for 

landscapes within each Land Use Designation (LUD). The long-term desired future scenic 

condition for a specific area is the maintenance of a scenic integrity level that is at least as high 

as the adopted SIO for that area. Adopted SIOs are described in the scenery section of each 

LUD. 

B. Perform landscape/viewshed analysis, using as much of the available tools and technology as 

possible, when planning projects within viewsheds seen from Visual Priority Travel Routes and 

Use Areas (VPRs). Some level of analysis may be appropriate in some areas involving nonpriority use areas. More comprehensive viewshed analysis such as long-term, full corridor 

planning may be used in the most sensitive viewsheds. See Appendix F of this Plan for a 

listing of the designated VPRs. As a part of the planning for major (e.g., large scale mining 

operations) land-disturbing activities, consider whether changes to the VPR list are necessary. 

C. Consider the scenic condition of adjacent non-National Forest System lands during the 

planning of development activities on the National Forest. 

D. Consult the National Forest Landscape Management Handbooks series (nos. 434, 462, 478, 

483, 484, 559, 608, 617, 666) and Agriculture Handbook 701, Landscape Aesthetics, for 

scenery management guidance. 

Scenery Preparation: SCENE2 

I. Scenery Integrity Objectives: Application 

SIOs are applied to any activity that has the potential to affect the scenic character of the landscape. 

The foreground, middleground, and background SIOs are adopted as seen from the VPR (Appendix 

F). Non-priority travel routes and use areas, as well as those areas not seen from the VPR, are 

managed according to the “Seldom Seen or Non-Priority” column. Activities could include, but are 

not limited to recreation facilities: trails, cabins, restrooms, interpretive displays; timber sales: roads, 

harvest units, logging camps, sort yards, log transfer facilities (LTFs); rock pits; gravel pits; mineral 

development; fish enhancement projects: in-stream fish pass structures, gabions; facilities 

authorized under Special Use Permits: electronic facilities, hydroelectric projects, etc. In designing 

activities to meet specific SIOs, a number of factors must be considered. Some of these factors 

include the following: 

A. The landscape's Existing Scenic Integrity (ESI) rating. This is an inventoried condition that 

rates the degree of change that has already occurred on the ground. It is important to compare 

the ESI of the project area to the SIOs assigned by the Forest Plan. Should there be conflicting 

conditions presently existing and the intent of the LUD is not presently met, it would be 

appropriate to consider either 1) some specific rehabilitation measures, or 2) project deferral 

that would allow the landscapes in the project area time to regenerate sufficiently. 

B. Visual Absorption Capability (VAC), which is an estimate of the relative ability of a landscape to 

absorb management activities. High, Intermediate, and Low VAC ratings are used. These 

ratings reflect the degree of landscape variety in an area, viewing distance, and topographic 

characteristics. As examples, a Low VAC setting generally has steep slopes, with little 

landscape variety, while a High VAC setting may be relatively flat and/or has a high degree of 

variety in the landscape. 

C. Size, shape, orientation to viewer, color, texture, etc. are critical elements in determining 

whether or not an activity meets the adopted SIO. Consideration for the scenery is essential 

early on in planning processes, particularly in areas seen from a VPR. However, each 

landscape setting is different, and should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. There may be 

instances where the SIO can be met while the proposed activity is greater than the guideline, or 

there also may be cases where the activity must be smaller to meet the intent of the SIO. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Scenery 

January 2008 

4-57

Adopted Scenery Integrity Objectives for Each Land Use Designation1

Land Use Designation Foreground from 

Priority Travel 

Routes and Use 

Areas 

Middleground 

from Priority 

Travel Routes 

and Use Areas 

Background from 

Priority Travel 

Routes and Use 

Areas 

Seldom Seen/ 

Non-Priority 

Wilderness 

Wilderness Nat. Monument 

Research Natural Area 

Special Interest Area 2, 4 

Remote Recreation 

Old-growth Habitat 4 

LUD II 4

High High High High 

Special Interest Area 3, 4 Low Moderate Moderate Moderate 

Semi-remote Recreation 4 Moderate Moderate Moderate Moderate 

Wild River 6 High High High High 

Scenic River 4, 6 High Moderate Moderate Low 

Recreational River 4, 6 Moderate Low/Moderate 7 Low/Moderate 7 Very Low 

Scenic Viewshed 4 High Moderate Moderate Very Low 

Modified Landscape 4 Moderate Low Low Very Low 

Timber production 

Minerals 

Experimental Forest 5

Low Very Low Very Low Very Low 

Transp. & Utility System 6 Low Low Low Low 

Municipal Watershed 8 High High High High 

Nonwild. Nat. Monument 9 High High High High 1

 The foreground, middleground, and background Scenic Integrity Objectives (SIOs) are adopted as seen from the 

Visual Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas (Appendix F). Non-priority travel routes and use areas, and those 

areas not seen from the Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas, are managed according to the direction listed in the 

"Seldom Seen/Non-Priority" column. 2

 Except for the developed recreation and interpretive portions of Special Interest Areas such as Mendenhall 

Glacier, Ward Cove, and Blind Slough. 3

 Applies only to the developed recreation and interpretive portions of Special Interest Areas such as Mendenhall 

Glacier, Ward Cove, and Blind Slough. Undeveloped areas are managed according to the guidance on the 

previous line. 4

 Exceptions for small areas of non-conforming developments, such as recreational developments, transportation 

developments, log transfer facilities, and mining development, may be considered in these LUDs on a case-bycase basis. 5

 The SIO may vary depending on the research objectives of the Experimental Forest. 6

 These objectives apply only to the actual corridor. The area adjacent to this LUD is managed according to the 

guidelines of the adjacent LUD. 7

 Apply the Moderate SIO in corridors where scenic quality is included as one of the "outstandingly remarkable" 

values for that corridor. If it is not, apply the lower SIO. 8 SIO is High, but may range down to Very Low as a result of the municipality’s watershed management objectives. 9 SIOs will range from High, in those portions of the Monument without access, to Very Low in those portions 

developed in connection with mineral activities. Site-specific SIOs will be identified in the specific Plan of 

Operations for mineral development. 

D. Depending on the assigned SIO, specific time frames are allowed for meeting the SIO following 

project completion. Long-term projects (i.e., those with no specific completion date) should be 

initially designed to meet the assigned SIO as the project progresses. 

II. Scenic Integrity Objectives: Specific Guidelines 

A. SIO High. Design activities to not be visually evident to the casual observer. This objective 

should be accomplished within 6 months following project completion. 

1. Facilities 

a) Keep vegetation clearing to a minimum and within close proximity of the site. 

b) Select materials and colors that blend with those found in the natural surroundings. 

c) Screening should be used from viewpoints and travel routes if feasible. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Scenery Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-58

2. Transportation 

a) Rock Sources. When a forest development road is a VPR, locate rock sources off 

the road, when possible. Spur road access may be necessary to minimize the visual 

impact. Rock source development should not be apparent from the road, use area, 

or marine travel route to meet this scenic objective. 

b) Corridor Treatment. Provide roadside cleanup of ground-disturbing activities. 

Depending on site conditions, cut stumps as low as possible and angled away from 

the viewer. Incorporate this treatment in the timber sale contract. 

c) Log Transfer Facilities. LTFs are generally not appropriate in this SIO setting (with 

exceptions noted in the table above). 

3. Timber Harvest: VAC Setting, Typical Regeneration Method, and Unit Size 

a) Low VAC: Single tree selection or group selection (group openings less than 2 

acres) 

b) Intermediate VAC: Single tree selection or clearcut (openings approximately 5 to 15 

acres) 

c) High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 15 to 30 acres) 

B. SIO Moderate. Design activities to be subordinate to the landscape character of the area. This 

SIO should be accomplished within 1 year of project completion. 

1. Facilities 

a) Keep vegetation clearing to a minimum and within close proximity of the site. 

b) Emphasize enhancement of views from recreational facilities. 

c) Select materials and colors that blend with those found in the natural surroundings. 

2. Transportation 

a) Design rock sources to be minimally apparent as seen from VPRs. Rehabilitation is 

usually necessary following closure of rock source developments. It may be 

necessary to modify some ground-disturbing activities seen from the foreground of 

VPRs. 

b) Corridor Treatment. Roadside cleanup of ground disturbance activities may be 

necessary. 

c) LTFs (temporary or permanent). Perform a Scenic Integrity analysis during LTF 

planning and design. Consider low profile designs to minimize visibility from VPRs. 

For temporary LTFs, incorporate rehabilitation measures into the project analysis and 

contract package. 

3. Timber Harvest: VAC Setting, Typical Regeneration Method, and Unit Size 

a) Low VAC: Group selection (group openings less than 2 acres) or clearcut (openings 

approximately 5 to 10 acres) 

b) Intermediate VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 15 to 40 acres) 

c) High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 40 to 60 acres) 

C. SIO Low. Activities may visually dominate the characteristic landscape, but must have visual 

characteristics similar to those of natural occurrences within the surrounding area or character 

type. This SIO should be met within 1 year in the foreground distance zone and within 5 years 

in the middle and background distance zones following project completion. 

1. When planning activities, use naturally established form, line, color, and texture found in 

the landscape. 

2. Facilities. Siting and design should borrow from naturally occurring patterns in the 

landscape, and should not be visually dominant when viewed in the background distance 

zone. 

3. Transportation 

a) Rock source operations and resulting landform modifications may be evident to the 

casual observer as seen from VPRs. However, the quarry location and design 

should mitigate, to the extent feasible, the apparent visual size and dominance of the 

activity (e.g., shaping of backwalls, roadside screening, and general orientation of the 

opening). 

b) LTFs (temporary or permanent). Perform a Scenic Integrity analysis during LTF 

planning and design. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Scenery 

January 2008 

4-59

4. Timber Harvest: VAC Setting, Typical Regeneration Method, and Unit Size 

a) Low VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 15 to 40 acres) 

b) Intermediate VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 40 to 60 acres) 

c) High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 60 to 100 acres) 

D. SIO Very Low. Activities may dominate the characteristic landscape, yet when viewed as 

background, should appear to be a natural occurrence. 

1. Locate and design management activities to take advantage of existing (both natural and 

imposed) pattern and texture found in the landscape when viewed in the middleground 

from VPRs. 

2. Design activities to resemble natural occurrences as viewed in the background distance 

zone. 

3. Timber Harvest: VAC Setting, Typical Regeneration Method, and Unit Size 

a) Low VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 50 to 75 acres) 

b) Intermediate VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 80 to 100 acres) 

c) High VAC: Clearcut (openings approximately 80 to 100 acres) 

E. Graphic illustrations of timber harvest activities designed to meet each SIO are located at the 

end of this section. The undeveloped landscape is provided for comparative purposes. 

III. Scenic Integrity Objectives - Silvicultural Prescriptions Other Than Clearcutting 

The timber harvest-related scenery management guidelines described previously are based on 

several analyses of harvested viewsheds throughout the Tongass that represented different VAC 

characteristics and different levels and scales of harvest. Similar specific guidelines for other types 

of silvicultural treatments cannot be provided due to the lack of experience with these treatments 

across the entire Forest. However, the following paragraphs provide some general guidelines 

concerning the use of silviultural methods other than clearcutting. 

A. Two-aged Managment. Based on a few observations of some recent treatments of this type, it 

would appear that if approximately 20 to 30 percent of the trees within a harvest unit are 

retained, the size of that harvest area might be increased and still meet the same SIO. It may 

also be possible to meet a higher SIO by leaving an appreciable percentage of reserve trees 

within an area. However, many factors such as natural vegetative patterns, steepness and 

obliqueness of slope, windfirmness, and viewing distance determine how to apply this 

silvicultural method in a specific landscape. 

B. Uneven-aged management - single-tree or group selection. Meeting a High or Moderate SIO in 

a low VAC setting requires a relatively small percentage of stems removed on a single-tree 

basis—anywhere from 5 to 20 percent. The exact amount depends on the slopes, viewing 

distances, and natural characteristics of the stand. To meet a Low SIO, a larger percentage 

could be removed. Exactly how much and what the limit would be is also based on the existing 

landscape characteristics. When utilizing a group selection method, the appropriate size and 

distribution of the groups needs to be considered, as well as the natural landscape 

characteristics. The design of the groups should replicate natural openings and avoid the use 

of geometric shapes. 

Scenery Administration: SCENE3 

I. Mitigation, Enhancement, and Monitoring 

A. Minimize potential scenic impacts through scheduling or timing of management activities so 

that they are dispersed and not concentrated, subject to considerations given to other 

resources (e.g., wildlife). 

B. Rehabilitate, where feasible, existing projects and areas that do not meet the Adopted SIOs. 

Consider the following in setting priorities: 

1. Relative importance of the area (public sensitivity). 

2. Projected length of time to naturally attain the Adopted SIO in comparison to the use of 

rehabilitation techniques. Examples of rehabilitation include seeding road cuts and fills, 

recontouring temporary roads, removing roadside slash and debris, re-shaping harvest 

unit boundaries, cutting roadside stumps as low as possible, shaping or spreading excess 

overburden, etc. 

3. Benefits to other resources by accomplishing rehabilitation. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Scenery Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-60

C. Use enhancement measures, where feasible, to create variety where little variety now exists 

through addition, subtraction, or alteration of vegetation, earthforms, waterforms, etc. 

Examples include opening up vistas or screening out undesirable views and planting species to 

give unique form, color, or texture to an area. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Scenery 

January 2008 

4-61

Undeveloped Landscape 

High SIO 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Scenery Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-62

Moderate SIO 

Low SIO 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Standards and Guidelines 

January 2008 Scenery 

4-63 

Very Low SIO 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Soil and Water Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-64 

SOIL and WATER 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Soil Inventory: SW1 

I. Inventory 

A. Maintain the Soil Resource Inventory (SRI) or National Hierarchical Framework of Ecological 

Units (TEUI). (Consult Forest Service Manual [FSM] 2550, Soil Management Handbook, 

Ecological Classification and Inventory Handbook [FSH 2090.11-91-1], National Soil 

Handbook-430-VI, Soil Survey Manual-430-V.) 

1. Determine and implement the level of SRI necessary to meet planning and 

implementation needs for proposed management projects. 

B. Use the TEUI to inventory and classify ecosystems. 

Water Inventory: SW2 

I. Inventory and Evaluation 

A. In conducting water investigations, consider and evaluate the following elements in Water 

Resource Inventories (WRIs): 

1. Climate 

2. Water quality 

3. Water quantity 

4. Channel types 

5. Water uses and developments 

6. Watershed condition 

B. Consult FSM 2530 and Aquatic Habitat Management Handbook FSH 2090.21. 

1. Determine the level of WRI to meet project planning and implementation needs. 

2. Use the TEUI (Aquatic ECOMAP) to inventory and classify watersheds, streams, lakes, 

and groundwater systems. 

C. Develop and maintain up-to-date inventories and case folders for all public water systems. 

(Consult FSM 2542.) 

D. Accomplish baseline inventory needs commensurate with other Forest inventory efforts. 

Watershed Resources Planning: SW3 

I. Land Use Activities 

A. Plan and conduct land use activities to avoid irreversible or serious and adverse effects on soil 

and water resources. 

1. Include soil and water resource data and interpretations in project analyses. (Consult 

FSM 2530 and 2550.) 

2. Maintain water quality and quantity to protect the state-designated beneficial uses. 

Consult the Alaska Nonpoint Source Pollution Control Strategy, the Soil and Water 

Conservation Handbook (Chapter 10, FSH 2509.22), the Soil Management Handbook 

(FSH 2509.18), and the Forest Service Alaska Regional Water Quality Management Plan 

addressed in the Memorandum of Agreement dated April 6, 1992 (as amended), with the 

Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation. 

3. Apply Best Management Practices (BMPs) to all land-disturbing activities as a process to 

protect the beneficial uses of water from nonpoint sources of pollution. Also consult FSM 

2530, Facilities, Transportation, and Fish Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines, U.S. 

Army Corps of Engineer Regulations (33 CFR 323.4), and the Clean Water Act. 

4. Apply soil conservation practices to meet regional Soil Quality Standards (SQS) on all 

land-disturbing activities as a process to prevent detrimental soil disturbance. Detrimental 

soil disturbance is defined as significant changes or impairment in soil properties that are 

expected to result in reduced short- or long-term productivity of the land. (Consult FSM 

2520 and 2550, FSH 2509.18 and R10 Supplement to FSM 2554 #2500-92-1, effective 

January 15, 1992 [as amended].) BMPs also include some soil conservation practices 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Soil and Water 

January 2008 

4-65 

(Soil and Water Conservation Handbook, Chapter 10, FSH 2509.22); develop other 

specific soil conservation practices during project planning, as needed. 

5. Evaluate soil stability (BMP 13.5) potential soil mass wasting effects, and stability of Class 

IV channels and minor drainageways (“nonstreams”). At the Forest Plan level, slope 

gradients of 72 percent or more are removed from the tentatively suitable timber base due 

to high risk of soil mass movement and accelerated erosion of Class IV channel systems. 

At the project planning level, the Forest Supervisor or District Ranger may approve timber 

harvest on slopes of 72 percent or more on a case-by-case basis, based on the results of 

an on-site analysis of slope and Class IV channel stability and an assessment of potential 

impacts of accelerated erosion on downslope and downstream fish habitat, other 

beneficial uses of water, and other resources. It is anticipated that harvest of these areas 

will be a small percentage of the total harvest unit. To document the analysis for allowing 

harvest on steep slopes, the following checklist should be used: 

a) Steepness 

b) Channel dissection 

c) Parent material 

d) Soil drainage 

e) Precipitation (rain-on-snow zone) 

f) Potential impacts on downslope/downstream beneficial uses 

If the stability analysis is undertaken prior to the signing of the decision document, the 

approval (if approved) should be documented in the decision document. If the slope 

stability information is not available prior to the signing of the NEPA document, it should 

be documented in the Change Analysis. (Also see Fish and Riparian Forest-wide 

Standards and Guidelines for definitions of Class IV streams and BMP 13.16 in the Soil 

and Water Conservation Handbook.) 

6. Avoid locating roads and landings on a slope greater than 67 percent, on an unstable 

slope, or in a slide-prone area, where feasible (BMP 14.7). 

7. Soil Map Units (SMUs) with McGilvery soil require harvest systems capable of at least 

partial suspension over the entire length of the yarding distance. 

B. Seek to avoid adverse impacts to soil and water resources (such as accelerated surface 

erosion or siltation of fish habitat) when conducting land use activities on wetlands, flood plains, 

and riparian areas. (Consult Executive Orders 11988, 11990, and 11514; FSM 2510 and 2520; 

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers regulations [33 CFR 323]; NFMA Planning Regulations [36 CFR 

219.27]; appropriate BMPs [Chapter 10 of the Soil and Water Conservation Handbook, FSH 

2509.22] for wetlands, flood plains, and riparian areas; and Wetlands and Riparian Forest-wide 

Standards and Guidelines.) 

C. Under applicable state and federal law, reserve both ground and surface water rights to 

manage National Forest System lands. (Consult FSM 2540.) 

1. Review projects and reserve water rights or notify the state of water uses for reservation 

management purposes, when it is determined such uses are necessary for carrying out 

the purposes of the project. Be sure review of uses and needs includes at least the 

following items: 

a) In-stream flow needs 

b) Adequate flow for fish passes and habitat 

c) Forest Service administrative and domestic use 

d) Developed special uses and recreation sites 

D. Consult with state, federal, and local government agencies and Native American communities 

for the protection, mitigation, and/or improvement of the water and soil resources. 

E. Participate actively in planning by other federal, state, and local agencies when these plans 

could affect the water resources on NFS lands. 

F. Cooperate with state and federal agencies having overlapping resource management 

responsibilities, including the Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Alaska Department of 

Environmental Conservation, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, U.S. Environmental Protection 

Agency, National Marine Fisheries Service, and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Execute 

plans and decisions in consideration of the statutory responsibilities of these agencies. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Soil and Water Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-66 

II. Watershed Analysis and Cumulative Watershed Effects 

A. Watershed analysis (Appendix C) is required in the following circumstances: 

1. Before making site-specific adjustments to Forest-wide Riparian Standards and 

Guidelines (including timber salvage in riparian areas). 

2. Before authorizing management activities in public water system source watersheds. A 

watershed analysis must be documented as part of the NEPA decision in these 

circumstances. 

3. Watershed analysis (as described in Appendix C) is otherwise not required, but may be 

conducted at the discretion of the responsible line officer. 

B. Minimize cumulative watershed effects that could adversely affect soil and water resources and 

change stream channel equilibrium, such as 1) changes in sediment transport or stream flow 

leading to stream aggradation, degradation, and/or streambank erosion; 2) silting in of pools; 

and 3) reduction in aquatic habitat capability. Evaluate cumulative effects at the watershed 

scale during project planning and analysis; consider completing a watershed analysis. (Consult 

BMP 12.1 [Soil and Water Conservation Handbook, FSH 2509.22] for cumulative watershed 

effects analysis guidance.) 

III. Public Water Systems/Domestic Source Waters 

A. Secure "favorable conditions of water flows" (Organic Administration Act of 1897). Maintain 

water quality consistent with Alaska Water Quality Standards (18 AAC 70) and protect source 

watersheds consistent with the federal Safe Drinking Water Act and the Alaska Drinking Water 

Regulations (18 AAC 80). Do not authorize activities that create or maintain a condition that 

has a significant potential to cause or allow the pollution or contamination of a public water 

system. Conduct watershed analysis (see Appendix C) and consult with the Alaska 

Department of Environmental Conservation and the water system owner/operator before 

authorizing management activities in source watersheds for public water systems. Develop 

appropriate site-specific BMPs for all management activities that may affect public water 

supplies. Refer to FSM 2542 and 36 CFR 251.9 for guidance. Refer to 18 AAC 80.620(c)(3) 

for systems that seek to avoid filtration. 

1. In Municipal Watershed LUDs, refer to the Municipal Watershed LUD Management 

Prescriptions. 

2. For state classified public water systems (Class A and B systems as defined by 18 AAC 

80.1190), consult with ADEC and owners or operators of public water systems to meet 

watershed protection needs on a case-by-case basis. 

3. For other domestic source water systems, apply appropriate BMPs for all management 

activities that may affect the water supply. 

Watershed Restoration: SW4 

I. Soil and Water Quality Protection and Restoration 

A. Protect or restore water quality and sustain soil productivity. 

1. Conduct Watershed Condition Surveys and develop Watershed Restoration Plans to 

determine treatment priorities and needs. Consideration of treatment needs should 

include evaluating changed fish habitat and population levels, riparian vegetation 

community structure and function, and hydrology, as measured against natural conditions 

predicted by baseline objectives (see Fish Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines). 

Identify and prioritize needs in the NRIS Watershed Restoration Tracking database. 

Complete watershed restoration project plans and coordinate with fish habitat restoration 

projects. Include projects in Sale Area Improvement Plans and use K-V funds as 

appropriate. (Consult FSM 2510 and 2520.) 

2. Give priority to cost-effective watershed restoration projects with the most erodible 

conditions directly affecting the beneficial uses of water. 

3. For revegetation of disturbed sites, erosion control, fire rehabilitation, riparian restoration, 

forage enhancement, and other revegetation projects, consider natural revegetation as an 

alternative to seeding or planting. Encourage natural revegetation where seed source and 

soil conditions are favorable. Use native species of seeds and plant in revegetation 

projects where seeding or planting is appropriate. Native plant material sources 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Soil and Water 

January 2008 

4-67 

includeagency native seed programs and local seed collection. (Consult FSH 2080 for 

current Forest seeding direction.) 

4. Inspect all watershed restoration projects until the final evaluation indicates that 

maintenance is no longer needed. 

5. Road decommissioning and storage projects to restore watershed conditions should pay 

special attention to fish passage, channel stability, and water quality issues (Consult Tran 

7 guidance and Soil and Water Conservation Handbook, FSH 2509.22.) 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Subsistence Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-68

SUBSISTENCE 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Subsistence: SUB

I. Subsistence 

A. In accordance with Title VIII of the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act of 1980 

(ANILCA), it is the policy of the Forest Service that: 

1. Consistent with the purposes for which National Forest System (NFS) lands in Alaska 

were established, sound management principles, and the conservation of healthy 

populations of fish and wildlife, the utilization of the National Forest System lands in 

Alaska is to cause the least adverse impact possible on rural residents who depend upon 

subsistence. 

2. Provide for the continuation of the opportunity for subsistence uses by rural Alaskan 

residents, including both Natives and non-Natives. 

3. Non-wasteful subsistence uses of fish and wildlife shall be the priority consumptive uses 

of such resources on NFS lands in Alaska when it is necessary to restrict the taking of 

such resources. 

4. Cooperate with the State of Alaska, adjacent landowners, and land managers in managing 

subsistence activities and in maintaining the continued sustainability of all wild renewable 

resources on NFS lands. 

B. Consult the Southeast Alaska Federal Subsistence Regional Advisory Council for opinions and 

recommendations on current and proposed management actions, pursuant to ANILCA, Title 

VIII, Section 805. 

C. Locate and manage Forest management activities considering impacts upon rural residents 

who depend upon subsistence uses of the resources of NFS lands. In compliance with 

ANILCA, Title VIII, Section 810, and the Region 10 Subsistence Handbook, the Forest Service 

shall: 

1. In determining whether to withdraw, reserve, lease, or otherwise permit the use, 

occupancy, or disposition of NFS lands, evaluate the effect of such use, occupancy, or 

disposition on subsistence uses and needs, the availability of other lands, and other 

alternatives that would reduce or eliminate the use, occupancy, or disposition of NFS 

lands needed for subsistence purposes. No such withdrawal, reservation, lease, permit, 

or other use, occupancy, or disposition of such lands that may significantly restrict 

subsistence uses shall be effected until the following actions are accomplished: 

a) Notice is given to the appropriate federal and state agencies, local committees, 

recognized tribal governments, and the Southeast Federal Subsistence Regional 

Advisory Council established pursuant to Section 805 of ANILCA; 

b) Notice of a hearing is given and a hearing is held in the vicinity of the area involved; 

c) A determination is made that: 1) such a significant possibility of a significant 

restriction of subsistence uses is necessary, consistent with sound management 

principles for the utilization of the public lands; 2) the proposed activity will involve the 

minimal amount of public lands necessary to accomplish the purposes of such use, 

occupancy, or other disposition, and 3) reasonable steps will be taken to minimize 

adverse impacts upon subsistence uses and resources resulting from such actions. 

2. The environmental analysis will include the notice, hearing, and findings required in 1 

above. 

3. Regardless of whether or not an EIS is required, in all project scoping, include initial and 

ongoing contact with the appropriate federal and state agencies, local committees, 

recognized tribal governments, and the Southeast Alaska Federal Subsistence Regional 

Advisory Council. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Subsistence 

January 2008 

4-69

4. After compliance with the procedural requirements of Section 810 of ANILCA and other 

applicable law, the responsible Forest Service official may manage or dispose of public 

lands under their primary jurisdiction for any of those uses or purposes authorized by 

ANILCA or other law. Management to accommodate identified subsistence uses could 

include: 

a) Implementing planned project; 

b) Canceling all or part of the planned project; 

c) Substituting another site for the project and prepare another environmental analysis if 

the change is significant; and/or 

d) Implementing appropriate mitigation measures. 

D. Evaluate changes in subsistence use patterns and activities in cooperation with appropriate 

state and federal agencies by conducting periodic surveys of fish and wildlife populations and 

subsistence harvest, and consulting with subsistent user groups. 

E. Make recommendations for subsistence regulations to the Southeast Alaska Federal 

Subsistence Regional Advisory Council and the Federal Subsistence Board, and provide 

technical support to these two bodies for analyzing the effects of proposed regulations on NFS 

lands. 

F. Provide for enforcement of subsistence use regulations promulgated by the Southeast Alaska 

Federal Subsistence Board. 

G. Provide public information concerning subsistence management on NFS lands. 

H. In cooperation with appropriate state and federal agencies, and recognized tribal governments, 

maintain a subsistence monitoring program and database. 

I. Maintain reasonable access to subsistence resources as required by ANILCA, Section 811. 

Address subsistence concerns when developing road management objectives (RMOs) for 

forest roads. (See Transportation Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines.) 

J. Seek to maintain abundance and distribution of subsistence resources necessary to meet 

subsistence user needs. 

K. Consider subsistence users' needs in the scheduling, locating, and designing of fish and 

wildlife habitat improvement projects. 

L. In the development of access and facilities, seek opportunities to provide for subsistence users 

(e.g., anchorages and shelters). Such access and facility opportunities should be identified and 

planned with local subsistence users. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Timber Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-70 

TIMBER 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Allowable Sale Quantity: TIM1 

I. Decade Allowable Sale Quantity 

A. The amount of timber harvest from suitable lands that can be sold from the Tongass National 

Forest, for a decade, cannot exceed the established Allowable Sale Quantity. The yearly 

quantity may exceed or be less than the decadal average. The Allowable Sale Quantity is a 

ceiling; it is not a future sale level projection or target and does not reflect all of the factors that 

may influence future sale levels. 

B. The Allowable Sale Quantity is partitioned into two non-interchangeable components (NICs) 

(see Glossary). Do not exceed limits on the sale of timber volume that counts towards the 

Allowable Sale Quantity associated with each NIC during the planning period. 

Integrated Resource Inventory - Existing Vegetation: TIM2 

I. Inventory 

A. Coordinate vegetative inventories with other data collection efforts to minimize duplication and 

to maximize the use of the resulting information. Emphasize multiple resource or integrated 

resource inventories. 

B. Reinventory forest vegetation on a 10- to 15-year cycle. 

Silvicultural Examination and Prescription: TIM3 

I. Stage II Intensive Inventory 

A. Manage vegetation according to a silvicultural prescription certified by a Region 10 certified 

silviculturist; this applies to any vegetative manipulation activity. 

B. Conduct silvicultural examinations and develop silvicultural prescriptions for proposed resource 

management activities where vegetative manipulation of the Forest is involved. (Consult 

Region 10 Silvicultural Examination and Prescription Handbook - 2409.26d). 

C. Conduct silvicultural examinations as part of timber sale analysis. Silvicultural examination is 

the process of gathering vegetative data to provide a basis for silvicultural and other 

management decisions. 

D. Develop silvicultural prescriptions as part of project planning. Complete all prescriptions before 

project implementation where implementation is defined as either the Final ROD, 

Environmental Assessment Decision Notice, or Decision Memo. Base silvicultural prescriptions 

on silvicultural examinations; include a written description of the current stand conditions, the 

anticipated future condition based on management activities, and a statement on land 

management and resource objectives. The prescription should also include silvicultural 

practices, cutting methods, or other management actions that will be applied sequentially to 

achieve the desired stand condition and structural attributes. A silvicultural analysis for project 

planning should address both stand and landscape conditions. 

E. Facilitate development of appropriate silvicultural system prescriptions by describing desired 

conditions in terms of structural attributes. 

F. Include an appropriate species mix for regeneration in the silvicultural prescription prepared 

during the environmental analysis. The "appropriate species" is based on the potential of the 

site as indicated by plant associations and adjacent stand conditions. 

G. Evaluate the natural reproduction potential and existing reproduction as part of the silvicultural 

analysis and prescription. Where possible, harvest prescriptions should consider leaving 

advance regeneration to meet reforestation needs and stand objectives. 

H. Consider regenerating and maintaining a mix of dominant overstory tree species, where 

appropriate, for the site, to provide for the diversity of future stands and to augment the future 

availability of forested habitats used by other species (wildlife and plants). Common, but less 

represented Forest-wide overstory species include yellow-cedar and western redcedar, Pacific 

yew, Pacific silver fir, and subalpine fir are considered rare tree species (see Plants Standards 

and Guidelines, Section C). 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Timber 

January 2008 

4-71 

I. Select a silvicultural system that meets the resource and vegetation management objectives of 

the area, including objectives for biological diversity, long-term site productivity, scenic integrity, 

and forest health. 

J. Even-aged, two-aged, and uneven-aged systems shall be available for use. 

K. Select rotations that produce sawtimber products, unless otherwise provided for in the LUD. 

L. Even-aged timber stands shall not be scheduled for final harvest before stand growth has 

reached or surpassed 95 percent of the Culmination of Mean Annual Increment in cubic feet. 

Exceptions may be made where special resource considerations require earlier harvest. 

Exceptions also may be made where small inclusions of young stands in harvest units that 

otherwise meet this requirement will result in more logical management units allowing greater 

efficiency or less resource impacts. 

M. Even-aged stands may be regenerated without having reached Culmination of Mean Annual 

Increment where salvage is prescribed after windthrow, where stands are in imminent danger 

from insect or disease attack or cutting for experimental and research purposes. 

Timber Project Planning: TIM4 

I. Information Gathering and Maintenance 

A. Provide timber resource information necessary to prepare timber harvest projects. This 

includes maintenance of inventories, analysis of data, and input for environmental analysis. 

B. Determine operability based on site-specific project conditions; classify the suitable lands 

according to the NIC definitions. 

C. Consider the management prescription of the LUDs within the project area in project design 

and environmental analysis for timber activities. Timber harvest unit cards will document 

resource concerns and protection measures. The unit cards, including a map with relevant 

resource features, will be included in NEPA documents. 

D. Develop the Sale Area Improvement Plan, including any projects that could be funded by 

Knutson-Vandenburg funds during the interdisciplinary NEPA process to identify resource 

improvement opportunities consistent with the Forest Service Renewable Resources 

Handbook. Schedule essential reforestation prioritized by mitigation or enhancement. 

Timber Sale Preparation: TIM5 

I. Regeneration Methods 

A. Regeneration methods refer to the manner in which a new stand is created. There are three 

categories of regeneration systems: even-aged, two-aged, and uneven-aged silvicultural 

systems. Even-aged systems include clearcutting, seed tree, and shelterwood. Two-aged 

systems include clearcutting with reserves, seed tree with reserves, and shelterwood with 

reserves. Uneven-aged systems include single-tree selection, group selection, and group 

selection with reserves. 

1. Consider silvicultural systems other than clearcutting to meet other resource objectives at 

the project level. As part of the project NEPA process, analyze current scientific 

information related to the applicability of alternative timber harvest methods. 

II. Even-Aged Systems 

A. Apply even-aged silvicultural methods in such a way that isolated stands of timber will not be 

created. Avoid locating harvest units where future harvest activities will destroy regeneration 

under earlier regeneration harvest activities. 

B. Clearcutting is an even-aged regeneration method. There are a number of supportive reasons 

for the use of this method in Alaska's western hemlock-Sitka spruce forests. These include 

excellent regeneration of desired species, effective dwarf mistletoe control, viable harvest 

economics, and compatibility with the use of standard logging systems. 

1. Use clearcutting only where it is determined to be the best system to meet the objectives 

and requirements of LUDs. 

2. Apply clearcutting where trees are cut to achieve timber production objectives, where 

there is risk of dwarf-mistletoe infection and disease control is desired, or where there is a 

high risk of windthrow. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Timber Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-72 

3. Forest Service Manual (FSM) 2470-R-10-2400-2005-1 clarifies limitations on 

"clearcutting." It is limited to areas where it is essential to meet Forest Plan objectives and 

may involve one or more of the following circumstances: 

a) To establish, enhance, or maintain habitat for Endangered, Threatened and Sensitive 

species. 

b) To enhance wildlife habitat or water yields, or to provide for recreation, scenic vistas, 

utility lines, road corridors, facility sites, reservoirs or similar development. 

c) To rehabilitate lands adversely impacted by events, such as fires, windstorms, or 

insect or disease infestations. 

d) To preclude or minimize the occurrence of potentially adverse impacts from insect or 

disease infestations, windthrow, logging damage, or other factors affecting forest 

health. 

e) To provide for the establishment and growth of desired trees or other vegetative 

species that are shade intolerant. 

f) To rehabilitate poorly stocked stands due to past management practices or natural 

events. 

g) To meet research needs. 

III. Size of Clearcuts/Even-Aged Openings 

A. NFMA regulations provide that 100 acres is the maximum size of created openings allowed for 

the western hemlock-Sitka spruce forest type of coastal Alaska, unless exempted under 

specific conditions. Cedar and hardwoods are usually considered to be a component of the 

western hemlock-Sitka spruce ecotype in Southeast Alaska and, therefore, the 100-acre limit 

will also apply to these types of stands. 

B. Recognizing that harvest units must be designed to accomplish management goals, created 

openings may be increased in size where larger units will produce a more desirable 

contribution of benefits. 

1. Use the following factors when proposing units that would exceed 100 acres: 

a) Natural and biological hazards to the survival of residual trees and surrounding 

stands 

b) Topography 

c) Relationship of units to other natural or artificial openings and the proximity of units 

d) Coordination and consistency with adjacent LUDs 

e) Effects on water quality and quantity 

f) Visual Absorption Capability 

g) Effect on wildlife and fish habitat, based on the most recent research 

h) Regeneration requirements for desirable tree species 

i) Transportation and regeneration method requirements 

j) Relative total costs of preparation, logging, and administration of harvest 

C. Where it is determined by an environmental analysis that exceptions to the size limit are 

warranted, the actual size of openings may be up to 200 acres, if required due to natural 

biological hazards to the survival of residual trees and surrounding stands, and up to 150 acres 

for the remaining factors, with the approval of the Forest Supervisor. (Consult R10 supplement 

FSM 2400-2002-1.) 

D. The established limits and exceptions do not apply to the size of areas harvested as a result of 

natural catastrophic conditions, such as insect and disease infestation or windthrow. 

E. Created openings will be adequately stocked with desirable tree species, which are 

approximately 5 feet in height, before the area will no longer be considered an opening for the 

purposes of determining limitations on the scheduling, locating, and calculating the size of 

additional created openings. Small inclusions within openings do not constitute division to the 

openings for purposes of reducing size. 

F. Leave strips between openings must be of sufficient size and composition to be managed as a 

separate stand (minimum stand mapping size is 10 acres). 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Timber 

January 2008 

4-73 

IV. Two-Aged System 

A. Two-aged silvicultural systems are designed to maintain and regenerate a stand with two-age 

classes. The resulting stand may be two-aged or trend towards the uneven-aged condition as a 

consequence of both an extended period of regeneration establishment and the retention of 

reserve trees that may represent one or more age classes. The reserve trees provide 

structural diversity and a biological legacy. Two-aged management regimes can produce 

stands of greater structural diversity than even-aged management. This method may be used 

where windthrow or dwarf mistletoe are not major threats or can be tolerated. 

1. Emphasize green-tree and snag retention in landscape management. The actual number 

and attributes of the trees retained is dependent on Forest Plan and site-specific 

silvicultural objectives. To the extent feasible, residual patches and single trees should 

include large, old trees and snags. 

2. Retained patches or residual trees should not be scheduled for removal. The retained 

patches and residual trees will provide support for those organisms that require old 

forests. 

3. Address safety issues by utilizing the guidelines in Reserve Tree Selection Guidelines, 

R10-MB-215, March 1993. 

V. Uneven-Aged Systems 

A. Uneven-aged silvicultural systems are methods of regenerating a forest stand, and maintaining 

an multi-aged/multi-layered structure, by removing some trees in all age groups and stratum 

either individually, in small groups, or in strips. Overstory density is regulated to avoid the 

suppression of understory trees and to maintain understory vigor. 

B. All timber types on the Tongass National Forest may be harvested using uneven-aged 

silvicultural methods. 

1. Use uneven-aged management where the interdisciplinary process determines the 

system is appropriate to meet the goals, objectives, and requirements of the LUD, 

including the protection of excessively steep or unstable soils, scenery, wildlife and fish 

habitat, recreation, timber supply, economics, and to supply commercial and 

noncommercial wood products (fuelwood). 

2. Limit uneven-aged management systems to areas where yarding equipment suited to 

selective logging can be used. 

VI. Intermediate Treatment Methods 

A. These activities include those treatments that improve the composition, health, value, and 

growth of a timber stand. 

B. Implement thinning treatments in young conifer stands to obtain timber volume that counts 

toward the Allowable Sale Quantity, improve wildlife habitat, improve scenic quality, and 

improve future growth. Promote and emphasize commercial treatments. Promote stewardship 

treatments as funding permits. 

C. Assess areas that have received precommercial thinning, release and weeding, pruning, or 

commercial thinning treatments to ensure management objectives have been met. Certify that 

the treatment met the prescription objectives. 

VII. Salvage Harvest 

A. Salvage cutting is the removal of dead trees or trees being damaged or dying due to injurious 

agents other than competition. It is also used to recover value that would otherwise be lost. 

B. Sale and utilization of dead, blown-down, and other deteriorating timber will receive high priority 

in LUDs where the harvest of timber is compatible with the LUD’s management objectives. 

Salvage may include trees damaged by road construction or rock pit development. 

C. For catastrophic events that occur on Forest lands within Non-development LUDs not 

withdrawn from harvest, consider an appropriate range of management alternatives to meet 

varying levels of resource protection and commodity outputs. These lands will not be 

substituted for suitable Forest land. 

1. Trees salvaged in a Non-development LUD will not be included as volume that counts 

toward the Allowable Sale Quantity. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Timber Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-74 

2. LUD objectives need to be met before approving salvage harvest on these lands. 

D. If beach log salvage involves both State and National Forest System lands, coordinate with the 

appropriate state agency. 

1. Beach log salvage material does not count toward the annual Allowable Sale Quantity. 

E. Where catastrophic events cause heavy tree losses on the suitable timber base, commercial 

timber harvest will be given high priority to maximize utilization. 

F. Refer to the Riparian Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for salvage in riparian areas. 

VIII. Utilization Standards 

A. Industrial wood products on the Tongass National Forest will be managed for quality sawtimber 

material and other merchantable wood products. 

1. Require utilization and optimum feasible use of wood material. Promote the use of wood 

for its highest value product commensurate with present and anticipated supply and 

demand. 

2. Improvements in utilization will be made through sale preparation, appraisals, contract 

administration, and dissemination of research information. 

3. Consult current regional direction for precise standards. 

IX. Competitive Bidding and Small Business 

A. Private enterprise shall be encouraged to use National Forest timber resources. 

1. The Forest Service will plan sale offerings to encourage competitive bidding in a range of 

total sale volume and species that provides opportunities for purchasers. 

X. Windthrow 

A. Special consideration will be required in the design of harvest units adjacent to LUDs or other 

areas that limit or prohibit timber harvest activities. Where the chance of windthrow in adjacent 

stands is increased by timber harvest, measures will be taken to contain the windthrow within 

the LUD where timber harvest is allowed. (Also see the Riparian Standards and Guidelines.) 

Commercial Sale Administration: TIM6 

I. Contract Administration 

A. Administer timber sale contract provisions, post-sale measurement, and financial oversight of 

all sales. 

1. Frequency of timber sale inspection will be determined by the complexity of the timber 

sale and operator performance, with the objective being to ensure full contract 

compliance. 

2. Sale administrators will work with the other specialist(s) to ensure that the project goals 

are obtained. 

3. Consult with the designated Forest Monitoring Coordinator to determine BMP 

measurement and reporting requirements. 

Other Forest Products: TIM7 

I. Personal Use Program 

A. Make fuelwood available in areas accessible to the public, consistent with NEPA requirements 

and LUD management objectives. 

B. Address requests for green personal use wood as soon as feasible. 

C. Designate green personal use timber planned for harvest. 

D. Any area that is off-limits for personal use timber harvest within Development LUDs should be 

identified by the District Ranger. 

E. Areas within Non-development LUDs can be considered for personal use if compatible with the 

LUD objectives (see Chapter 3) and other resource standards and guidelines, and should 

consider accessibility and other needs of the permitee. The District Ranger will determine if 

LUD objectives will be met before approving personal use on these lands. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Timber 

January 2008 

4-75 

II. Commercial Non-Timber Forest Products 

A. Allow harvest of non-timber forest products in ways that ensure the continued integrity of the 

forest stand and ecological values. 

III. Administrative Use of Timber 

A. Administrative use on the Tongass National Forest consists mainly of trees used for 

improvements of value to the National Forest or other federal land. (Consult FSM 2463.) 

B. Administrative use includes, but is not limited to, those trees used in construction activities for 

roads, trails, and facilities, as well as wood used in restoration and enhancement projects. 

C. Administrative use of timber is allowed on suitable forest lands, but does not count towards the 

Allowable Sale Quantity. 

D. Administrative use is also allowed on areas within Non-development LUDs, consistent with 

NEPA requirements, if compatible with the LUD objectives (see Chapter 3) and other resource 

standards and guidelines. The District Ranger will determine if LUD objectives will be met 

before approving administrative use on these lands. 

See the Plant section (Non-Timber Forest Products PLA4) for other products. 

Pesticide Use and Vegetation Management: TIM8 

I. Pesticide Use 

A. Pesticide use is not prescribed in the Forest Plan, but may be considered on a case-by-case 

basis. Biological, environmental, and economic costs and benefits of pesticide use are to be 

identified and weighed prior to Forest Service use of pesticides on the Forest. 

B. Pesticides will be employed only after such use has been evaluated in an environmental 

analysis and approved by the Forest Service officer with delegated authority. 

C. When pesticide use is judged necessary, selection and application will be based on the 

following guidelines: 

1. Those application methods and formulations will be used that are most effective in 

suppressing the pest, most specific to the target organisms, and least harmful to nontarget components of the environment. 

2. In operational pest management programs, only those pesticides that are registered in 

accordance with the federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, as amended, will 

be used, except as otherwise provided in regulations issued by the Environmental 

Protection Agency or the Department of Agriculture. 

3. Application will be restricted to the minimal effective dosage that, when precisely applied 

to the target area at optimum times, will accomplish the resource management objectives. 

Reforestation: TIM9 

I. Site Preparation, Planting, Stocking 

A. This activity comprises all treatments and activities aiding the re-establishment of desirable tree 

cover following timber harvest. 

1. Examine all Forest lands treated. 

a) No first-year surveys are required if the silvicultural prescription anticipates natural 

regeneration. 

b) Examine artificial seeding or planting treatments 1 and 3 years after treatment. 

c) Stands will be certified as stocked, if the third-year survey indicates that the area 

meets stocking standards. Permanent openings are allowed, and do not need 

certification, where created for wildlife habitat improvement, vistas, recreation uses, 

and similar practices. 

d) Prescribe artificial regeneration if the third-year survey indicates that natural 

regeneration is highly unlikely. 

e) Schedule another survey no later than five growing seasons after harvest if the 

third-year survey indicates the area is very likely to be stocked, but more time is 

required to make this determination. 

f) Certify that every unit that receives a final harvest meets or surpasses the stocking 

guidelines and certification standards (consult Silvicultural Practices Handbook - FSH 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Timber Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-76 

2409.17) within the 5-year regeneration period established by law. A unit may be 

certified as adequately stocked at any time during this 5-year period. (Also see the 

Monitoring Plan in Chapter 6.) 

g) Certify that a planted or seeded area has attained a stocking level above a defined 

minimum in terms of number and distribution of acceptable species, whether planted, 

seeded, or natural. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Trails 

January 2008 

4-77

TRAILS 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Trail Activities: TRAI1 

I. Opportunities 

A. Provide for a diversity of outdoor recreation trail and waterway opportunities that are 

appropriate for the Land Use Designation (LUD). Include such activities as hiking, 

mountaineering, spelunking, cross-country skiing, snowmobiling, off-highway vehicle (OHV) 

use, motorized trail bike riding, mountain bike riding, motorboating, canoeing, and kayaking. 

B. Emphasize opportunities in all Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) classes, as applicable, 

for activities that are in harmony with the natural environment and consistent with the recreation 

role of the National Forest System lands in a given area. Wilderness and Wilderness 

Monument LUDs should accommodate trail features in the Primitive ROS class unless the 

design accommodates a mitigation of impacts to other resources such as soils, water quality, 

fisheries, etc. 

C. Locate and operate trails to make the best use of available recreation opportunities. Establish 

trail objectives and associated management actions by examination of the interaction of all 

resource activities, opportunities inherently present, and the objectives of the LUD. 

D. Coordinate trail planning, location, design, and operation with the recreation management 

goals and objectives of other national, state, local agencies, and private operations. Make an 

effort to provide loop trail opportunities through the integration of systems regardless of 

jurisdiction. Design trails to be consistent with the ROS class approved by the deciding officer 

for the Trail Management Objectives (TMOs). A signed TMO is required to approve any 

additions or deletions to the Forest trails inventory managed for public use. 

E. Provide access to high quality recreation places with trail systems that will enhance the total 

experience of the user. 

F. Emphasize trail systems that offer the following opportunities as may be appropriate and 

feasible in a given area: 

1. Connected, multi-day trip opportunities for both land trails and water trails. 

2. Trails linked with existing (or emerging) road systems. 

3. Alpine trail systems with quick access from saltwater anchorages, cabins, local 

communities, and resorts. 

4. OHV trail systems utilizing connections with existing road systems to form loop trips and 

access to recreation attractions. 

5. Loop trail systems in connection with recreation cabins. 

6. Access from local communities to snowline where snow trails are feasible. 

7. Heli-hiking trails within a reasonable distance (based on cost) from local communities and 

service centers. 

8. Trail use for health benefit opportunities to members of local communities. 

Trail Administration: TRAI2 

I. Inventory, Construction, and Maintenance 

A. Maintain an inventory of existing National Forest System trails that will assist in determining the 

desirability of retaining trails in their current locations, their contribution in meeting overall 

recreation objectives, their affordability, and actions needed to bring the system up to desired 

standards and to maintain those standards. (Consult Forest Service Trails Management 

Handbook and Alaska Region Trail Construction and Maintenance Guide.) 

B. Construct, reconstruct, and maintain trails and waterway facilities as part of the Forest 

transportation system. 

1. Prioritize and schedule trail construction and maintenance to meet public needs as 

follows: 

a) Existing trails that are causing resource damage or to protect investments. 

b) Existing trails and waterways serving local community needs and tourist centers. 

c) Existing trails and waterways providing access to recreation cabins. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Trails Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-78

d) Existing trails and waterways in Wildernesses. 

e) New trails and waterways that will serve local communities, tourist centers, and 

resorts. 

f) New trails in Wilderness that will disperse use and are needed to help protect 

Wilderness resources from degradation. 

2. Provide trailheads in locations to allow access to the greatest number and types of trails 

practicable within an area. Consider use for both snow and snow-free trail access (during 

different seasons) from the same trailhead when practicable. Match the capacity of the 

trailhead with the desired capacity of the area being served. 

3. Construct and maintain trails to the standard appropriate for the type and amount of use 

desired in a given area. If the trail is to be used by multiple types of users, design and 

construct it to adequately and safely accommodate the most demanding or impacting type 

of use. (Consult FSH 2309.18.) 

4. Design and construct bridges to support the maximum expected snow and ice load, 

construction or maintenance equipment, and anticipated user equipment. Bridges must 

be appropriate for the prescribed ROS class and meet the adopted Scenic Integrity 

Objective for the area. 

5. Plan and provide trails for a variety of accessibility challenge levels, appropriate to the 

ROS setting. 

6. Use volunteer, human resource, and cooperative programs to augment trail construction 

and maintenance budgets, as well as provide land use education opportunities for the 

public. Integrate these resources into the total trail management system. Encourage local 

organizations to "adopt a trail" to provide needed maintenance on a continuing basis. 

Crews must be under the supervision of a qualified trail supervisor. Help develop qualified 

supervisors in volunteer organizations and other cooperative programs. (Consult Forest 

Service Trails Management Handbook.) 

C. Trails and associated waterways within LUDs and recreation places often become the principal 

tools for achieving management objectives. Construct and maintain trails and related facilities 

so that they contribute to desired conditions and appear to be an appropriate part of the Forest 

setting and not an intrusion upon it. (Consult Forest Service Trails Management Handbook.) 

Use Best Management Practices (FSH 2509.22) to reduce the effects of trail activities on the 

beneficial uses of water. 

1. Develop and incorporate in project plans an erosion control and stabilization plan for 

stabilizing all human-caused soil disturbances. Develop and incorporate into project an 

erosion control and stabilization plan for stabilizing all human-caused soil disturbances. 

Use approved seed mixtures for revegetation of disturbed sites. (Consult FSH 2080.) 

2. Locate trail crossings at right angles to streams and at suitable bridge locations. Design 

and maintain trail treads to protect riparian values and minimize soil erosion. 

3. Locate stream crossings only in stable reaches. Design crossings of V-notched drainages 

to prevent debris jamming. Drainage structure gradients should follow natural gradient for 

non-fish streams, where needed, to prevent downstream erosion. Require brow logs for 

dirt and rock-surfaced log stringer bridges and turnpike sections to contain materials and 

prevent entry of sediment into the stream. For further location and design guidance, 

consult the Trails Handbook and Drainage Structures Handbook. 

4. Permit construction of trails parallel to and crossing fish streams only where objectives for 

the management of fish habitat can be met. Where trails are located near fish streams, 

minimize the introduction of sediment during clearing, construction, and operation 

activities. Sidecasting and waste materials must not encroach upon the stream course, 

and as much undisturbed groundcover as practicable shall be left between the trail and 

the stream. Complete endhaul of waste material will be required where trails are located 

near fish streams when there is the probability of downhill movement of the material into 

the stream. Fill will be allowed in fish streams only when considered through the 

Interdisciplinary Team process to be the best alternative. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Trails 

January 2008 

4-79

5. Meet fish passage direction at all locations where trails cross fish streams. Refer to Fish 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines. Contracts will specify permissible uses of 

motorized equipment and the timing of trail construction activities based on agreement 

with the Alaska Department of Natural Resources and as determined by environmental 

analysis and appropriate line officer approval. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Transportation Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-80

TRANSPORTATION 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Transportation System Inventory: TRAN1 

I. Inventory Updating and Maintenance 

A. Maintain an inventory of all Forest transportation facilities, including National Forest System 

roads, bridges, and major culverts (including those which require fish passage); log transfer 

facilities (LTFs), and airfields. (Consult Forest Service Manual [FSM] 7710.) 

1. Use the Infrastructure (INFRA) system, or subsequently developed and approved system, 

as the data management system for the Forest road, bridge, and major culvert inventory. 

2. Update changes on transportation maps annually. Map all roads, as an historical record, 

regardless of administrative classification. 

Road and Bridge Administration: TRAN2 

I. Road Management 

A. Manage the National Forest System roads and bridges based on road management objectives 

using the criteria listed below: 

1. Keep the designated National Forest System roads open to public motorized use unless: 

a) Use conflicts with Land Use Designation (LUD) objectives, such as the need to 

protect fish or wildlife habitat, or to retain a non-motorized recreation experience. 

b) Financing is not available to maintain the road or manage the associated use of 

adjacent lands. 

c) Use causes unacceptable damage to roadway or adjacent soil and water resources. 

d) Use results in unsafe conditions. 

e) There is little or no public need. 

2. Manage road use by seasonal closure if any of the following conditions are anticipated: 

a) Seasonal conflicts with LUD objectives, such as the need to provide security for 

wildlife during critical times of the year. 

b) Traffic hazards or unacceptable damage to roadway or adjacent soil and water 

resources due to weather or seasonal conditions. 

3. Restrict public use by temporary closure if: 

a) Concurrent use between commercial and other traffic is unsafe. 

b) The potential for damage to equipment from vandalism is high. 

4. Allow administrative use of closed or restricted roads when needed for emergency use or 

uses otherwise deemed appropriate by the Forest Service officer with delegated authority. 

B. Consider the opportunities to manage road use cooperatively with applicable state, tribal, and 

other federal agencies to meet fish and wildlife management objectives. 

C. Manage roads to be consistent, to the maximum extent practicable, with the enforceable 

policies of the Alaska Coastal Management Program. 

D. Consider future needs for roads using the roads analysis process (FS-643). 

E. Avoid the introduction or spread of invasive species during road construction, reconstruction, 

and maintenance. (Refer to the Invasive Plant Management Handbook, FSH 2080, for specific 

guidance.) 

II. Permitting 

A. Authorize, by issuing a road use permit, appropriate commercial use of the National Forest 

road system not otherwise authorized by a Forest Service contract, easement, Special Use 

Authorization, operating plan, or other similar agreement. Include investment sharing and 

maintenance requirements and rules of use as terms of the permit. (Consult FSM 7730 R-10 

supplement). 

B. Obtain needed permits for the construction of bridges across navigable waters, and for LTFs. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Transportation 

January 2008 

4-81

III. Cost Share Management 

A. Administer cost-shared roads in accordance with the terms of the agreement between the 

Forest Service and the cooperators. 

1. Collect data about traffic volume and types of users on the National Forest road system, 

as needed, to determine investment sharing and commensurate maintenance 

responsibilities. 

Transportation Improvement Planning: TRAN3 

I. Planning 

A. Plan transportation facilities that will efficiently integrate and achieve Forest Plan direction, 

including consideration of landscape-scale ecological objectives. Take advantage of resource 

opportunities recognized during project scoping, such as providing access to a recreation 

attractor or mineral deposit. 

B. Direct the orderly development and management of the transportation system, and ensure the 

documentation of decisions affecting the system. 

C. Coordinate transportation corridor development with the applicable Canadian, federal, state, 

and local government agencies and private landowners. Consider opportunities to enhance the 

overall transportation system by locating roads coincident with the Transportation and Utility 

System (TUS) corridors identified in this Plan. Make no road connections between 

communities or emerging communities without the participation and collaboration of state and 

local governments, communities, and affected individuals. 

D. During project planning, identify resource concerns and site-specific mitigation measures. 

Clearly document these mitigation measures to facilitate project implementation and 

monitoring. 

II. Access and Travel Management Planning and Road Management Objectives 

A. Undertake access and travel management planning based on Forest Plan goals, objectives, 

and desired conditions. As part of the planning process, update road management objectives 

for all National Forest System roads. Road management objectives include access objectives, 

design criteria, environmental and resource considerations, operation and maintenance criteria, 

and other road attributes. 

Road and Bridge Preconstruction: TRAN4 

I. Road Standards 

A. Perform route or site selection, location, geotechnical investigations, survey, and design to a 

technical level sufficient to meet the intended use and commensurate with both ecological 

objectives and the investment to be incurred. Ensure consistency with Forest-wide Standards 

and Guidelines and Best Management Practices. (Consult FSH 2509.22.) 

1. Consider each of the following factors when determining standards for the intended uses: 

a) Cost of transportation (including operation and maintenance), 

b) Safety, 

c) Intended purpose and ecological objectives, and 

d) Impacts on land and resources on both local and landscape points of view. 

B. Construct roads in the most cost-effective manner consistent with LUDs and intended 

purposes. Use the Forest Highway Program (consult FSM 7740) and joint financing with other 

state and federal agencies to construct roads to a higher standard, when determined 

appropriate to meet road management objectives. 

C. Evaluate each proposed road construction or reconstruction project to determine the least cost 

road (considering cost of construction, maintenance, and hauling) that meets the intended 

purpose. Compare the road construction standard required for the immediate harvest and 

removal of timber with that needed to meet long-term road management objectives. When a 

higher standard facility is required to meet multiple-use objectives or for future management, 

include supplemental funding (Forest Service funds) to construct the higher standard. The 

purchaser of National Forest timber shall not bear that part of the cost necessary to meet the 

higher standard. (Consult FSM 2430.) 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Transportation Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-82

D. Cooperate with the Alaska Department of Transportation and Public Facilities and the Federal 

Highway Administration in the administration of the Forest Highway Program. Provide 

nominations of routes to be upgraded and encourage their transfer to state jurisdiction, in order 

to provide safe facilities and adequate maintenance between communities linked by the Forest 

Transportation System. (Consult FSM 7700.) 

E. Build and manage roads primarily to meet public needs. Include considerations for a full range 

of access forms such as cars, trucks, bicycles, off-highway vehicles (OHVs), and foot travel. 

Where roads will provide potential access to private or State of Alaska lands, recognition of the 

route as a potential state route should influence location and alignment standards to avoid 

future duplication of construction. Such consideration must not, however, be considered 

justification for a higher cost road than is necessary for Forest Service resource management. 

F. Consider conservation of petroleum energy supplies in the location, design, and operation of 

the transportation system. 

II. Location and Design 

A. Locate and design National Forest System roads in a manner that will utilize both local and 

landscape scale ecological objectives, as well as Best Management Practices. Seek to 

minimize effects on wildlife and fish habitat, riparian habitat, and wetlands. (Consult the Forest 

Service Road Preconstruction and Drainage Structures Handbooks, and the Region 10 Soil 

and Water Conservation Handbook for detailed location and design guidance.) 

1. Incorporate erosion control and stabilization measures in project plans for stabilizing all 

human-caused soil disturbances. Ensure Best Management Practices can be 

implemented in construction, operation, and maintenance of the road. 

2. Avoid construction on highly unstable uplifted marine sediment as identified in the Soil 

Resource Inventory (SRI), or use geotechnical engineering designs to maintain stability. 

Obtain line officer approval after on-site consideration and stability analysis. 

3. Roading on slopes in excess of the soil's internal angle of friction, as identified in SRIs, 

requires geotechnical investigation and appropriate designs. Obtain line officer approval 

after site-specific investigation has been conducted to determine degree of risk and the 

potential effects from mass wasting. Conduct stability analysis to determine the most 

effective and lowest cost method of reducing the risk of roadway failure. Consider 

constructing full bench roads and end-hauling excess excavation. End-hauled excess 

excavation shall be deposited at appropriate locations that prevent the excess material 

from entering streams. Stabilize and revegetate end-hauled materials in accordance with 

prescribed erosion control measures specified in the project plan. 

4. Locate stream crossings in stable reaches, unless mitigation measures are taken. Design 

crossings of V-notched drainages to prevent debris jamming. Design and install culverts 

to prevent downstream erosion. When embankment material is used for surfacing native 

log bridges, install side logs, wood chinking, and a geotextile fabric blanket prior to 

embankment placement to contain surfacing materials and prevent entry of sediment into 

the stream. 

5. Avoid locations of roads near fish-bearing streams. Seek locations that avoid fish 

streams, crossing streams when other locations are not feasible and fish habitat can be 

protected. Where roads are located near fish streams, avoid the introduction of sediment 

during clearing, construction, and operation activities. Excess excavation material must 

not encroach upon the stream course. Leave as much undisturbed ground cover between 

the road and the stream as feasible. Require complete endhaul of excess excavation 

where there is the probability of downhill movement of that material into the stream. Place 

fill into fish streams only when it is considered by the environmental analysis process to be 

the best alternative, and following consultation with the Alaska Department of Natural 

Resources (ADNR) and Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G). 

6. Meet fish passage direction at locations where roads cross fish streams. (Consult Forestwide Standards and Guidelines for Fish Habitat Planning, FISH112.) Specify permissible 

uses of heavy machinery and the timing of road construction activities in contracts based 

on consultation with ADNR and as determined by interdisciplinary analysis and on 

approval by the appropriate line officer. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Transportation 

January 2008 

4-83

7. In areas where erosion due to heavy rains on disturbed soil is a resource protection 

concern, provide special project specifications that prescribe the maximum distance 

beyond the end of embankment placement that pioneering operations (preliminary 

clearing of the road right-of-way) may occur. 

8. Slope drainage ditches along the roadbed to the nearest relief culvert. Discharge from 

road ditches should be cross drained to filter on natural forest floor, rather than flowing 

directly into streams. 

9. Design bridge abutments to minimize disturbances to streambanks. 

10. Promptly rehabilitate temporary roads in accordance with erosion control and stabilization 

measures prescribed in the project plan. Establish vegetation on roadbeds of temporary 

roads within 10 years following termination of use. 

11. Design roads to conform to the Memorandum of Understanding with the U.S. Fish and 

Wildlife Service on eagles, or obtain variances. 

12. Avoid ditching across wetlands if surface water control is not required for safety or 

protection of the running surface. 

B. Design and construct roads to conform to the Adopted Scenic Integrity Objectives. 

1. For guidance, consult National Forest Landscape Management Handbook, Volume 2, 

Chapter 4: Roads. 

2. Consider the following practices during road design on, or seen from, Visual Priority Travel 

Routes and Use Areas (see Appendix F): 

a) Vegetating slopes seen from the road, 

b) Providing "planting pockets" or terraces on slopes, where needed, 

c) Minimizing landform modifications through road location and design, and 

d) Considering vegetative treatment of clearing edges such as feathering or 

free-flowing, undulating edge to break up the straight line. 

C. Plan, design, and construct roads to minimize conflicts or mitigate conflicts with existing 

facilities such as trails, pipelines, utilities, and cabins. 

III. Wetlands, Flood Plains, Estuaries, and Tidal Meadows 

A. Locate and design National Forest System roads to minimize impact to soils, water, and 

associated resources in accordance with BMPs. Avoid development activities, to the extent 

feasible, in areas of important wetland value identified during project Interdisciplinary Team 

analysis. 

1. Do not construct roads across alluvial flood plains, mass wastage areas, or braided 

stream bottom lands unless an Interdisciplinary Team investigation indicates that 

individual site-specific mitigation can be applied to provide protection for the soils, water, 

and associated resources. 

2. For roads or other facilities approved for location near estuaries, fills and excess 

excavation materials must not encroach upon such areas unless approved by the 

appropriate decision maker following interdisciplinary analysis. 

3. Use the following criteria for siting water-dependent transportation facilities, other than 

LTFs, such as docks, landings, floats, and boat ramps: 

a) Locate far enough from known anadromous fish streams to avoid significant 

interference (generally a minimum of 300 feet away); 

b) Locate far enough from tideflats or subtidal beds of aquatic vegetation to avoid 

significant impairment (generally a minimum of 300 feet away); 

c) Restrict the filling of intertidal and subtidal areas to those sites having the least value 

as habitat for marine organisms and vegetation, unless Interdisciplinary Team and 

interagency (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service [USFWS], National Marine Fisheries 

Service [NMFS], and ADF&G) joint analysis determines that for other resource 

reasons it is desirable to fill the more productive site; 

d) Avoid areas with established uses, such as areas used for commercial and sport 

fishing, hunting, and anchorages for commercial and recreational vessels, unless 

interdisciplinary review determines that location of sites may be accomplished in a 

manner that is compatible with such uses; and 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Transportation Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-84

e) Ensure that all needed permits, leases, and accesses are acquired. Work 

cooperatively with other agencies such as NMFS, USFWS, U.S. Army Corps of 

Engineers, ADF&G, Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation, and ADNR 

on these efforts. 

IV. Quarry and Borrow Sites 

A. Locate and design quarry (shot rock pit) and borrow (gravel pit) sites, and time their use to 

minimize the impacts upon other resource values, existing facilities, and to meet LUD 

objectives. During the design phase, consider the potential for use of the pit to improve fish 

habitat and dispersed recreation opportunities. 

1. Plan rock quarries and borrow pits through the Interdisciplinary Team process. On 

potentially landslide-prone areas, blasting will be avoided during or within 72 hours 

following a 2-year, 24-hour storm (total amount of expected rainfall from a storm event that 

would statistically occur once every 2 years, or until determined that the soil groundwater 

level does not constitute a high-risk situation. Where other sources are available, do not 

locate borrow pits on landslide-prone areas. Where no other feasible alternative exists, 

strip quarries of their overburden and haul excavated material to a stable location. 

Stabilization of the overburden material will conform to the erosion control and stabilization 

measures developed during the planning of the quarry or borrow pit. 

2. Design quarry and borrow pits to minimize the possibility of sediment being carried into 

watercourses by run off. Whenever locations near streamcourses or other water bodies 

are considered, erosion control measures must provide for drainage to run off through a 

filter strip, buffer, or sediment basin prior to entering a water body, unless the quarry or 

borrow pit is to be used for fish habitat management. 

3. Limit blasting that adversely effects fish spawning beds to times when eggs and alevins 

are not vulnerable. Safe times and distances will be determined on a site-by-site basis 

after consultation with agencies such as ADF&G, NMFS, and USFWS. 

4. Do not allow the use of intertidal gravel as a source of borrow. 

5. Drain borrow pits and quarries no longer needed, unless developed for fish or waterfowl 

habitat, and revegetate mineral soil. 

6. Consider screening borrow pits, quarries, and access roads along priority travel routes 

(refer to Appendix F). 

V. Log Transfer Facilities Siting, Construction, Operation, and Monitoring 

A. Site LTFs in locations that will best avoid or minimize potential impacts on water quality, aquatic 

habitat, and other resources. During site analysis, cooperate with state and federal agencies to 

assemble required data and evaluate alternatives. 

B. When considering alternative siting, construction, and operation of LTFs, use both regulatory 

guidelines established by the Clean Water Act (40 CFR Part 230), and the Alaska Timber Task 

Force Log Transfer Facility Guidelines (See Appendix G). All LTFs are evaluated by regulatory 

agencies using these two sets of guidelines (items 1 and 2 below). 

1. The Log Transfer Facility Siting, Construction, Operation and Monitoring/Reporting 

Guidelines (1985), developed by the Alaska Timber Task Force (ATTF) Log Transfer 

Facility Guidelines Technical Subcommittee, are used by the regulatory agencies in 

evaluating applications for meeting requirements of the Clean Water Act. These 

guidelines are to be used when evaluating proposals for log transfer and associated 

facilities. The introduction to the guidelines say "the objective is to consider all the 

guidelines and develop the "best mix" which allows the activities to proceed while meeting 

all applicable statutory and regulatory requirements." The ATTF Guidelines may be found 

in Appendix G of this document. 

2. Alternatives for siting, construction, and operation must also be evaluated using the 

404(b)(1) process of the Clean Water Act and the requirements of 40 CFR 230.12(a)(3) to 

determine one of the following: 

a) There is a feasible alternative to the proposed discharge that would have less 

adverse effect on the aquatic ecosystem, so long as such alternative does not have 

other significant adverse environmental consequences; 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Transportation 

January 2008 

4-85

b) The proposed discharge will result in significant degradation of the aquatic 

ecosystem; 

c) The proposed discharge does not include all appropriate and feasible measures to 

minimize potential harm to the aquatic ecosystem; 

d) There does not exist sufficient information to make a reasoned judgment as to 

whether the proposed discharge will comply with these guidelines; or 

e) The "proposed discharge" refers to the discharge of logs, bark, any other dredged or 

fill material, and storm water into the aquatic systems. 

C. Use the additional following guidelines, consistent with the 404(b)(1) process, and the Log 

Transfer Facility Siting, Construction, Operation and Monitoring/Reporting Guidelines (1985) as 

described in Part A above, when evaluating alternatives for log transfer. The guidelines 

described in Part A take precedence over these guidelines. 

1. Minimize the number of LTFs and storage areas by selecting locations that will 

accommodate future logging without requiring additional transfer or storage sites. 

2. Give preference to locating LTFs along straits or channels when feasible. When located 

in bays, large bays are preferred to small bays, and deep bays are preferred to shallow 

bays. Sites near the mouths of bays are preferred to sites near the heads of bays. Give 

preference to sites where marine vegetation is sparse or absent over sites with vegetation. 

3. Avoid, where practicable, siting log transfer, rafting, and storage facilities in areas with 

established commercial, subsistence, and sport fishing activity, high levels of recreation 

use, areas of high scenic quality, or documented concentrations of species commonly 

pursued by commercial, subsistence, and sport fishers. 

4. When an existing LTF in a less than optimal location is considered for reconstruction, 

perform environmental analysis to determine whether adverse impacts of relocating the 

facility exceed those resulting from continued use at the existing site. 

5. Site locations that have foundation materials, determined by appropriate subsurface 

investigation, that can economically and effectively support the structure through the 

duration of its design life. 

6. Consider the visual impact of a proposed structure in the selection of alternative designs. 

In areas of high visual sensitivity, emphasize designs that would be less likely to dominate 

the landscape (such as a low-angled slide rather than a bulkhead design). 

Road and Bridge Construction/Reconstruction: TRAN5 

I. Construction 

A. Construct National Forest System roads and bridges that provide the stability and durability 

appropriate for their intended use as documented in the road management objectives. 

II. Reconstruction 

A. Reconstruct roads and bridges in accordance with the following limitations: 

1. Correction of unsafe conditions that cannot be corrected by traffic restriction 

2. Repair of situations where use will cause environmental impacts inconsistent with Forest 

Plan direction 

3. Upgrading of a facility that was not originally constructed to accommodate current or 

anticipated use 

4. Repair of surfacing, bridges, and LTFs, where analysis clearly shows an economic 

advantage to protect the investment 

5. Removal of vegetation, repair of surfacing, repair or replacement of culverts and bridges 

where necessary to bring roads up to timber haul standards. 

B. Reconstruct roads and bridges using BMPs. Consult ADNR on reconstruction activities 

affecting fish-bearing streams. 

Road Maintenance: TRAN6 

I. Maintenance Levels, Conditions, and Inspections 

A. Operate and maintain National Forest System roads in a manner which meets the road 

management objectives. Use road closures, maintenance, reconditioning, and other measures 

to keep road surface and road site erosion at low or near background levels. Maintain roads to 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Transportation Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-86

meet BMPs regardless of the methods used to obtain the maintenance work. Manage roads to 

provide cost-effective support to LUD objectives and safe travel to users of the system, while 

protecting the environment, adjacent resources, and the public investment. (Consult the 

Transportation System Maintenance Handbook.) 

1. Consider protection needs of adjacent resources when planning and conducting road 

maintenance activities. Where consistent with road management objectives, consider 

incorporating design features that will protect water quality by minimizing long-term 

maintenance needs (e.g., driveable dips adjacent to culverts, oversized culverts, 

outsloping roads). 

a) Maintain road running surfaces and bridge decks to minimize the amount of road 

surface sediment entering adjacent streams and lakes. 

b) Maintain ditches and culverts to keep water effectively flowing, and minimize 

sediment entering streamcourses. 

c) Provide for the disposal of materials collected during road maintenance (soil, rock, 

and debris) in a manner that minimizes sediment entering streams and lakes and 

meets LUD objectives (particularly those regarding Scenic Integrity). 

d) During snow plowing operations, do not use bodies of fresh water as disposal sites 

for snow (and accompanying road surface sediments). 

2. Perform Condition Surveys in accordance with INFRA guidelines. The intensity of survey 

will be commensurate with the risks and potential effects of structure failure. Itemize 

deficiencies needing correction and present recommendations for corrective action. 

3. Inspect bridges at frequency and standards specified in FSM 7730. 

4. Implement requirements of the Forest Service Highway Safety Program (consult FSM 

7730), which include recording the location of all known accidents and identifying 

locations, design, and operating features that are potential high hazards. Prioritize 

hazards for correction based on traffic volume, traffic mix, and degree of hazard. Program 

the elimination of identified hazards on a systematic basis, and as funding permits. 

5. Use of traffic control devices will be in accordance with the guidelines contained in the 

Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal 

Highway Administration, Publication Number FHWA - SA-89-006; HTO-21/2-89 (15M)P.) 

6. Place roads identified through environmental analysis as needed on an intermittent basis 

into storage (Maintenance Level I) to be in a self-maintaining status (Maintenance Level I), 

as funding permits. 

Road Decommissioning: TRAN7 

I. Planning 

A. Decommission roads identified through environmental analysis in a condition that maintains 

stream connectivity and minimize impacts to the watershed. 

B. Use an interdisciplinary process to develop project objectives. 

II. Design 

A. Use an interdisciplinary process to identify standards and or typicals to be used for units of 

work and problem locations along the road (FSH 2509.22; BMPs 14.9, 14.12,14.14,14.24). 

1. Consider headcut potential on removed culverts in live streams and ditches, especially in 

AF, MM, FP, PA channels and in channels and ditch lines with high erodable soils. 

2. Consider the effect of sediment pulses from sediment accumulated above undersized 

culverts and long-term accumulations in the ditches. 

3. Reconstruct channel connectivity and planform in fish bearing streams after culvert 

removal 

4. Establish grade control structures in steep gradient streams and as necessary to prevent 

headcuts 

5. Maintain water quality with sufficient drainage structures (waterbars), headcut control, 

minimizing disturbances in well vegetated ditches, and revegetative measures 

(bioengineering, seeding, and planting) 

6. Design channel form for steep streams. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Transportation 

January 2008 

4-87

III. Review 

A. Decommission projects will be field reviewed before contract implementation by Ranger District 

and Supervisor office specialists. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Wetlands Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008

4-88

WETLANDS 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Wetlands: WET

I. Objectives 

A. Avoid alteration of, or new construction on, wetlands wherever there is a practicable, 

environmentally preferred alternative, considering the functions of wetlands as well as other 

non-wetland ecosystems in the project area. Practicable alternatives take into consideration 

costs, existing technology, and logistics in light of overall project purposes. (Consult 40 CFR 

230.3[q].) 

B. Minimize the loss of higher value wetlands (especially fens) and the adverse impacts of land 

management activities on wetlands. (Consult Executive Order 11990 and BMP 12.5 for 

guidance on wetland protection.) 

C. Seek to maintain the natural and beneficial functions of wetlands. 

II. Inventory and Evaluation 

A. Use the most current technical criteria for wetland identification and delineation. Consult the 

Federal Manual for Identifying and Delineating Jurisdictional Wetlands, 1987 (or its revision), as 

appropriate. Refer to the Interim Regional Supplement to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineer’s 

Wetland Delineation Manual for the Alaska Regional, 2006. 

III. Land Use Activities 

A. The discharge of dredged or fill material onto wetlands is regulated under Section 404 of the 

Clean Water Act, which is administered by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) and 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Certain categories of activities are exempt from 

regulation, while others may be permitted (refer to 33 CFR 323.4 Part 330 Appendix A 325). 

Consult with USACE early in the planning process to determine whether a 404 permit is 

required. For non-exempt activities, permit requirements may include compensation or 

replacement of any lost aquatic function. 

B. Consistent with the Clean Water Act, as amended, use Best Management Practices (BMPs) in 

all management activities that could affect water quality of wetlands. BMPs are intended to 

ensure that flow and circulation patterns, as well as chemical and biological characteristics of 

water are not impaired. (FSH 2509.22, BMP 12.5) 

C. Before issuing authorizations, leases, easements, rights-of-way, or exchanging lands 

containing wetlands, identify uses that are restricted under identified federal, state, or local 

wetlands regulations. Incorporate appropriate restrictions, where necessary, to protect or 

minimize wetland impacts, or withhold such properties from exchange. 

D. Cooperate with state and federal agencies having overlapping resource management 

responsibilities for wetlands, including the Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Alaska 

Department of Environmental Conservation, Alaska Department of Natural Resources, USACE, 

EPA, National Marine Fisheries Service, and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 

E. Mitigate to minimize impacts caused by activities when BMPs do not perform as expected. 

F. When decommissioning roads through wetlands, restore natural drainage patterns. 

G. Timber harvest may occur on forested wetlands that meet suitable criteria and are in 

development LUDs. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Wildlife 

January 2008 

4-89

WILDLIFE 

Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines 

Wildlife Habitat Planning: WILD1 

I. Coordination/Cooperation with Other Agencies, Institutions, and Partners 

A. Coordinate with the Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G), other state agencies, 

the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), 

tribal governments, and other cooperators and partners during the planning of activities that 

may affect wildlife. 

1. The Forest should meet at least annually with state and federal wildlife agencies to 

review resource activities, present progress reports on implementation of past 

cooperative work or agreements, and schedule cooperative work. 

2. Seek to maintain Memoranda of Understanding with appropriate state, federal, and 

local agencies and associations. 

B. Emphasize management for indigenous wildlife species and natural habitat, except in cases 

where the Forest Service, in cooperation with the ADF&G and USFWS, find desirable 

alternatives. Special consideration should be given to the possible adverse effects on 

habitat of sensitive, threatened, and endangered species. 

C. Coordinate wildlife habitat surveys, studies, plans, and improvement projects with the 

ADF&G, USFWS, NMFS, and other appropriate state, federal, tribal, local, and private 

agencies. Use the Sikes Act authorities for cooperative work with the state. Use 

agreements and other partnerships to cooperate with other partners. 

D. Coordinate with the ADF&G in development of state strategic plans and population goals 

and objectives for wildlife species, and attempt to incorporate wildlife goals and objectives 

into forest management. 

E. Provide habitat information to the ADF&G to assist in correlating hunting seasons, permits, 

and bag limits to on-the-ground habitat conditions so that population and habitat objectives 

can be achieved. 

II. General Habitat Planning/Coordination 

A. Recognize as wildlife habitat, areas of land and water that can contribute to achieving 

wildlife objectives for consumptive and non-consumptive uses. 

B. Provide the abundance and distribution of habitat necessary to maintain viable populations 

of existing native and desirable introduced species well-distributed in the planning area (i.e., 

the Tongass National Forest). (Consult 36 CFR 219.19 and 36 CFR 219.27.) 

C. Cooperate with the state and, as appropriate, the USFWS in managing vehicle, boat, and 

other human use (e.g., hunting and fishing seasons and bag limits), as necessary, to 

achieve wildlife objectives, recognizing the access provisions of the Alaska National Interest 

Lands Conservation Act of 1890 (ANILCA). Emphasize management to reduce human 

disturbance in high value habitat areas and during critical periods of wildlife use. 

D. Maintain a Forest program schedule that includes anticipated wildlife habitat and population 

inventory needs, monitoring requirements, and proposed habitat improvement and 

maintenance projects. 

E. Use Forest Plan Management Indicator Species to evaluate the potential effects of 

proposed management activities affecting wildlife habitat. (Consult Forest Service Manual 

[FSM] 2620.) 

F. Develop interagency habitat capability models for any or all of the management indicators to 

systematically assess the impacts of proposed projects during project level analysis. 

Periodically review and update models to reflect the most current habitat relationships and 

habitat modeling technology. 

G. Cooperate with ADF&G to seek to prevent existing populations of invasive species from 

dispersing into Wilderness areas. Address issues regarding management, introduction, and 

re-introduction of wildlife species consistent with national and regional policy. 

H. When population or habitat declines for a plant or animal species or subspecies indicates 

that long-term persistence is at risk, evaluate the particular species for designation as a 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Wildlife Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-90

Regional Sensitive Species by the Regional Forester. (Consult FSM 2670 and R10 

supplemental directions for Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species.) 

III. Habitat Improvement Planning 

A. Identify habitat improvement projects to meet wildlife habitat and population objectives. 

1. Consider the following factors to assess habitat improvement project opportunities and 

priorities: 

a) To meet state wildlife population objectives 

b) To meet subsistence use needs 

c) Existing habitat in poor condition compared to its potential 

d) Habitat with a history of receiving high levels of use 

e) Treatments with a favorable benefit/cost ratio. 

2. Use silvicultural practices, where applicable, to accomplish wildlife habitat objectives. 

IV. Legacy Forest Structure 

A. Objectives 

The intent of the Legacy Standard and Guideline is to ensure that sufficient residual trees, 

snags, and clumps of trees remain in timber harvest units within value comparison units 

(VCUs) that have had concentrated past timber harvest activity and are at risk for not 

providing the full range of matrix functions (as shown in Section D), in order to meet the 

intent of the conservation strategy while providing flexibility to address on-the-ground 

implementation issues. 

B. Legacy Standard 

In harvest units greater than 20 acres within VCUs identified in Section D, leave 30 percent 

of the entire unit (based on area) in legacy forest structure. For the purpose of this standard, 

the unit is defined as the original Logging System/Transportation Analysis (LSTA) boundary 

prior to field verification. Legacy forest structure should remain indefinitely after harvest and 

shall be tracked through the life of the next stand. Salvage logging of legacy trees is 

generally prohibited unless the rationale is clearly documented and the effects are clearly 

neutral or an improvement. 

C. Distribution and Composition of Legacy Forest Structure 

Legacy forest structure should be arranged primarily in clumps. The intent of leaving legacy 

forest structure is to provide structure within the opening; therefore, clumps should be left 

well inside the unit, compatible with logging system capabilities. Clumps may be placed 

along the external yarding boundaries within harvest units in situations where cable logging 

systems make leaving residual trees in other parts of the unit impractical due to operational 

or safety considerations. Structure left within units for other resources counts towards the 

30 percent, provided it meets the old growth stand characteristics below. Mapped TTRA 

stream buffers do not count toward the 30 percent. Legacy forest structure shall be 

representative of the existing old-growth stand characteristics, including age, size class, 

species composition, and structural components. Clumps and dispersed retention trees 

should include some of the largest, oldest live trees, decadent or leaning trees, and hard 

snags occurring in the unit. 

D. VCUs where the Legacy Standard Applies 

This standard is to be applied in VCUs where 33 percent or more of the productive old 

growth has been harvested from 1954 to 2005, or VCUs where less than 33 percent has 

been harvested but more than 67 percent of the productive old growth is projected to be 

harvested by the end of the Forest Plan planning horizon (see glossary). There are 49 

VCUs in this category; they are listed below by Ranger District: 

 Craig Ranger District 6100, 6200, 6210, 6240 

Hoonah Ranger District None 

Juneau Ranger District None 

Ketchikan/Misty Ranger District 7360, 7380, 7560 

Petersburg Ranger District None 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Wildlife 

January 2008 

4-91

Thorne Bay Ranger District 5320, 5350, 5371, 5380, 5390, 5440, 5450, 5460, 

5500, 5542, 5550, 5560, 5570, 5580, 5590, 5600, 

5610, 5620, 5700, 5710, 5720, 5790, 5810, 5830, 

5840, 5850, 5860, 5871, 5872, 5880, 5900, 5972 

Wrangell Ranger District 4550, 4570 

Sitka Ranger District 2930, 2990, 3070, 3120, 3130 

Yakutat Ranger District 3620, 3640, 3670 

Legacy Standards and Guidelines do not apply in other VCUs because they contain enough 

old-growth forest to provide habitat for old growth associated species. See Appendix D in the 

FEIS. 

V. Reserve Tree/Cavity-Nesting Habitat 

A. Provide habitat for cavity-nesting wildlife species. The legacy forest structure standard and 

guideline considers snags and replacement snag needs for those VCUs at risk for not 

providing sufficient snags within the watershed. Other VCUs will have snags retained within 

the development LUDs because habitat will be maintained in riparian buffers, the beach 

fringe, old-growth habitat reserves, and other Non-development LUDs within the VCU. 

1. Retain reserve trees in all LUDs. 

a) Retain reserve trees (which may be soft or hard snags) with a reasonable 

assurance of windfirmness, while meeting management objectives and 

considering safety needs for people and equipment. Use the Reserve Tree 

Selection Guidelines (R10-MB-215) for guidance. 

b) Reserve trees do not need to be evenly distributed; clumped distributions are 

preferred. 

c) Favor saving reserve trees away from roads to reduce loss from firewood 

gathering activity. 

d) After timber harvest in an area, remaining reserve trees may be designated as 

wildlife trees and marked to make them illegal for cutting. 

e) Retain live trees for future reserve tree recruitment. 

VI. Landscape Connectivity 

A. Design projects to maintain landscape connectivity. 

1. The objective is to maintain corridors of old-growth forest among large and medium 

Old-growth Habitat reserves (Appendix K) and other Non-development LUDs at the 

landscape scale. 

2. During the environmental analysis for projects proposing to harvest timber, construct 

roads, or otherwise significantly alter vegetative cover, conduct an analysis at the 

landscape scale to identify blocks of contiguous old-growth forest habitat within large 

and medium reserves and other Non-development LUDs to determine whether forest 

connectivity exists among old-growth blocks in large and medium reserves and natural 

setting LUDs. Consider existing features of the old-growth strategy such as the beach 

fringe, small old-growth reserves, riparian buffers, or other lands unsuitable for 

development as contributing to maintaining connectivity among large and medium Oldgrowth Habitat reserves and Non-development LUDs. Use the following parameters to 

determine if a reserve in connected: a) only one connection is needed; b) the beach 

fringe serves as a connector; and c) the connection does not have to be the shortest 

distance between reserves. Where these features do not provide sufficient productive 

old-growth forest connectivity to meet the objective in 1 above, provide stands, where 

they exist, of productive old-growth forest or other forest that provides adequate wildlife 

habitat values (i.e., older young growth that provides adequate snow intercept for 

deer). Designed corridors should be of sufficient width to minimize edge effect and 

provide interior forest conditions. Consider elevation, natural movement corridors, 

length of corridor, tree heights, adjacent landscapes, and windthrow susceptibility in 

corridor design. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Wildlife Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-92

B. Forest-wide, within the beach fringe, riparian buffers, and other lands unsuitable for timber 

production, consider designing young-growth treatments to accelerate old-growth 

characteristics in order to increase connectivity for wildlife. 

VII. Sitka Black-tailed Deer 

A. Consider Sitka black-tailed deer habitat needs before or as part of project analysis. 

B. Ensure interdisciplinary involvement and consideration of deer habitat in project planning 

and in the environmental analysis process. 

VIII. Bald Eagle Habitat 

A. The Bald Eagle Protection Act provides for special management for the bald eagle. Manage 

bald eagle habitat in accordance with the Interagency Agreement established with USFWS 

to maintain habitat to support the long-term nesting, perching, and winter roosting habitat 

capability for bald eagles. Coordinate with USFWS for bald eagle habitat management. 

IX. Bear Habitat Management 

A. Continue to implement strategies, in cooperation with the Alaska Department of 

Environmental Conservation, ADF&G, cities, and boroughs, that prevent habituation of 

bears to human foods/garbage and reduce chances of human/bear incidents. Strategies 

that can be used to reduce human/bear incidents include the following: 

1. Phasing out and rehabilitating any remaining open garbage sites on National Forest 

land. Establish timetables for phase out and rehabilitation in cooperation with 

appropriate state agencies. (Consult Lands Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines on 

sanitary landfills.) 

2. Requiring incinerators and/or other bearproof garbage disposal methods at work 

camps, recreation sites, administrative and research facilities, and Special Use 

Authorizations in bear habitats. 

3. Where feasible, locating seasonal and permanent work camps, recreation facilities, 

mineral exploration and operational facilities, LTFs, where allowed by the LUD, more 

than 1 mile from sites of important seasonal bear concentrations to reduce chances of 

human/bear confrontations. 

4. On Forest Service-approved projects and Special Use Authorizations in brown bear 

habitat, minimizing adverse impacts to the habitat and seeking to reduce human/bear 

conflicts. Specific plans could include seasonal restrictions on activities and other 

measures determined on a case-by-case basis. 

5. Maintaining an aggressive public education program on bear behavior to reduce the 

number of human/bear incidents. 

6. Requiring storage of human food in ways to make it unavailable to bears to reduce 

habituation of bears and reduce human/bear incidents. 

B. During project planning, evaluate the need for additional protection of important brown bear 

foraging sites (e.g., waterfalls used as fishing sites) in addition to the buffers already 

provided by the Riparian and Beach and Estuary Fringe Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines, and the Old-growth Habitat and other Non-development LUDs. Consult with the 

ADF&G in identifying and managing important brown bear foraging sites. Establish forested 

buffers, where available, of approximately 500 feet from the stream at sites where, based 

upon the evaluation, additional protective measures are needed to provide cover among 

brown bears while feeding, or between brown bears and humans. This may be especially 

important on Class I anadromous fish streams within the Moderate Gradient/Mixed Control 

and Flood Plain Process Groups (see Appendix D) where a large amount of bear feeding 

activity on salmon occurs. Consider the combination of bear foraging behavior, stream 

channel types, and adjacent landform to help identify probable important feeding sites. 

C. Manage human/bear interactions to limit brown bear mortality from both illegal kills and 

defense of life and property. Work with the ADF&G to develop and implement a brown bear 

management program that considers both access management and season and bag limits 

to manage brown bear mortality rates within sustainable levels. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Wildlife 

January 2008 

4-93

D. Manage road use where concentrations of brown bear occur to minimize human/bear 

interactions and to help ensure the long-term productivity of brown bears. To meet this 

direction, develop and implement road management objectives through an interdisciplinary 

process. (Consult Transportation Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines.) 

E. Cooperate with the state to develop sites for safe public brown bear viewing opportunities. 

X. Marine Mammal Habitats 

A. Provide for the protection and maintenance of harbor seal, Steller sea lion, and sea otter 

habitats. 

1. Ensure that Forest Service permitted or approved activities are conducted in a manner 

consistent with the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), Endangered Species Act, 

and NMFS guidelines for approaching seals and sea lions. Consult with the 

appropriate agency for identification of critical timing events, such as molting, 

parturition, etc., and recommended distances to avoid disturbances. "Taking" of 

marine mammals is prohibited; "taking" includes harassment (adverse disturbance), 

pursuit, or attempting any such activity. 

2. Locate Forest Service authorized and approved facilities and concentrated human 

activities as far from known marine mammal haul outs, rookeries, and known 

concentration areas as feasible to meet the Alaska Coastal Management Program 

(ACMP) consistency requirements and MMPA. The following distances are provided 

as general guidelines for maintaining habitats and reducing human disturbance: 

a) Locate camps, LTFs, campgrounds, and other developments (where allowed by 

the LUD) 1 mile from known haul outs (farther if the development is large). 

b) Forest Service permitted or approved activities will not intentionally approach 

within 100 yards, or otherwise intentionally disturb or displace any hauled-out 

marine mammal. 

c) Dispose of waste oil and fuels off site as regulated by the Alaska Department of 

Environmental Conservation. 

3. Cooperate with the state and other federal agencies to develop sites and opportunities 

for the safe viewing and observation of marine mammals by the public. Maintain a 

public education program explaining forest management activities related to marine 

mammals in cooperation with state and other federal agencies. 

XI Seabird Rookeries 

A. Provide for the protection and maintenance of seabird (marine bird) rookeries. 

1. Locate facilities and concentrated human activities requiring Forest Service approval 

as far from known seabird colonies as feasible consistent with the Migratory Bird 

Treaty Act. The following distances are provided as general guidelines for maintaining 

habitats and reducing human disturbance: 

a) For aircraft flights on Forest Service permitted or approved activities, when 

weather ceilings permit, maintain a constant flight direction and airspeed and a 

minimum flight elevation of 1,500 feet (458 meters) for helicopters and 

fixed-winged aircraft. If at all possible, avoid flying over seabird colonies. 

b) Regulate human use to maintain a 250 meter no-disturbance distance from 

seabird colonies on upland habitats. 

2. The availability of garbage to gulls should be eliminated by requiring Special Use 

Permittees to collect and dispose of garbage from their Special Use Authorizations. 

3. Cooperate with state and other federal agencies to develop sites and opportunities for 

the safe public viewing of these species. Maintain a public education program 

explaining forest management activities related to these species in cooperation with 

state and other federal agencies. 

XII. Waterfowl and Shorebird Habitats 

A. Maintain or enhance wetland habitats that receive significant use by waterfowl and 

shorebirds. (The Tongass National Forest is a “Priority Forest” in the national Taking Wing 

Strategic Plan.) “Significant” is relative, but generally relates to use of a specific area by 

tens or hundreds of individuals of one or more species. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Wildlife Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-94

1. Support the international significance of wetland habitats on the Tongass National 

Forest by participating in partnerships such as the North American Waterfowl 

Management Plan and the Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserve Network. 

2. Identify during project analysis, in cooperation with the ADF&G and the USFWS, 

wetlands that receive significant waterfowl or shorebird use during fall/winter/spring 

concentrations or nesting, brood rearing, or molting habitats. 

3. Locate facilities and concentrated human activities requiring Forest Service approval 

as far from known waterfowl or shorebird concentration and nesting areas as feasible. 

Minimize disturbance of waterfowl by restricting, when feasible, development activities 

to periods when waterfowl are absent from the area. 

4. During project analysis, consider the need to rehabilitate waterfowl habitat following 

development activities if there is no feasible alternative to the habitat disturbance. 

(Consult the Wetlands Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines.) 

5. Maintain habitat capability in coastal wetlands and intertidal areas that are important 

migratory staging areas and fall/winter/spring concentration areas, and wetlands that 

are important nesting and brood-rearing habitats, by avoiding, where feasible, all 

development activities that could fill wetlands, drain wetlands, or alter water levels 

resulting in loss of desirable vegetation, or direct loss of habitat. (Consult the Migratory 

Bird Treaty Act.) 

6. Minimize human disturbance of habitats during important periods of the year (nesting 

and brood-rearing, molting, and winter) by managing human use (such as trails and offhighway vehicle use) in significant wetland areas. To reduce human disturbance, 

provide a minimum distance of 330 feet (100 meters) between human activities on the 

ground and significant areas being used by other waterfowl. 

7. Develop waterfowl habitat improvement projects in cooperation with appropriate state, 

federal, and local agencies, partner organizations, and individuals. 

8. For Special Use Administration (non-recreational), issue only authorizations that meet 

the objectives of Executive Order 11990 (Protection of Wetlands). Issue permits that 

serve to preserve, enhance, or aid in the management of the natural and beneficial 

values of wetlands. 

9. Perform integrated logging system and transportation analysis to determine if other 

feasible routes avoiding areas where significant waterfowl use exists. 

10. If the need to restrict road access is identified during project interdisciplinary review, 

roads will be closed either seasonally or year-long to minimize adverse effects on 

waterfowl. 

11. Cooperate with state and other federal agencies to develop sites for safe public 

viewing opportunities that do not adversely disturb wildlife. Maintain a public education 

program explaining forest management activities related to these species in 

cooperation with state and other federal agencies. 

B. Conduct activities to avoid or minimize disturbance to habitats within the forest, riparian, and 

estuarine areas that are important nesting, brooding, rearing, and molting areas for 

Vancouver Canada geese, sandhill cranes, or trumpeter swans. 

XIII. Heron and Raptor Nest Protection 

A. Provide for the protection of raptor (hawk and owl) nesting habitat and great blue heron 

rookeries. 

1. Conduct project-level inventories to identify heron rookeries and raptor nesting habitat 

using the most recent inventory protocols. 

2. Protect active rookeries and raptor nesting habitat. Active nests will be protected with 

a forested 600-foot windfirm buffer, where available. Road construction through the 

buffer is discouraged. Prevent disturbance during the active nesting season (generally 

March 1 to July 31). 

3. Protection measures for the site may be removed if the nest is inactive after 2 

consecutive years of monitoring. 

4. Bald eagle nest protection standards are outlined in Section V. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Wildlife 

January 2008 

4-95

5. Northern goshawk and osprey nest protection standards are included under 

Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive species Forest-wide Standards and 

Guidelines for wildlife (WILD4). 

XIV. Alexander Archipelago Wolf 

A. Implement a Forest-wide program, in cooperation with ADF&G and USFWS, to assist in 

maintaining long-term sustainable wolf populations. 

1. Where wolf mortality concerns have been identified, develop and implement a Wolf 

Habitat Management Program in conjunction with ADF&G. To assist in managing legal 

and illegal wolf mortality rates to within sustainable levels, integrate the Wolf Habitat 

Management Program (including road access management) with season and harvest 

limit proposals submitted to federal and state boards. 

a) Participate in interagency monitoring of wolf populations on the Forest. 

b) Where wolf population data suggest that mortality exceeds sustainable levels, 

work with ADF&G and USFWS to identify probable sources of mortality. Examine 

the relationship among wolf mortality, human access, and hunter/trapper harvest. 

Conduct analyses for smaller islands (e.g., Mitkof Island), portions of larger 

islands, or among multiple wildlife analysis areas (WAAs). 

c) Where road access and associated human-caused mortality has been 

determined, through an interagency analysis, to be a significant contributing factor 

to locally unsustainable wolf mortality, incorporate this information into Travel 

Management planning and hunting/trapping regulatory planning. The objective is 

to reduce mortality risk and a range of options to reduce this risk should be 

considered. In these landscapes, both open and total road density should be 

considered. Total road densities of 0.7 to 1.0 mile per square mile or less may be 

necessary. Options shall likely include a combination of Travel Management 

regulations, establishing road closures, and promulgating hunting and trapping 

regulations to ensure locally viable wolf populations. Local knowledge of habitat 

conditions, spatial locations of roads, and other factors need to be considered by 

the interagency analysis rather then solely relying upon road densities. Road 

management objectives would be developed and implemented through an 

interdisciplinary Access and Travel Management or comparable process. (See 

Transportation Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines.) Suggested wolf hunting 

and trapping changes would be developed and forwarded to the Federal 

Subsistence Board and the Alaska Board of Game. 

2. Provide, where possible, sufficient deer habitat capability to first maintain sustainable 

wolf populations, and then to consider meeting estimated human deer harvest 

demands. This is generally considered to equate to the habitat capability to support 18 

deer per square mile (using habitat capability model outputs) in biogeographic 

provinces where deer are the primary prey of wolves. Use the most recent version of 

the interagency deer habitat capability model and field validation of local deer habitat 

conditions to assess deer habitat, unless alternate analysis tools are developed. Local 

knowledge of habitat conditions, spatial location of habitat, and other factors need to be 

considered by the biologist rather than solely relying upon model outputs. 

3. Design management activities to avoid abandonment of wolf dens. 

a) Maintain a 1,200-foot forested buffer, where available, around known active wolf 

dens. Road construction within the buffer is discouraged and alternative routes 

should be identified where feasible. No road construction is permitted within 600 

feet of a den unless site-specific analysis indicates that local landform or other 

factors will alleviate potential adverse disturbance. 

b) If a den is monitored for 2 consecutive years and found to be inactive, buffers 

described in a), above, are no longer required. However, in the spring, prior to 

implementing on-the-ground management activities (timber harvest or road 

construction), check each known inactive den site to see if it has become active. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Wildlife Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-96

XV. Mountain Goat 

A. Provide for the long-term productivity of mountain goat habitat and viability of mountain goat 

populations, both native and introduced. 

1. Locate facilities and concentrated human activities as far from important wintering and 

kidding habitat as feasible. 

a) Where feasible, locate facilities, camps, LTFs, campgrounds, and other 

developments 1 mile or more from important wintering and kidding habitat. 

b) If the 1 mile or more distance cannot be achieved, mitigate possible adverse 

impacts by seasonally restricting or regulating human use and other site-specific 

mitigation measures. 

2. Forest Service and State of Alaska permitted or approved aircraft flights (fixed wing 

and helicopter), including helicopter yarding of timber, should maintain a 1,500-foot 

vertical or horizontal clearance from traditional summer and kidding habitat and 

animals whenever feasible. Where feasible, flight paths should avoid known mountain 

goat kidding areas from May 15 through June 15. Pilots will not compromise safety. 

3. Where feasible, maintain mountain goat important winter habitat capability. During 

project planning, use the most recent version of the interagency mountain goat habitat 

capability model, which shows the most important habitat to generally be productive 

old-growth forest within 1,300 feet of escape terrain (greater than 50 percent slope or 

cliff). Travel corridors used by mountain goats between important seasonal sites 

should be identified and maintained, especially when they occur in forested areas. 

XVI. Marbled Murrelet 

A. Cooperate and coordinate with state and other federal agencies to better understand the life 

history requirements and distribution of the marbled murrelet. Nesting habitat relationships 

are poorly understood. 

B. If nests are found during project implementation, maintain a 600-foot, generally circular, 

radius of undisturbed forest habitat surrounding identified murrelet nests, where available. 

Minimize disturbance activities within this buffer during the nesting season (May 1 to August 

15). Maintain the buffer zone and monitor the site for nesting activity for not less than two 

nesting seasons after nest discovery. Maintain the buffer if the nest site is active during the 

monitoring period. Buffer protection may be removed if the site remains inactive for two 

consecutive nesting seasons. 

XVII. Moose Habitat 

A. Develop habitat management direction for moose habitats. Coordinate planning with 

ADF&G. 

1. During project planning, inventory vegetative conditions in moose habitat areas to help 

identify short- and long-term changes in habitat conditions, and to assess the effects of 

various management activities. 

2. Plan habitat improvement projects utilizing a variety of techniques such as silvicultural 

treatments, young-growth management activities, prescribed burning, planting, and 

other vegetative manipulation techniques as appropriate. 

3. Coordinate other resource management activities to maintain or improve habitat 

conditions for moose. Where roads and human access are adversely affecting moose 

populations, incorporate this information into Travel Management planning objectives. 

XVIII. American Marten 

A. Implement a Forest-wide program, in cooperation with ADF&G, to provide and conserve 

habitat to assist in maintaining long-term sustainable marten populations. 

1. Where marten mortality concerns have been identified, cooperate with ADF&G to 

assist in managing marten mortality rates to within sustainable levels. Both access 

management on National Forest lands and hunter/trapper harvest regulations 

administered by the ADF&G shall be considered. 

a) Participate in interagency monitoring of marten populations on the Forest. (See 

also Legacy Forest Structure Standards and Guidelines.) 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Wildlife 

January 2008 

4-97

b) Where marten data suggest that mortality exceeds sustainable levels, work with 

ADF&G to identify probable sources of mortality. In an interagency analysis, 

examine the relationship between hunter/trapper marten harvest and human 

access. 

c) Where road access and associated human-caused mortality has been 

determined, through this analysis to be the significant contributing factor to 

unsustainable marten mortality, incorporate this information into Travel 

Management planning with the objective of reducing mortality risk. Local 

knowledge of habitat conditions, spatial location of roads, and other factors need 

to be considered by the biologist rather than solely relying upon road densities. 

Road management objectives would be developed and implemented through an 

interdisciplinary Access and Travel Management process or comparable process. 

(Consult Transportation Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines.) 

XIX. Endemic Terrestrial Mammals 

A. The objective is to maintain habitat to support viable populations and improve knowledge of 

habitat relationships of rare or endemic terrestrial mammals that may represent unique 

populations with restricted ranges. 

1. Use existing information on the distribution of endemic mammals to assess projectlevel effects. If existing information is lacking, surveys for endemic mammals may be 

necessary prior to any project that proposes to substantially alter vegetative cover 

(e.g., road construction, timber harvest, etc.). Surveys are necessary only where 

information is not adequate to assess project-level effects. 

a) Survey islands smaller than 50,000 acres in total size (e.g., Heceta Island and 

smaller) that have productive old-growth forest suitable for timber harvest. 

Conduct surveys on larger islands if there is a high likelihood that endemic taxa 

are present and a high likelihood that they would be affected by the proposed 

project. 

b) The extent and rigor of surveys will be commensurate with the degree of existing 

and proposed forest fragmentation, and potential risk to endemic mammals that 

may be present. 

c) Surveys should emphasize small (voles, mice, and shrews) and medium sized 

(ermine and squirrels) endemic mammals with limited dispersal capabilities that 

may exist within the project area. 

d) Use the most recent inventory protocols for surveys. 

2. Assess the impacts of the proposed project relative to the distinctiveness of the taxa, 

population status, degree of isolation, island size, and habitat associations relative to 

the proposed management activity. 

3. Where distinct taxa are located, design projects to provide for their long-term 

persistence on the island. 

B. Consider habitat needs of endemic mammals in design of thinning treatments. 

Wildlife Habitat Improvement: WILD2 

I. Improvement Projects 

A. Develop an aggressive young-growth management program to maintain, prolong, and/or 

improve understory forage production and to increase the development of old growth 

characteristics in young-growth timber stands for a variety of wildlife species (deer, moose, 

black bear, small mammals, birds, and other species of interest). 

1. Consider stands for young-growth treatments that meet the following conditions: 

a) Historical deer winter range with high deer use. 

b) Historical or potential moose winter range. 

c) Areas with important and accessible consumptive and non-consumptive human 

uses of wildlife benefited by young-growth management. 

d) High risk VCUs and within beach fringe—these areas have significant young 

growth and are important habitat for a variey of wildlife species. Young-growth 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Wildlife Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-98

treatments may be used to accelerate development of old-growth characteristics 

and improve habitat conditions. 

e) Young-growth timber stands that have a relatively high tree stocking density that 

would result in early loss of understory forage. Plant associations containing 

hemlock or spruce and Vaccinium or skunk cabbage on high site potential should 

be considered for treatment. 

2. Consider the following for precommercial thinning: 

a) Time precommercial thinning before desirable forage species are shaded out by 

trees, although trees should fully occupy the site. Generally, highly productive 

sites will need to be thinned at a younger age (15 to 20 years) than moderate or 

low productive sites (20 to 25 years). Use site-specific conditions to determine 

the timing of precommercial thinning. 

b) Vary tree spacings according to site-specific information and dependent on a 

desired condition. Consider spacings from 16 feet by 16 feet to 24 feet by 24 feet. 

Site-specific objectives should be developed in conjunction with silvicultural staff, 

and should identify spacings to be used. Consider variable spacings and leaving 

some unthinned thickets and corridors to create future structural diversity. 

c) Generally, slash disposal treatments will not be necessary. In some site-specific 

areas, slash treatments may be needed to facilitate animal movements or 

increase forage production and availability. Slash treatments may include girdling 

trees, falling trees away from high forage areas, piling trees, or lopping and 

scattering of slash. 

3. Consider the following for canopy gaps: 

a) It is generally recommended that canopy gaps be created at the same time as 

precommercial thinning activity. 

b) Generally, slash disposal treatments will not be necessary. In some site-specific 

areas, slash treatments may be needed to facilitate animal movements or 

increase forage production and availability. Slash treatments may include girdling 

trees, falling trees away from high forage areas, piling trees, or lopping and 

scattering of slash. 

c) Site-specific objectives and analysis should identify the gap sizes. 

B. Coordinate habitat improvement projects with the ADF&G, the USFWS, and other 

appropriate agencies. 

C. Coordinate the timing and location of habitat improvement projects with other resources so 

as to provide opportunities to decrease treatment costs and provide multi-resource benefit. 

D. Coordinate any new projects to enhance the use of National Forest System lands with the 

recreation program managers. 

Wildlife Habitat Maintenance: WILD3 

I. Maintenance 

A. Provide for the maintenance of wildlife habitat improvements. 

1. Fund maintenance of existing structures prior to the construction of new structures. 

2. Include funding for maintenance in planning and budgeting all structures. 

3. Maintain structures to ensure objectives of the original project are met. 

4. If the improvement becomes inefficient to operate or maintain, redesign or stop 

maintenance of that improvement. 

5. If a structure becomes inoperable, consider removal or reconstruction, as appropriate. 

B. Develop a written agreement with project cooperators on maintenance responsibilities prior 

to project construction. 

Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Wildlife Species: WILD4 

Consult FSM 2670 and R10 supplemental directions for Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species. 

I. Threatened or Endangered Species 

A. Steller Sea Lion 

1. Protect Steller sea lion habitats. 
Standards and Guidelines 4

Tongass Forest Plan Wildlife 

January 2008 

4-99

2. Ensure that Forest Service funded, permitted, or authorized activities are conducted in 

a manner consistent with the requirements, consultations, or advice received from the 

appropriate regulatory agencies for the Marine Mammal Protection Act, Endangered 

Species Act, and NMFS guidelines for approaching seals and sea lions. "Taking" of 

sea lions is prohibited; "taking" includes harassing or pursuing, or attempting any such 

activity. 

3. Locate facilities, camps, log transfer facilities, campgrounds, and other developments 1 

mile from known haulouts, and farther away if the development is large. 

4. Cooperate with state and other federal agencies to develop sites and opportunities for 

the safe viewing and observation of sea lions by the public. Maintain a public 

education program explaining forest management activities related to sea lions in 

cooperation with state and other federal agencies. 

B. Humpback Whale 

1. Provide for the protection and maintenance of whale habitats. 

2. Ensure that Forest Service permitted or approved activities are conducted in a manner 

consistent with the Marine Mammal Protection Act, Endangered Species Act, and 

NMFS regulations for approaching whales, dolphins, and porpoise. "Taking" of whales 

is prohibited; "taking" includes harassing or pursuing, or attempting any such activity. 

II. Sensitive Species 

A. Northern Goshawk (including the Queen Charlotte goshawk subspecies). 

1. Preserve nesting habitat around all goshawk nest sites. Protection measures may be 

removed from probable nest stands if, after two consecutive years of monitoring, there 

is no further evidence of confirmed or probable nesting. 

a) Consider the following evidence for determining confirmed nest sites: 

(1) A goshawk observed on or near a nest; 

(2) Nestlings or branchers (young not able to fly) observed on or near a nest; 

(3) Goshawk feathers or eggs obtained from the nest; 

(4) One or more nest structures indicative of goshawk were found with goshawk 

prey remains, but without positive identified goshawk on the nest and without 

positive identified feathers from nest; 

b) Consider the following evidence for determining probable nest sites: 

(1) Aggressive, territorial breeding season adults vocalizing or attacking an 

observer (without locating a nest); or 

(2) Adults observed during the breeding season in a territory and recently 

fledged young were observed (without locating a nest). 

c) Nesting Habitat: Maintain an area of not less than 100 acres of productive oldgrowth forest (if it exists) generally centered over the nest tree or probable nest 

site to provide for prey handling areas, perches, roosts, alternate nests, hiding 

cover, and foraging opportunities for young goshawks. Vegetative structure 

should include, where available, multi-layered, closed (over 60 percent) canopy 

stands, a relatively open understory, with large trees (usually 20+ inches diameter 

at breast height) and low ground vegetation. 

d) Management: No commercial timber harvest is permitted. Existing roads may be 

maintained. New road construction is permitted if no other reasonable roading 

alternatives outside the mapped nesting habitat exist. Permit no continuous 

disturbance likely to result in nest abandonment within the surrounding 600 feet 

from March 15 to August 15. Activity restrictions are removed for active nests that 

become inactive or unsuccessful. Other management activities that maintain the 

integrity of the forest stand structure are consistent with the objectives for this 

area. Activities such as cabin, trail, or campground construction should be 

consistent if designed with minimal vegetative manipulation. 

e) Consider surrounding landscapes when managing for goshawk nest sites. Plans 

for an alternate nest management strategy to c) and d) above may be 

implemented if the rationale is documented. 
4 Standards and Guidelines 

Wildlife Tongass Forest Plan 

 January 2008 

4-100

f) Conduct inventories to determine the presence of nesting goshawks for proposed 

projects that affect goshawk habitat. Use the most current inventory protocols 

developed in cooperation with the appropriate state and federal agencies. 

B. American Peregrine Falcon 

1. Provide for the protection and maintenance of habitats for migrating American 

peregrine falcons. 

2. Obtain increased understanding and knowledge about the migration of American 

peregrine falcons through southeast Alaska (e.g., the timing of migrations, the length of 

stay in southeast Alaska, important foraging areas, important prey items, etc.). 

3. Protect seabird rookeries and waterfowl concentration areas that provide important 

prey foraging habitat. (Consult Wildlife Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines.) 

C. Peale's Peregrine Falcon 

1. Provide for the protection and maintenance of Peale's peregrine falcon habitat. 

2. Maintain nest site location data in cooperation with USFWS. 

3. Plan project activities to avoid adverse impacts to the falcons and their habitats. 

Evaluate the effects of proposed projects within 2 miles of known falcon nests 

considering such items as a) human activities (aircraft, ground and water 

transportation, high noise levels, and permanent facilities) that could cause disturbance 

to nesting pairs and young during the nesting period April 15 to August 31; and b) 

activities or habitat alterations that could adversely affect prey availability. Coordinate 

all project activities that may affect known or potential nesting habitat with the USFWS. 

4. Within 15 miles of all known or historical nest sites, prohibit all use of herbicides and 

pesticides. 

B. Trumpeter Swan 

1. Provide for the protection and maintenance of trumpeter swan habitats. 

2. Avoid disturbance of trumpeter swans, particularly during nesting, brood-rearing, and 

wintering periods, to prevent abandonment of their nests, brood-rearing areas, and 

winter habitats. As a general guideline, limit developments within 0.5 mile (2,640 feet) 

of wetlands used by nesting, brood-rearing, and wintering trumpeter swans. The 

District Ranger will take feasible measures to minimize disturbance. 

3. Avoid placement of overhead wires, fences, or other structures that could interfere with 

the flight paths of swans and cause injury or mortality. 

4. Cooperate with state, federal, and local agencies, partner organizations, and 

individuals to develop sites and opportunities for the safe viewing of trumpeter swans 

by the public and maintain a public education program explaining Forest management 

activities related to trumpeter swans. 

C. Osprey 

1. Maintain and improve osprey populations and habitat. 

2. Establish a minimum 330-foot radius habitat management zone around each existing 

osprey nest tree. Determine the exact boundary based on local topography, timber 

type, a reasonable assurance of windfirmness, and other factors. 

3. Within the osprey nest zones, prohibit all land use activity which would likely disturb 

nesting osprey. Infringement may be acceptable depending on the nature of the 

project and timing of the activity. 

4. Maintain the osprey nest zone even though the nest or nest tree becomes inactive. 

5. Provide trees suitable for use by osprey for nesting, feeding and perching. Consider 

the following: 

a) Reserve trees and live trees that dominate or co-dominate a shoreline. 

b) Reserve trees with broken tops and live trees with branches large enough to 

support birds. 

6. New nests will receive the same level of management protection as existing nests; 

however, osprey that select new nests in close proximity to existing human activities 

will not cause those human activities to be modified. 

D. Kittlitz’s Murrelet 

1. Provide for the protection and maintenance of known Kittlitz’s Murrelet nesting habitats. 
CHAPTER 5 

IMPLEMENTATION 
Implementation 5

Tongass Forest Plan Contents 

January 2008

CONTENTS 

Introduction ..............................................................................................................5-1

Plan and Project Level Decisions ............................................................................5-2

Additional Analysis...................................................................................................5-2

Plan Amendments....................................................................................................5-2

Adaptive Management.............................................................................................5-4

Plan Revisions .........................................................................................................5-4

Implementation 5

Tongass Forest Plan Implementation 

January 2008

5-1 

Plan implementation is the activity to accomplish the management direction of the 

Forest Plan, and is necessary to meet public expectations of Forest Service actions 

and legal requirements. It is mainly accomplished through the recurrent 

identification of proposed actions (initiated by the Forest Service or in response to 

external applications by individuals or groups) consistent with activities anticipated in 

the Plan; the analysis and evaluation of such actions (and reasonable alternatives to 

them); related documentation and decisionmaking; and project execution and 

administration, in a manner that is consistent with the management direction of the 

Plan. It also involves meeting the Plan’s monitoring and evaluation requirements, 

and making necessary Plan amendments. 

The management direction elements of this Plan include: 

1. The Forest multiple-use goals and objectives contained in Chapter 2; 

2. The designated suitable timber land and associated allowable sale quantity 

contained in Appendix A and Chapter 2; 

3. The management prescriptions, including the Land Use Designations (LUDs), 

shown on the Plan map and their related Forest-wide Standards & Guidelines 

contained in Chapters 3 and 4; and 

4. The monitoring and evaluation requirements contained in Chapter 6. 

Plan implementation is strongly influenced by annual budget direction and fiscal 

limitations. Each year, upon approval of a budget, the Forest Supervisor develops 

an annual program of work. The accomplishment of the annual program results in 

the incremental achievement of the Plan’s management direction. Future budget 

requests are to be based on the management direction of this Forest Plan, and 

related project and activity scheduling. 

Direction in the Forest Plan is implemented through an annual program of work 

which is outlined in a general way in Appendix J. In the Forest’s Strategic Plan, the 

leadership team of the Tongass National Forest established priorities for four focus 

areas identifying the actions to be implemented. This provides the best picture of 

how the Forest Plan is likely to be implemented in the future. More specific project 

information, including location, quantities, and timing, are heavily dependant on a 

variety of factors, such as demand (e.g., timber sales), budget availability, 

cost/benefit ratios, partnership opportunities, and the timing and location of other 

Forest management activities, and is therefore beyond the scope of Appendix J.

The four priority areas for Forest Plan implementation include: 

1. An Integrated Approach to Restoration and Enhancement; 

2. Maintaining the Forest Plan into the Future; 

3. Recreation Resource Management; and 

4. Timber Management. 

Additional proposals by others (such as for the development of communications 

facilities on the Forest by private firms) will also be considered and evaluated for 

compliance with all applicable direction in this Plan, as well as applicable laws and 

Chapter 5 

Implementation 

Introduction 
Implementation Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

5 Implementation 

5-2 

higher-level Forest Service policy and regulations. Procedural guidance for Plan 

implementation is provided in the Forest Service Planning Handbook (FSH 1909.12, 

Chapter 5). 

Planning for units of the National Forest System includes two levels of 

decisionmaking. Both levels are discussed below. 

Forest Plan Decisions. The first decision level involves the development of a 

Forest Plan to provide direction for all resource management programs, practices, 

uses, and protection measures. This Plan provides the broad, programmatic 

direction necessary to manage the resources and uses of the Tongass National 

Forest in a coordinated and integrated manner. It includes the above listed 

management direction elements, which are to influence how subsequent sitespecific project decisions are made and how other management activities are 

conducted. For example, the management prescriptions and related Standards & 

Guidelines are applied in planning individual projects. Adjustments to this direction 

may be made through Plan amendments. Plan-level decisions are appealable 

under 36 CFR 217. 

Project Planning Decisions. The second decision level involves the analysis and 

implementation of management practices designed to achieve the management 

direction of the Forest Plan. Project decisions (which can change the environment) 

generally require site-specific analysis to meet National Environmental Policy Act 

(NEPA) requirements for decisionmaking, and are subject to continuing compliance 

with other federal environmental laws such as the Endangered Species Act, Clean 

Water Act, and Clean Air Act. Common project-level decisions include whether or 

not, and in what way, timber will be harvested in a particular area; a campground will 

be constructed; or a fisheries structure will be installed. The preparation of an 

environmental analysis document, such as an environmental impact statement or 

environmental assessment, precedes these decisions, unless they are categorically 

excluded from documentation. Project-level planning provides an additional 

opportunity (beyond development of this Plan) for public participation. Project 

decisions are appealable under 36 CFR 215 and 251. 

Additional analysis in support of Plan implementation activities may also be 

conducted at various scales above the site (project) level. Doing these analyses 

can improve our understanding of ecosystems and associated social and economic 

dimensions, and provide important context information for project planning. This 

kind of analysis does not require NEPA review and does not result in decisions that 

are subject to appeal. Additional analyses are not prescribed here; development of 

additional analyses are identified by the appropriate line officer(s). The need, 

scope, and intensity of analysis is based on the combination of issues, values, and 

risks, such as internal issues and public concerns and interests; land characteristics 

and geologic risk; presence of threatened, endangered, or sensitive species; other 

biological information; and past land use activities and watershed condition. 

Watershed analysis, for example, is designed to help set the stage for project 

planning and NEPA analysis, focus interdisciplinary discussion on key watershedlevel management issues, and provide a basis for integrating project designs. 

Watershed analysis, as is described in Appendix C, is not a decisionmaking 

process, and a watershed analysis report is not a decision document, a planning 

document requiring NEPA review, or a regulatory, prescriptive document. 

The Plan’s management direction elements may be amended as the need arises. 

The need to amend a land management plan may arise from several sources, 

including the following: 

1. Recommendations of the Forest, or other comparable administrative unit, 

Interdisciplinary Team that are based on findings that result from monitoring and 

Plan and Project 

Level Decisions 

Additional Analysis 

Plan Amendments 
Implementation 5

Tongass Forest Plan Implementation 

January 2008

5-3 

evaluating implementation of the Forest Plan. (Consult Forest Service Manual 

[FSM] 1926.7.) 

2. Findings that existing or proposed permits, contracts, cooperative agreements, 

and other instruments authorizing occupancy and use are not consistent with 

the Plan, but should be approved. 

3. Changes necessitated by resolution of administrative appeals. 

4. Changes in Plan guidance needed to correct planning errors. 

5. Changes in Plan guidance necessitated by changed physical, social, or 

economic conditions. 

6. Desired implementation of projects or activities outside the scope of the Plan. 

Upon receiving advice from the Interdisciplinary Team that the Plan requires 

change, the responsible official shall: 

1. Determine whether proposed changes to the Plan are significant or not 

significant in accordance with the requirements of FSM 1926.51 and 1926.52. 

2. Document the determination of whether the change is significant or not 

significant in a decision document. 

3. Provide appropriate public notification of the decision prior to implementing the 

changes. 

Findings of the responsible official regarding the consistency of projects or activities 

and actions with the Plan and the determination of the significance of an 

amendment are an integral part of decisions. As such, they are subject to 

administrative review under 36 CFR 219.14. 

Non-significant Amendments. The Forest Supervisor must prepare an 

amendment to the Plan to accommodate a change determined not to be significant. 

Appropriate public notification is required prior to implementation of the amendment 

(FSM 1926.51). Changes to the Plan that are not significant can result from the 

following: 

1. Actions that do not significantly alter the multiple-use goals and objectives for 

long-term land and resource management. 

2. Adjustments of management area boundaries or management prescriptions 

resulting from further on-site analysis when the adjustments do not cause 

significant changes in the multiple-use goals and objectives for long-term land 

and resource management. 

3. Minor changes in Forest-wide Standards & Guidelines. 

4. Opportunities for additional projects or activities that will contribute to 

achievement of the management prescription. 

Significant Amendments. The following examples indicate circumstances that 

may cause a significant change to a the Plan: 

1. Changes that would significantly alter the long-term relationship between levels 

of multiple-use goods and services originally projected. (See section 219.10(e) 

of the planning regulations in effect before November 9, 2000 [36 CFR parts 200 

to 299, revised as of July 1, 2000].) 

2. Changes that may have an important effect on the entire Plan, or affect land and 

resources throughout a large portion of the planning area during the planning 

period. 
Implementation Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

5 Implementation 

5-4 

When a significant change needs to be made to the Plan, the Forest, Grassland, 

Prairie, or other comparable administrative unit supervisor must prepare an 

amendment. Documentation of a significant change, including the necessary 

analysis and evaluation, should focus on the issues that have triggered the need for 

the change. In developing and obtaining approval of the amendment for significant 

change to the Plan, follow the same procedures as are required for developing and 

approving the Plan. (See sections 219.10(f) and 219.12 of the planning regulations 

in effect before November 9, 2000 [36 CFR parts 200 to 299, revised as of July 1, 

2000].) 

Adaptive management is the ecosystem management counterpart to “learning from 

experience.” These two concepts have two essential elements in common: 1) a 

feedback element that gathers and evaluates information about current performance 

(of an action or activity), and 2) an adjustment element that responds to feedback 

information by being able to alter future performance when needed. (See Bormann 

et al., Adaptive Ecosystem Management in the Pacific Northwest, 1994, for a more 

detailed discussion of these ideas.) 

For Forest planning, two key aspects of adaptive management are the monitoring 

and evaluation process (see Chapter 6), which provide feedback on implemented 

activities and the effectiveness of associated resource protection or mitigation 

measures, and the amendment process (described above), which allows for making 

necessary changes to those activities and measures. Monitoring is one source of 

feedback information; other sources include scientific literature and studies, 

resource inventories, changes in technology, and public concerns. However, 

monitoring at the Plan and project levels is a primary means by which the continued 

appropriateness of management techniques will be evaluated. Thus, it is an 

indispensable part of ongoing Forest management. Adaptive management is both 

the recognition of these sources as potential signals for change, and the willingness, 

through environmental analysis and the Plan amendment process, to positively 

respond to these signals. It is also the recognition that Forest planning, and 

ecosystem management, will never have complete or “perfect” information, but that 

planning can minimize uncertainty by including the ability to adapt to change. 

This Forest Plan embraces these adaptive management concepts. 

The Plan will ordinarily be revised on a 10-year cycle, or at least every 15 years. It 

may also be revised whenever a Forest Supervisor determines that conditions in the 

area covered by the Forest Plan have changed significantly, or when changes in 

national policies, goals, or objectives would have a significant effect on Forest-level 

programs. In the monitoring and evaluation process, an Interdisciplinary Team may 

recommend a revision (or an amendment) of the Forest Plan at any time. 

Revisions are not effective until considered and approved in accordance with the 

requirements for the development and approval of the Forest Plan. Revisions must 

be approved by the Regional Forester. The Forest Supervisor will review conditions 

in the area covered by the Forest Plan at least every 5 years to determine whether 

significant changes have occurred. A component of this review will be an 

interagency evaluation of the overall old-growth habitat and riparian strategies. 

Adaptive 

Management 

Plan Revisions 
CHAPTER 6 

MONITORING AND EVALUATION PLAN 
Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 6

Tongass Forest Plan Contents 

January 2008 

CONTENTS 

Introduction ..............................................................................................................6-1 

Roles and Responsibilities.......................................................................................6-1 

Relationship to Other Information Needs and Monitoring Activities ........................6-2 

Monitoring and Evaluation Programs.......................................................................6-3 

User Notes ...............................................................................................................6-4 
Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 6

Tongass Forest Plan Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

January 2008 

6-1 

Chapter 6 

Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

Monitoring and evaluation is a quality control process for implementation of the 

Tongass Forest Plan. It provides the public, the Forest Service, and other 

concerned resource agencies with information on the progress and results of plan 

implementation. As such, monitoring and evaluation comprise an essential 

feedback mechanism within an adaptive management framework to keep the Plan 

dynamic and responsive to changing conditions. The evaluation process also 

provides feedback that can trigger corrective action, adjustment of plans and 

budgets, or both, to facilitate feasible and meaningful action on the ground. 

The Plan identifies management direction for the Tongass in terms of goals, 

objectives, and standards and guidelines—based on the underlying assumptions of 

statute, policy, theory, data, technology, and public needs and desires. Monitoring is 

gathering data and information, and observing the results of management activities 

as a basis for the periodic evaluation of the Plan. Evaluation is a process for 

interpreting monitoring data and information to determine whether changes in 

management direction are needed. The Tongass Plan incorporates three types of 

monitoring and evaluation approaches: implementation, effectiveness, and 

validation. Implementation monitoring and evaluation is used to determine whether 

standards and guidelines are implemented. Effectiveness monitoring and evaluation 

is used to determine whether standards and guidelines are achieving objectives, 

whether objectives are achieving goals, and ultimately whether there are significant 

changes in productivity of the land as a result. Validation monitoring and evaluation 

is used to examine whether the assumptions and predicted effects used to formulate 

the plan are accurate. Actual monitoring design and sampling methods will be 

described in the Tongass Forest Monitoring Guidebook. These methods are 

periodically updated to reflect the most current established survey and analysis 

procedures and to facilitate the Tongass staff to be responsive to improvements in 

monitoring and evaluation methods. 

Other state and federal natural resource agencies, the academic community, and 

interested members of the public and organizations are as interested in knowing 

more about the social, economic, and ecological uses and values of the National 

Forest System lands as the Forest Service staff. While concepts such as ecosystem 

services and carbon cycling and sequestration are values provided by the Tongass 

and influenced by its management, it is important to continue collaboration with the 

Pacific Northwest Research Station, the State of Alaska, other government 

agencies, and non-governmental groups to learn and develop these concepts. 

There are opportunities to better align the interests, resources, and efforts of all 

these groups in monitoring and evaluation of the Forest Plan implementation. This 

monitoring plan is designed to be flexible enough to respond to emerging issues and 

areas of high uncertainty such as climate change. Assessment of the effects of 

climate change has been incorporated, where possible, into many of the questions 

considered in Table 6-1. 

For the purposes of this monitoring and evaluation plan, the roles and 

responsibilities within the Forest Service are defined below. 

Regional Office. The Regional Office will develop regional policies and directives 

on monitoring and evaluation. 

Introduction 

Roles and 

Responsibilities 
Monitoring and Evaluation Plan Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

6 Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6-2

Forest. The Forest will implement the Plan and conduct implementation monitoring 

and evaluation. The responsibilities of the Forest include the following: 

• Preparing an annual monitoring program; 

• Collecting data and information for implementation, effectiveness, and validation 

monitoring; and 

• Analyzing and interpreting implementation monitoring data and information and 

reporting implementation monitoring results, conclusions and evaluation 

recommendations to the Regional Office, and making these reports available to 

the public and other agencies. 

Pacific Northwest Research Station. The Pacific Northwest Research Station will 

provide scientific and technical expertise to conduct effectiveness and validation 

monitoring and evaluation relative to specific agreements. The responsibilities of the 

Pacific Northwest Research Station include advising and assisting the Region with 

the following: 

• Developing monitoring study plans, including study objectives, sampling 

designs, methods, quality assurance plans, and budgets in cooperation with the 

Forest; 

• Collecting data and information for effectiveness and validation monitoring (in 

specific cases relative to agreements with the assistance of the Forest); 

• Analyzing and interpreting the data and information relative to specific studies 

and agreements with the Forest; 

• Reporting study results, conclusions, and recommendations to the Forest, and 

making these reports available to the public and other agencies; and 

• Publishing, when appropriate, study results in Regional publications, Pacific 

Northwest Research Station publications, or professional journals. 

This monitoring and evaluation plan is not intended to describe all monitoring, 

inventorying, and data gathering activities undertaken on the Tongass, nor is it 

intended to limit monitoring. Many other similar activities are routinely conducted as 

part of site-specific project plans developed under the programmatic guidance of the 

Plan. Other routine monitoring activities include the preparation of timber sale 

administrator and engineering reports, special uses administration reports, and in 

the case of large-scale mining activities, for example, monitoring is typically included 

in the site-specific Plan of Operations for each mine. 

Broader scale monitoring is also done through “management reviews” and “activity 

and program reviews” by Forest Service officials at various levels of the 

organization. These periodic reviews are typically done as a function of identified 

issues, challenges, and opportunities, or as a function of general interest in what the 

national forest management activities are revealing. These reviews, which are 

normally documented and discussed often, provide insight into information needs 

and different monitoring and evaluation approaches that can influence the need to 

adjust the Plan. 

The requirements of this monitoring and evaluation plan are also not intended to 

replace monitoring requirements developed in the project planning process. Specific 

project monitoring requirements are determined during the stage of planning that 

addresses the National Environmental Policy Act and is based on interagency and 

public involvement early in the project planning process. Although there is some 

overlap between monitoring requirements of most project plans and the Forest Plan, 

no single project monitoring plan is expected to address all of the questions listed in 

this monitoring and evaluation plan. Some project plans may impose monitoring 

requirements not included at the Forest Plan level in response to site-specific 

Relationship to 

Other Information 

Needs and 

Monitoring 

Activities 
Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 6

Tongass Forest Plan Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

January 2008 

6-3 

concerns. Taken as a whole, however, Forest project monitoring should be 

designed, to the extent possible, to provide information that is compatible with the 

questions at the broader level. In other words, where the Forest Service can 

supplement the Forest Plan monitoring and evaluation objectives with project-level 

monitoring information that enhances the knowledge base with consistent and 

compatible information, the Forest Service will do so. 

The opportunity to promote the alignment and coordination of management and 

investment in information needs with the State of Alaska and other federal agencies 

is high. Alignment for the Forest Service can include promoting consistent collection 

and reporting of project implementation monitoring so that such information can be 

used or sampled at the Forest-wide scale. Such alignment could also provide more 

consistent data and information for researchers to use in effectiveness and 

validation monitoring of the Forest Plan. 

Similarly, other entities could use consistent Forest Service data to help address 

their own information needs as well as facilitate the ability to share information and 

data between entities. 

Appendix B outlines how the larger suite of information needs can be compiled, 

coordinated, and prioritized. It also depicts some of the highest priority needs for the 

Tongass National Forest in the foreseeable future. 

The Forest Supervisor is responsible for coordinating the preparation of an annual 

monitoring and evaluation report. The report will summarize the monitoring activities 

conducted during the year and the results obtained. It will address and evaluate 

each of the questions listed in this monitoring plan at the reporting period identified. 

Generally the annual report will focus on the information gathered during the year 

and identification of issues requiring immediate attention, while the more 

comprehensive evaluation process will take place during the fifth year. The 

evaluation should include recommendations for remedial action, if necessary, to 

make management activities and their effects consistent with the Plan. Specific 

recommendations for corrective action will depend on the risk to the resource and 

type of disparity discovered. The types of action that could be recommended 

include the following: 

• No action, if monitoring and evaluation indicate that the standards and 

guidelines are being followed and the results are meeting Forest Plan 

objectives. 

• Additional monitoring, if initial results are inconclusive or indicate a pattern of 

minor discrepancies between the standards and guidelines and their 

implementation, or between expected and actual results. 

• Referral to the appropriate line officer for action to ensure proper application of 

the standards and guidelines, if compliance is inconsistent. 

• Changing a projected output, if it appears to be unachievable given funding and 

other constraints. 

• Revising the budget, if the anticipated cost of Forest Plan implementation 

appears to be incorrect. 

• Amending the Forest Plan to change, for example, the allocation of particular 

areas from one Land Use Designation to another, or changing one or more of 

the standards and guidelines. 

• Revising the Forest Plan, if major changes are warranted. 

Monitoring and 

Evaluation 

Programs 
Monitoring and Evaluation Plan Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

6 Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6-4

Monitoring and evaluation provides for a periodic determination and evaluation of 

the effects of management practices. The implementation of the Plan evaluated 

through monitoring can be used to evaluate how well the objectives of the Plan are 

met and how closely the management standards and guidelines have been applied. 

Monitoring provides feedback for adaptive management planning. 

Adaptive management is a term that generally describes a dynamic management 

approach where management guidelines can be modified in response to evaluated 

conditions, based upon established criteria. Basically, this approach promotes the 

idea of making changes to our management actions as a result of what we learn 

from actual activities and doing so efficiently. The Tongass Monitoring Plan 

facilitates adaptive management through the components of the monitoring plan 

illustrated in Table 6-1. These components include data collection reflected through 

the monitoring questions, the sampling and reporting period of the question 

evaluation, the evaluation criteria that references the applicable standard and 

guideline or policy that provides the baseline for monitoring, the relative work 

projects that contribute data and information, and the response reflected through 

feedback mechanisms. 

Following is a description of how the monitoring and evaluation items in this Plan are 

organized in Table 6-1. Data collected for each monitoring item will be aggregated 

and evaluated on an annual basis unless otherwise noted. Monitoring items include 

the following five components: 

1. Monitoring Question—Questions that can be answered to evaluate if the 

standards and guidelines are applied, if the standards and guidelines are 

effective, and if the resource objectives of the Forest Plan are met. Questions 

are organized under Physical and Biological Environment, Human Uses and 

Land Management, and Economic and Social Environment by Resource Group. 

Listed above the question is a brief description of goals and objectives 

applicable to the resource. 

2. Sampling/Reporting Period—Sampling period is the frequency of data and 

information collection. Reporting period is the frequency of data evaluation and 

reporting. Data are generally collected annually and reported and evaluated at 

5-year intervals. The reason for this is that annual variations may not be 

significant because of budget or other temporary factors. True trends are better 

evaluated over a longer period of time, such as 5 years. If the results of the 

annual data collection indicate a serious concern, the frequency of reporting and 

evaluation can be adjusted and immediate remedial action may be taken. 

3. Evaluation Criteria—Management objectives, standards, guidelines, or other 

bases for monitoring. Where appropriate, the alpha-numeric code for standards 

and guidelines are listed (refer to Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines). In 

some cases, evaluation criteria are specific to a single monitoring question and 

in other cases, they are applicable to multiple questions. 

4. Data and Information Sources—Ongoing work projects that are associated 

with collection of information, data, and evaluation specific to monitoring 

questions. In some cases, data and information sources are specific to a single 

monitoring question and in other cases, they are applicable to multiple 

questions. 

5. Feed Back Mechanisms—Forest management practices and Standard and 

Guidelines that should be evaluated to identify if the practices and guidelines 

provide the resource protection and outcomes identified in the objectives, goals, 

and management prescriptions. In some cases, feed back mechanisms are 

User Notes 
Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 6

Tongass Forest Plan Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

January 2008 

6-5 

specific to a single monitoring question and in other cases, they are applicable 

to multiple questions. 

The Forest will develop an annual monitoring action plan that utilizes the direction 

found here, the protocols described in the Monitoring Guidebook, and information on 

annual budgets. Items specifically included in the action plan include the following: 

• Sampling Methods—General methods for collecting information needed to 

address the monitoring question. More detailed sampling methodologies are 

contained in the Monitoring Guidebook. These methods will be periodically 

updated. Descriptions of the expected precision and reliability of the monitoring 

process will be addressed in the Monitoring Guidebook. For the purposes of this 

monitoring and evaluation plan, precision refers to the closeness of repeated 

measurements, while reliability refers to the nearness of a measurement to the 

actual variable being measured. 

• Evaluation Criteria—Management objectives, standards, guidelines, or other 

bases for monitoring. Where appropriate, the alpha-numeric code for standards 

and guidelines are listed (refer to Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines, 

Chapter 4). 

• References—Statutory or regulatory foundations of the monitoring question. 

• Annual Cost—Estimated cost of collecting and analyzing information and 

reporting results to address each question. Although actual annual funding may 

not correspond to the level projected in the Plan, the Forest will, subject to 

appropriations and higher level funding direction, ensure monitoring and 

evaluation is funded at a level commensurate with the level of funding provided 

for program implementation. The total annual estimated costs for field 

monitoring and evaluation is approximately $550,000. 
Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6 Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6-6

Table 6-1. Forest Plan Monitoring Questions, Evaluation Criteria and Adaptive Management Feedback Mechanism description of column headings is found on previous pages) 

Forest Plan Objectives and Monitoring Plan Questions 

Sampling/ 

Reporting 

Period 

Evaluation Criteria Data 

Physical and Biological Environment Air Quality The current air resource condition should be maintained to protect the Forest's ecosystems from on and off Forest air emissions sources. Is air quality being maintained? Annual/5 year Changes in air quality relative to 

state and federal ambient air quality standards. AIR2 II.A. 

Air invemonito

Climate Change: Permanent snowpack What are the long-term changes to the permanent snowpack and how does it affect the physical and biological environment? 

5 year/5 year Changes to permanent snowpack 

over the last 5, 10, and 15 years that are sources of water for sensitive watersheds and are important features for wildlife . 

RemotGIS, wlayers, habitat 

Biodiversity Manage young-growth to improve habitat for wildlife and for commercial timber production. Are harvested forest lands restocked within 5 years after harvest? Following young-growth treatments, is the change in understory vegetation providing improved habitat for key old-growth associated species? Are young-growth treatments improving other key habitat components for old-growth associated species? 

Annual/5 year Annual/5 year Annual/5 year 

Restocking of all acres of harvested forest land following a regeneration harvest. TIM9 I.A.2 (f) and (g). Assessment of understory species composition: (WILD2) 

Silvicuinventowildlife Tongayoung-study (
Monitoring and Ev

Tongass Forest Plan MonitorinJanuary 2008 

6-7

Table 6-1. Forest Plan Monitoring Questions, Evaluation Criteria and Adaptive Management Feedback Mechanism 

Forest Plan Objectives and Monitoring Plan Questions 

Sampling/ 

Reporting 

Period 

Evaluation Criteria Data 

Insects and Disease The Forest’s management activities do no contribute to increasing levels of destructive insect and disease organisms. Are destructive insects and disease organisms increasing to potentially damaging levels following management activities? 

Annual/5 year Identify and quantify areas where 

insects and disease are occurring: HEALTH1. 

Silvicuinventoand prinsect surveyNorthwReseaalternacut stu

Invasive Species The Forest has reduced the potential for introduction, establishment, and spread of invasive species and has reduced existing infestations. What are the status and trends of areas infested by aquatic and terrestrial invasive species relative to the desired condition? How effective were our management activities, including those done through partnerships, in preventing or controlling targeted invasive species? 

Annual/5 year Annual/5 year 

An assessment of changes noted in inventory of aquatic and terrestrial invasive species: INV1. 

Silvicuinventoand prinsect surveyNorthwalternacut stu
Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6 Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6-8

Table 6-1. Forest Plan Monitoring Questions, Evaluation Criteria and Adaptive Management Feedback Mechanism 

Forest Plan Objectives and Monitoring Plan Questions 

Sampling/ 

Reporting 

Period 

Evaluation Criteria Data 

Biodiversity Ecosystem Forest biodiversity will be monitored with two coarse-filter approaches. The first assesses the spatial distribution and composition of oldgrowth reserves and the cumulative harvest of old-growth timber by biogeographic province. The second examines emerging information concerning conservation of plant and animal species on the Forest. We will also monitor biodiversity at the finer scale and look at selected species as well as implementation of standards and guidelines (i.e., Legacy Standards and Guidelines). Is the old-growth habitat protected under the Forest Plan being maintained to support viable and well distributed populations of old-growth associated species and subspecies? Are the effects of biodiversity shown through the cumulative change in old-growth by biogeographic province consistent with the estimates of the Forest Plan (change could includes effects of timber harvest, land exchanges or conveyance, windthrow, insect and disease, climatic change, etc)? Is old growth structure retained in the matrix adequate and is it 

representative of old growth types across VCUs and across the Forest? What are the cumulative effects of changes to habitats that sustain rare plants?

Annual/5 year Annual/5 year Annual/5 year Annual/5 year 

Changes in the system of large, medium and small habitat reserves and non-development LUDs WILD1 II.B. Changes in the amount of old growth in relations to finer scale classification (i.e., plant associations) at appropriate scales: WILD1 II.B. Amount and effectiveness of retained old-growth structure, including legacy and other retained patches, within managed landscapes Habitat changes for threatened, endangered, and sensitive taxa: WILD4, FISH5, and PLA1. 

SilvicuinventoinventoGIS lay
Monitoring and Ev

Tongass Forest Plan MonitorinJanuary 2008 

6-9

Table 6-1. Forest Plan Monitoring Questions, Evaluation Criteria and Adaptive Management Feedback Mechanism 

Forest Plan Objectives and Monitoring Plan Questions 

Sampling/ 

Reporting 

Period Evaluation Criteria Data 

Streams-Fish Habitat The natural range and frequency of aquatic habitat conditions on the Tongass National Forest should be maintained or restored to sustain the diversity and production of fish and other freshwater organisms. Are the trends in abundance of the fish management indicator species (Dolly Varden char, cutthroat trout, coho salmon, and pink salmon) related to changes in habitat associated with forest management, climate change or other factors? Is the natural range and frequency of aquatic habitat conditions maintained? Is riparian vegetation maintained or restored to a condition that supports key riparian functions? 

Annual/5 year Annual/5 year Annual/5 year 

Habitat changes and population trends for fish management indicator species. Compliance with Fish Standards and Guidelines, FISH2 IV.A. and V.A Effects of management activities on riparian areas. Riparian Standards and Guidelines, RIP1 II.A 

Field cdata; Fdataba
Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6 Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6-10

Table 6-1. Forest Plan Monitoring Questions, Evaluation Criteria and Adaptive Management Feedback Mechanism 

Forest Plan Objectives and Monitoring Plan Questions 

Sampling/ 

Reporting 

Period Evaluation Criteria Data 

Wildlife Terrestrial Habitat The abundance and distribution of habitats, especially old-growth forests, to sustain viable populations of wildlife should be maintained. Also, maintain habitat capability sufficient to produce wildlife populations that support the use of wildlife resources for subsistence, recreation, and commercial activities. Are population and habitat trends for Management Indicator Species (MIS) consistent with expectations? Are these trends due to changes in habitat conditions or other factors? If they are tied to habitat conditions, is there a direct relationship with forest management, climate change or other factors? Terrestrial MIS include Red Squirrel, Black Bear, Brown Bear, Marten, River Otter, Sitka Black-tailed Deer, Mountain Goat, Gray Wolf, Vancouver Canada Goose, Bald Eagle, Red-breasted Sapsucker, Hairy Woodpecker and Brown Creeper. Is current management providing for sufficient habitat of federally listed threatened or endangered species and Alaska Region sensitive species? What is the geographic distribution and habitat relationships of mammalian endemic species the Tongass?

Annual/5 year Annual/5 year Annual/5 year 

Habitat changes and population trends for management indicator species: WILD1. II.E. Documentation for mammalian taxa with limited historical ranges including geographic extent and habitat distribution across islands and mainland Forest: WILD1.I.B. 

Wildlife and mopopuladata frsourceBreediSurveyLandbiMonito
Monitoring and Ev

Tongass Forest Plan MonitorinJanuary 2008 

6-11

Table 6-1. Forest Plan Monitoring Questions, Evaluation Criteria and Adaptive Management Feedback Mechanism 

Forest Plan Objectives and Monitoring Plan Questions 

Sampling/ 

Reporting 

Period Evaluation Criteria Data 

Soil and Water Soil productivity is maintained to Alaska Region (R-10) Soil Quality Standards. Soil erosion from land disturbing activities is minimized. Sediment transport to streams from land disturbing activities should be minimized. The biological, physical, and chemical integrity of Tongass National Forest waters should be maintained to the State of Alaska Water Quality Standards. Ecological function is maintained within watersheds of the plan area while resource management activities sustain human needs and uses. Are the soil conservation practices implemented and effective in meeting Alaska Regional Soil Quality Standards and maintaining soil productivity? Are the soil and water conservation practices as described through the Best Management Practices and site specific prescriptions implemented and effective in minimizing soil erosion and maintaining the State Water Quality Standards? What is the ecological condition and trend of watersheds in terms of key characteristics (such as soil productivity, water quality and quantity, invasive species, etc.) of watershed health identified in the desired condition (aquatic ecosystem potential) of the plan area? How effective are management actions in improving watershed health (maintaining or moving watersheds toward Condition Class I)?

Annual/5 years 

Annual/Annual 

Bi-annual/5 years

Compliance and implementation of the Region 10 Soil Quality Standards SW3 I.A.4 Compliance and implementation of BMPs and the State Water Quality Standards SW3 I.A.2 and 3. Effects of management activities on Watershed Condition Class SW4 I.A.1 

Field-cdata; Fdata baSoil anMonito
Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6 Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6-12

Table 6-1. Forest Plan Monitoring Questions, Evaluation Criteria and Adaptive Management Feedback Mechanism 

Forest Plan Objectives and Monitoring Plan Questions 

Sampling/ 

Reporting 

Period Evaluation Criteria Data 

Wetlands The destruction, loss or degradation of wetlands should be avoided to the extent practicable. Where wetlands cannot be avoided, impacts to wetlands should be minimized to the extent practicable. Were the wetland conservation practices implemented and effective to avoid and/or minimize impacts to wetlands to the extent practicable? 

Annual/Bi-annual Compliance and implementation of 

the Wetlands Standards and Guidelines: WET I.A and B 

Field-cdata, fodatabaSoil anMonito

Karst and Cave Ecosystems The significant cave and karst ecosystems should be maintained and protected Forest-wide. Natural karst processes should continue and the productivity of the karst landscape should be maintained. Are the biological, mineralogical, cultural, paleontological components, and recreational values of the karst and caves maintained? 

Annual/5 year Effects of management activities on 

caves and karst landscape: KC1.II. A, C, and F; KC2 I.A. 

Karst imonito
Monitoring and Ev

Tongass Forest Plan MonitorinJanuary 2008 

6-13

Table 6-1. Forest Plan Monitoring Questions, Evaluation Criteria and Adaptive Management Feedback Mechanism 

Forest Plan Objectives and Monitoring Plan Questions 

Sampling/ 

Reporting 

Period Evaluation Criteria Data 

Human Uses and Land Management Timber Resources Manage the timber resource for production of saw timber and other wood products from suitable timber lands made available for timber harvest, on an even-flow, long-term sustained yield basis and in an economically efficient manner. Is the timber management program meeting the objectives of achieving economic timber sales and rebuilding the volume under contract and shelf volume components of the sale program? Are timber harvest activities adhering to applicable timber management standards and guidelines relative to: created openings exceeding the maximum size limit for unit harvest, harvest on slopes greater than 72 percent slope gradient, or within the 1,000 feet beach and estuary buffer? Is the ASQ landbase consistent with resource information and programmed harvest? Is the timber demand being met within limits of the adaptive management strategy and TTRA? Has a Timber Sale Adaptive Management Strategy threshold been reached, so that it is appropriate to move to the next phase? 

Annual/5 year 

First 1 to 3 years, 

semi-annual 

greater than 3 

years, as needed

Annual/5 year Annual/5 year Annual/5 year 

Chapter 2 Timber Goals and Objectives. Harvest units in compliance with Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines: TIM5 II.C, III.A,B and C. (unit size limits); SW3 I.A.5. (72 percent slopes); BEACH2 II.A.6 (beach and estuary fringe). New information leading to changes in timber utilization standards, timber inventory results, timber dispersion requirements, tentatively suitable land base, yield tables, operability inventory, projections on area managed for riparian, beach fringe, and estuary resources, implementation factors, spatial limitations of analysis, natural condition. TIM4. Annual Demand Calculation. Annual scheduled volume harvested. 

SilvicuInventoMonitoCut anmonthl6/12-mreports Silvicuinventomonitolayers stream
Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6 Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6-14

Table 6-1. Forest Plan Monitoring Questions, Evaluation Criteria and Adaptive Management Feedback Mechanism 

Forest Plan Objectives and Monitoring Plan Questions 

Sampling/ 

Reporting 

Period Evaluation Criteria Data 

Timber Management Non-interchangeable Components (NIC). The annual allowable sale 

quantity was partitioned into two components based on operability to promote economic sustainability of the timber resource. This approach distinguishes portions of the timber supply at lower risk of attainment from those portions at higher risk of attainment. Volumes associated with each component will be identified separately in annual harvest plans for the Forest and are not to be substituted for volume from the other component to determine the allowable sale quantity. Land of normal operability is designated NIC I; all other land is designated NIC II. Are the non-interchangeable components (NICs) of the allowable sale quantity consistent with actual harvest? Is the proportional mix of volume in NIC I and NIC II as estimated in the Forest Plan accurate?

Annual/5 year Annual/5 year 

Amount of harvest by NIC is consistent with amounts specified in Forest Plan. Estimate the amount of volume within NIC I and NIC II areas across the Forest. 

Silvicuinventomonito
Monitoring and Ev

Tongass Forest Plan MonitorinJanuary 2008 

6-15

Table 6-1. Forest Plan Monitoring Questions, Evaluation Criteria and Adaptive Management Feedback Mechanism 

Forest Plan Objectives and Monitoring Plan Questions 

Sampling/ 

Reporting 

Period Evaluation Criteria Data 

Transportation System Roads, trails and utility systems are developed and managed to support resource management; recognize the potential for future development of major transportation and utility system. Each log transfer facility (LTF) is operated under terms of the LTF permits, in accordance with Alaska Water Quality Standards, and requirements from the Environmental Protection Agency for Storm Water Discharge (EPA NPDES permits). Are the standards and guidelines used for forest development roads and log transfer facilities effective in limiting the environmental effects to anticipated levels? Are roads and trails maintained in accordance with management objectives?

Annual/5 year Annual/5 year 

Environmental effects of forest development roads and Log transfer Facilities. Focal areas include: drainage of rock pits (TRAN4 IV., BMP 14.9, TRAN4 II.A.6; BMP 14.17), and effectiveness of access management prescriptions in restricting access and preventing sediment transport: TRAN6 1.A. 

Roads inventomonito
Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6 Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6-16

Table 6-1. Forest Plan Monitoring Questions, Evaluation Criteria and Adaptive Management Feedback Mechanism 

Forest Plan Objectives and Monitoring Plan Questions 

Sampling/ 

Reporting 

Period Evaluation Criteria Data 

Mining and Minerals Exploration Provide for environmentally sound mineral exploration, development, and reclamation in areas open to mineral entry and in areas with valid existing rights that are otherwise closed to mineral entry. Seek withdrawal of specific locations where mineral development may not meet Land Use Designation objectives. Encourage the prospecting, exploration, development, mining, and processing of locatable minerals in areas with the highest potential for minerals development. Insure that minerals are developed in an environmentally sensitive manner, and other high-valued resources are considered when minerals developments occur. Are Federal regulations (36 CFR 228) to ensure surface resource protection implemented and is the administration of this regulation through the Forest Plan effective in limiting soil and water resource impacts? 

Annual/5 year Changes in effects relative to 

anticipated effects on soil and water resources relative to observations: MG2 III. B. 

Mineraand mo

Subsistence Management Provide for the continuation of subsistence uses and resources by all rural Alaskan residents. Are the effects of management activities on subsistence users in rural Southeast Alaska communities consistent with those estimated in the Forest Plan? 

Annual/5 year Changes in traditional resource use 

patterns, traditional environmental knowledge, and subsistence needs and uses; Trends in changes both State and Federal harvest regulations SUB I.D. 

SubsisrecordFederareports regulat
Monitoring and Ev

Tongass Forest Plan MonitorinJanuary 2008 

6-17

Table 6-1. Forest Plan Monitoring Questions, Evaluation Criteria and Adaptive Management Feedback Mechanism 

Forest Plan Objectives and Monitoring Plan Questions 

Sampling/ 

Reporting 

Period Evaluation Criteria Data 

Wilderness Extensive, unmodified natural environments characterize all designated Wilderness on the Tongass National Forest. Ecological processes and natural conditions are not measurably affected by past or current human uses or activities. Users have the opportunity to experience independence, closeness to nature, solitude and remoteness, and may pursue activities requiring self-reliance, challenge and risk. Motorized and mechanized use is limited to the minimum needed for the administration of the wilderness, access to state and private lands, subsistence uses, and for public access and other uses specifically allowed by ANILCA. Is the wilderness character being maintained? Annual/5 year Compliance with guidelines 

establishing levels of social encounters, development, and visitor impacts: REC3. 

Wilderinventomonito

Heritage Resources Identify, evaluate, preserve, protect, and enhance heritage resources through application of Forest guidance and on a project-specific basis pursuant to the National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA), as amended, as well as other relevant acts and implementing regulations (for example, the Archaeological Resources Protection Act and the Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act). Are (1) project clearance/inventory, (2) project implementation, (3) mitigation, and (4) enhancement completed in accordance with the requirements and regulations for heritage resources? 

Annual/5 year Compliance of activities with 

Heritage Resource Standards and Guidelines: HSS I, II, III, VI. 

Heritagand mo
Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6 Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6-18

Table 6-1. Forest Plan Monitoring Questions, Evaluation Criteria and Adaptive Management Feedback Mechanism 

Forest Plan Objectives and Monitoring Plan Questions 

Sampling/ 

Reporting 

Period Evaluation Criteria Data 

Recreation Provide a range of recreational opportunities consistent with public demand, emphasizing locally popular recreation places and those important to the tourism industry. Are areas of the Forest being managed in accordance with the prescribed Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) class in Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines? Is the ROS classification consistent with public demand? 

Annual/5 year Compliance with guidelines: REC3 I, 

II,III, Appendix I (and other standards and guidelines specific to numbers of encounters allowed in each ROS class). 

Recreainventomonito

Wild and Scenic Rivers Wild Rivers and river segments are in a natural, free-flowing, and undisturbed condition. Scenic and Recreational Rivers and river segments are in a generally unmodified, free-flowing condition Are Wild, Scenic, and Recreational River Standards effective in maintaining or enhancing the free flowing conditions and outstandingly remarkable values at the classification level for which the river was found suitable for designation as part of the National Wild and Scenic River System? 

Annual/5 year Compliance of activities with 

standards and guidelines. The degree to which human activities maintain or enhance the resource values of the river: REC3. 

Recreainventomonito
Monitoring and Ev

Tongass Forest Plan MonitorinJanuary 2008 

6-19

Table 6-1. Forest Plan Monitoring Questions, Evaluation Criteria and Adaptive Management Feedback Mechanism 

Forest Plan Objectives and Monitoring Plan Questions 

Sampling/ 

Reporting 

Period Evaluation Criteria Data 

Scenery Provide Forest visitors with visually appealing scenery with emphasis on areas seen along the Alaska Marine highway, State highways, major forest roads, and from popular recreation places; recognize that in other areas where landscapes are altered by management activities, the activity may visually dominate the characteristic landscape. Are the adopted scenic integrity objectives established in the Plan met? 

Annual/5 year Whether the standards and 

guidelines associated with unit harvest and view shed disturbed are adequate to meet the scenic integrity objectives: SCENE2 II.A, B, C, D 

Sceneand m
Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6 Monitoring and Evaluation Plan 

6-20

Table 6-1. Forest Plan Monitoring Questions, Evaluation Criteria and Adaptive Management Feedback Mechanism 

Forest Plan Objectives and Monitoring Plan Questions 

Sampling/ 

Reporting 

Period Evaluation Criteria Data 

 Economic and Social EnvironmentEconomics Provide a diversity of opportunities for resource uses that contribute to the local and regional economies of Southeast Alaska. Work with local communities to identify rural community assistance opportunities and provide technical assistance in their implementation. Support a wide range of natural-resource employment opportunities within Southeast Alaska's communities. Are the effects on employment and income similar to those estimated in the Forest Plan? 

Annual/5 year Effects of Forest Plan 

implementation of employment and income by resource sector. 

Socio-invento

Cost and Outputs The Forest is allocated funds annually to be used to accomplish Forest Plan Objectives. What is the trend in outputs and costs associated with those outputs? 

Annual/5 year Outputs and costs of desired goods 

and services from annual Tongass report 

Forest accoun
CHAPTER 7 

GLOSSARY 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-1 Glossary 

January 2008 

Chapter 7 

Glossary 

These definitions apply to Forest Service land management and planning. Meanings 

may differ when used in another context. Glossary definitions are not legal unless 

otherwise noted. Some definitions were shortened, paraphrased, or adapted to 

conditions in Southeast Alaska or on the Tongass National Forest and for ease of 

understanding. 

A 

The opportunity to approach, enter, and make use of public lands. 

Acquiring rights and developing and maintaining facilities needed by people to get to 

and move through public lands (physical attributes). 

Lands in federal ownership that were obtained by the Government through purchase, 

condemnation, gift, or by exchange. 

As defined for purposes of the Riparian Standards and Guidelines, includes stream 

channels*, secondary channels*, and braided channels*. For the Alluvial Fan 

Process Group, it also includes gravel outwash lobes. (Words marked by an * have 

further definitions within the glossary.) 

The amount of burnable debris left after logging. 

A continuous process of action-based planning, monitoring, research, evaluation, and 

adjustment with the objective of improving implementation and achieving desired 

management goals and objectives. 

Species or populations of fish that do not go to sea, but live in lakes, and enter 

streams to spawn. 

Lands used as headquarters or administrative facility by a Federal agency. 

A National Forest, National Grassland, Purchase Unit, Land Utilization Project, 

Columbia River Gorge National Scenic Area, Land between the Lakes, Lake Tahoe 

Basin Management Unit, Midewin National Tallgrass Prairie, or other comparable unit 

of the NFS, such as the Tongass National Forest (36 CFR 212.1). 

See the definition for Anadromous Fisheries Habitat Assessment. 

The process of building up a land surface by deposition. 

See the definition for Aquatic Habitat Management Unit. 

See the definition for Alaska Heritage Resource Survey. 

Access 

Access management 

Acquired land 

Active channel 

Activity fuel loading 

Adaptive 

Management 

Adfluvial fish 

Administrative site 

Administrative unit 

AFHA 

Aggradation

AHMU

AHRS
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-2 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

The official list of cultural resources in the State of Alaska, maintained by the Office of 

History and Archaeology, Alaska Division of Parks and Outdoor Recreation. 

The maximum quantity of timber that may be sold in each decade from suitable lands 

covered by the Forest Plan. 

A cone-shaped deposit of organic and mineral material made by a stream where it 

runs out onto a level plain or meets a slower stream. 

Recent soil deposits resulting from modern rivers, including the sediment laid down in 

river beds, flood plains, lakes, and at the foot of mountain slopes and estuaries. 

Parts of mountains above tree growth. 

An option proposed for decision making.

The air, external to buildings, encompassing or surrounding a specific region. 

The prescribed level of pollutants in the outside air that cannot be exceeded legally 

during a specified time in a specified geographical area. 

Resource use, object, feature, quality, or experience that gives pleasure or is pleasing 

to the mind or senses. Amenity value typically describes those resource properties 

for which monetary values (or market values) are not or cannot be established. 

Fish that mature and spend much of their adult life in the ocean, returning to inland 

waters to spawn. Salmon and steelhead are examples. 

An assessment conducted in 1994 within the Tongass National Forest (published in 

1995) to study the effectiveness of current procedures for protecting anadromous fish 

habitat and to determine the need for any additional protection. 

The Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act of December 18, 1971. Public Law 92-203, 

92nd Congress, 85 Stat. 688-716. 

The Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act of December 2, 1980. Public 

Law 96-487, 96th Congress, 94 Stat. 2371-2551. 

As used in this document, the amount of timber that buyers are willing to purchase 

each year. Estimates of annual timber demand are based on a number of factors, 

including Pacific Northwest projections, installed mill capacity, utilization rates and 

market trends.

The act of selecting, devoting, or setting apart land for a particular use or purpose, 

such as appropriating land for public buildings and military reservations or other public 

uses (Black 1979). 

Culture or husbandry of salmon or other aquatic fauna or flora. 

A stream channel, lake or estuary bed, the water itself, and the biotic communities 

that occur therein. 

Alaska Heritage 

Resource Survey 

(AHRS) 

Allowable Sale 

Quantity (ASQ) 

Alluvial fan 

Alluvium 

Alpine 

Alternative 

Ambient air 

Ambient Air Quality 

Standard 

Amenity 

Anadromous fish 

Anadromous Fish 

Habitat Assessment 

ANCSA 

ANILCA 

Annual demand 

Appropriation of land 

Aquaculture 

Aquatic ecosystem 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-3 Glossary 

January 2008 

Growing, farming, or cultivating aquatic products in captivity or under positive control. 

Current State of Alaska law (AS 16.40.100 - 16.40.199, July 1, 1990) does not allow 

the aquatic farming of finfish, but does allow the farming of shellfish. 

Geographic Information System (GIS) software used for the Amendment database. 

The geographic area or areas within which an undertaking may cause changes in the 

character or use of historic properties, if any such properties exist. 

See the definition for Allowable Sale Quantity. 

Timberland not withdrawn from use in production of timber products as a result of 

administrative statue or regulation. 

B 

The distant part of a landscape. The seen, or viewed, area located from 3 or 5 miles 

to infinity from the viewer. (See the definitions for foreground and middleground.) 

The continuous margin along a river or stream where all upland vegetation ceases. 

Distance from bank to bank at the elevation of bankfull streamflow. Bankfull 

streamflow occurs just before streamflow spills out of the channel into the flood plain. 

The area inland from salt water shorelines that is typically forested. 

The salvage of logs that have been washed up on beaches. Special provisions in 

ANILCA allow beachlog salvage in Wilderness and National Monuments if it can be 

conducted without roads or use of vehicles on uplands. 

Sand, silt, and gravel, or soil and rock debris rolled along the bottom of a stream by 

the moving water. The particles of this material have a density or grain size that 

prevents movement far above or for a long distance out of contact with the stream 

bed under natural flow conditions. 

An analysis of the supply potential of a particular resource, or set of resources, 

subject to specific management objectives or constraints 

Pertaining to the sea bottom or organisms that live on the sea bottom. 

Land management methods, measure or practices selected by an agency to meet its 

non point source control needs. BMPs include, but are not limited to, structural and 

nonstructural controls and operation and maintenance procedures. BMPs can be 

applied before, during, and after pollution-producing activities to reduce or eliminate 

the introduction of pollutants into receiving waters. BMPs are selected on the basis of 

site-specific conditions that reflect natural background conditions and political, social, 

economic, and technical feasibility. BMPs are found in Forest Service Handbook 

2509.22. 

Aquatic farm (or 

Aquafarming) 

ARCGIS 

Area of potential 

effects 

ASQ 

Available timberlands 

Background 

Bank 

Bankfull width 

Beach fringe 

Beachlog salvage 

Bedload 

Benchmark 

Benthic 

Best Management 

Practices (BMPs) 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-4 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

Twenty-one ecological subdivisions of Southeast Alaska that are identified by 

generally distinct ecological, physiogeographic, and biogeographic features. Plant 

and animal species composition, climate, and geology within each province are 

generally more similar within than among adjacent provinces. Historical events (such 

as glaciers and uplifting) are important to the nature of the province and to the barriers 

that distinguish each province. 

The variety of life forms and processes, including the complexity of species, 

communities, gene pools, and ecological functions, within the area covered by a land 

management plan. 

1. The total dry organic matter at a given time of living organisms of one or more 

species per unit area (species biomass) or of all the species in the community 

(community biomass) 

2. The living or dead weight of organic matter in a tree, stand, or forest in units such 

as living of dead weight, wet or dry weight, ash-free weight, etc. 

3. Harvesting the wood product obtained (usually) from in-woods chipping of all or 

some portion of trees, including limbs, tops, and unmerchantable stems, usually for 

energy production. 

See the definition for windthrow. 

See the definition for Best Management Practices. 

A unit of timber measurement equaling the amount of wood contained in an 

unfinished board 1 inch thick, 12 inches long, and 12 inches wide. 

The trunk or main stem of a tree (seedlings and saplings have stems rather than 

boles). 

Rounded or angular rocks greater than 12 inches in size. 

A stream flowing in several dividing and reuniting channels resembling the strands of 

a braid, the cause of division being the obstruction by sediment deposited by the 

stream. 

A road or trail structure, including supports, erected over a depression or an 

obstruction, such as water, a road, a trail, or a railway, and having a deck for carrying 

traffic or other loads. 

An area of vegetation of varying size, shape, and character managed to mitigate 

effects on a particular resource. 

C 

Natural openings created in the overstory of old-growth conifer forests from the loss of 

a single or small group of trees from windthrow, insects, or disease. Also, gaps 

created in young-growth conifer stands to increase light penetration to the understory 

by cutting all of the trees in a small area to maintain or increase the number of 

understory plant species. 

Biogeographic 

provinces 

Biological diversity 

Biomass 

Blowdown 

BMPs 

Board foot 

Bole 

Boulders 

Braided streams or 

channels 

Bridge 

Buffer 

Canopy gap 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-5 Glossary 

January 2008 

Events resulting from a great and sudden calamity or disaster. In the case of forest 

stands, such events may include windstorms, wildfire, floods, snowslides, and insect 

outbreaks. Whether a disturbance event is called catastrophic is dependent on the 

context within which the event occurs, the scale of the event, and the effects of the 

event.

The potential of an area of land to produce resources, supply goods, and services, 

and allow resource uses under an assumed set of management practices and at a 

given level of management intensity.

Costs generally associated with construction, such as trails, roads, and physical 

structures.

The estimated maximum number (or biomass) of organisms of a given species that 

can be sustained or survive on a long-term basis within an ecosystem. 

Cave is legally defined under federal law as “any naturally occurring void, cavity, 

recess, or system of interconnected passages which occurs beneath the surface of 

the earth or within a cliff or ledge and which is large enough to permit an individual to 

enter, whether or not the entrance is naturally formed or human-made. Such term 

shall include any natural pit, sinkhole or other feature which is an extension of the 

surface,” (Federal Cave Resource Protection Act of 1988). Speleologists use “cave” 

to refer to all parts, regardless of size, of an underground system that links openings 

and chambers and that may connect the system to the surface. Included in the term 

caves are tree molds and lava tubes associated with lava flows, erosional caves, and 

those formed by dissolution of bedrock. 

See the definition for commercial forest land.

Code of Federal Regulations.

A natural waterway of perceptible extent that periodically or continuously contains 

moving water. It has a definite bed and banks that serve to confine the water. 

Movement of a stream or river channel within a flood plain area (or an alluvial fan) 

usually over an extended period of time. 

The area from the stream channel to the side-slope break. See also Side-slope 

break. 

A means of distinguishing parts of a stream system into segments that have fairly 

consistent physical and biological characteristics. For descriptions, see “Channel 

Type Field Guide,” Forest Service publication R10-MB-6. 

See the definition for stream class. 

Cultural resources: Certification by the Forest Supervisor documenting that the 

requirements of 36 CFR 800 have been fully met for each undertaking. 

An even-aged regeneration method in which essentially all trees have been removed 

in one operation to create an even-aged stand that is composed of a single age class 

in which tree ages are usually +/- 20 percent of rotation. The area harvested may be 

a patch, stand, or strip large enough to be mapped or recorded as a separate age 

class in planning. 

Catastrophic event 

Capability 

Capital investment 

cost 

Carrying capacity 

Cave 

CFL 

CFR 

Channel 

Channel migration 

Channel sideslope 

Channel type 

Class (streams) 

Clearance 

Clearcutting 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-6 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

See the definition for Culmination of Mean Annual Increment. 

An approach used for wildlife conservation management and analysis which focuses 

on the characteristics of entire ecosystems and landscapes. (Also see the definition 

for fine filter.) 

Soil and material produced by the disintegration and weathering of rocks, including 

cliff debris, material of avalanches, and alluvium. This material accumulates at the 

foot of a slope. 

Forest land that is producing or is capable of producing crops of industrial wood and 

(a) has not been withdrawn by Congress, the Secretary, or the Chief; (b) existing 

technology and knowledge is available to ensure timber production without 

irreversible damage to soils productivity, or watershed conditions; and (c) existing 

technology and knowledge, as reflected in current research and experience, provides 

reasonable assurance that adequate restocking can be attained within 5 years after 

final harvesting.

See the definition for thinning. 

Resources with monetary (market) or commercial value; all resource products that are 

articles of commerce, such as timber and minerals. 

Streams that are confined within their channel banks; they are controlled by stream 

incision, geomorphic landform characteristics, and local geological conditions. 

The point where two streams meet. 

A measure of the extent that forest areas between or outside medium and large oldgrowth reserves provide habitat for breeding, feeding, dispersal, and movement. 

Funds used to pay for a portion of the work or materials needed to construct a road 

only to the standard needed for a timber sale, which could have properly been paid for 

by purchaser credits, if available. 

To pass or transmit the title to property from one to another. 

An instrument by which some estate or interest in lands is transferred from one 

person to another (Black 1979); a transfer of legal title to land. 

A linear strip of land defined for the present or future location of transportation or utility 

rights-of-way within its boundaries. For planning purposes, potential and proposed 

corridors are depicted on the Plan map to show approximate corridor routes and 

widths. Actual corridor routes and boundaries for new systems will be identified 

through site-specific transportation and/or utility project planning. 

Habitats, often linear, that facilitate dispersal and movement of wildlife between larger 

patches of suitable habitat. (Also see the definition for connectivity.)

Wild, scenic, and recreational river corridors are generally comprised of the area 

within 0.25 mile either side of the ordinary high water mark of the river. River corridor 

boundaries may be changed as a result of specific river planning following inclusion of 

the River in the National Wild and Scenic Rivers system. 

CMAI 

Coarse filter 

Colluvial 

Commercial forest 

land (CFL) 

Commercial thinning 

Commodities 

Confined streams 

Confluence 

Connectivity 

(landscape) 

Contributed funds 

Convey 

Conveyance 

Corridor 

(transportation) 

Corridor (wildlife) 

Corridor (Wild and 

Scenic Rivers) 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-7 Glossary 

January 2008 

The usefulness of specified inputs (costs) to produce specified outputs (benefits). In 

measuring cost efficiency, some outputs, including environmental, economic, or social 

impacts, are not assigned monetary values, but are achieved at specified levels in the 

least cost manner. Cost efficiency is usually measured using present net value, 

although use of benefit-cost ratios and rates-of-return may be appropriate. 

Openings in the forest canopy created by silvicultural practices, including shelterwood 

regeneration cutting, clearcutting, seed tree cutting, or group selection cutting. 

Specific areas designated as critical by the Secretary of Interior or Commerce for the 

survival and recovery of species listed as Threatened or Endangered pursuant to the 

Endangered Species Act. 

The part of a tree or woody plant bearing live branches and foliage. 

Logs that do not meet merchantability specifications. 

The age in the growth cycle of a tree or stand at which the mean annual increment 

(MAI) for height, diameter, basal area, or volume is at a maximum 

See the definition for heritage resources. 

See the definition for effects. 

The effects on a watershed's streams and lakes that result from the incremental 

impact of individual actions within a watershed when added to other past, present, 

and reasonably foreseeable future actions, regardless of what agency or person 

undertakes such other actions. Cumulative watershed effects can result from 

individually minor but collectively significant actions taking place over a period of time. 

D 

See the definition for diameter at breast height. 

The rapid downslope movement of a mixture of soil, rock, and forest litter with or 

without a relatively high water content. Also known as debris flows. 

Landslides that occur as a result of debris; avalanche materials that either dam a 

channel temporarily or accumulate behind temporary obstructions such as logs and 

forest debris. Debris torrents are usually confined within the stream channel until they 

reach the valley floor where the debris spreads out, inundating vegetation and forming 

a broad surface deposit. 

The rules, standards, or guidelines used to evaluate alternatives. They are 

measurements or indicators that are designed to assist a decision maker in identifying 

a preferred choice from an array of possible alternatives. 

The general lowering of the surface of the land by erosive processes, especially by 

the removal of material through erosion and transportation by flowing water. 

The quantity of a commodity or service that buyers are willing to purchase at a given 

price over a specific time period. 

Cost efficiency 

Created opening 

Critical habitat 

Crown 

Cull logs 

Culmination of Mean 

Annual Increment 

(CMAI) 

Cultural resources 

Cumulative effects 

Cumulative 

watershed effects 

(CWE) 

DBH 

Debris avalanches 

Debris torrents 

Decision criteria 

Degradation 

Demand 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-8 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

Pertaining to the study of the characteristics of populations, such as size, growth, 

density, distribution, and vital statistics. 

A National Forest System (NFS) road, an NFS trail, or an area on NFS lands that is 

designated for motor vehicle use pursuant to 36 CFR 212.51 on a motor vehicle use 

map (36 CFR 212.1). 

The condition where established threshold values of soil properties are exceeded and 

result in significant change or impairment to long-term soil productivity. (Also see the 

definitions for significant change and significant impairment.) 

Material, produced by the disintegration and weathering of rocks, that has been 

moved from its site of origin. Also, pieces of dead or decomposing plant or animal 

material. In streams, detritus is the accumulation of leaves, needles, and other 

organic material that falls from overhead vegetation. 

The type of recreation that occurs where modifications (improvements) enhance 

recreation opportunities and accommodate intensive recreation activities in a defined 

area. 

Land use designations that permit commercial timber harvest (Timber Production, 

Modified Landscape, and Scenic Viewshed) and convert some of the old-growth 

forest to early-to mid-successional, regulated forests. 

The diameter of the stem of a tree measured at breast height (4 feet, 6 inches from 

ground level). 

The volume of water moving past a given point on a stream or river over a given 

period of time, often expressed as cubic feet per second (cfs) in hydrology, or as 

millions of gallons per day (mgd) in engineering. 

The rate used to adjust future benefits or costs to their present value. 

The movement, usually one way, of plants and animals from their point of origin to 

another location where they subsequently produce offspring. 

The type of recreation use that requires few, if any, improvements and may occur 

over a wide area. This type of recreation involves activities related to roads, trails, 

and undeveloped waterways and beaches. The activities do not necessarily take 

place on or adjacent to a road, trail, or waterway, only in conjunction with it. Activities 

are often day-use oriented and include hunting, fishing, boating, off-highway vehicle 

use, hiking, and others. 

A physical, recognizable form or feature of the earth’s surface such as a mountain, 

hill, or valley, having a characteristic shape, that in part is the result of several shallow 

or deeply incised drainage channels. 

The amount of free (not chemically combined) oxygen in water. 

Areas of landscapes denoted by specified distances from the observer (foreground, 

middleground, or background). Used as a frame of reference in which to discuss 

landscape characteristics of management activities. (Also see the definitions for 

foreground, middleground, and background.) 

Demographic 

Designated road, 

trail, or area 

Detrimental soil 

disturbance 

Detritus 

Developed recreation 

Development LUDs 

Diameter at breast 

height (DBH) 

Discharge 

Discount rate 

Dispersal 

Dispersed recreation 

Dissected landforms 

Dissolved oxygen 

Distance zone 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-9 Glossary 

January 2008 

A force that results in changes in the structure and composition through natural 

events such as wind, fire, flood, avalanche, or mortality caused by insect or disease 

outbreaks, or by human caused events (e.g., timber harvest). 

See the definition for biological diversity. 

The version of the statement of environmental effects required for major federal 

actions under Section 102 of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and 

released to the public and other agencies for review and comment. 

E 

An interest or right in land owned by another that entitles its holder to a specific limited 

use.

See the definition for biogeographic provinces. 

Ecosystems may be subdivided into ecological sections that consist of ecological 

subsections (see “Ecological Subsection”). There are 14 ecological sections on the 

Tongass. 

A spatially explicit, relatively homogenous area that includes all ineracting organisms 

and the abiotic environment components. An ecosystem can be of various sizes 

(e.g., a log, a pond, a forest, or the earth’s biosphere). 

Management guided by explicit goals, executed by policies, protocols, and practices 

and adapted through monitoring and research to sustain the composition, structure, 

and function over the long term. 

Ecosystem services include the full suite of goods and services that are vital to human 

health and livelihood provided by ecosystems—in this case, ecosystems on the 

Tongass National Forest. 

A transition or junction zone between two or more naturally occurring diverse plant 

communities (ecosystems). 

The effect of adjoining vegetative communities on the population structure along the 

margin, which provides for greater numbers of species and higher population 

densities than either adjoining community. Edge may also result in negative effects, 

since habitat along the edge is different than within the patch, reducing the effective 

area of the habitat patch. 

In Cultural Resources, the potential of an undertaking to alter the characteristics that 

may qualify a property for inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places. 

Direct. Results of an action occurring when and where that action takes place. 

Indirect. Results of an action occurring at a location other than where the action 

takes place and/or later in time, but in the reasonably foreseeable future. 

Cumulative. Results of collective past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future 

actions.

See the definition for Environmental Impact Statement. 

Disturbance 

Diversity 

Draft Environmental 

Impact Statement 

(DEIS) 

Easement 

Ecological provinces 

Ecological sections 

Ecosystem 

Ecosystem 

management 

Ecosystem services 

Ecotone 

Edge effect 

Effect 

Effects 

EIS 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-10 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

A plant rooted in shallow water and having most of its vegetation above water 

(e.g., cattails). 

A claim, lien, charge, or liability attached to and binding real property (Black 1979). 

Any species of animal or plant that is in danger of extinction throughout all or a 

significant portion of its range. Plant or animal species identified and defined in 

accordance with the 1973 Endangered Species Act and published in the Federal 

Register. 

Living in or restricted to a particular locality. In this document the term endemic is 

used in two ways. First, it is used to describe plant and animal species, subspecies, 

or lineages that are native and restricted in their distribution to an island, a portion of 

Southeast Alaska, or Southeast Alaska. Second, it is used to describe a type of 

windthrow event that is a very localized windthrow event, where individual trees are 

blown over (see the definition for Windthrow in this Glossary). 

To improve, reinforce, enrich, or strengthen the existing condition, value, or beauty of 

a resource. 

Right to benefits, income, or property that may not be abridged without due process. 

An analysis of alternative actions and their predictable short- and long-term 

environmental effects, incorporating the physical, biological, economic, social, and 

environmental design arts and their interactions. 

A document prepared by a federal agency in which anticipated environmental effects 

of a planned course of action or development are evaluated. A federal statute 

(Section 102 of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969) requires that such 

statements be prepared. It is prepared first in draft or review form, and then in a final 

form. An impact statement includes the following points: 1) the environmental impact 

of the proposed action, 2) any adverse impacts that cannot be avoided by the action, 

3) the alternative courses of actions, 4) the relationships between local short-term use 

of the human environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term 

productivity, and 5) a description of the irreversible and irretrievable commitment of 

resources that would occur if the action were accomplished. 

The upper surface of karst, consisting of a network of intersecting fissures and 

cavities that collect and transport surface water and nutrients underground; epikarst 

depth can range from a few centimeters to tens of meters. 

A stream, or a portion of a stream, that does not flow year round, but only when (a) it 

receives base flow during wet periods, or (b) when it receives groundwater discharge 

or protracted contributions from melting snow or other erratic surface or subsurface 

sources. See ephemeral stream. 

The wearing away of the land surface by running water, wind, ice, gravity, or other 

geological activities. 

Adult anadromous fish that escape from all causes of mortality (natural or humancaused) to return to streams to spawn. 

See the definition for existing scenic integrity. 

Emergent 

Encumbrance 

Endangered species 

Endemic 

Enhance 

Entitlement 

Environmental 

analysis 

Environmental Impact 

Statement (EIS) 

Epikarst 

Ephemeral stream 

Erosion 

Escapement 

ESI 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-11 Glossary 

January 2008 

An ecological system at the mouth of a stream where fresh water and salt water mix, 

and where salt marshes and intertidal mudflats are present. The landward extent of 

an estuary is the limit of salt-intolerant vegetation, and the seaward extent is a 

stream’s delta at mean low water. 

The sum total of water lost from the land by evaporation and plant transpiration. 

Transpiration is loss of water in vapor form from a plant. 

A regeneration method that result in the creation of stands comprised of a single age 

class in which tree ages are usually +/- 20 percent of rotation. Clear cut, shelterwood, 

or seed tree cutting methods produce even-aged stands. 

A trading of public lands (surface or subsurface estates) that usually do not have high 

public value for lands in other ownerships that do have value for public use, 

management, and enjoyment. 

An order or regulation issued by the President or some administrative authority under 

his direction. 

A systematic check and evaluation of available records, documents, and informant 

sources to gather information pertinent to cultural resources within a given area. 

Current state of the landscape, considering previous human alterations. ESI levels 

are as follows: 

Very High. Landscapes where the landscape character is intact with only minute, 

if any, deviations. The existing landscape character and sense of place is 

expressed at the highest possible level. 

 High. Landscapes where the landscape character “appears” intact. Deviations 

may be present but repeat form, line, color, texture, and pattern common to the 

landscape character so completely and at such scale that they are not evident. 

 Moderate. Landscapes where the landscape character “appears slightly altered.” 

Noticeable deviations remain visually subordinate to the landscape being viewed. 

 Low. Landscapes where the landscape character “appears moderately altered.” 

Deviations begin to dominate the landscape character being viewed, but borrow 

attributes such as size, shape, edge effect, and pattern of natural openings, 

vegetative type changes, or architectural styles outside the landscape being 

viewed. 

 Very Low. Landscapes where the landscape character “appears heavily altered.” 

Deviations may strongly dominate the landscape character. They do not borrow 

from attributes such as size, shape, edge effect, and pattern of natural openings, 

vegetative type changes, or architectural styles within or outside the landscape 

being viewed. 

 Unacceptable Low. Landscapes where the landscape character being viewed 

appears extremely altered. Deviations are extremely dominant and borrow little, if 

any, form, line, color, texture, pattern, or scale from the landscape character. 

F 

Structures needed to support the management, protection, and utilization of the 

National Forests, including buildings, utility systems, dams, and other construction 

features. There are three types of facilities: recreation, administrative, and permitted. 

Estuary 

Evapotranspiration 

Even-aged 

management 

Exchange 

Executive Order 

Existing data search 

Existing scenic 

integrity (ESI) 

Facility 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-12 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

The difference between the number of acres planned for timber harvest and those 

actually harvested, usually experienced as a reduction in acres. Falldown results 

from many factors, including unmapped unsuitable timber land, newly available 

information, and project-level consideration of site-specific issues and non-timber 

resource needs. (Also see the definition for Management Implementation Reduction 

Factor.) 

Capable of being accomplished in a successful manner within a reasonable period of 

time, taking into account economic, environmental, technical, and safety factors. In 

evaluating feasibility, the following are considerations: 1) the effectiveness and 

practicality of the measures being considered; and 2) the long- and short-term costs 

of the measures and the effect of those costs on long- and short-term economic 

viability of projects or programs. 

An Indian or Alaska Native tribe, band, nation, pueblo, village, or community that the 

Secretary of the Interior acknowledges to exist as an Indian tribe pursuant to the 

Federally Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994, 25 U.S.C. 479a. 

A nutrient medium peatland ecosystem dominated by sedges and brown mosses, 

where mineral-bearing groundwater is within the rooting zone and meneratrophic 

plant species are common. 

An approach used for wildlife conservation management and analysis which focuses 

on individual species and their habitat needs. (Also see the definition for coarse 

filter.) 

All work and activities connected with fire-extinguishing operations, beginning with 

discovery and continuing until the fire is completely extinguished. 

October 1 to September 30. The Fiscal Year is referred to by the calendar year, 

which begins on January 1. For example, October 1, 1996, to September 30, 1997, is 

referred to as Fiscal Year 1997. 

The ability of both adult and juvenile fish to move both up and down stream. 

A very rapid responding, relatively high streamflow overtopping the banks in any 

reach of a stream. 

The level or nearly level land with alluvial soils on either or both sides of a stream or 

river that is subject to overflow flooding during periods of high water. 

Of, or pertaining to, streams and rivers. 

Fish consumed by humans. 

The inner, gently inclined surface at the base of a hill or mountain slope. The surface 

profile is dominantly concave, and is the transition zone between upslope erosional 

sites and downslope depositional sites. 

A grouping/category of herbaceous plants that are not included in the grass, shrub, or 

tree groupings/categories; generally smaller flowering plants. 

A term used in scenery management to describe the detailed landscape generally 

found from the observer to 0.5 mile away. (See the definitions for background and 

middleground.) 

Falldown 

Feasible 

Federally recognized 

Indian tribe 

Fen 

Fine filter 

Fire suppression 

Fiscal Year (FY) 

Fish passage 

Flash flooding 

Flood plain 

Fluvial 

Foodfish 

Footslope 

Forbs 

Foreground 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-13 Glossary 

January 2008 

See the definition for National Forest System road. 

The plan that depicts the development and management of the Forest’s facilities. 

This includes current volume of business and projections for the future, locations for 

needed skills to perform program work, existing administrative sites and proposed 

locations of new sites, and management strategies concerning consolidation or 

sharing services between units (FSM 7312.1). 

The perceived condition of a forest derived from concerns about such factors as its 

age, structure, composition, function, vigor, presence of unusual levels of insects or 

disease, and resilience to disturbance. 

Source of management direction for an individual forest, specifying activity and output 

levels for a period of 10 to 15 years. Management direction in the Forest Plan is 

based on the issues identified at the time of the plan’s development. 

A road or trail wholly or partly within or adjacent to and serving the National Forest 

System (NFS) that the Forest Service determines is necessary for the protection, 

administration, and utilization of the NFS and the use and development of its 

resources (36 CFR 212.1).

A display of the system of roads, trails, and airfields of an administrative unit (36 CFR 

212.1). 

A forest road, trail, or airfield that is displayed in a forest transportation atlas, including 

bridges, culverts, parking lots, marine access facilities, safety devices, and other 

improvements appurtenant to the forest transportation system (36 CFR 212.1). 

The system of National Forest System (NFS) roads, trails, and airfields on NFS lands 

(36 CFR 212.1). The forest transportation system should best serve current and 

anticipated management objectives and public uses of NFS lands, as identified in the 

applicable land management plan (FSM 1920). 

The travel planning, analysis, designation of roads, trails, and areas for motor vehicle 

use, recordkeeping, scheduling, construction, reconstruction, maintenance, 

decommissioning, and other operations undertaken to achieve environmentally 

sound, safe, cost-effective, access for use, enjoyment, protection, administration, and 

management of NFS lands. 

Federal land management: Land at least 10 percent stocked by forest trees of any 

size, including land that formerly had such tree cover and that will be naturally or 

artificially regenerated 

A wetland whose vegetation is characterized by an overstory of trees that are 20 feet 

or taller. 

A set of rules and guidance that directs management activities and establishes the 

environmental quality, natural renewable and depletable resource requirements, 

conservation potential, and mitigation measures that apply to several land use 

designations. 

The process by which a landscape is broken into small islands of forest within a 

mosaic of other forms of land use or ownership. Also, islands of a particular age class 

(e.g., old growth remaining within areas of young-growth forest). 

Forest development 

road 

Forest Facility Master 

Plan 

Forest health 

Forest Plan 

Forest road or trail 

Forest transportation 

atlas 

Forest transportation 

facility 

Forest transportation 

system 

Forest transportation 

system management 

Forested land 

Forested wetland 

Forest-wide 

Standards and 

Guidelines 

Fragmentation 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-14 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

A permit that allows the removal of timber or other resources from public lands free of 

charge. 

Forest Service Handbook. 

Forest Service Manual. 

The organic materials that will support the start and spread of a fire: duff, litter, grass, 

weeds, forbs, brush, trees, dead woody materials. 

A term in ecology referring to the interreactions and influences between plant and 

animal species within an area (how each species uses its environment), and to 

natural processes of change or disturbance (such as wind or aging). 

See the definition for Fiscal Year. 

G 

A person known or reliably assumed to have a genetic relationship to a deceased 

person. 

The areas of Southeast Alaska that were not covered by glaciers during the last ice 

age. 

Rivers and streams that receive their main flow characteristics from the presence and 

activities of ice and glaciers and their meltwater. 

Grouping of channel types that have fairly consistent physical characteristics 

occurring on lowland landforms and are mostly associated with bogs, marshes, or 

lakes. 

A concise statement that describes a desired future condition normally expressed in 

broad, general terms that are timeless, in that there is no specific date by which the 

goal is to be achieved. 

The various outputs and on-site uses produced from forest resources. 

Water within the earth that supplies wells and springs. Specifically, water in the zone 

of saturation where all openings in soils and rocks are filled; the upper surface level 

forms the water table. 

An uneven aged regeneration method in which trees are removed and new age 

classes are established in small groups where the widths of groups are commonly 

approximately twice the height of the mature trees. Note: the management unit or 

stand in which regeneration growth and yield are regulated consists of an aggregation 

of groups. 

A preferred or advisable course of action or level of attainment designed to promote 

achievement of goals and objectives. 

Free use permit 

FSH 

FSM 

Fuel 

Function 

FY 

Genetic descendant 

Glacial refugia 

Glacial rivers and 

streams 

Glide or placid 

streams 

Goal 

Goods and services 

Groundwater 

Group selection 

Guideline 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-15 Glossary 

January 2008 

H 

The sum total of environmental conditions of a specific place occupied by a wildlife or 

plant species or a population of each species. 

The estimated maximum number of fish or wildlife that can be supported by the 

amount and distribution of suitable habitat in an area. 

Terminology used to described the state of the decay process in dead trees. Hard 

snags are dead trees that have little decay and are generally still merchantable. Soft 

snags are dead trees that have a considerable amount of decay and are generally 

soft, broken, non-merchantable wood. 

Areas used by marine mammals for resting and other social/biological activities that 

occur in the intertidal zone. 

The physical remains of districts, sites, structures, buildings, networks, events, or 

objects used by humans in the past. They may be historic, prehistoric, architectural, 

or archival in nature. Heritage resources are non-renewable aspects of our national 

heritage. 

Any motor vehicle that is licensed or certified for general operation on public roads 

within the State of Alaska. 

Any prehistoric or historic district, site, building, structure, or object included in, or 

eligible for inclusion in, the National Register of Historic Places. The term includes 

artifacts, records, and remains that are related to and located within such properties. 

Distance measured in a flat (horizontal) manner at zero angle. 

The physical remains of human bodies. 

Black or brown organic material of complex composition that is the end-product of 

microbial breakdown of plant and animal residues at the soil surface. 

One hunter day is equivalent to one person hunting for any length of time during a 

24-hour period. 

The complete cycle through which water passes, commencing as atmospheric water 

vapor, passing into liquid and solid form as precipitation, thence along or into the 

ground surface, and finally again returning to the form of atmospheric water vapor by 

means of evaporation and transpiration. Also called Water Cycle. 

I 

See the definition for Interdisciplinary Team. 

Includes any structures of a permanent nature placed upon the land that tend to 

increase its value. 

Habitat 

Habitat capability 

Hard snags/soft 

snags 

Haul out 

Heritage resources 

Highway legal vehicle 

Historic property 

Horizontal distance 

Human remains 

Humus 

Hunter day 

Hydrologic cycle 

IDT 

Improvements 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-16 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

Stream channel incision depth is the vertical distance between the channel bottom at 

the thalweg and the first significant slope break occurring above the bankfull stage 

point. 

A stream, or a portion of a stream, that flows only in direct response to precipitation, 

receiving little or no water from springs and no long continuous supply from snow or 

other sources, an whose channel is at all times above the water table. See ephemeral 

stream. 

In Southeast Alaska, a Shaman or religious leader, or specific elder, that is identified 

by the appropriate tribal authority (tribal government or council) as the appropriate 

knowledgeable or authoritative person regarding the sacredness of a location. 

All commercial roundwood products, except fuelwood. 

The facilities, utilities, and transportation systems needed to meet public and 

administrative needs. 

Recreation capability for the physical, social, and managerial setting for recreation, 

based on remoteness from modern human development and activity, modification of 

the land, and social factors such as crowding. 

Integrated pest management, or IPM, is a long-standing, science-based, decisionmaking process that identifies and reduces risks from pests and pest management 

related strategies. It coordinates the use of pest biology, environmental information, 

and available technology to prevent unacceptable levels of pest damage by the most 

economical means, while posing the least possible risk to people, property, 

resources, and the environment. IPM provides an effective strategy for managing 

pests in all arenas from developed residential and public areas to wild lands. IPM 

serves as an umbrella to provide an effective, all encompassing, low-risk approach to 

protect resources and people from pests. 

To place in a grave or tomb.

The process by which precipitation is caught and held by foliage, twigs, and branches 

of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation, and lost by evaporation, never reaching the 

surface of the ground. Interception equals the precipitation on the vegetation minus 

stemflow and throughfall. 

A group of individuals with different training assembled to solve a problem or perform 

a task. The team is assembled out of recognition that no one scientific discipline is 

sufficiently broad to adequately solve the problem. Through interaction, participants 

bring different points of view and a broader range of expertise to bear on the problem. 

A general term to denote a right, claim, title, or legal share in real estate (Black 1979). 

The region of a forested stand that has a stable microclimate relative to light, wind, 

humidity, moisture regime, etc. Natural forest ecotones (see definition for ecotone) 

“seal” a forest’s edge and stabilize these microclimate features. Ecotones created by 

management such as the old growth, clearcut edge may have “edge” effects that 

extend into a forest for several hundred feet (estimated 2 to 3 tree heights) before 

stable “interior forest” conditions are achieved and microclimatic effects of the edge 

are no longer evident. 

Incision 

Intermittent stream 

Indian religious 

practitioner 

Industrial wood 

Infrastructure 

Inherent capability 

Integrated pest 

management (IPM) 

Inter 

Interception 

Interdisciplinary 

Team (IDT) 

Interest 

Interior old-growth 

forest 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-17 Glossary 

January 2008 

A species that is non-native (or alien) to the habitat under consideration and 2) whose 

purposeful or accidental introduction causes, or is likely to cause, economic or 

environmental harm or harm to human health (Executive Order 13112). 

An undeveloped area typically exceeding 5,000 acres that meets the minimum criteria 

for Wilderness consideration under the Wilderness Act. 

Animals without backbones. Land invertebrates include insects, snails, and slugs; 

freshwater invertebrates include aquatic insects; and marine invertebrates include 

crab, shrimp, and clams. 

See the definition for integrated pest management. 

A term that applies to the loss of production, harvest, or use of natural resources. For 

example, some or all of the timber production from an area is lost irretrievably while 

an area is serving as a winter sports site. The production lost is irretrievable, but the 

action is not irreversible. If the use changes, it is possible to resume timber 

production. 

A term that describes the loss of future options. Applies primarily to the effects of use 

of nonrenewable resources, such as minerals or cultural resources, or to those 

factors, such as soil productivity, that are renewable only over long periods of time. 

A point, matter, or section of public discussion or interest to be addressed or decided. 

J 

The legal right to control or regulate use of a forest transportation facility derived from 

title, an easement, an agreement, or other similar source. 

K 

A type of topography that develops in areas underlain by soluble rocks, primarily 

limestone. Dissolution of the subsurface strata results in areas of well-developed, 

surface drainage that are sinkholes, collapsed channels, or caves. 

L 

Includes permanently flooded lakes and reservoirs, intermittent lakes, and tidal lakes 

with ocean-derived salinities of less than 0.5 percent. Typically, there are extensive 

areas of deep water and there is considerable wave action. 

The decision to use land for various resource management objectives to best satisfy 

the issues, concerns, and opportunities, and meet assigned forest output targets. 

The conveyance of non-federal land or interests to the United States in exchange for 

National Forest System land or interests in land. 

Invasive species 

Inventoried roadless 

area 

Invertebrates 

IPM 

Irretrievable 

commitments 

Irreversible 

commitments 

Issue 

Jurisdiction over a 

forest transportation 

facility 

Karst 

Lacustrine wetland 

Land allocation 

Land exchange 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-18 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

(As used in the 1979 Tongass Land Management Plan) General management 

direction applied to a Value Comparison Unit or group of Value Comparison Units. 

These four land use designations are defined as follows: 

LUD 1. Forest Service recommended Wilderness areas, most of which became 

Wilderness through the 1980 Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act. 

In general, these undeveloped areas are managed for solitude and primitive 

types of recreation, and contain unaltered habitats for plants and animal species. 

These areas are managed as directed in the 1964 Wilderness Act and ANILCA, 

as amended. 

LUD 2. Lands under this designation are managed in a roadless state to retain 

their wildland character. Primitive recreational facilities can be built and habitat 

improvements for fish and wildlife are permitted. Timber harvest on these lands 

is limited to salvage operations to protect other resources. 

LUD 3. These lands are managed for a variety of uses. The emphasis is on 

managing for both amenity and commodity oriented uses in a compatible manner 

to provide the greatest combination of benefits. These areas usually have high 

amenity values in conjunction with high commodity values. Allowances in 

calculated potential timber yield have been made to meet multiple-use 

coordination objectives. 

LUD 4. These lands are managed to provide opportunities for intensive 

development of resources. Emphasis is primarily on commodity or market 

resources and their use. Amenity values are also provided for. When conflicts 

over competing resource uses arise, conflicts would most often be resolved in 

favor of commodity values. Allowances in calculated potential timber yield have 

been made to provide for protection of physical and biological productivity. 

In the Forest Plan Amendment, a defined area of land specific to which management 

direction is applied. 

Any physical, recognizable form or feature of the earth’s surface, having a 

characteristic shape, and produced by natural causes. Major forms included are 

plains, plateaus, and mountains; minor forms are hills, valleys, slopes, eskers, and 

dunes. 

A cleared area to which logs or trees are transported for loading onto trucks for 

transport to a mill or log transfer facility. Barges are sometimes used for landings in 

Southeast Alaska. 

A heterogeneous land area with interacting ecosystems that are repeated in similar 

form throughout (FEMAT). 

The moderately rapid to rapid downslope movement of soil and rock materials that 

may or may not be water-saturated. 

Any piece of relatively stable woody material, having a diameter of 4 inches or greater 

and a length greater than 3 feet, that intrudes into a stream channel. Formerly called 

large organic debris. 

Generally includes minerals such as coal, oil, gas, phosphate, sodium, potassium, oil 

shale, sulfur, and geothermal steam. 

An authorization (usually long term) to possess and use public lands for a fixed period 

of time. 

Land Use 

Designation (LUD) 

Land Use 

Designation (LUD) 

Landform 

Landing 

Landscape 

Landslides 

Large woody debris 

(LWD) 

Leasable minerals 

Lease 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-19 Glossary 

January 2008 

A narrow band of forest trees left between cutting units. 

A tree, usually mature or old growth, that is retained on a site after harvesting or 

natural disturbance to provide a biological legacy. 

Includes minerals such as gold, silver, lead, zinc, copper, and mercury. 

Formerly referred to as terminal transfer facilities, log transfer facilities include the site 

and structures used for moving logs and timber products from land-based 

transportation forms to water-based transportation forms (or vice versa). 

The unused portion of trees cut during logging and left in the woods. 

Ground Based. A system of log transportation in which logs are pulled from the 

woods to a landing by means of a crawler tractor, skidder, or similar ground-based 

equipment. 

High-lead. A system of cable logging in which the working lines are elevated at the 

landing area by a rigged wooden tree or portable steel spar. 

Skyline. A system of cable logging in which all or part of the weight of the logs is 

supported during yarding by a suspended cable. 

Helicopter. A system of transporting logs from the woods to a landing as an external 

load on a helicopter. 

The highest uniform wood yield that may be sustained under a specific management 

intensity consistent with multiple use objectives on lands being managed for timber 

production. 

See the definition for log transfer facilities. 

See the definition for long-term sustained yield timber capacity. 

See the definition for Land Use Designation. 

See the definition for large woody debris. 

M 

Any plant species that can be readily observed without the aid of optical 

magnification. 

A culvert that provides an opening of more than 35 square feet in a single installation 

or in a multiple installation in which the smallest opening is more than 19 square feet. 

A forested stand whose natural structure has been purposely altered through some 

regeneration or stocking control treatment. 

See the definition for mean annual increment. 

Combinations of adjacent Value Comparison Units having common management 

direction, as defined in the 1979 Tongass Land Management Plan. 

Leave strips 

Legacy trees 

Locatable minerals 

Log transfer facilities 

(LTF) 

Logging residue 

(logging slash) 

Logging systems 

Long-term sustained 

yield (LTSY) timber 

capacity 

LTF 

LTSY 

LUD 

LWD 

Macrophytes 

Major culvert 

Managed stand 

MAI 

Management area 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-20 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

An issue, problem, or condition that constrains the range of management practices 

identified by the Forest Service in the planning process. 

A statement of multiple-use and other goals and objectives, the associated land use 

prescriptions, and standards and guidelines for attaining them. 

An adjustment made to the timber outputs of the SPECTRUM computer model to 

account for anticipated effects on timber availability that cannot be accounted for in 

the computer model. (Also see the definition for falldown.) 

Plant or animal species, communities, or special habitats selected for emphasis in 

planning, and which are monitored during forest plan implementation to assess the 

effects of management activities on their populations and the populations of other 

species with similar habitat needs that they may represent. 

The activities applied to a defined area of land (land use designation as defined in the 

Forest Plan) to attain multiple-use and other goals and objectives. 

Management practices and intensity selected and scheduled for application on a 

specific area (e.g., a land use designation) to attain multiple-use and other goals and 

objectives. 

Standards for resource protection, vegetation manipulation, silvicultural practices, 

even-aged management, riparian areas, soil and water and diversity, to be met in 

accomplishing National Forest System goals and objectives. (See 36 CFR 219.17.) 

The cultivation of plants and animals in saltwater, with no freshwater component. 

Mariculture does not include anadromous fish farming. 

An area used by humans to transfer items from land to saltwater or vice versa, that 

contains a structure such as a mooring buoy, dock, LTF, boat ramp, or a combination 

of these. 

An area that is used by humans to transfer items to saltwater generally where there is 

a trail that leads to saltwater and that has no associated structures. 

Weather conditions controlled by an oceanic environment characterized by small 

annual temperature ranges and high precipitation. 

A general term for a variety of processes by which large masses of earth material are 

moved by gravity either slowly or quickly from one place to another. Also, mass 

movement. 

Thousand board feet. 

The total increment of a tree or stand, up to a given age in years, divided by that age. 

An agreement between the Forest Service and other agencies resulting from 

consultation between agencies that states specific measures the agencies will follow 

to accomplish a large or complex project. A memorandum of understanding is not a 

fund obligating document. 

The temperature, moisture, wind, pressure, and evaporation (climate) of a very small 

area that differs from the general climate of the larger surrounding area. 

Management concern 

Management 

direction 

Management 

Implementation 

Reduction Factor 

(MIRF) 

Management 

Indicator Species 

Management 

practices 

Management 

prescription 

Management 

requirement 

Mariculture 

Marine access facility 

(MAF) 

Marine access point 

Maritime climate 

Mass-wasting 

MBF 

Mean annual 

increment (MAI) 

Memorandum of 

Understanding (MOU) 

Microclimate 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-21 Glossary 

January 2008 

The visible terrain beyond the foreground where individual trees are still visible but do 

not stand out distinctly from the landscape. The area is located from 0.25 mile to 3 to 

5 miles from the viewer. (See the definitions for foreground and background.) 

The activities and facilities associated with extracting mineral deposits. 

Filing a mining claim on public land to obtain the right to mine any minerals it may 

contain. Also the filing for a mill site on federal land for the purpose of processing offsite minerals. 

The search for valuable minerals on lands open to mineral entry. 

A lease that authorizes the development and production of leasible minerals from 

public lands. 

The extraction of mineral deposits. 

The rights of one who owns the mineral estate (subsurface). 

Soils consisting predominantly of, and having its properties determined by, mineral 

matter. These soils usually contain less than 20 percent organic matter, but can 

contain an organic surface layer up to within 20 inches of the surface. 

A formal designation by the Secretary of Interior that precludes entry or disposal of 

mineral commodities under the mining and/or mineral leasing laws. 

A geographic area of the public lands held under the general mining laws in which the 

right of exclusive possession is vested in the locator of a valuable mineral deposit. 

See the definition for Management Implementation Reduction Factor. 

Take action to alleviate potential adverse effects of natural or human caused 

disturbances. For example, to lessen or minimize an adverse effect upon a cultural 

resource listed on or eligible for the National Register of Historic Places. The two 

categories of mitigation most often used for cultural resources are project modification 

and data recovery. Also to lessen or minimize an adverse effect upon a listed plant 

and animal species or on any resource. 

In Southeast Alaska, mixed conifer stands usually consist of the following species: 

western hemlock, mountain hemlock, yellow-cedar, redcedar, and Sitka spruce. 

Shorepine may occasionally be present depending on individual sites. Redcedar is 

not usually in mixed conifer stands on the central and northern portions of the 

Tongass. Mixed conifer sites indicate poor drainage and/or shallow soils. 

Million board feet (see the definition for board feet). 

An idealized representation of reality developed to describe, analyze, or understand it; 

a mathematical representation of the relationships under study (e.g., FORPLAN, 

wildlife habitat capability models). 

Water in these soils is removed from them somewhat slowly, so that the profile is wet 

for a small, but significant, part of the time.

The variation of moisture content in a specified portion of soil during the year. 

Middleground 

Mineral development 

Mineral entry 

Mineral exploration 

Mineral lease 

Mineral production 

Mineral rights 

Mineral soils 

Mineral withdrawal 

Mining claims 

MIRF 

Mitigate 

Mixed conifer 

MMBF 

Model 

Moderately welldrained soil 

Moisture regime 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-22 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

Gathering information and observing results of management activities to provide a 

basis for the periodic evaluation of the Forest Plan. 

Any vehicle that is propelled by a motor, other than: 

a. A vehicle operated on rails; and 

b. Any wheelchair or mobility device, including one that is battery-powered, 

designed solely for use by a mobility-impaired person for locomotion, and 

suitable for use in an indoor pedestrian area (36 CFR 212.1). 

A map reflecting designated roads, trails, and other areas for motorized use on an 

administrative unit or a Ranger District of the NFS (36 CFR 212.1). 

Designation of an NFS road for use by both highway-legal and non-highway-legal 

motor vehicles. 

See Memorandum of Understanding. 

A stand with two or more age classes or cohorts. 

The management of all the various renewable surface resources of the National 

Forest System so that they are used in the combination that will best meet the needs 

of the American people; harmonious and coordinated management of the various 

resources, each with the other, without impairment of the productivity of the land, with 

consideration being given to the relative values of the various resources. 

A watershed, designated on the Forest Plan Land Use Designation Map, that provides 

municipal water supplies (on the Tongass these include the municipal watersheds for 

Ketchikan, Petersburg, Sitka, Juneau, Wrangell, Kake, Klawock, Craig, or Hydaburg). 

Compare to public water supplies.

Algonquin term for peatland. Usually applied to areas with sphagnum mosses, 

tussocky sedges, and an open growth of scrubby trees. 

N 

A program consisting of a joint effort of cooperating Federal agencies, land-grant 

universities, and other state and local agencies to map soils, collect soil data, interpret 

the maps and data, and promote their use. Federal leadership is provided by the 

National Resource Conservation Service.

An act declaring a National policy to encourage productive and enjoyable harmony 

between man and his environment, to promote efforts which will prevent or eliminate 

damage to the environment and the biosphere and stimulate the health and welfare of 

man, to enrich the understanding of the ecological systems and natural resources 

important to the Nation and to establish a Council on Environmental Quality. 

A forest road other than a road which has been authorized by a legally documented 

right-of-way held by a state, county, or local public road authority (36 CFR 212.1). The 

term “National Forest System road” is synonymous with the term “forest development 

road” as used in 23 U.S.C 205. 

Monitoring 

Motor vehicle 

Motor vehicle use 

map 

Motorized mixed use 

MOU 

Multiaged 

(multicohort) stands 

Multiple use 

Municipal Watershed 

Muskeg 

National Cooperative 

Soil Survey (NCSS) 

National 

Environmental Policy 

Act of 1969 (NEPA) 

National Forest 

System road 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-23 Glossary 

January 2008 

A forest trail other than a trail which has been authorized by a legally documented 

right-of-way held by a state, county, or local public road authority (36 CFR 212.1).

A law passed in 1976 that amends the Forest and Rangeland Renewable Resources 

Planning Act and requires the preparation of Forest Plans. 

Federal lands that have been designated by Executive Order or statute as National 

Forests, National Grasslands, or Purchase Units, or other lands under the 

administration of the Forest Service.

A register of cultural resources of national, state, or local significance, maintained by 

the U.S. Department of the Interior. 

Rivers with outstanding scenic, recreational, geological, fish and wildlife, historic, 

cultural, or other similar values designated by Congress under the Wild and Scenic 

Rivers Act for preservation of their free-flowing condition. 

Application by Native corporations formed under authority of the Alaska Native Claims 

Settlement Act of 1971 (ANCSA - Public Law 92–203, 85 Stat. 688) and by Native 

individuals (under Section 14(h)(5), ANCSA) to the USDI Bureau of Land 

Management (BLM) for conveyance of a portion of lands withdrawn under ANCSA in 

fulfillment of Native entitlements established under ANCSA. Native village 

corporations had 3 years from the date of ANCSA (December 18, 1971) to make their 

selections and regional corporations had 4 years. Native individuals who met the 

criteria had 2 years from the date of ANCSA to make application under Section 

14(h)(5). BLM regulations allowed Native corporations formed under ANCSA to 

select in excess of their entitlements to ensure sufficient land would be available to 

meet full entitlement. Remaining lands in excess of entitlement, which have been 

selected but not conveyed, will revert back to unencumbered National Forest System 

land status after full entitlement is reached. 

The overall long-term value to the Nation of all outputs and positive effects (benefits) 

less all associated inputs and negative effects (costs) whether they can be 

quantitatively valued or not. Net public benefits are measured by both quantitative 

and qualitative criteria rather than a single measure or index. 

Trees suitable in size and quality for producing logs that can be processed into 

lumber. 

The amount that a person would have paid for an activity above and beyond what the 

person actually did pay for that activity. 

See the definition for National Forest System land. 

See the definition for non-interchangeable components. 

The most likely condition expected to exist in the future if current management 

direction were to continue unchanged. 

A term used for cultural resources indicating the effect on a cultural resource would 

not be considered harmful to those characteristics that qualify the property for 

inclusion in the National Register. 

NFS trail 

National Forest 

Management Act 

(NFMA) 

National Forest 

System (NFS) land 

National Register of 

Historic Places 

National Wild and 

Scenic River System 

Native selection 

Net public benefit 

Net sawlog volume 

Net willingness-topay 

NFS 

NIC 

No-Action Alternative 

No adverse effect 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-24 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

A term used in a Biological Assessment indicating there would be no effect 

whatsoever, either positive or negative, or any effects are highly improbable or 

insignificant. 

Tree species that have no economic values at this time or anticipated timber value 

within the near future. 

A flow of goods or services from a forest that does not decrease in successive 

periods. 

Land use designations that do not permit commercial timber harvest. 

Land that has never supported forests and lands formerly forested but now developed 

for such non-forest uses as crops, improved pasture, etc. (see the definition for 

forestland). 

Any motor vehicle that is not licensed or certified for general operation on public roads 

within the State of Alaska. 

Non-interchangeable components (NICs) are defined as increments of the suitable 

land base and their contribution to the Allowable Sale Quantity (ASQ) that are 

established to meet Forest Plan objectives. NICs are identified as parcels of land and 

the type of timber thereon, which are differentiated for the purpose of Forest Plan 

implementation. The total ASQ is derived from the sum of the timber volumes from all 

NICs. NICs cannot be substituted for each other in the timber sale program. 

NIC I. Normal Operability: This is volume scheduled from suitable lands using 

existing logging systems. Most of these lands are expected to be economic 

under projected market conditions. On average, sales from these lands have the 

highest probability of offering a reasonable opportunity for a purchaser to gain a 

profit from his/her investment and labor. This is the best operable ground. 

Normal operability includes those systems most frequently used on the Tongass. 

These systems are tractor, shovel, standard cable, and some helicopter. 

Tractor. Tractor logging includes all ground wheel or track system used for 

skidding logs to a landing. Shovel yarding is included; however, tractor or 

rubber-tire skidding used in conjunction with swing operations are not 

included. 

Standard Cable. The most typical logging systems used on the Tongass. 

Included in the standard cable system component are highlead uphill, 

highlead downhill, slackline, running skyline, and flyer. 

Standard Helicopter. Helicopter yarding with yarding distances up to 0.75 

mile. 

NIC II. Difficult and Isolated Operability: This is volume scheduled from 

suitable lands that are available for harvest using logging systems not in 

common use in Southeast Alaska. Most of these lands are presently considered 

economically and technologically marginal. 

No effect 

Noncommercial 

species 

Non-declining even 

flow 

Non-development 

LUDs 

Non-forest land 

Non-highway legal 

vehicle 

Non-interchangeable 

components (NIC) 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-25 Glossary 

January 2008 

Difficult operability includes those systems used on the Tongass that have 

significantly higher cost. These may include balloon, long-span skyline, multispan, or helicopter with yarding distances greater than 0.75 mile. This category 

also includes lands that have limited access as a result of being isolated by prior 

harvest activities or other management activities. 

Long Span Cable. Cable systems that require longer than average yarding 

distances. Typical long-span cable systems considered are standing 

skylines and multispan. 

Helicopter. Helicopter yarding with distances between 0.75 mile and 2 

miles. 

Isolated Operability. This class is comprised entirely of isolated stands. 

These are small stands of isolated timber that are extremely difficult to 

harvest. The harvest system could vary, but would be more costly due to 

the location of the stand. Typical harvest systems are helicopter with 

average yarding distances greater than 2 miles. 

Products derived from National Forest resources that do not have a well-established 

monetary (market) value (e.g., wilderness and wildlife). (Noncash economic benefits.) 

Unlike point sources of water pollution, nonpoint sources are diffuse and can come 

from any land area. Nonpoint sources of water pollution originate from many 

undefinable sources such as agricultural and urban runoff, runoff from construction 

activities, and runoff from forestry practices. Nonpoint source pollutants are generally 

carried over or through the soil and ground cover via storm flow processes. The 

following activities are potential nonpoint sources of pollution: reforestation and 

subsequent cultural treatment, thinning, prescribed burning, pest and fire control, 

harvest operations, surface drainage, and road construction and maintenance from 

which there is natural runoff. Best Management Practices are recognized as control 

mechanisms for nonpoint source pollution. 

All forest products except timber, including resins, oils, leaves, bark, plants other than 

trees, fungi, and animals or animal products. Previously called special forest 

products. 

O 

The steps to be taken and the resources to be used in achieving goals. 

Any motor vehicle designed for or capable of cross-country travel on or immediately 

over land, water, sand, snow, ice, marsh, swampland, or other natural terrain (36 CFR 

212.1). 

See the definition for off-highway vehicle. 

The (usually) late successional stage of forest development. Old-growth forests are 

defined in many ways; generally, structural characteristics used to describe oldgrowth forests include a) live trees: number and minimum size of both seral and 

climax dominants; b) canopy conditions: commonly including mulilayering; c) snags: 

minimum number and specific size; and d) logs and large (coarse) woody debris.

Plant and animal species with habitat relationships that exhibit a strong association 

with old-growth forests. 

Nonmarket value 

Nonpoint source 

(pollution) 

Non-timber forest 

products 

Objectives 

Off-highway vehicle 

(OHV) 

OHV 

Old-growth forest 

Old-growth 

associated species 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-26 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

A contiguous unit of old-growth forest habitat to be managed to maintain the integrity 

of the old-growth forest ecosystem. 

The length of forest development roads open for public access and use per unit area 

of land; usually expressed as miles of open road per square mile of land. 

See the definition for non-interchangeable components. 

Costs associated with operating and maintaining facilities, program management, and 

support costs associated with management of other resources. 

A relational database management system software package. 

A level of soil surveys made for extensive land uses that do not require precise 

knowledge of small areas or detailed soils information. Such survey areas are usually 

dominated by a single land use and have few subordinate uses. This information can 

be used in planning for range, forest, recreational areas, and similarly extensive land 

uses, and in community planning. 

A soil survey level made for extensive land uses that require general information for 

broad statements concerning land-use potential and general land management. This 

information can be used in locating, comparing, and selecting suitable areas for major 

kinds of land use in regional land-use planning, and in selecting areas for more 

intensive study and investigation. 

The mark along the bank or shore up to which the presence and action of the nontidal 

water are common and usual, and so long continued in all ordinary years, as to leave 

a natural line impressed on the bank or shore and indicated by erosion, shelving, 

changes in soil characteristics, destruction of terrestrial vegetation, or other distinctive 

physical characteristics. (Consult 11 AAC 53.900 — Alaska Code.) 

Soils that contain a high percentage (greater than 15 percent) of organic matter 

throughout the soil depth. 

Off-road vehicle. (See the definition for off-highway vehicle.) 

Forest land incapable of yielding crops of industrial wood because of adverse site 

conditions.

The measurable goods, end products, or services resulting from management 

activities that are purchased, consumed, or used directly by people. 

High runoff that overflows natural stream and river banks. Also known as flooding. 

A tree or an even-aged stand that has reached that stage of development when it is 

declining in vigor and health and reaching the end of its natural life span. 

Unconveyed lands selected in excess of entitlement. Overselections by the State of 

Alaska are authorized in Section 906 (f), ANILCA. They are authorized for Native 

corporations organized under ANCSA in Federal Regulations (43 CFR 2650). 

A motor vehicle that is designed for use over snow and that runs on a track or tracks 

and/or a ski or skis, while in use over snow (36 CFR 212.1). 

Old-growth habitat 

reserve 

Open road density 

Operability 

Operation and 

maintenance costs 

ORACLE 

Order three inventory 

Order four inventory 

Ordinary high water 

mark 

Organic soils 

ORV 

Unproductive forest 

land 

Output 

Overflow 

Overmature 

Overselection 

Over-snow vehicle 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-27 Glossary 

January 2008 

The portion of trees in a forest that forms the uppermost canopy layer. 

The cutting of trees constituting an upper canopy layer to release trees or other 

vegetation in an understory. 

P 

Pertaining to low velocity, ponded environments. Examples are backwater sloughs, 

swamps, bogs, and muskeg ponds, as well as their outlet streams or any ponded 

environment. “Ponded” describes a condition in which free water covers the soil 

surface and is removed only by percolation, evaporation, or transpiration. 

Includes all nontidal wetlands dominated by trees, shrubs, persistent emergents, 

emergent mosses or lichens, and all such wetlands that occur in tidal areas where 

salinity due to ocean derived salts is below 0.5 percent. 

The unconsolidated, and more or less chemically weathered, mineral or organic 

matter from which soils develop. 

See the definition for persons-at-one-time. 

Removal of only part of a stand for purposes other than regeneration of a new age 

class. Partial cutting is not considered a regeneration method. 

A measurement of concentration indicating the quantity of a substance per unit 

volume of a solution. 

A fund consisting of approximately 25 percent of the gross annual timber receipts 

received by the National Forests in that state. This is returned to the state for use on 

roads and schools. 

The highest discharge of water recorded over a specified period of time at a given 

stream location. Often thought of in terms of spring snowmelt, summer, fall, or winter 

rainy season flows. Also called maximum flow. 

A generic term including all types of peat-covered terrain. Many peatlands are a 

complex of swamps, bogs, and fens. 

A stream channel that flows continuously, year round. Compare to the definitions 

provided for ephemeral stream and intermittent stream. 

Bona fide settlers, miners, residents, and prospectors for minerals in Alaska may take 

free of charge green or dried timber from the National Forests in Alaska for personal 

use but not for sale. Permits will be required for green saw timber. Other material 

may be taken without permit. The amount of material granted to any one person in 1 

year shall not exceed 10,000 board feet of saw timber and 25 cords of wood, or an 

equivalent volume in other forms. Persons obtaining materials shall, on demand, 

forward to the supervisor a statement of the quantity taken and the location from 

which it was removed (36 CFR 223.10). 

Used to measure how many people can use a recreation facility at one time. 

The degree of soil acidity or alkalinity.

Overstory 

Overstory removal 

Palustrine 

Palustrine wetland 

Parent material 

PAOT 

Partial cut (cutting) 

Parts per million 

(PPM) 

Payments to states 

Peak flow 

Peatland 

Perennial 

Personal use 

Persons-at-one-time 

pH 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-28 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

To carry out or fulfill Standards and Guidelines contained in the Land and Resource 

Management Plan (Forest Plan). 

A Plan of Operations is required from anyone whose proposed operations, under the 

1872 Mining Law, would cause, “significant surface disturbance.” See 36 CFR 228, 

Subpart A. 

The period of time a Forest Plan is in effect, normally 10 years, but no longer than 15 

years. 

All the lands addressed in a land management plan. For this document, it is the 

Tongass National Forest. 

As used in this document, the amount of timber that buyers are estimated to be willing 

to purchase over the next 10 to 15 years. Also see the definition for annual demand. 

The overall time period considered in the planning process that spans all activities 

covered in the analysis or plan, and all future conditions and effects of proposed 

actions that would influence the planning decisions more than 100 years. 

Generally a 10- to 15-year period. The time interval within the planning horizon that is 

used to show incremental changes to yields, costs, effects, and benefits. 

A system that records decisions and activities that result from the process of 

developing a forest plan, revision, or significant amendment. 

A plant community type based on land management potential, successional patterns, 

and species composition. 

An assemblage of plants that, in general, occur together on similar site conditions. 

A point at which pollution is added to a system, either instantaneously or continuously. 

An example is a smokestack. 

A tree of a size between a sapling and a mature tree. On the Tongass, an immature 

tree between 5 and 9 inches diameter breast height. 

The presence of matter or energy whose nature, location, or quantity produces 

undesired environmental effects. 

Selling value minus manufacturing costs. Pond log values are the price a timber 

buyer would pay for a log at the mill site. 

The portion of a stream with reduced current, often with deeper water than 

surrounding areas and with a smooth surface. 

Water in these soils is removed so slowly that the soil remains wet for a large part of 

the time. The water table is commonly at or near the surface during a considerable 

part of the year. 

The actual number of animals or plants present in an area at a certain time that share 

a common gene pool. 

Plan implementation 

Plan of Operations 

Plan period 

Planning area 

Planning cycle 

demand 

Planning horizon 

Planning period 

Planning record 

Plant association 

Plant communities 

Point source 

(pollution) 

Pole 

Pollution 

Pond log value 

Pool 

Poorly drained soils 

Population 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-29 Glossary 

January 2008 

Probability that a population will persist for a specified period of time across its range 

despite normal fluctuations in population and environmental conditions. 

See the definition for parts per million. 

In reference to the Alaska Coastal Management Program, consistent with enforceable 

policies of approved management programs unless compliance is prohibited based 

upon the requirements of existing law applicable to the federal agency’s operations. 

See the definition for thinning. 

The difference between the discounted value (benefits) of all outputs to which 

monetary values or established market prices are assigned and the total discounted 

costs of managing the planning area. 

A wildland fire burning under planned conditions to accomplish specific land and 

resource objectives. It may result from either a management or natural ignition. 

A technique of conservation that maintains the resource in or on the ground in 

perpetuity. 

Vegetation development initiated on newly formed soils or upon surfaces exposed for 

the first time (as by landslides or retreating glaciers), which have, as a consequence, 

never borne vegetation before. Any succession beginning on a bare area not 

previously occupied by plants or animals. 

A Forest Service commitment to the holder of a permit for outfitting and guiding to 

give priority consideration to granting the holder a specific amount of available future 

use. 

A road under private ownership authorized by an easement granted to a private party, 

or a road that provides access pursuant to a reserved or outstanding right.

A combination of similar channel types based on major differences in landform, 

gradient, and channel shapes. (A full description of process groups is located in 

Appendix D of the Forest Plan.) 

Old-growth forest capable of producing at least 20 cubic feet of wood fiber per acre 

per year, or having greater than 8,000 board feet per acre. 

The document disclosing the environmental consequences of a program or plan that 

guides or prescribes the use of resources, allocates resources, or establishes rules 

and policies in contrast to disclosure of the environmental consequences of a sitespecific project. 

Timber harvest that occurs on suitable forested lands and that contributes to the 

allowable sale quantity. 

One or more site-specific activities designed to accomplish a specific on-the-ground 

purpose or result. 

An agency, institution, or individual applying to perform an activity on National Forest 

System lands under authority of a mining plan of operation, contract, license, special 

use authorization, or other agreement. 

Population viability 

PPM 

Practicable 

Precommercial 

Thinning 

Present Net Value 

(PNV) 

Prescribed fire 

Preservation 

Primary succession 

Priority use 

Private road 

Process Group 

Productive old 

growth (POG) 

Programmatic 

Environmental Impact 

Statement 

Programmed timber 

harvest 

Project 

Proponent 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-30 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

A subject or question of widespread public interest relating to management of the 

National Forest System. 

Meetings, conferences, seminars, workshops, tours, written comments, responses to 

survey questionnaires, and similar activities designed and held to obtain comments 

from the public about Forest Service planning. 

A road under the jurisdiction of and maintained by a public road authority and open to 

public travel (23 U.S.C. 101(a)). 

Public water supplies, or systems, include only state-designated Class A or Class B 

systems. These are defined by the State of Alaska’s Drinking Water Regulations in 

18 AAC 80.1990: "Class A public water system" means a public water system that (a) 

is expected to serve, year-round, at least 25 individuals, (b) is expected to serve, 

year-round, at least 15 residential service connections; or (c) regularly serves the 

same 25 or more individuals for at least 6 months of the year. "Class B public water 

system" means a public water system that is not a Class A public water system and 

regularly serves at least 25 individuals each day for at least 60 days of the year. A list 

of public water supplies is obtained from the Alaska Department of Environmental 

Conservation. 

A unit designated by the Secretary of Agriculture or previously approved by the 

National Forest Reservation Commission for purposes of Weeks Law acquisition 

(USDA Forest Service, undated, Land Areas of the National Forest System). 

Q 

An engineer who by experience, certification, education, or license is technically 

trained and experienced to perform the engineering tasks specified, and is designated 

by the Director of Engineering, Regional Office. 

R 

Rare plants are those with potential conservation concerns on the Tongass National 

Forest. They may be common elsewhere; however, the edge of their range is known 

or suspected to be on the Tongass National Forest, or disjunct populations of the 

plant species occur the Tongass National Forest. The Alaska Natural Heritage 

Program tracks rare plant species, and gives them a state ranking of S1 to S5. This 

database will be the basis of the rare plant list for the Tongass National Forest. See 

the Alaska Natural Heritage plant list for guidance on rare plants known or suspected 

to occur on the Tongass National Forest. 

See the definition for Reasonable Assurance of Windfirmness. 

A managed area designed to contain windthrow within the area where timber harvest 

is allowed. It is use to protect Riparian Management Areas and adjacent stands. Also 

see the definition for Windthrow Management Area. 

Public issue 

Public participation 

Public road 

Public water supply 

Purchase unit 

Qualified Engineer 

Rare plants 

RAW 

Reasonable 

Assurance of 

Windfirmness (RAW) 

Buffer 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-31 Glossary 

January 2008 

A monetary value that compensates for the effects of inflation. 

The replacement of disinterred human remains into the ground or otherwise disposing 

of such remains in a manner likely to approximate the wishes of the deceased (e.g., 

placement in burial caves, legal cemeteries, surface mortuary structures, or cremation 

where traditionally practiced). 

The number of people that can take advantage of the supply of a recreation 

opportunity during an established use period without substantially diminishing the 

quality of the recreation experience or the resources.

A system for planning and managing recreation resources that categorizes recreation 

opportunities into six classes. Each class is defined in terms of the degree to which it 

satisfies certain recreation experience needs based on the extent to which the natural 

environment has been modified, the type of facilities provided, the degree of outdoor 

skills needed to enjoy the area and the relative density of recreation use. The seven 

classes are: 

Primitive. An unmodified environment generally greater than 5,000 acres in size 

and located generally at least 3 miles from all roads and other motorized travel 

routes. A very low interaction between users (generally less than 3 group 

encounters per day) results in a very high probability of experiencing solitude, 

freedom, closeness to nature, tranquillity, self-reliance, challenge, and risk. 

Evidence of other users is low. Restrictions and controls are not evident after 

entering the land unit. Motorized use is rare. 

Semi-Primitive Non-Motorized. A natural or natural-appearing environment 

generally greater than 2,500 acres in size and generally located at least 0.5 mile 

(greater or less depending on terrain and vegetation, but no less than 0.25 mile) 

but not further than 3 miles from all roads and other motorized travel routes. 

Concentration of users is low (generally less than 10 group encounters per day), 

but there is often evidence of other users. There is a high probability of 

experiencing solitude, freedom, closeness of nature, tranquillity, self-reliance, 

challenge, and risk. There is a minimum of subtle on-site controls. No roads are 

present in the area. 

Semi-Primitive Motorized. A natural or natural-appearing environment 

generally greater than 2,500 acres in size and generally located within 0.5 mile of 

primitive roads and other motorized travel routes used by motor vehicles; but not 

closer that 0.5 mile (greater or less depending on terrain and vegetation, but no 

less than 0.25 mile) from better-than-primitive roads and other motored travel 

routes. Concentration of users is low (generally less than 10 group encounters 

per day), but there is often evidence of other users. There is a moderate 

probability of experiencing solitude, closeness to nature, and tranquillity along 

with a high degree of self-reliance, challenge, and risk in using motorized 

equipment. Local roads may be present, or along saltwater shorelines there may 

be extensive boat traffic. 

Real dollar value 

Reburial and 

reinterment 

Recreation capacity 

Recreation 

Opportunity 

Spectrum (ROS) 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-32 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

Roaded Natural. Resource modification and utilization are evident, in a 

predominantly naturally-appearing environment generally occurring within 0.5 

mile (greater or less depending on terrain and vegetation, but no less than 0.25 

mile) from better-than-primitive roads and other motorized travel routes. 

Interactions between users may be moderate to high (generally less than 20 

group encounters per day), with evidence of other users prevalent. There is an 

opportunity to affiliate with other users in developed sites but with some chance 

for privacy. Self-reliance on outdoor skills is only of moderate importance with 

little opportunity for challenge and risk. Motorized use is allowed. 

Roaded Modified. Vegetative and landform alterations typically dominate the 

landscape. There is little on-site control of users except for gated roads. There 

is moderate evidence of other users on roads (generally less than 20 group 

encounters per day), and little evidence of others or interactions at campsites. 

There is opportunity to get away from others but with easy access. Some selfreliance is required in building campsites and use of motorized equipment. A 

feeling of independence and freedom exists with little challenge and risk. 

Recreation users will likely encounter timber management activities. 

Rural. The natural environment is substantially modified by land use activities. 

Opportunity to observe and affiliate with other users is important as is 

convenience of facilities. There is little opportunity for challenge and risk and 

self-reliance on outdoor skills is of little importance. Recreation facilities 

designed for group use are compatible. Users may have more than 20 group 

encounters per day. 

Urban. Urbanized environment with dominant structures, traffic lights and paved 

streets. May have natural appearing backdrop. Recreation places may be city 

parks and large resorts. Opportunity to observe and affiliate with other users is 

very important as is convenience of facilities and recreation opportunities. 

Interaction between large numbers of users is high. Outdoor skills, risk, and 

challenge are unimportant except for competitive sports. Intensive on-site 

controls are numerous. 

Identified geographical areas having one or more physical characteristics that are 

particularly attractive to people engaging in recreation activities. They may be 

beaches, streamside or roadside areas, trail corridors, hunting areas of the immediate 

area surrounding a lake, cabin site, or campground. 

A measure of recreation use of an area. One recreation visitor day consists of 12 

hours of recreation use of a site or area. Recreation visitor days are used to measure 

recreation production or output capacity. 

An environment in the soil conducive to the removal of oxygen and chemical reduction 

of ions caused by saturated soil conditions. 

The re-establishment of forest cover either naturally (natural seeding, coppice, or root 

suckers) or artificially (direct seeding or planting). 

A cutting procedure by which a new age class is created through methods of coppice, 

clear cutting, seed tree, shelter wood, and selection. Regeneration methods are 

grouped into four categories: coppice (stump sprouts not practiced in Southeast 

Alaska forests), even-aged, two-aged, and uneven-aged.

Actions taken to restore site productivity, water quality, or other resource values. 

Recreation places 

Recreation visitor day 

(RVD) 

Reducing soil 

condition 

Reforestation 

Regeneration Method 

Rehabilitation 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-33 Glossary 

January 2008 

A statement of work to be done toward a particular goal. The research design details 

what will be done, how it will be done, what is required to do it, and why it is important 

or useful to do the work. 

An area in as near a natural condition as possible, which exemplifies typical or unique 

vegetation and associated biotic, soil, geologic, and aquatic features. The area is set 

aside to preserve a representative sample of an ecological community primarily for 

scientific and educational purposes; commercial and most public uses are not 

allowed. 

A general term for an area of land recognized for, and managed to preserve or 

maintain, specific natural features. Wilderness is one common example. In the 

context of wildlife or fish habitat management, or biological diversity, an area set aside 

for the maintenance and perpetuation of its habitat or ecosystem features. (Also see 

the definitions for old-growth habitat reserve and non-development LUDs.) 

Trees that remain after timber harvest, for a variety of purposes purposes other than 

regeneration (e.g., to provide wildlife wildlife habitat or to mitigate effects on scenery). 

Fish that are not migratory and complete their entire life cycle in fresh water. 

The basal area (per square feet per acre) of acceptable trees left standing after 

harvest.

The tangible and intangible worth of forest resources. 

The Forest Service employee who has the delegated authority to make a specific 

decision. 

Ecology: The process of assisting the recovery of an ecosystem that has been 

degraded, damaged, or destroyed. The concept of ecological restoration is forwardlooking. Restoration focuses on reestablishing composition, structure, and ecological 

processes to maintain or increase resilience of terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems in a 

dynamic, continually evolving world. 

Recreation: The removal of non-historic elements from a historic structure and the 

replacement of missing elements. 

The amount of commercial forest land removed from the timber base to protect other 

resource values. 

The re-establishment and development of vegetation. 

Shallow rapids in an open stream, where the water surface is broken by waves 

caused by wholly or partially submerged obstructions. 

An easement, license, or permit to pass through another person's land. It does not 

grant an estate of any kind, only the right to use. 

A very small channel. 

Riparian areas encompass the zone of interaction between aquatic and terrestrial 

environments associated with streamsides, lakeshores, and floodplains, and display 

distinctive ecological conditions characterized by high species diversity, wildlife value, 

and resource productivity. 

Research design 

Research Natural 

Area (RNA) 

Reserve 

Reserve trees 

Resident fish 

Residual basal area 

Resource values 

Responsible official 

Restoration

Retention 

Revegetation 

Riffles 

Right-of-way 

Rill 

Riparian area 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-34 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

The floodplain and associated riparian soils, vegetation, and wetlands. 

Land next to water where plants that are dependent on a perpetual source of water 

occur. 

Land areas delineated in the Forest Plan to provide for the management of riparian 

resources. Specific standards and guidelines, by stream process group, are 

associated with riparian management areas. Riparian management areas may be 

modified by watershed analysis. 

A category in wetland classification that includes all wetlands and deepwater habitats 

contained within a channel, with two exceptions: 1) wetlands dominated by trees, 

shrubs, persistent emergents, emergent mosses or lichens, and 2) habitats with water 

containing ocean-derived salts in excess of 0.5 percent. 

See the definition for riparian management area. 

See the definition for Research Natural Area. 

A motor vehicle route over 50 inches wide, unless identified and managed as a trail 

(36 CFR 212.1). 

Supervising, inspecting, actual building, and incurrence of all costs incidental to the 

construction or reconstruction of a road (36 CFR 212.1). 

Activities that result in the restoration of unneeded roads to a more natural state (FSM 

7734). 

The number of road miles per square mile of land area. 

An area of undeveloped public land within which there are no improved roads 

maintained for travel by means of motorized vehicles intended for highway use. For 

purposes of this EIS, this is a generic term that includes inventoried roadless areas 

and unroaded areas (see these definitions). 

The ongoing upkeep of a road necessary to retain or restore the road in accordance 

with its road management objective (FSM 7714). 

Defines the level of service provided by, and maintenance required for, a specific 

road, consistent with road management objectives and maintenance criteria (FSH 

7709.58, section 12.3). 

Maintenance Level 1. Assigned to intermittent service roads during the time 

they are closed to vehicular traffic. The closure period is 1 year or longer. Basic 

custodial maintenance is performed. 

Maintenance Level 2. Assigned to roads open for use by high clearance 

vehicles. Passenger car traffic is not a consideration. 

Maintenance Level 3. Assigned to roads open and maintained for travel by a 

prudent driver in a standard passenger car. User comfort and convenience are 

not considered priorities. 

Maintenance Level 4. Assigned to roads that provide a moderate degree of 

user comfort and convenience at moderate travel speeds. 

Maintenance Level 5. Assigned to roads that provide a high degree of user 

comfort and convenience. Normally, roads are double-laned and paved, or 

aggregate surfaced with dust abatement. 

Riparian corridor 

Riparian ecosystem 

Riparian management 

area 

Riverine wetland 

RMA 

RNA 

Road 

Road construction or 

reconstruction 

Road 

decommissioning 

Road density 

Roadless area 

Road Maintenance 

Road Maintenance 

Level 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-35 Glossary 

January 2008 

Define the intended purpose of an individual road based on management area 

direction and access management objectives. Road management objectives contain 

design criteria, operation criteria, and maintenance criteria. 

An NFS road that is open to public use in a standard passenger car. This includes a 

road with access restricted on a seasonal basis and a road closed during extreme 

weather conditions or for emergencies, but is otherwise open to public travel. 

See the definition for Recreation Opportunity Spectrum. 

The ROS setting in place, regardless of the official inventory. 

A general inventory of the physical, social, and managerial setting for recreation, 

based on remoteness from modern human development and activity, modification of 

the land, and social factors such as crowding. (See the definition for Recreation 

Opportunity Spectrum.)

In even-age systems, the period between regeneration establishment and final 

cutting. 

The age at which final cutting occurs. 

Forest and Rangeland Renewable Resources Planning Act. 

The RPA Assessment is prepared every 10 years and describes the potential of the 

nation’s forests and rangelands to provide a sustained flow of goods and services. 

The RPA Program is prepared every 5 years to chart the long-term course of Forest 

Service management of the National Forests, assistance to state and private 

landowners, and research. They are prepared in response to Sections 3 and 4 of the 

Forest and Rangeland Renewable Resources Planning Act of 1974 (RPA) (16 U.S.C. 

1601). 

All accumulations of loose angular rock fragments, commonly overlying outcropping 

rock. 

The management of human, natural, technical, and financial resources needed to 

improve living conditions, provide employment opportunities, enrich the cultural life, 

and enhance the environment of rural America. In the National Forest System, rural 

development is accomplished through partnerships. 

S 

A place that has traditional spiritual values for Alaska Native people, reverently 

dedicated to a person or object or event or activity, and secured against violation or 

infringement or interference. Executive Order 13007 defines a sacred site as “any 

specific, discrete, narrowly delineated location on federal land that is identified by an 

Indian tribe or Indian individual determined to be an appropriately authoritative 

representative of an Indian religion, as sacred by virtue of its established religious 

significance to, or ceremonial use by, an Indian religion; provided that the tribe or 

appropriately authoritative representative of an Indian religion has informed the 

agency of the existence of such a site.” 

Road management 

objectives 

Road subject to the 

Highway Safety Act 

ROS 

ROS existing 

ROS inventoried 

Rotation 

Rotation age 

RPA 

RPA Assessment and 

Program 

Rubble 

Rural development 

Sacred sites 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-36 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

Include common varieties of sand, stone, gravel, pumice, pumicite, cinders, and clay. 

In general, these minerals are of wide-spread occurrence and are of relatively low unit 

value. They are generally used for construction materials and road building purposes. 

Any fish belonging to the family Salmonidae, which includes salmon and trout. 

The removal of dead trees or trees damaged or dying because of injurious agents 

other than competition to recover economic value that would otherwise be lost.

Soil condition where all the spaces between soil particles are filled with water. 

The portion of a tree that is suitable in size and quality for the production of dimension 

lumber, collectively known as sawtimber. 

A desired level of scenic quality and diversity of natural features based on physical 

and sociological characteristics of an area. Refers to the degree of acceptable 

alterations of the characteristic landscape. The adopted SIO is the SIO to be achieved 

as a result of management direction identified in the approved Forest Plan. SIOs are 

described below: 

Very High: Landscapes where the landscape character is intact with only minute, 

if any, deviations. The existing landscape character and sense of place is 

expressed at the highest possible level. 

High: Landscapes where the landscape character “appears” intact. Deviations may 

be present but must repeat the form, line, color, texture, and pattern common to the 

landscape character so completely and at such scale that they are not evident. 

Moderate: Landscapes where the landscape character “appears slightly altered.” 

Noticeable deviations must remain visually subordinate to the landscape being 

viewed. 

Low: Landscapes where the landscape character “appears moderately altered.” 

Deviations begin to dominate the landscape character being viewed but borrow 

valued attributes such as size, shape, edge effect, and pattern of natural 

openings, vegetative type changes, or architectural styles outside the landscape 

being viewed. They should not only appear as valued character outside the 

landscape being viewed but compatible or complimentary to the character within. 

Very Low. Landscapes where the landscape character “appears heavily altered.” 

Deviations may strongly dominate the landscape character. They may not borrow 

from attributes such as size, shape, edge effect, and pattern of natural openings, 

vegetative type changes, or architectural styles within or outside the landscape 

being viewed. However, deviations must be shaped and blended with the natural 

terrain so that elements such as unnatural edges, roads, landings, and structures 

do not dominate the composition. 

Determination of the significant issues to be addressed in an environmental impact 

statement. 

An accumulation of loose stones or rock debris lying on a slope or at the base of a cliff. 

Wetlands dominated by woody vegetation less than 20 feet tall. The species include 

true shrubs, young trees, and trees or shrubs that are small or stunted because of 

environmental conditions. In Southeast Alaska this includes forested lands where 

trees are stunted because of poor soil drainage. 

Lateral channel with an axis of flow roughly parallel to the mainstem and fed by the 

mainstem. 

Saleable minerals 

Salmonid 

Salvage cutting 

Saturated soils 

Sawlogs (Sawtimber) 

Scenic Integrity 

Objective (SIO) 

Scoping 

Scree 

Scrub-shrub wetland 

Secondary channel 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-37 Glossary 

January 2008 

Results from consumption by animals of materials produced in primary production in 

streams; this includes production of macroinvertebrates and some fish species. 

The process of re-establishing vegetation after normal succession is disrupted by fire, 

cultivation, lumbering, windthrow, or any similar disturbance. 

Solid material, both mineral and organic, that is in suspension, is being transported, or 

has been moved from its site of origin by air, water, gravity, or ice and has come to 

rest on the earth's surface either above or below sea level. 

The cutting of all trees except for a small number of widely dispersed trees retained 

for seed production to naturally regenerate a new age class. Seed trees are usually 

removed after regeneration is established. 

A silvicultural system used to create or maintain uneven-aged stands, usually by the 

periodic removal of groups of trees or individual trees. It is undertaken to provide 

periodic harvests, while maintaining full residual stand growth rates. It attempts to 

develop a balanced uneven-aged stand structure, including the encouragement of 

regeneration by providing the cultural measures needed for tree growth and seedling 

establishment. The selection system refers to the programs used to create or 

maintain the stand, while the selection method refers to the way in which the stand is 

regenerated. The cutting usually involves a mixture of regeneration and improvement 

cuts. Note that selection cutting is not the same thing as selective cutting (logging). 

Also see the definition for selective cutting. 

A cutting that removes only a portion of trees in a stand (see partial cutting). Note:

Selective cutting is a general term that should not be confused with cutting done in 

accordance with the selection method. 

Plant or animal species that are susceptible or vulnerable to habitat alterations or 

management activities resulting in a viability concern for the species long-term 

persistence. Sensitive species may be those species under consideration for official 

listing as endangered or threatened species, are on an official state list, or are 

recognized by the Regional Forester as needing special consideration to ensure 

viable populations and to prevent their being placed on federal or state lists. 

A road system or marine water way that receives a moderate to high degree of use by 

the public, both Alaskan residents and tourists. 

A body of land that has been classified on the basis of cultural and environmental 

data, as having a high, medium, or low likelihood for containing cultural resources. 

The disposition of timber or other National Forest products, cut, damaged, or 

destroyed in conjunction with an authorized occupancy of a right-of-way or other use 

of National Forest land. In Wilderness it would be the sale of timber removed from an 

inholding access road or privately developed hatchery site. Also, the compensation of 

the United States for property taken or rendered unusable for other purposes 

incidental to some lawful use of National Forest land. When timber has a value, 

clearing the land for some use other than growing timber constitutes a forced sale. 

An even-aged regeneration method that removes most of the trees in a stand, except 

for those needed to produce sufficient shade to produce a new age class in a 

moderated microenvironment. The trees are removed in a series of cuts where the last 

removal cut releases the established regeneration from competition with the overwood. 

See the definition for State Historic Preservation Officer. 

Secondary stream 

production 

Secondary 

succession 

Sediment 

Seed tree cutting 

Selection cutting 

Selective cutting 

Sensitive species 

Sensitive travel route 

Sensitivity zone 

Settlement sale 

Shelterwood 

SHPO 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-38 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

The abrupt change (usually decreases) in slope gradient defining the upper limit of 

channel incision. 

Under NEPA, refers to the severity of the impact (i.e., the extent of harm on public 

health, historic resrouces, wetlands, or ecologically critical areas) and the extent of 

the impact (i.e., local, regional, or national). Refer to 40 CFR Part 1508.27. As used 

in the Soils section, it refers to change in productivity of the land as indicated by 

changes in soil properties that are expected to result in a reduced productive capacity 

over the planning horizon. Based on available research and current technology, a 

guideline of 15 percent reduction in inherent soil productivity potential is used as a 

basis for setting threshold values for measurable or observable soil properties or 

conditions. The threshold values, along with areal extent limits, will serve as an early 

warning signal of reduced productive capacity. A more stringent basis than 15 

percent can be used where appropriate and documented. 

Changes in the productivity of the land as indicated by changes in soil properties that 

would result in significant changes in the inherent productive capacity that last beyond 

the planning horizon. 

Changing the aboveground environment so much that returning that site to the 

condition it was in before the change is difficult or impossible. Road construction, use 

of mechanical earthmoving equipment, including backhoes and bulldozers, 

construction of buildings, and cutting of timber are all examples of activities that are 

considered to cause significant disturbance to surface resources. An evaluation of 

proposed operations must be made on a case-by-case basis to determine if 

disturbance is considered significant. For example, a mining activity in an alpine area 

may result in significant disturbance that takes years to reclaim, while the same 

activity conducted at a lower elevation where natural conditions are not as severe 

may result in a disturbance that would take only a few months to successfully reclaim. 

A planned series of treatments for tending, harvesting, and re-establishing a stand. 

Note: The individual system name is based on the number of age classes (even-aged, 

two-aged, uneven-aged) or the regeneration method (clearcutting, seed tree, 

shelterwood, selection) used. 

The art and science of controlling the establishment, growth, composition, 

health, and quality of forests and woodlands to meet the diverse needs and 

values of landowners and society on a sustainable basis. 

A regeneration method used to develop and maintain uneven-aged stands by 

removing individual trees of all sizes more or less uniformly throughout the stand, to 

promote growth of remaining trees and to provide space for regeneration. 

See the definition for Scenic Integrity Objective. 

A species-specific measure of actual or potential forest productivity (site quality, 

usually for even-aged stands), expressed in terms of the average height of trees 

included in a specified stand component (defined as a certain number of dominants, 

codominants, or the largest and tallest trees per unit area) at a specified index or base 

age. Note: Site index is used as an indicator of site quality. 

Hand or mechanized manipulation of a site designed to enhance the success of 

regeneration. 

Side-slope break 

Significant change 

Significant 

impairment 

Significant surface 

disturbance 

Silvicultural system 

Silviculture 

Single-tree selection 

SIO 

Site index 

Site preparation 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-39 Glossary 

January 2008 

The average height of a given species of tree when mature on a given site. 

A species-specific classification of forest land in terms of inherent capacity to grow 

crops of industrial, commercial wood. 

See the definition for logging systems. 

The residue (e.g., treetops and branches) left on the ground after logging or 

accumulating as a result of storm, fire, girdling, or delimbing. 

Distance measured along the contour of the ground. 

A creek in a marsh or tide flat. The water level fluctuates with the tide. 

A young silvery-colored salmon or trout that moves from freshwater streams to 

saltwater. 

A non-living standing tree usually greater than 5 feet tall and 6 inches in diameter at 

breast height. The interior of the snag may be sound or rotted. 

Practices that are mechanisms used to protect soil quality while managing for other 

resource goals and objectives. They can be administrative, preventive, or corrective 

measures. They are identified during project planning and design. 

The rapidity and extent of the removal of water from the soil, in relation to additions 

especially by surface runoff and by flow through the soil to underground spaces. 

See the definition for mass movement. 

The capacity of a soil, in its normal environment, to produce a specific plant or 

sequence of plants under a specific system of management. 

Standards that are a combination of 1) “threshold” values for severity of soil property 

alteration, or significant change in soil properties conditions; and 2) areal extent of 

disturbance. 

An inventory of the soil resource based on landform, vegetative characteristics, soil 

characteristics, and management potentials. 

Water in the soil is removed from the soil slowly enough to keep it wet for significant 

periods but not all of the time. 

A designation for areas possessing unique or unusual scenic, historic, prehistoric, 

geodesic scientific, or other characteristics. 

A permit, term permit, temporary permit, lease, or easement that allows occupancy or 

use of, or rights and privileges on National Forest System lands. 

Permits and granting of easements (excluding road permits and highway easements) 

authorizing the occupancy and use of land. 

The Forest planning model. A linear programming software package used for the 

2007 Plan Amendment to analyze management alternatives for land use patterns and 

timber harvest scheduling and out puts. 

Site-potential tree 

height 

Site productivity 

class 

Skyline logging 

Slash 

Slope distance 

Slough 

Smolt 

Snag 

Soil conservation 

practices 

Soil drainage 

Soil mass movement 

Soil productivity 

Soil quality standards 

Soil Resource 

Inventory (SRI) 

Somewhat poorly 

drained soil 

Special Interest Areas 

Special Use 

Authorization 

Special Use Permit 

SPECTRUM 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-40 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

Any secondary mineral deposit or cave formation that is formed by the action of water. 

Examples are stalagmites, stalactites, flow stone, bacon rind drapery, helictites, soda 

straws, and crystal growths. 

The process of separating the direction of timber harvest yarding into opposite 

directions. 

See the definition for Soil Resources Inventory. 

The process of arresting the deterioration of a damaged cultural resource in order to 

prevent further damage from occurring. Stabilization may include reconstructing 

portions of the cultural resource. 

A contiguous group of trees sufficiently uniform in composition, age class distribution, 

and growing on a site of sufficiently uniform quality, to be a distinguishable unit. 

A course of action or level of attainment required by the Forest Plan to promote 

achievement of goals and objectives. 

A recently developed forest-mapping model based on average tree size (quadratic 

mean diameter) and average tree density (stand density index), used to describe 

stand structural characteristics 

The official appointed or designated pursuant to Section 101(b)(1) of the National 

Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended, to administer the State Historic 

Preservation Program. 

(from National Forest System lands) Application by Alaska Department of Natural 

Resources to the USDI Bureau of Land Management for conveyance of a portion of 

the 400,000 acre State entitlement from vacant and unappropriated National Forest 

System lands in Alaska, under authority of Section 6(a) of the Alaska Statehood Act of 

1959 (Public Law 85-508, 72 Stat. 340). For lands to be conveyed, State selections 

must be approved by the USDA Forest Service, Regional Forester, Alaska Region 

under criteria of the Statehood Act. Until approved by the Regional Forester, the 

State application is not considered a valid selection. The State can select up to 25 

percent in excess of its remaining entitlement. 

See the definition for volume strata. 

Depositional units or layers of sediment distinguished by composition or appearance 

that are associated with archaeological and historic sites. 

The substrate plane bounded by the stream banks, over which the water column 

moves. Also called the stream bottom. 

The portion of the channel cross section that restricts lateral movement of water at 

normal water levels. The bank often has a gradient steeper than 45 degrees and 

exhibits a distinct break in slope from the stream bottom. An obvious change in 

substrate may be a reliable delineation of the bank. 

A means to categorize stream channels based on their fish production values. There 

are four stream classes on the Tongass National Forest (FSH 2090.21 (2001) 

Chapter 10, Section 12), including: 

Class I: Streams and lakes with anadromous or adfluvial fish or fish habitat, or 

high quality resident fish waters or habitat above fish migration barriers 

Speleothem 

Split lines 

SRI 

Stabilization 

Stand 

Standard 

Stand Density Model 

(SDM) 

State Historic 

Preservation Officer 

(SHPO) 

State selection 

Strata 

Stratigraphic 

Stream bed 

Stream bank 

Stream class 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-41 Glossary 

January 2008 

known to provide reasonable enhancement opportunities for 

anadromous fish. 

Class II: Streams and lakes with resident fish or fish habitat—generally steep 

channels 6 to 25 percent or higher gradient—where no anadromous 

fish occur, and otherwise do not meet Class I criteria. 

Class III: Perennial and intermittent streams with no fish populations but which 

have sufficient flow, or transport sufficient sediment and debris, to 

have an immediate influence on downstream water quality or fish 

habitat capability. For streams less than 30 percent gradient, special 

care is needed to determine if resident fish are present. 

 A stream segment is designated Class III if the following conditions are 

met for the majority of its length: Bankfull stream width greater than 

1.5 meters (5 feet) and channel incision (or entrenchment) greater 

than 5 meters (15 feet). 

Streams that do not meet both the width and incision criteria may be 

classified as Class III streams based on a professional interpretation of 

stream characteristics for the stream segment being assessed. The 

following characteristics could indicate a Class III stream: 

a. Steep side-slopes containing mobile fine sediments, sand deposits, 

or deep soils that can provide an abundant source area for 

sedimentation. 

b. Very steep gradient channels (greater than 35 percent slope). 

c. Recently transported bedload or woody debris wedges (especially if 

deposited outside high water mark). 

d. High water indicators (scour lines, drift lines, etc.) that greatly 

exceed observed wetted stream width. 

e. Large sediment deposits stored amongst debris that could be 

readily transported if debris shifts. 

Class IV: Other intermittent, ephemeral, and small perennial channels with 

insufficient flow or sediment transport capacity to directly influence 

downstream water quality or fish habitat capability. Class IV streams 

do not meet the criterion used to define Class I, II, or III streams. 

Class IV streams must have bankfull width of at least 0.3 meter (1 foot) 

over the majority of the stream segment. For perennial streams, with 

average channel gradients less than 30 percent, special care is 

needed to determine if resident fish are present (resident fish 

presence dictates a Class II designation). 

Non-streams: Rills and other watercourses, generally intermittent and less than 1 

foot in width, little or no incision into the surrounding hillslope, and with 

little or no evidence of channel scour. (Note: These micro-drainage 

features are not mapped in GIS hydrography layers.)

The discharge of water from a watershed that occurs in a natural stream channel. 

First order streams are the smallest unbranched tributaries; second order streams are 

initiated by the point where two first order streams meet; third order streams are 

initiated by the point where two second order streams meet, and so on. 

A term in ecology referring to the arrangement of plant communities or ecosystems 

across a landscape and how they are connected, and to variations in tree heights and 

diameters within a stand or between stands. 

Streamflow 

Steam order 

Structure 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-42 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

Section 803 of the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act defines 

subsistence use as, “the customary and traditional uses by rural Alaska residents of 

wild renewable resources for direct, personal or family consumption as food, shelter, 

fuel, clothing, tools, or transportation; for the making and selling of handicraft articles 

out of nonedible byproducts of fish and wildlife resources taken for personal or family 

consumption; for barter, or sharing for personal or family consumption; and for 

customary trade.” 

An aggregate of similar populations of a species generally inhabiting a geographic 

subdivision of the range of the species and differing taxonomically (e.g., different size 

or color) from other populations of the species. 

The size of rock in the bed (bottom) of rivers and streams. 

Forest land for which technology is available that will ensure timber production without 

irreversible resource damage to soils, productivity, or watershed conditions; there is 

reasonable assurance that such lands can be adequately restocked; and there is 

management direction that indicates that timber production is an appropriate use of 

that area (see Appendix A). The term suitable Forest land is sometimes used to 

represent three slightly different land bases, as follows: 

Mapped Suitable. The suitable forest land that can be defined on a map at the 

planning stage. It is based on the available mapping of soils, streams, and other 

resources used to define suitable forest land (see Appendix A). 

Estimated Actual Suitable. The estimated actual suitable forest land after 

subtracting the estimated falldown from the mapped suitable. 

Scheduled Suitable. The amount of the estimated actual suitable that is 

scheduled for harvest over a planning period. 

Funds or materials used to finance the additional cost of a road to a higher standard 

than is needed for a timber sale. 

Fire: The act of extinguishing or confining a fire. 

Silviculture: The process whereby a tree or other vegetation loses vigor and may die 

when growing space is not sufficient to provide photosynthate or moisture to support 

adequate growth. 

All rights in the surface of the land except oil, gas, and other mineral or subsurface rights. 

The very fine soil particles that remain in suspension in water for a considerable 

period of time without contact with the stream or river channel bottom. 

The yield that a forest can continuously produce at a given intensity of management. 

A slight, marshy depression in generally level land. A depression in glacial ground 

moraine. 

Inclusive of all rock art, totemic, and clan symbols. 

T 

For the purposes of this Plan and FEIS, taxa are animal species or sub-species. 

Subsistence 

Subspecies 

Substrate 

Suitable forest land 

Supplemental funds 

Suppression 

Surface rights 

Suspended sediment 

Sustained yield 

Swale 

Symbol 

Taxa 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-43 Glossary 

January 2008 

Any structure or other human-made improvement that can be readily and completely 

dismantled and removed from the site when the authorized use terminates. 

Roads authorized by contract, permit, lease, or emergency operation, not intended to 

be part of the forest transportation system and not necessary for long-term resource 

management. 

Forest land that is producing or is capable of producing crops of industrial wood, and 

a) has not been withdrawn by Congress, the Secretary of Agriculture, or the Chief of 

the Forest Service; b) existing technology and knowledge is available to ensure timber 

production without irreversible damage to soils productivity or watershed conditions; 

c) existing technology and knowledge, as reflected in current research and 

experience, provides reasonable assurance that it is possible to restock adequately 

within 5 years after final harvest; and d) adequate information is available to project 

responses to timber management activities. 

A cultural treatment made to reduce stand density of trees primarily to improve 

growth, enhance forest health, or recover potential mortality. Thinning may also be 

done to manipulate stand characteristics to improve wildlife or riparian habitat, or to 

enhance scenery. Types of thinning include: 

Precommercial (PCT). The removal of trees not for immediate financial return 

but to reduce stocking to concentrate growth on the more desirable trees. 

Commercial (CT). Any type of thinning producing merchantable material at 

least equal to the value of the direct costs of harvesting, 

A plant or animal species likely to become an endangered species within the 

foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range. Threatened 

species are identified and defined in accordance with the 1973 Endangered Species 

Act and published in the Federal Register. 

The point or level of activity beyond which an undesirable set of responses begins to 

take place within a given resource system. 

Elimination of repetitive discussions of the same issue by incorporating, by reference, 

the general discussion in an environmental impact statement (EIS) of broader scope. 

For example, a project environmental assessment could be tiered to the Forest Plan 

EIS. 

Wood, other than fuelwood, potentially useable for lumber. 

Forested land is classified under each of the land management alternatives according 

to how it relates to the management of the timber resource. The following are 

definitions of timber classifications used for this purpose: 

Non-Forest. Land that has never supported forests, and land formerly forested 

where use for timber production is precluded by development or other uses. 

Forest. Land at least 10 percent stocked (based on crown cover) by forest trees 

of any size, or formerly having had such tree cover and not currently developed 

for non forest use. 

Suitable. Land to be managed for timber production on a regulated basis. 

Unsuitable. Land withdrawn from timber utilization by statute or administrative 

regulation (e.g., Wilderness), or identified as inappropriate for timber production 

in the Forest planning process. 

Commercial Forest. Land tentatively suitable for the production of continuous 

crops of timber and that has not been withdrawn. 

Temporary facility 

Temporary roads 

Tentatively suitable 

forest land 

Thinning 

Threatened species 

Threshold 

Tiering 

Timber 

Timber classification 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-44 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

Forest lands producing or capable of producing crops of industrial wood. Areas 

qualifying as timberland can produce more than 20 cubic feet per acre per year of 

industrial wood at culmination of mean annual increment. 

The purposeful growing, tending, harvesting, and regeneration of trees for industrial or 

consumer use. 

An intermediate treatment made to improve the composition, structure, condition, 

health, and growth of even or uneven aged stands. 

A proven floristic survey method where the surveyor enters the field, records the time, 

and records all species, while moving through the unit in a meandering search path 

covering all habitat variations. If after a certain time no new species are found, the 

survey is considered complete. 

A study done to gather information on subsistence uses of the Forest. 

Total water outflow from stream or river. 

Describes a road’s significant traffic characteristics and operating conditions. The 

levels reflect a number of factors, such as speed, travel time, traffic interruptions, 

freedom to maneuver, safety driver comfort, convenience, and operating costs. 

These factors, in turn, affect design elements such as number of lanes, turnout 

pacing, lane widths, type of driving surface, sight distances, design speed, clearance, 

horizontal and vertical alignment, curve widening, and turnarounds. 

TSL A. Reflects transportation efficiency and mobility with few interruptions to 

flow and a stable smooth driving surface. 

TSL B. Generally would have alignment more influenced by topography and 

more interruptions, but still usually a stable smooth driving surface. 

TSL C. One could expect much more sinuous alignment to reduce construction 

costs with a surface that may not be stable under all traffic or weather conditions. 

TSL D. Generally constructed for a single purpose, and traffic is discouraged for 

other purposes; surface and alignment is rough and irregular; very low speeds 

are anticipated to be able to safely negotiate the road. 

Significant corridors with their associated sites used to accommodate public 

transportation and energy transmission needs. 

Avoidance Area. An area where the establishment and use of transportation or 

utility corridors and sites is not desirable given the land use designation 

emphasis. A search for “windows” should be exhausted before TUS facilities are 

considered in avoidance areas. When practical, these areas should be avoided 

through site-specific analysis during project-level planning. Avoidance areas 

often include Congressionally and administratively designated areas. Although 

special environmental and procedural considerations may be required for these 

areas, these special designations do not preclude consideration and use as a 

TUS. Avoidance areas are designated through the allocation of lands to 

management prescriptions specifically identified as TUS avoidance areas in their 

Standards and Guidelines. 

Exclusion Area. A large area (large enough to cause significant barriers) that 

legislatively precludes transportation and utility systems. Due to special 

authorities provided in Title XI, ANILCA, there will be no exclusion areas on the 

Tongass. 

Timberlands 

Timber production 

Timber Stand 

Improvement 

Timed meander 

Tongass Resource 

Use Cooperative 

Survey (TRUCS) 

Total stream 

discharge 

Traffic Service Level 

(TSL) 

Transportation and 

Utility System (TUS) 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-45 Glossary 

January 2008 

Window. An area potentially available for the location of transportation or utility 

corridors and sites. 

A linear strip of land identified for the present location of transportation or utility rightsof-way within its boundaries (USDA Forest Service, Region 6 memo dated December 

2, 1987 from Director of Lands and Minerals to Director of Planning). 

Providing for the safe, environmentally responsible, and customer responsive 

movement of vehicles and people to and through public lands (social attributes). 

The plan for the system of access roads, trails, and airfields needed for the protection, 

administration, and utilization of the National Forests and other lands administered by 

the Forest Service, or the development and use of resources upon which communities 

within or adjacent to the National Forests are dependent (36 CFR 212.1). The plan 

also addresses permanent or temporary road closures necessary for resource 

protection or public safety. 

See the definition for Tongass Resource Use Cooperative Survey. 

A right of property, real or personal, held by one party for the benefit of another (Black 

1979). 

Tongass Timber Reform Act of 1990. 

An expression of the optical property that causes light to be scattered and absorbed 

rather than transmitted in straight lines through a water sample; turbidity in water is 

caused by the presence of suspended matter such as clay, silt, finely divided organic 

and inorganic matter, plankton, and other microscopic organisms. 

See the definition for Transportation and Utility System. 

A regeneration method that regenerates and maintains a stand with two-age classes 

where the reserved trees are distributed somewhat evenly as individual or clumps and 

represent 15 percent or more of the stand’s pre-treatment basal area. The resulting 

stand may be two-aged or trend towards an uneven-aged condition as a 

consequence of both an extended period of regeneration establishment and the 

retention of 

reserved trees that may represent one or more age classes. Two-aged stands are 

created using these regeneration methods: 

1. Clearcutting with reserves 

2. Seed tree with reserves 

3. Shelterwood with reserves. 

The reserved trees are not harvested to attain goals other than regeneration. 

The act of converting a plant community from one vegetative type to another. In 

forestry, it is the act of changing the existing dominant tree species from one type to 

another. 

U 

Streams that, due to lack of stream incision, and effects of geomorphic landform 

characteristics and local geologic conditions, result in streams overflowing their 

Transportation/Utility 

corridor 

Travel management 

Travel Management 

Plan 

TRUCS 

Trust 

TTRA 

Turbidity 

TUS 

Two-aged 

management 

Type conversion 

Unconfined streams 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-46 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

banks, changing flows to other channels, and establishing new channels during flood 

conditions. 

All forest vegetation growing under an overstory 

In cultural resources, any project, activity, or program that can result in changes in the 

character or use of historic properties, if any such properties are located in the area of 

potential effects. The project, activity, or program must be under the direct or indirect 

jurisdiction of a federal agency or be licensed or assisted by a federal agency. 

Undertakings include new and continuing projects, activities, or programs and any of 

their elements not previously considered under Section 106, National Historic 

Preservation Act of 1966, as amended. 

A planned sequence of treatments designed to maintain and regenerate a stand with 

three or more age classes. 

Timber harvest that occurs on unsuitable forested lands and does not contribute to 

the allowable sale quantity. 

An undeveloped area typically less than 5,000 acres but of a size and configuration 

sufficient to protect the inherent characteristics associated with its roadlless condition. 

Forest land not managed for timber production because: 1) Congress, the Secretary, 

or the Chief has withdrawn it; 2) it is not producing or capable of producing industrial 

wood; 3) technology is not available to prevent irreversible damage to soils 

productivity or watershed conditions; 4) there is no reasonable assurance, based on 

existing technology and knowledge, that it is possible to restock lands within 5 years 

after final harvest; 5) there is, at present, a lack of adequate information about 

responses to timber management activities; or 6) timber management is inconsistent 

with or not cost efficient in meeting the management requirements and multiple-use 

objectives specified in the Forest Plan. 

Areas that do not classify as wetlands or riparian areas. 

Logs that do not meet minimum requirements for sawtimber but are suitable for the 

production of usable chips. 

Standards guiding the use and removal of timber. They are measured in terms of 

diameter at breast height (DBH), top of the tree inside the bark (top DIB), and the 

percentages of “soundness” of the wood. 

V 

See the definition for visual absorption capability. 

An elongated, relatively large, externally drained depression of the earth’s surface that 

is primarily developed by stream erosion. 

A general term for the nearly level to gently sloping part of a valley. Also referred to 

as the valley floor. 

Understory 

vegetation 

Undertaking 

Uneven-aged 

management 

Unprogrammed 

timber harvest 

Unroaded area

Unsuitable lands 

Upland 

Utility standards 

Utility volume 

Utilization volume 

VAC 

Valley 

Valley bottom 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-47 Glossary 

January 2008 

First developed for the 1979 Tongass Land Management Plan as distinct geographic 

areas that generally encompass a drainage basin containing one or more large 

stream systems. Boundaries usually follow easily recognizable watershed divides. 

There are 926 units established to provide a common set of areas for which resource 

inventories could be conducted and resource value interpretations made. 

See the definition for Value Comparison Unit. 

A log considered suitable in size and quality for producing veneer that is a thin sheet 

of wood of uniform thickness. 

Water is removed from the soil so slowly that the water table remains at or on the 

surface the greater part of the time. Soils of this drainage class usually occupy level 

or depressed sites and are frequently ponded. 

For forest planning purposes, a fish or wildlife population that has the estimated 

number and distribution of reproductive individuals to insure its continued existence is 

well distributed in the National Forest. 

An expansive landscape or panoramic vista seen from a road, marine waterway, or 

specific viewpoint. 

The capability of the landscape to visually absorb management activities. 

Landscapes are rated with high, intermediate, or low abilities to absorb management 

activities. These ratings reflect the degree of landscape variety in an area, viewing 

distance and topographic characteristics. As an example, steep, evenly sloped 

landscapes viewed in the foreground to middleground are typically given a low VAC 

rating. 

A deeply incised valley along some waterways that would look like a “V” from a frontal 

view. These abrupt changes in terrain features are often used as harvest unit or 

yarding boundaries. 

Divisions of old-growth timber volume derived from the interpreted timber type data 

layer (TIMTYP) and the common land unit data layer (CLU). Three volume strata 

(low, medium, and high) are recognized in the Forest Plan. These have been further 

subdivided in the size density model. 

W 

See the definition for Wildlife Analysis Area. 

The area that contributes water to a drainage or stream. Portion of the forest in which 

all surface water drains to a common point. Watersheds can range from tens of acres 

that drain a single small intermittent stream to many thousands of acres for a stream 

that drains hundreds of connected intermittent and perennial streams. 

Third order watershed. A watershed where there are (generally) two major 

branches to the mainstream of the watershed. (Also see the definition for stream 

order.) 

Fourth order watershed. A watershed that contains at least two third order 

watersheds. 

Value Comparison 

Unit (VCU) 

VCU 

Veneer log 

Very poorly drained 

soils 

Viable population 

Viewshed 

Visual absorption 

capability (VAC) 

V-Notches 

Volume strata 

WAA 

Watershed 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-48 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

A systematic procedure for characterizing and evaluating ecological processes within 

a watershed to meet specific management and social objectives. Forest Plan 

Appendix C explains the process for watershed analysis on the Tongass . 

The upper surface of the ground water or that level below which the soil is saturated 

with water. 

Water is removed from the soil readily, but not rapidly. 

Areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or groundwater at a frequency and 

duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a 

prevalence of vegetation typically adapted to life in saturated soil conditions. 

Wetlands generally include swamps, marshes, bogs, and similar areas. 

Rivers or sections of rivers designated by congressional actions under the 1968 Wild 

and Scenic Rivers Act. Wild and scenic rivers may be classified and administered 

under one or more of the following categories: 

Wild river areas. Rivers or sections of rivers that are free of impoundments and 

generally inaccessible except by trail, with watersheds or shorelines essentially 

primitive and waters unpolluted. These represent vestiges of primitive America. 

Scenic river areas. Rivers or sections of rivers that are free of impoundments, 

with watersheds still largely primitive and shorelines largely undeveloped, but 

accessible in places by roads. 

Recreational river areas. Rivers or sections of rivers that are readily accessible 

by road or railroad, that may have some development along their shorelines, and 

that may have undergone some impoundment or diversion in the past. 

Areas designated by congressional action under the 1964 Wilderness Act or 

subsequent Acts. Wilderness is defined as undeveloped federal land retaining its 

primeval character and influence without permanent improvements or human 

habitation. Wilderness areas are protected and managed to preserve their natural 

conditions, which generally appear to have been affected primarily by the forces of 

nature, with the imprint of human activity substantially unnoticeable; have outstanding 

opportunities for solitude or for a primitive and confined type of recreation; include at 

least 5,000 acres or are of sufficient size to make practical their preservation, 

enjoyment, and use in an unimpaired condition; and may contain features of scientific, 

educational, scenic, or historic value as well as ecologic and geologic interest. On the 

Tongass National Forest, Wilderness has been designated by the Alaska National 

Interest Lands Conservation Act of 1980 and Tongass Timber Reform Act of 1990. 

Any wildland fire not designated and managed as a prescribed fire within an approved 

prescription. All wildfires will be given an appropriate suppression action. 

A division of land used by the Alaska Department of Fish and Game for wildlife 

analysis (WAA). 

Dead, dying, defective, or damaged trees left standing after harvest to provide wildlife 

habitat. 

Trees not likely to be blown over by the wind. These are usually trees that have been 

exposed to the wind throughout their life and have developed a strong root system or 

trees that are protected from the wind by terrain features or other trees. 

The act of trees being uprooted by the wind. In Southeast Alaska, Sitka spruce and 

hemlock trees are shallow rooted and susceptible to windthrow. There are generally 

three types of windthrow—endemic where individual trees are blown over; 

Watershed analysis 

Water table 

Well-drained soils 

Wetlands 

Wild and Scenic 

Rivers 

Wilderness 

Wildfire 

Wildlife Analysis Area 

Wildlife Reserve 

Trees 

Windfirm 

Windthrow 
Glossary 7

Tongass Forest Plan 7-49 Glossary 

January 2008 

catastrophic where a major windstorm can destroy hundreds of acres; and 

management related, where the clearing of trees in an area make the adjacent 

standing trees vulnerable to windthrow. 

A managed area designed to minimize windthrow within an adjacent no-harvest area. 

An area, usually at lower elevation, used by big game during the winter months; 

usually smaller and better-defined than summer ranges. 

The withholding of an area of federal land from settlement, sale, location, or entry 

under some or all of the general land laws for the purpose of limiting activities under 

those laws in order to maintain other public values in the area. 

Y 

To convey logs or trees to a landing by cable, helicopter or other systems. Shovelyarding is also used in Southeast Alaska. 

Forest growth that has regenerated naturally or has been planted after some 

disturbance (e.g., clearcut harvest, serious fire, catastrophic windthrow, or insect 

attack) to the previous forest growth. 

Windthrow 

management area 

Winter range 

Withdrawal 

Yarding 

Young growth 
Glossary 7

Glossary 7-50 Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008 

This page is intentionally left blank. 
APPENDIX A 

TIMBER RESOURCE 

LAND SUITABILITY 
Timber Resource Land Suitability 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix A 

January 2008

A-1 

This appendix presents the results and describes the process followed to identify the 

lands on the Tongass National Forest that are suitable for timber production. This is 

accomplished in two major steps: 1) the identification of lands that are legally and 

practicably capable of timber production, called tentatively suitable lands; and 2) 

from the tentatively suitable lands, the selection of lands that are suitable for timber 

production based on all the multiple-use objectives for the Forest. Suitable lands in 

the Forest Plan constitute the land base for determining the Allowable Sale Quantity 

(ASQ) and all vegetation management practices associated with timber production. 

The suitability process depends heavily on the various resource layers within the 

Tongass-wide geographic information system (GIS) library. This library has been 

substantially updated over the past 11 years (since publication of the 1997 Plan). In 

addition, the Tongass land base has undergone minor changes due to land 

adjustments. Therefore, the identification of tentatively suitable forest lands was 

updated for the current Plan amendment. In addition, lands suitable for timber 

production based on multiple-use objectives were identified for each of the 

alternatives analyzed in detail in the Final EIS for the amendment. The general 

process defined in National Forest Management Act (NFMA) Regulations 36 Code 

of Federal Regulations (CFR) 219.14 was followed. Table A-1 displays the results 

of the tentatively suitable and suitability processes and lists the acreage of those 

lands identified as not appropriate for timber production. 

Table A-1. 

Land Classification (thousands of acres) of Tentatively Suitable and 

Suitable Lands 

Classification Acres (thousands)1

Total National Forest Land (items 1 and 2) 16,774 

1. Non-Forest land (includes water) 6,918 

2. Forest land 9,856 

3. Forest land withdrawn from timber production 4,234 

4. Available Forest land (item 2 minus item 3) 5,621 

5. Non-productive Forest land 2,339 

6. Available timberlands (item 4 minus item 5) 3,282 

7. Timberlands physically unsuitable for timber management 572 

8. Timberlands with inadequate information 345 

9. Tentatively suitable timberlands (item 6 minus items 7 and 8) 2,365 

10. Tentatively suitable timberlands allocated to Land Use 

Designations that do not allow timber management 1,365 

11. Mapped suitable (item 9 minus item 10) 1,000 

12. Model implementation reduction factor (MIRF) acreage 226 

13. Estimated actual suitable (item 11 minus item 12) 773 

14. Scheduled suitable (based on modeling) 663 1 Based on GIS database; numbers are approximate due to rounding.

The criteria used on the Tongass for identifying tentatively suitable forest lands were 

originally developed prior to the 1997 Forest Plan by a task force established in 

1987. This task force was comprised of a technical working group and 

consultant/reviewers. 

Appendix A 

Timber Resource Land Suitability 

Introduction 

Tentatively Suitable 

and Suitable Acres 

Background 
Timber Resource Land Suitability 

Appendix A Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

A-2 

Working group members included the following: 

Bill Wilson Interdisciplinary Team Timber Planner - Chairman 

Bob Gerdes Stikine Area Forester 

Dave Loggy Ketchikan Area Soils Scientist 

Jim Russell Chatham Area Silviculturist 

Jim Douglas Society of American Foresters Representative 

Consultant/reviewers included the following: 

Paul Alaback Forest Science Lab 

Don Finney Alaska Loggers Association 

Bart Koehler Southeast Alaska Conservation Council 

The role of the task force was limited to identifying the biologic criteria and 

availability of Forest lands to be considered as suitable for producing industrial wood 

products as described in the National Forest Management Act (NFMA) Regulations 

36 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 219.14 (a)(1) through (4). NFMA 

Regulations 36 CFR 219.14 - Timber Resource Land Suitability were used. The 

task force was responsible for Section (a)(1) through (4). 

Forest Service Handbook (FSH) 2409.13 contains criteria for identifying tentatively 

suitable and suitable forest lands in accordance with 36 CFR 219.14. The process 

for identifying suitable lands using these criteria is summarized in the following 

chart. 

There have been several changes to the 1987 timber resource land suitability 

process. The changes are described below. 

1. Process 3: Is Irreversible Damage Likely to Occur? 

Extreme Hazard Soils. On July 5, 1995, the Forest Service published an 

overview of the characteristics controlling hillside stability in Southeast 

Alaska. The paper concluded, based on the findings, that Mass 

Movement Index 3 and 4 (MMI 3 and MMI 4, respectively) should be 

adjusted for the 1997 Forest Plan Revision. MMI 3 should be from 51 to 

72 percent slope and MMI 4 should be slopes greater than 72 percent. 

Previously, 75 percent slope had been used for the cutoff. 

2. Process 4: Can the Area be Restocked within 5 Years? 

McGilvery Soils. Harvest may occur on McGilvery soils on a case-bycase basis. The areas were included in the tentatively suitable land base 

because previous harvest using partial suspension on these soil series 

has been certified as regenerated, and are moderately productive. 

Modifications to 

Process for 

Identification of 

Lands Suitable for 

Timber Production 
Timber Resource Land Suitability 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix A 

January 2008

A-3 

PROCESS FOR IDENTIFICATION OF LANDS SUITABLE FOR TIMBER 

PRODUCTION (FSH 2409.13-92-1) 

Is land forested? NO Unsuitable (non-forest) 

YES 

 

Is land capable of producing crops of 

industrial wood? 

NO Unsuitable (non-industrial 

wood) 

YES 

 

Is irreversible damage likely to occur? 

NO 

YES Unsuitable (irreversible 

damage) 

 

Can area be restocked within 5 years? NO Unsuitable (restocked) 

YES 

 

Is adequate response information 

available? 

NO Unsuitable (no information) 

YES 

 

Is land withdrawn from timber production? YES Unsuitable (withdrawn) 

NO. Land is then tentatively suitable for 

timber production. 

 

 

Is land selected in alternative for timber 

production? 

NO 

YES. Land is then suitable for timber 

production. 

Not appropriate (unsuitable 

in preferred alternative and 

Forest Plan) 

Is Land Forested? 

Forest Land. Land at least 10 percent occupied by forest trees or formerly having 

had such tree cover and not currently developed for non-forest use. Forest trees 

are defined as woody plants having a well-developed stem and usually more than 

12 feet in height at maturity. Lands developed for non-forest use include areas for 

crops, improved pasture, residential or administrative areas, improved (constructed) 

roads of any width and adjoining road clearing, and power line clearing of any width. 

The term occupancy, when used to define forest land, shall be measured by canopy 

cover of live forest trees at maturity. The minimum area for classification of forest 

land is 5 acres or greater, consistent with regional mapping standards. Unimproved 

roads, trails, streams, and clearings in forest areas are classified as forest, if they 

are less than 120 feet in width. 

Tentatively Suitable Criteria 

1. Tongass National Forest lands meeting the definition will be classified as 

forested. 

a) Vegetative Inventory—National Forest lands identified as having a 

forested Cover Type (CT) in the Forest Plan Geographic Information 

System (GIS) Database include all existing forest types meeting the 10 

percent crown cover and currently non-stocked forest land formerly having 

had 10 percent crown cover. 

Code Description 

F Forested 

Process 1 
Timber Resource Land Suitability 

Appendix A Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

A-4 

b) Soils Inventory—National Forest lands with soils inventoried as having 

forested plant association in the Forest Plan GIS Database will be 

compared to the vegetative inventory to ensure all Nonwilderness forested 

lands are identified. Forested lands in the Soil Mapping Unit (SMU) are 

identified in the CT of the SMU look-up table (SMUT). 

Code Descriptions 

F Forested 

c) Lands Inventory—National Forest lands currently developed for non-forest 

use, including administrative sites and powerline clearings, will be 

identified in the Forest Plan GIS Database and classified as unsuitable. 

Forested encumbered National Forest lands satisfy the forested criteria 

until selections are conveyed to the State of Alaska or Native corporations. 

d) Roads Inventory—Existing specified roads and adjoining road clearings on 

National Forest lands will be identified in the Forest Plan GIS Database 

and classified as unsuitable. The existing road status (STATUS) is listed 

below. 

Code Description 

E Existing 

Note: All resource inventory information will not be available for existing Wilderness. 

As a minimum, the vegetative inventory will be used to identify forested lands within 

Wilderness. 

Is Land Capable of Producing Crops of Industrial Wood? 

Forest Land Capable of Producing Industrial Wood. Lands that are not capable of 

producing crops of industrial wood are, by definition, to be classified as unsuitable 

for timber production. Species of trees that are not currently utilized or not expected 

to be utilized within the next 10 years, constitute the primary criterion for assigning 

lands to this category. This does not preclude, however, the formulation of an 

alternative to display management opportunities, if a demand develops. 

Tentatively Suitable Criteria 

1. Tongass National Forest lands meeting the criteria of forested (Process 1), but 

are not capable of producing industrial wood products, will be classified as 

unsuitable. 

a) Vegetative Inventory—Mature stands of non-industrial forest types will be 

identified in the Forest Plan GIS Database and classified as unsuitable. 

Forest Type (FT) codes are listed below. 

Codes Description 

P Black Cottonwood 

L Lodgepole Pine 

A Alder 

Note: A review of the soils GIS inventory indicates that there are no SMUs that 

have occurrences of Plant Associations with 50 percent or greater of the 

noncommercial species listed above on the Tongass National Forest. The 

vegetation inventory will be used to identify unsuitable lands in both Wilderness and 

Nonwilderness. 

Process 2 
Timber Resource Land Suitability 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix A 

January 2008

A-5 

Physically Suitable Forest Land. Forest lands physically suitable for timber 

production are lands where technology is available to ensure timber production, 

without irreversible resource damage to soil productivity or watershed conditions, 

and lands where there is reasonable assurance can be adequately restocked within 

5 years. The latest developments in technology that are documented in current 

research and experience are to be considered in these determinations. Economic 

efficiency is not a factor in the determination of physical suitability. 

The next two steps (Process 3 and Process 4) are subparts of the Physically 

Suitable screen. 

Is Irreversible Damage Likely to Occur? 

Irreversible Damage. The first test of physically suitable forest land is for irreversible 

damage. This test shall be performed by an Interdisciplinary Team. It shall 

determine if activities involved in timber production can be carried out on forest land 

without irreversible resource damage to soil productivity or watershed conditions. At 

a minimum, activities considered should include access, harvesting, slash disposal, 

and regeneration. If these items can be accomplished with available technology and 

without impairment to the site or drainage, the land shall be considered tentatively 

suitable. Available technology is technology that is in use or which current research 

and experience indicates is feasible to use. Current research and experience 

should indicate that the technology is feasible to use successfully for the site, 

species, and other factors involved. Current does not have to be within the Forest 

or region. 

Tentatively Suitable Criteria 

1. Tongass National Forest lands meeting the criteria of forested (Process 1) and 

capable (Process 2), but cannot be managed for industrial wood products 

without irreversible resource damage, will be classified as unsuitable. 

a) Soil Inventory—Soils identified as meeting criteria for irreversible resource 

damage will be identified in the Forest Plan GIS Database and classified 

as unsuitable. 

i) SMUs that are unsuitable will be identified in an interpretation lookup 

table for very high (code 4) mass movement probability rating. 

ii) Those SMUs in the table having high (code 3) mass movement 

probability ratings will be identified as needing technology capable of 

supplying partial or full suspension over nearly the entire length of the 

yarding distance to ensure timber production without irreversible 

resource damage to soil productivity or watershed conditions. These 

lands satisfy the criteria for tentatively suitable, but will continue to be 

tracked to ensure that alternatives include the appropriate logging 

system. 

iii) SMUs with any occurrence of McGilvery soils will meet the criteria for 

tentatively suitable in this process, but will be identified as requiring 

harvest systems capable of at least partial suspension over nearly the 

entire length of the yarding distance. 

Classes of McGilvery Soils 

HOCL 

MCG 

MCGF 

MCGC 

iv) SMUs with slopes 72 percent or greater will be classified as 

unsuitable. 

Process 3 
Timber Resource Land Suitability 

Appendix A Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

A-6 

Note: The soils inventory is not available for all existing Wilderness. At a minimum, 

the Digital Elevation Model (DEM) will be used to identify forested lands (from the 

vegetative inventory) with slopes 75 percent or greater. These lands will be 

classified as unsuitable. 

Can the Area be Restocked within 5 Years? 

Restocking within 5 years. The second test of physically suitable forest land (after 

irreversible damage discussed in Process 3) is whether there is reasonable 

assurance that the remaining forest lands can be adequately restocked within 5 

years of final harvest, based on existing technology and knowledge. Current 

research and experience shall be the basis for determining whether the practice 

planned can be expected to be successful at the time final harvest is planned. If 

existing knowledge is inadequate to determine which practices will be successful on 

certain lands, but research is underway that should resolve this question prior to 

when final harvest is planned; then, the applicable lands may be included as 

tentatively suitable, but shall be maintained as a separate, noninterchangeable 

component of the ASQ. For the purpose of this test, final harvest is defined in 36 

CFR 219.27(c)(3). Such assurance applies to normal conditions for the site and 

does not constitute a guarantee. Abnormal conditions, such as drought, disease, or 

other unplanned events, may preclude meeting this requirement. Forest lands 

failing to meet this test shall be classed as unsuitable for timber production. 

Tentatively Suitable Criteria 

1. Tongass National Forest lands meeting the criteria of forested (Process 1), 

capable (Process 2), and not causing irreversible resource damage (Process 

3), but restocking cannot be assured within 5 years, will be classified as 

unsuitable. 

a) Soils Inventory—SMUs not restockable will be identified in the Forest Plan 

GIS Database and are classified as unsuitable. These include: 

i) SMUs in the database identified with the dominant plant associations 

as listed below can be restocked but require special technology to 

meet restocking within 5 years. These plant associations will satisfy 

the restocking criteria for tentatively suitable, but will be tracked to 

ensure that alternatives include the cost of these special restocking 

requirements (planting and site preparation). 

Code Description 

330 Spruce - Devils Club 

335 Spruce - Devils Club/Salmon Berry 

340 Spruce - Devils Club/Skunk Cabbage 

350 Spruce - Alder 

380 Spruce - Salmon Berry 

800 Spruce - Black Cottonwood/Alder 

810 Spruce - Black Cottonwood/Willow 

830 Spruce - Cottonwood/Devils Club 

840 Spruce - Cottonwood/Alder - Devils Club 

850 Spruce - Cottonwood/Blueberry - Devils Club 

Note: The soils inventory is not available for all existing Wilderness. The vegetation 

layer will be used to establish a correlation between soils and vegetation outside of 

Wilderness to be applied within Wilderness. 

Process 4 
Timber Resource Land Suitability 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix A 

January 2008

A-7 

Is Adequate Response Information Available? 

Inadequate Response Information. Forest land shall be classified as unsuitable for 

timber production, if there is not adequate information available, based on current 

research and experience, to project response to timber management practices. 

These lands shall be identified as needing further inventory, research, or information 

and shall not be considered as part of the tentatively suitable land base, until such 

time those adequate response data are available. Give special attention to lands 

classified as incapable of producing 20 cubic feet/acre/year if they formerly met this 

criterion and were included in the timber base. In those situations where significant 

acreages are involved, the lands shall be considered tentatively suitable for timber 

production. The yield projections for these lands shall be limited to regeneration 

harvest practices, where response data to intensive management practices are 

inadequate, during the development of management prescriptions. 

Tentatively Suitable Criteria 

1. Tongass National Forest lands meeting the criteria of forested (Process 1), 

capable (Process 2), not causing irreversible resource damage (Process 3), 

and restocking assured within 5 years (Process 4), but have inadequate 

response information, will be classified as unsuitable. 

a) Vegetative Inventory—Low site forested lands that have never been 

managed for industrial wood products have no response information and 

will be identified in the Forest Plan GIS Database and classified as 

unsuitable. These include forested lands with Forest Productivity 

(FPROD) identified as: 

Code Description 

A Low Productivity due to Alder 

G Low Productivity due to Glacier Forest 

H Low Productivity due to High Elevation 

M Low Productivity due to Muskeg 

R Low Productivity due to Rock cover 

S Low Productivity due to Recurrent Slide Zone 

T Low Productivity due to Willow 

L Low Productivity due to Low Site Index 

b) Soils Inventory - Soils with inadequate response information will be 

identified in the Forest Plan GIS Database and classified as unsuitable. 

These include: 

(1) All SMUs having a site index of less than 40 (on a 50-year base). 

(2) SMUs that have never been logged and have no response 

information available. 

Code Description 

305 Spruce - Myrica Gale/Sedge 

315 Spruce - Willow 

325 Spruce - Blueberry/Willow 

Note: The soils inventory will not be available for all existing Wilderness. At a 

minimum, the vegetative inventory will be used to identify land with inadequate 

response information. 

Is Land Withdrawn from Timber Production? 

Forest Land Withdrawn from Timber Production. Lands designated by the 

Congress, the Secretary, or the Chief for purposes that preclude timber production 

are to be classified as unsuitable. The act, order, or decision must include a legal 

description of the designated land, or a reference to a map, pending boundary 

Process 5 

Process 6 
Timber Resource Land Suitability 

Appendix A Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

A-8 

survey and description, and include an effective date. Congressionally designated 

Wilderness study areas and roadless areas endorsed by the Administration for 

Wilderness classification are also withdrawn from timber production. Examples are 

units of the National Wilderness Preservation System, Primitive Areas, Research 

Natural Areas, and areas withdrawn by the Tongass Timber Reform Act. No other 

RARE II lands shall be considered withdrawn unless an individual state Wilderness 

act so designates. Lands not withdrawn shall be further considered for timber 

production suitability. 

Management objectives for Experimental Forests shall be obtained from the Station 

Director. Where objectives preclude timber production, the areas shall be 

considered withdrawn. 

Tentatively Suitable Criteria 

1. Tongass National Forest lands meeting the criteria of forested (Process 1), 

capable (Process 2), not causing irreversible resource damage (Process 3), 

restocking assured within 5 years (Process 4), and having adequate response 

information (Process 5), but are withdrawn from timber management, will be 

classified as unsuitable. 

a) Administrative Inventory—National Forest Wilderness and Monument 

Areas identified in the Forest Plan GIS Database. Forested land within 

these areas will be classified as unsuitable. 

b) Boundaries Inventory—Existing Research Natural Areas, Enacted 

Municipal Watersheds, and Experimental Forests identified in the Forest 

Plan GIS Database are classified as withdrawn. These are listed below. 

Research Natural Areas Municipal Watersheds 

Cape Fanshaw Craig 

Dog Island Hydaburg 

Limestone Inlet Juneau 

Old Tom Creek Kake 

Pack Creek Ketchikan 

Red River Klawock 

Gambier Bay Petersburg 

 Sitka 

 Wrangell 

Experimental Forests

Maybeso 

Young Bay (recommended for deletion) 

Cowee-Davies* (recommended for inclusion) 

* The Cowee-Davies Experimental Forest would replace the Young Bay 

Experimental Forest, if the change is approved. 

c) The Tongass Timber Reform Act includes the following: 

♦ Lands within 100 feet of either side of all Class I streams, and Class II 

streams that flow directly into Class I streams 

♦ Lands given a Congressional designation of "Land Use Designation II" 

♦ Additional Wilderness 

This section describes the process used to identify the suitable lands, or more 

precisely, the portion of tentatively suitable lands that are not appropriate for timber 

production. The criteria used for this process are contained in 36 CFR 219.14 (c) 

and (d). 

Lands identified as appropriate for timber production are classified as suitable lands. 

The lands identified as not suitable for timber production are classified as 

Suitable Lands 
Timber Resource Land Suitability 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix A 

January 2008

A-9 

unsuitable. The number of acres assigned to each of these categories during the 

Forest planning process is displayed in Table A-1. 

Suitable lands are those lands identified from the tentatively suitable land base as 

appropriate for timber production. Tentatively suitable lands not appropriate for 

timber production were identified (36 CFR 219.14(c)) using the criteria described 

below. 

(1) Multiple-use Objectives. These lands are identified as not appropriate for 

timber production because of other multiple-use values, or the land is 

proposed for resource uses that preclude timber production. Land Use 

Designations that preclude timber production include Old-Growth Habitat, 

Remote Recreation, Semi-Remote Recreation, proposed Research Natural 

Areas, Special Interest Area, proposed Wild Rivers, and others. Beach 

fringe and estuarine areas may also be unavailable for timber production 

depending on the alternative. 

(2) Management Requirements. These lands are identified as not appropriate 

for timber production activities because it is anticipated that the 

management requirements of 36 CFR 219.27 cannot be met. 36 CFR 

219.27 includes direction for resource protection, vegetative manipulation, 

silvicultural practices, even-aged management, riparian areas, soil and 

water, and diversity. Most lands that would have met these criteria, such 

as 1) the 100 feet on either side of Class I streams and 100 feet on either 

side of those Class II streams that flow directly into Class I streams (as a 

result of the Tongass Timber Reform Act), and 2) lands with extreme mass 

movement hazard soils, were removed from timber harvest consideration 

in the analysis of tentatively suitable forest lands (36 CFR 219.14(a)). 

The classification of unsuitable lands will be reviewed at least every 10 years (36 

CFR 219.14(d)). This review is part of a monitoring item contained in Chapter 6 of 

this Forest Plan. Land suitability may be adjusted at any time due to changed 

conditions; monitoring will assess the magnitude of any changes and could lead to 

amendments to the Plan. 

The suitable lands estimated following this process and identified in Table A-1 

represent a first cut at estimating the acreage of suitable forest land. However, this 

estimate overestimates the actual suitable acreage because it is based on the 

limitations of available mapping. When projects are implemented typically more 

streams, karst or other factors are found that reduce the acreage of suitable lands. 

In order to account for this reduction, the Tongass has defined a correction factor 

that is used for modeling called the Model Implementation Reduction Factor or 

MIRF. The estimation of this correction factor is documented in the planning record. 

Thus, in Table A-1 two estimates of suitable are given. The mapped suitable is the 

estimated suitable using available mapping and based on the above process. The 

estimated actual suitable is the mapped suitable minus the MIRF acres. The final 

number in Table A-1 represents the scheduled suitable. This acreage is based on 

Forest Plan modeling and is equal to the acreage that is scheduled for harvest by 

the model, assuming the maximum timber harvest permitted under the Forest Plan 

ASQ is to be harvested over the long term (i.e., 100 years or more). 

Refinement of 

the Suitable 

Lands 
Timber Resource Land Suitability 

Appendix A Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

A-10

This page is intentionally left blank. 
APPENDIX B 

INFORMATION NEEDS
Information Needs 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix B 

January 2008 

B-1

This appendix outlines a framework for identifying high priority information needs 

and updating them through time. It also identifies current areas of interest the 

Forest would like to pursue with the State of Alaska, other federal agencies, and 

internal and external partners. Identifying and addressing higher priority information 

needs will substantially strengthen the scientific information base needed to support 

future planning efforts and provide insights into the assessment of management 

actions. Information needs are a critical component of the “adaptive management" 

feedback loop for future Plan amendments or revisions that will influence 

management adjustments to address economic, social, and environmental concerns 

on the Forest. As a part of this identification and priority setting process, statistically 

sound sampling design and analysis techniques need to be developed to ensure 

reliability of data and interpretations and ultimately to maintain scientific creditability 

of the Tongass Forest Plan. 

As information is gathered and the implications of the identified high priority needs 

are evaluated, other high priority information needs may emerge. Periodic use of 

this framework promotes the incorporation of additional needs such as emerging 

issues that may not have been formerly evident, and provides context for adjustment 

to the prioritization schema. The new information will be useful for Plan 

implementation at the project level or as already mentioned for changes to the Plan 

itself. Funding for some of these items is already included in the Forest or regional 

budgets, while additional funding will vary depending on the resource emphasis and 

needs in any given year. 

It is our intention to work with the State of Alaska, the Pacific Northwest Research 

Station, and other federal agencies and partners and use this framework to assist in 

jointly determining priority information needs. The framework process is a tool for 

updating and prioritizing information needs that will allow rapid response to 

emerging issues, address changes in budget allocations, and reprioritize as new 

information becomes available. 

Use of the framework will provide context for prioritizing existing and newly 

proposed or emerging information needs into existing programs of work. It will also 

help determine what the priority needs are, what type of information need it entails 

(inventory, research, monitoring, etc.), and who might be best suited to do the work. 

The intent is that its use will result in refinement of information needs so they are 

more likely to address key management questions and improve integration of 

information needs for cost effectiveness purposes. The ultimate concept behind the 

framework is that it will be an ongoing process, posted on the Web as part of the 

Forest Plan monitoring effort, and available to all interested parties. 

Appendix B 

Information Needs 

Introduction 

Process for 

Updating and 

Prioritizing 

Information Needs 
Information Needs 

Appendix B Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

B-2

Framework Process 

The steps outlining the framework process are described below. 

1. Determine the most important environmental, social, and economic 

stressors, factors, or information gaps for each resource. 

2. For each resource, define the crucial question or questions facing that 

resource tied to the goals and objectives of the Forest Plan. 

3. Prioritize information needs based on: 

a. Degree of risk; 

b. Degree of uncertainty; 

c. Extent of knowledge need; 

d. Role in ongoing program; and 

e. Likelihood of success. 

4. Determine: 

a. General approach (inventory, monitor, research study, white paper, 

integrated analysis); 

b. Cost and potential availability of funds; 

c. Who potentially could pursue relative to various partner agencies, 

private interested parties, and groups within the Forest Service; and 

d. Timeframe for addressing. 

5. Use the prioritized list as input to the funding allocation process and interagency prioritization. 

6. Schedule review of policy/practice when new results are available. 

7. Periodically validate steps 1 and 2 and repeat steps 3 through 7. 

The 1997 Tongass Land Management Plan’s Appendix B listed the top information 

needs and many other information needs by resource area. While this lengthy list 

may have reflected information needs at that time, it was not as useful as it could 

have been because it was not prioritized and quickly became outdated. Therefore, 

the areas of current interest listed below are intended to be examples, as well as, a 

starting point for future work using the framework described above for evaluation 

and prioritization. 

Young Growth 

• What is the response of the prey of old growth associated wildlife within 

varying age classes of thinned and un-thinned stands? 

• What are the unique marketing characteristics of products produced in 

varying age classes of thinned and un-thinned stands (lumber, poles, house 

logs, biomass for alternative fuels)? 

Matrix Management 

• How can the matrix component of the conservation strategy best be 

managed to provide a range of important wildlife habitat conditions, 

including food production (for both predators and prey), connectivity, and 

other key habitat components for endemic mammals? Habitats include all 

ages of trees/forest, as well as major cover types (productive forest, nonproductive forest, muskeg, estuarine, sub-alpine etc.). 

Areas of Current 

Interest 
Information Needs 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix B 

January 2008 

B-3

Deer 

• What mix of age classes and young growth treatments on the landscape are 

best for Sitka black-tailed deer? 

• What are the best methods for assessing deer population trends to help 

better manage to provide for subsistence, recreational hunting, and wolf 

prey needs? 

Recreation 

• What are the sampling protocols to effectively estimate both commercial 

and non-commercial recreational use patterns for capacity analysis 

determination? 

Restoration and Enhancement 

• How do we measure the effectiveness of forest restoration and 

enhancement activities including watershed health, fish, deer habitat, and 

other ecosystem values? Additionally, how can we determine the 

contribution of these activities to the diversity and sustainability of the local 

economy? 
Information Needs 

Appendix B Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

B-4

This page is intentionally left blank. 
APPENDIX C 

WATERSHED ANALYSIS
Watershed Analysis 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix C 

January 2008 

C-1

In the context of this Forest Plan, the term “watershed analysis” is very narrowly 

defined. Cumulative watershed effects analysis should not be confused with 

watershed analysis as described in this appendix. The Forest-wide Soil and Water 

Standards and Guidelines provide direction to evaluate and minimize cumulative 

effects during project planning and analysis. 

Watershed analysis is required only in the following circumstances: 

1. Before making site-specific adjustments to Forest-wide Riparian Standards and 

Guidelines (including timber salvage in riparian areas), ensure adjustments will 

achieve channel process group objectives described in the Riparian Standards 

and Guidelines. (In accordance with the Tongass Timber Reform Act, no 

commercial timber harvest is allowed within 100 feet horizontal distance either 

side of Class I streams, and Class II streams that flow directly into a Class I 

stream; therefore, no adjustments to allow commercial timber harvest will be 

considered within this zone.) 

2. Before authorizing management activities in public water system source 

watersheds, ensure activities are not authorized that create or maintain a 

condition that has a significant potential to cause or allow the pollution or 

contamination of a public water system (in compliance with Alaska’s Drinking 

Water Regulations, 18 AAC 80). 

3. Any other time a line officer determines that a watershed analysis is necessary 

to make an informed decision. 

A watershed analysis must be documented as part of the National Environmental 

Policy Act (NEPA) decision in these circumstances. Watershed analysis (as 

described in this appendix) is otherwise not required. The watershed analysis does 

not propose actions or make decisions. 

Watershed analysis is a procedure for assessing important riparian and aquatic 

values and processes in a watershed context. It is designed to: 

1. Help set the stage for project-level planning and decisions 

2. Strengthen the project NEPA analysis and decision 

3. Focus interdisciplinary discussion on key watershed resources 

When watershed analysis is required, it must occur prior to or during NEPA analysis 

for a specific project or projects. The scope and intensity of watershed analysis 

should be commensurate with the level of risk associated with the NEPA decision, 

and the information necessary to support the decision. 

A journey-level watershed or fisheries specialist will recommend the scope and 

intensity of the watershed analysis. 

A primary consideration is the scale of the proposed activity. For example, a onetime, isolated activity in a 1st order tributary, such as salvage of one or two down 

trees from within a single Class III riparian area, is not expected to require an 

expensive, lengthy watershed analysis. In this example, if this activity will achieve 

process group objectives, it is expected that the procedures (described below) 

Appendix C 

Watershed Analysis 

Applicability 

Introduction

Approach 
Watershed Analysis 

Appendix C Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

C-2

could be quickly and concisely documented in a few paragraphs to justify the 

activity. On the other hand, adjustment of Riparian Standards and Guidelines at 

many sites, or repeatedly, within a 3rd or 4th order watershed will require more time 

and effort in order to demonstrate that the adjustment will achieve process group 

objectives. 

When determining the scope and intensity of a watershed analysis to justify sitespecific adjustments to Forest-wide Riparian Standards and Guidelines (including 

timber salvage in riparian areas), consider risks associated with not achieving the 

channel process group objectives that are described in the Riparian Standards and 

Guidelines. 

When determining the scope and intensity of a watershed analysis to support 

authorizing management activities in public water system source watersheds, 

consider risks associated with polluting a public water supply and effects on public 

health. 

Watershed analysis requires field-based site evaluations. There is a wide array of 

analytical tools and procedures that may be used. At a minimum, follow the 

procedures listed below. 

1. Before making site-specific adjustments to Forest-wide Riparian Standards and 

Guidelines (including timber salvage in riparian areas): 

a. Conduct field inventory of all affected stream reaches, including 

downstream reaches connecting to fish habitat, to verify fish presence, 

stream classes, and channel types (Tier I survey as described in the Alaska 

Region’s Aquatic Habitat Management Handbook, FSH 2090.21). 

b. Consult with logging systems personnel; document the site-specific 

adjustments, rationale, and trade-offs between logging systems and riparian 

objectives. 

c. Evaluate site specific windthrow risk (Landwehr 2006). 

d. Consider cumulative effects of past practices such as riparian harvest and 

roads, and natural disturbances such as landslides. 

e. Assess current condition and trend of channel process group objectives 

(refer to Process Group information in Forest-wide Riparian Standards and 

Guidelines and fish habitat objectives in Forest-wide Fish Standards and 

Guidelines). 

f. Explain how adjustments to Riparian Standards and Guidelines will achieve 

channel process group objectives. 

2. Before authorizing management activities in public water system source 

watersheds: 

a. Consult with Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (ADEC), 

affected municipality, and/or owner/operator of water system. 

b. Refer to Forest Service Manual (FSM) Guidance for Municipal Watersheds 

(FSM 2542) and the Code of Federal Regulations for management of 

municipal watersheds (36 CFR 251.9) for guidance. Refer to Alaska’s 

Drinking Water Regulations, specifically 18 AAC 80.620(c)(3), for systems 

that seek to avoid filtration. 

c. Review completed Source Water Assessment for the watershed, available 

from ADEC. 

d. Consider cumulative effects of past practices such as riparian harvest, road 

condition, potential pollution sources and natural disturbances such as 

landslides, without regard to landownership. 

e. Develop site-specific Best Management Practices (BMPs) for any 

authorized activity. Consider, at a minimum, BMPs that limit ground 

disturbance, restrict public access (in consultation with landowners), and 

restrict hazardous materials and hazardous waste. 

Procedures
Watershed Analysis 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix C 

January 2008 

C-3

f. Explain how proposed management activities will not create or maintain a 

condition that has a significant potential to cause or allow the pollution or 

contamination of a public water system. 

Complete a watershed analysis report. The report documents each of the items 

listed above. The report will provide recommendations that respond to the key 

management issues and analysis findings. Include the watershed analysis report in 

any subsequent or concurrent documentation of project-level decisions. 

Landwehr, D.J. 2006. Reasonable Assurance of Windfirmness Guidelines, 

Tongass National Forest, June 13, 2006. 

Documentation 

Literature Cited 
Watershed Analysis 

Appendix C Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

C-4

This page is intentionally left blank. 
APPENDIX D 

RIPARIAN BUFFER 

STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES 

CRITERIA 
Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix D 

January 2008 

D-1

Riparian areas encompass the zone of interaction between aquatic and terrestrial 

environments associated with streamsides, lakeshores, and floodplains, and display 

distinctive ecological conditions characterized by high species diversity, wildlife 

value, and resource productivity. The Riparian section of Chapter 4 contains Forestwide Standards and Guidelines for managing riparian areas. The desired conditions, 

objectives and management direction for each channel type and process group 

contained in this appendix are an important component of the Forest-wide 

Standards and Guidelines. In this Plan, channel types and process groups are 

central to the direction for riparian area management (see the Riparian Forest-wide 

Standards and Guidelines in Chapter 4). Channel types and process groups are 

used for guiding land management activities and predicting the effects of those 

activities along all stream and river systems of the Tongass National Forest. For 

more information on riparian management considerations for each of the channel 

types, consult Paustian et al. (1992). 

In the early 1980s, a method of inventorying channel types was developed for the 

Tongass National Forest to identify, classify, and map the distinguishing parts of 

stream and river (fluvial) systems. This inventory system, which was finalized for 

the Tongass National Forest in 1992 (Paustian et al. 1992), allows for the logical 

categorization of fluvial channels and provides a process for predicting channel 

response to management- or naturally-caused changes. 

The inventory groups channels into nine basic fluvial process groups (Table D-1) as 

well as one additional group covering lakes and ponds. These process groups 

describe streams and rivers with similar physical "processes," that are with similar 

interrelationships between watershed runoff, landform relief, geology, and glacial or 

tidal influences on fluvial erosion and deposition. 

Each process group includes a number of channel types. Channel types represent 

a finer delineation than process groups. They more precisely characterize a 

channel and help predict the probable responses to natural and human influences. 

Like process groups, channel types are defined by physical attributes, but channel 

types also incorporate other aspects of channel gradient, channel pattern, stream 

bank incision and containment, and riparian community composition. A description 

of each channel type is listed in Table D-2. 

Appendix D 

Riparian Buffer 

Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

Introduction 
Appendix D Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

D-2

Beginning on page D-5 is a discussion of each process group, including a listing of 

the channel types that are incorporated within the process group. A summary of 

process group characteristics can be found in Table D-3. An illustration of the 

typical setting of each of the process groups, and their relationship within a 

watershed, is provided in Figure D-1. 

Table D-1 

Stream Classification and Stream Length by Process Group 

Stream Process Groups Channel Type Classification Miles 

Flood Plain FPO, FP1, FP2, FP3, FP4, FP5 4,303 

Glacial Outwash GO1, GO2, GO3 1,189 

Alluvial Fan AF1, AF2, AF8 1,564 

Low Gradient Contained LC1, LC2 695 

Moderate Gradient, Mixed Control MM1, MM2 4,827 

Moderate Gradient Contained MM0, MC1, MC2, MC3, GO4 3,238 

High Gradient Contained HC0, HC1, HC2, HC3, HC4, 

HC5, HC6, HC8, HC9 

35,403 

Palustrine PA0, PA1, PA2, PA3, PA4, PA5 1,824 

Estuarine ES1, ES2, ES3, ES4, ES8 646 

Source: Paustian et. al. (1992) and Revision GIS Database Query #Q3012E. Miles are adjusted for 

estimates of channels missed in the inventories. 

Process Groups 
Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix D 

January 2008 

D-3

Table D-2 

Channel Type Descriptions 

Channel Type Description 

AF1 Moderate Gradient Alluvial Fan Channel 

AF2 High Gradient Alluvial Cone Channel 

AF8 Glacial Alluvial Cone Channel 

ES1 Silt Substrate Estuarine Channel or Slough 

ES2 Narrow Small Substrate Estuarine Channel 

ES3 Narrow Large Substrate Estuarine Channel 

ES4 Large Estuarine Channel 

ES8 Braided Glacial Outwash Estuarine Channel 

FP0 Micro Flood Plain 

FP1 Uplifted Beach Channel 

FP2 Uplifted Estuarine Channel 

FP3 Narrow Low Gradient Flood Plain Channel 

FP4 Low Gradient Flood Plain Channel 

FP5 Wide Low Gradient Flood Plain Channel 

GO1 Glacial Outwash Flood Plain Side Channel 

GO2 Large Meandering Glacial Outwash Channel 

GO3 Large Braided Glacial Outwash Channel 

GO4 Moderate Width Glacial Channel 

HC0 Micro High Gradient Contained 

HC1 Shallowly Incised Muskeg Channel 

HC2 Shallowly to Moderately Incised Footslope Channel 

HC3 Deeply Incised Upper Valley Channel 

HC4 Deeply Incised Muskeg Channel 

HC5 Shallowly Incised Very High Gradient Channel 

HC6 Deeply Incised Mountain Slope Channel 

HC8 Moderate/High Gradient Glacial Cascade Channel 

HC9 High Gradient Incised Glacial Torrent Channel 

LC1 Low Gradient Contained Channel 

LC2 Moderate Gradient Contained Channel 

MC1 Narrow Shallow Contained Channel 

MC2 Moderate Width and Incision Contained Channel 

MC3 Deeply Incised Contained Channel 

MM0 Micro Moderate Gradient Contained 

MM1 Narrow Mixed Control Channel 

MM2 Moderate Width Mixed Control Channel 

PA0 Micro Palustrine 

PA1 Narrow Placid Flow Channel 

PA2 Moderate Width Placid Flow Channel 

PA3 Shallow Groundwater Fed Slough 

PA4 Flood Plain Backwater Slough 

PA5 Beaver Dam/Pond Channel 
Appendix D Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

D-4

Figure D-1. Typical Distribution of Channel Process Groups within Alexander Archipelago 

Watersheds 
Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix D 

January 2008 

D-5

Channel Types: FP0, FP1, FP2, FP3, FP4, FP5, GO1, GO2, GO3 

Description: Flood plain and glacial outwash channels are associated with the 

valley bottom flood plain landform. These two process groups contain low gradient 

sinuous singular or anabranched channels. Braided channels are more prevalent in 

the glacial outwash process group. Mountain slope runoff and groundwater 

discharge control stream flow in the flood plain process group, while glacial melt 

controls flow in the glacial outwash group. Peak flows occur in the spring and fall in 

the flood plain process group, while in summer for the glacial outwash group. 

Sediment deposition is the dominant process in both groups. Substrate material 

ranges from sand to cobble size material in both groups. 

Flood plains commonly support standing old-growth spruce with heights of up to 130 

feet. Downed wood provides nurse logs for regeneration, sediment retention, and 

infiltration. Flood plain width may exceed 200 feet on FP4 and FP5 channels, but 

are generally less than 200 feet on FP3 channels. These areas are typically highly 

productive for fish. Beaver ponds, sloughs, ephemeral side channels, commonly 

referred to as “off channel areas,” are of particular significance as flood plain and 

glacial outwash habitat features. Early successional forest species, such as black 

cottonwood, are common in the glacial outwash process group. 

Stream channels in the flood plain process group include FP0 (mcro flood plain) FP1 

(uplifted beach), FP2 (uplifted estuary) foreland channel types, and FP3 through 

FP5 (narrow to wide) flood plain channel types. Generally, alluvial deposition is 

prevalent in these low gradient (less than 2 percent gradient) channels. High stream 

flows often are not contained within channel banks resulting in flood plain 

development. 

Flood plain streams are relatively efficient at trapping nutrients from riparian forest 

detritus and inorganic sediment delivered from headwater areas. These streams 

also buffer against flood disturbances by spreading runoff across densely vegetated 

flood plains and into numerous side channels and sloughs. Shallow alluvial aquifers 

associated with these streams store runoff from flood flows and hillslope tributaries 

and slowly release groundwater to surface channels during periods of low rainfall. 

The ability of flood plain channels to dampen the effects of runoff extremes and to 

store nutrients are primary factors contributing to productive aquatic communities 

found in these streams. 

Channel materials are composed of fine sediments, small boulders, and cobble, 

which are deposited by the stream. Stream banks consist of unconsolidated 

materials such as sand, gravel, or organic materials and are often unstable. 

Channel migration and braiding may occur. Root networks of trees and shrubs have 

an important role in holding unconsolidated stream banks together. Large woody 

debris (LWD) also plays a role in controlling streambed and bank stability by 

regulating the stream's energy dissipation. Pools and cover from LWD provides 

good fish habitat. 

Glacial outwash channel types are alluvial channels with stream gradients usually 

less than 3 percent. This process group includes GO1 (glacial side channel), GO2 

(large meandering), and GO3 (large braided) glacial outwash channel types. These 

are generally valley or lowland streams. Because mountain glacier meltwater is the 

source of runoff to these streams, they carry extremely high sediment loads and 

have very turbid water. Riparian areas are wide and may extend for many hundred 

feet in large braided river systems. 

Glacial outwash channel types share many of the attributes of the flood plain 

process group. However, glacial streams tend to have larger seasonal variations in 

stream flow and large sediment loads that result in more dynamic or unstable 

Flood Plain and 

Glacial Outwash 
Appendix D Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

D-6

channels and flood plains. These factors, along with colder water temperatures, 

tend to limit overall aquatic productivity. 

Desired condition: Flood plains are highly productive as fish and wildlife habitat. 

Natural flood plain functions occur, such as flood mitigation, surface-groundwater 

exchange, water temperature moderation, and the formation of streams providing 

off-channel fish habitat. Large wood is distributed across the flood plain, except 

where non-forest or early successional species naturally occur. Old-growth habitat 

provides high-quality habitat for riparian-associated wildlife species. 

Glacial outwash plains range from low to highly productive fish and wildlife habitat. 

Fine sediments may limit spawning. Natural flood plain functions such as flood 

mitigation, surface groundwater exchange, water temperature moderation, and 

stream formation provide off-channel fish habitat. Areas of off-channel spawning 

and rearing may be highly productive where areas of upwelling occur. Large wood 

is distributed across the flood plain, except where non-Forest or early successional 

species dominate naturally. 

Objectives: Maintain near-natural quantities of large wood by assessing the site's 

old-growth type and managing for the natural frequency and size distribution for 

large, downed wood and standing trees on the flood plain. (Consult Ecological 

Definitions for Old-growth Forest Types in Southeast Alaska, Forest Service 

publication R10-TP-28.) In the stream channel, meet the natural range of aquatic 

habitat features for large wood size and distribution, pool size and frequency, and 

channel morphometry. (Consult the Alaska Anadromous Fisheries Habitat 

Assessment, Forest Service publication R10-MB-279, Appendix C.1. on fish habitat 

objectives.) 

Minimize soil disturbance and the formation of new channels (BMP 13.9). Maintain 

fish access to entire range of habitat. Avoid diverting surface drainage channels. 

Minimize damage to large standing trees from yarding activities. 

Implement riparian vegetation improvement projects in young-growth stands, where 

appropriate, to help in attaining desired future condition. 

Apply the following management direction at the project level to streams in this 

process group. Include a watershed analysis in NEPA documents that make 

site-specific adjustments to process group direction. Adjustments to the direction 

may be made only if the objectives of the process group can be met. 

Stream Class/Activity 

I, II (direct)/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest within 100 feet of Class I streams and 

Class II streams that flow directly into Class I streams. Although not 

required by the Tongass Timber Reform Act, no commercial timber 

harvest in the flood plain until the completion of watershed analysis. 

No commercial timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale 

quantity is allowed in the RMA (greatest of flood plain, riparian 

vegetation or soils, riparian associated wetland fens, or 130 feet [the 

height of one site-potential tree]). Manage an appropriate distance 

beyond the no-harvest zone to provide for a reasonable assurance of 

windfirmness of the RMA (pay special attention to the area within one 

site-potential tree height of the RMA). 
Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix D 

January 2008 

D-7

II (non-direct), III/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale 

quantity is allowed in the RMA (greatest of flood plain, riparian 

vegetation or soils, riparian associated wetland fens, or 130 feet [the 

height of one site-potential tree]). Manage an appropriate distance 

beyond the no-harvest zone to provide for a reasonable assurance of 

windfirmness of the RMA (pay special attention to the area within one 

site-potential tree height of the RMA). 

I, II, and III/Harvest Controls 

Yard in a manner to minimize baring of mineral soil (less than 5 

percent) and such that new channelization does not occur across the 

flood plain. The objective is to minimize alder growth and formation of 

new channels (BMP 13.9). 

I, II, and III/Roads, Borrow Pits, Drainage Structures 

Locate roads only when other feasible routes do not exist (BMP 14.2). 

Develop stream course protection plans when stream crossings are 

necessary. Do not develop borrow pits within the active flood plain 

(BMP 14.9). The objective is to maintain fish passage and access to all 

available habitats and avoid diverting surface drainage channels. 

Channel Types: AF1, AF2 and AF8 

Description: Alluvial fan channels flow directly over the alluvial fan landform. 

These are dynamic multi-branched channels that periodically change course within 

the landform. Stream gradient ranges from 1 to 3 percent on the lower half of the 

alluvial fan and increases toward the fan apex. The alluvial fan channel is 

associated with high-gradient contained channels; therefore, streamflow is 

dependent on mountain slope runoff. Groundwater discharge is also significant. 

Surface flow may be intermittent as substrate consists of sand to cobble size 

material. During low flow periods, stream flow may run subsurface due to infiltration 

of water into coarse gravel substrate in the middle section of the alluvial fan and 

emerge on the lower section. Aggradation of material is the dominant process on 

the alluvial fan, and fine sediment may be deposited in the low gradient section. 

The active channels on alluvial fans often include multiple high flow channels and 

unvegetated gravel or cobble outwash lobes with ill-defined channel banks. Alluvial 

fans typically support large spruce with diameters (diameters at breast height [DBH]) 

of 30 inches and have average site-potential tree heights of 140 feet. Downed wood 

serves as nurse logs for regeneration. 

This process group includes AF1 (moderate gradient), AF2 (high gradient), and AF8 

(glacial) alluvial fan/cone channel types. These are generally tributary streams that 

are located on footslope landforms in a transitional area between valley flood plains 

and steep mountain slopes. Alluvial fans are formed by the rapid change in 

sediment transport capacity as the high energy mountain slope stream segments 

spill onto the valley bottoms. Stream channels change course frequently, resulting 

in a multi-branch stream network. Sediment deposition tends to create elongated 

islands of bare cobbles and gravel between these multi-branched channels. Alluvial 

fan stream channels are often unstable. Riparian areas commonly associated with 

these poorly contained streams are very narrow at the top of the fans and become 

wider as the fan spreads out. Due to the complex stream network, riparian areas for 

alluvial fan channels may be extensive. 

LWD can play a major role in trapping sediment on the fan surface and within 

stream channels. Scour and dam pools formed by LWD can be very important for 

fish rearing habitat in alluvial fan streams. Gravel aquifers associated with alluvial 

Alluvial Fan 
Appendix D Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

D-8

fan drainages are commonly an important source of groundwater discharge to 

adjacent valley bottom streams. 

Desired condition: Stream systems relocate naturally in an unpredictable pattern 

across the alluvial fan. Large wood occurs across the fan, and is important for the 

retention and metering of sediment into stream systems, and to create pools for fish 

rearing habitat. Some amount of large wood is available to the stream wherever the 

stream may be located on the fan. Wood may be excavated by fluvial processes on 

the fan. 

Objectives: Maintain near-natural quantities of large wood by assessing the site's 

old-growth type and managing for the natural frequency and size distribution for 

large, downed wood and standing trees on the fan. (Consult Ecological Definitions 

for Old-growth Forest Types in Southeast Alaska, Forest Service publication 

R10-TP-28.) In the stream channel, meet the natural range of aquatic habitat 

features for large wood size and distribution described in the Alaska Anadromous 

Fisheries Habitat Assessment (Forest Service publication R10-MB-279, Appendix 

C.1. on fish habitat objectives). 

Implement BMP 13.9. Provide for natural fish migration. Do not divert stream 

channels. 

Implement riparian vegetation improvement projects in young-growth stands, where 

appropriate, to help in attaining desired future condition. 

Apply the following management direction at the project level to streams in this 

process group. Include a watershed analysis in NEPA documents that make 

site-specific adjustments to process group direction. Adjustments to the direction 

may be made only if the objectives of the process group can be met. 

Stream Class/Activity 

I, II (direct)/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest within 100 feet of Class I streams and 

Class II streams that flow directly into Class I streams. No commercial 

timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale quantity is allowed 

within the RMA, which is the greater of the active portion of the alluvial 

fan or 140 feet (the height of one site-potential tree) from the current 

channel(s). Manage across the remainder of the fan (no more than 10 

percent of the fan harvested in a 30-year period) with the objective of 

leaving large trees within the stand for future recruitment to stream 

channels. 

II (non-direct), III/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale 

quantity is allowed within the RMA, which is the greater of the active 

portion of the alluvial fan or 140 feet (the height of one site-potential 

tree) from the current channel(s). 

I, II, and III/Harvest Controls 

Yard in a manner to minimize baring of mineral soil and such that new 

human-caused channelization does not occur across the entire alluvial 

fan. The objective is to minimize alder growth and formation of new 

channels (refer to BMP 13.9). Where trees are removed, utility/cull 

logs should be left distributed across the alluvial fan. 
Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix D 

January 2008 

D-9

I, II, and III/Roads, Borrow Pits, Drainage Structures 

Recognize that alluvial fans are places of inherent instability where roads, borrow 

pits, or structures will be continually threatened by migrating stream channels. 

Channel Types: MM0, MM1, MM2, and GO4 

Description: These channels are commonly found in transition zones between high 

gradient contained streams and flood plain channels. They are located in narrow 

valleys, footslopes, or sloping and rolling lowlands. Stream channel gradients range 

from 2 to 6 percent. Channel containment is variable as structural control may be 

intermittent or only along one bank. Overall channel pattern is straight. Stream flow 

is dependent upon mountain slope runoff and the sediment regime is balanced 

(input equals output). Channel substrate ranges from coarse gravel to boulder size 

material. Typical site potential tree is 120 feet. 

This process group includes MM0 (micro moderate gradient contained) MM1 

(narrow) and MM2 (moderate width) channel types that are a mixture of stream 

channel containment. This process group also includes GO4 (moderate width 

glacial channel). These channel types are moderate gradient (2 to 6 percent) 

streams where sediment deposition processes are limited. Some segments are 

constrained by bedrock outcrop or the valley walls, while other areas develop 

narrow flood plains. Stream banks are dominated by coarse alluvium (boulders, 

cobbles) or bedrock. Riparian vegetation is important in regulating stream energy 

losses through LWD input. LWD forms such water energy dissipaters as log step 

pools and lateral scour pools. LWD can strongly influence channel form, sediment 

storage, and pool and cover habitat in streams with minor bedrock control. Riparian 

areas seldom extend beyond 100 feet from stream banks. 

Desired condition: Large wood is recruited and retained in the stream channel. 

Riparian vegetation provides shade, is a source of organic inputs to the stream, and 

maintains dynamic flood plain processes. Large wood is distributed across the flood 

plain. Old-growth habitat provides high quality habitat for riparian-associated wildlife 

species. 

Objectives: Maintain near-natural quantities of large wood by assessing the site's 

old-growth type and managing for the natural frequency and size distribution for 

large, downed wood and standing trees. (Consult Ecological Definitions for Oldgrowth Forest Types in Southeast Alaska, Forest Service publication R10-TP-28.) 

In the stream channel, meet the natural range of aquatic habitat features for large 

wood size and distribution, pool size and frequency and channel morphometry. 

(Consult the Alaska Anadromous Fisheries Habitat Assessment, Forest Service 

publication R10-MB-279, Appendix C.1. on fish habitat objectives.) 

Minimize soil disturbance and the formation of new channels (BMP 13.9). Maintain 

fish migration where needed and maintain natural surface drainage patterns for 

flood plain areas. 

Apply the following management direction at the project level to streams in this 

process group. Include a watershed analysis in NEPA documents that make 

site-specific adjustments to process group direction. Adjustments to the direction 

may be made only if the objectives of the process group can be met. 

Implement riparian vegetation improvement projects in young-growth stands, where 

appropriate, to help in attaining desired future condition. 

Moderate Gradient / 

Mixed Control 
Appendix D Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

D-10

Stream Class/Activity 

I, II (direct)/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest within 100 feet of Class I streams and 

Class II streams that flow directly into Class I streams. No commercial 

timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale quantity is allowed 

in the RMA (greatest of flood plain, riparian vegetation or soils, riparian 

associated wetland fens, or 120 feet [the height of one site-potential 

tree]). Manage an appropriate distance beyond the no-harvest zone to 

provide for a reasonable assurance of windfirmness of the RMA (pay 

special attention to the area within one site-potential tree height of the 

RMA). 

II (non-direct), III/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale 

quantity is allowed in the RMA (greatest of flood plain, riparian 

vegetation or soils, riparian associated wetland fens, or 120 feet [the 

height of one site-potential tree]). Manage an appropriate distance 

beyond the no-harvest zone to provide for a reasonable assurance of 

windfirmness of the RMA (pay special attention to the area within one 

site-potential tree height of the RMA). 

I, II, and III/Harvest Controls 

Fully suspend trees over the bankfull width of the stream when yarding. 

Minimize yarding corridors within the RMA. Yard in a manner to 

ensure no baring of mineral soil (less than 5 percent) and such that 

new channelization does not occur across the entire flood plain. The 

objective is to minimize surface soil disturbance and formation of new 

channels (BMP 13.9). 

I, II, and III/ Roads, Borrow Pits, Drainage Structures 

Borrow pits are generally not appropriate. Special road construction 

techniques may be required to ensure fish passage. Maintain fish 

migration where needed and avoid diverting surface drainage 

channels. 

Channel Types: LC1 and LC2 

Description: Low gradient contained channels are associated with canyons or 

sloping lowlands. These are low gradient (less than 3 percent), singular, straight, 

and entrenched channels with gravel to bedrock substrate. Sediment regime 

balances input with output. Stream flow is dependent upon mountain slope or 

lowland runoff. Habitat is often limited by a scarcity of stable large wood structure. 

Riparian vegetation communities are varied. Riparian width, including flood plain 

and sideslope breaks, reach 150 feet (LC1) to 190 feet (LC2). A site potential tree 

reaches an average height of 100 feet. 

Stream flow in channels in this process group are well contained by adjacent 

landforms. Bedrock outcrops that constrain or control channel migration and 

downcutting are common. This process group includes LC1 (low gradient) and LC2 

(low to moderate gradient 1 to 3 percent) large contained channel types. The 

riparian influence zone often extends up channel side slopes on these entrenched 

streams. Channel side slope vegetation plays a major role in controlling the rate of 

downslope soil movement and LWD into stream channels. LWD accumulations also 

dissipate stream energy (slow its velocity) and store sediment within the stream 

channel. The larger valley and lowland streams often have narrow alluvial terraces 

Low Gradient 

Contained 
Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix D 

January 2008 

D-11

within the river gorge. Streambed and banks are dominantly composed of coarse 

alluvium (cobble to boulder size) and occasional bedrock outcrops. These streams 

generally have a balance between sediment transport and deposition. Waterfalls 

and cascades that form at bedrock knick points can be barriers to upstream 

anadromous fish migration. 

Desired condition: Natural integrity of channel sideslopes is maintained. Large 

wood is recruited and retained in the stream channel. Riparian vegetation provides 

shade and is a source of organic inputs to the stream. Old-growth habitat provides 

high-quality habitat for riparian-associated wildlife species. 

Objectives: Maintain near-natural quantities of large wood by assessing the site's 

old-growth type and managing for the natural frequency and size distribution for 

large, downed wood and standing trees. (Consult Ecological Definitions for Oldgrowth Forest Types in Southeast Alaska, Forest Service publication R10-TP-28.) 

In the stream channel, meet the natural range of aquatic habitat features for large 

wood size and distribution, and pool size and frequency. (Consult the Alaska 

Anadromous Fisheries Habitat Assessment, Forest Service publication 

R10-MB-279, Appendix C.1. on fish habitat objectives.) 

Allow no increase over natural rates of channel sideslope surface erosion or mass 

wasting. 

Minimize changes to the natural rates of sediment transport. Ensure fish passage 

for all Class I and II streams. 

Apply the following management direction at the project level to streams in this 

process group. Include a watershed analysis in NEPA documents that make 

site-specific adjustments to process group direction. Adjustments to the direction 

may be made only if the objectives of the process group can be met. 

Stream Class/Activity 

I and II (direct)/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest within 100 feet of Class I streams and 

Class II streams that flow directly into Class I streams. No commercial 

timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale quantity is allowed 

within the RMA, defined as within the channel sideslope break. 

Manage an appropriate distance beyond the no-harvest zone to 

provide for a reasonable assurance of windfirmness of the RMA (pay 

special attention to the area within one site-potential tree height of the 

RMA). 

II (non-direct)/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale 

quantity is allowed within the RMA, defined as within 100 feet of the 

stream or to the top of the side-slope break, whichever is greater. 

Manage an appropriate distance beyond the no-harvest zone to 

provide for a reasonable assurance of windfirmness of the RMA (pay 

special attention to the area within one site-potential tree height of the 

RMA). 

III/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale 

quantity is allowed within the RMA, defined as the side-slope break. 

Manage an appropriate distance beyond the no-harvest zone to 

provide for a reasonable assurance of windfirmness of the RMA (pay 
Appendix D Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

D-12

special attention to the area within one site-potential tree height of the 

RMA). 

I and II/Harvest Controls 

Fully suspend trees over the bankfull stream when yarding. Minimize 

yarding corridors within the RMA. Yard in a manner to ensure no 

delivery of sediment from channel sideslopes; baring of mineral soil is 

minimized (less than 5 percent); and new channelization does not 

occur across the flood plain. 

I, II, and III/Roads, Borrow Pits, Drainage Structures 

Do not develop borrow pits within the active flood plain (BMP 14.9). 

Where road crossings are required, minimize erosion and 

sedimentation associated with road crossing approaches within inner 

gorge. Fish migration should not be impeded by road crossings. 

Channel Types: MC1, MC2 and MC3 

Description: Moderate gradient contained channels are associated with sloping or 

rolling lowlands. Stream gradient ranges from 2 to 6 percent for these singular, 

straight, and entrenched channels. Stream flow is dependent upon mountain slope 

runoff. Sediment is transported through these channels. Substrate is dominated by 

cobble, boulder, and bedrock material. Habitat is often limited by stable large wood 

structures. Riparian vegetation communities are varied. Riparian width, including 

flood plain and sideslope breaks, reach 60 to 70 feet. A site potential tree height is 

100 feet. 

This process group includes MC1 (narrow, shallow incision), MC2 (moderate width 

and incision), and MC3 (deeply incised) moderate gradient contained channel types. 

Stream flow in this process group is completely contained by adjacent landforms 

and channel side slopes. Stream bank and streambed erosion are frequently 

controlled by bedrock outcrops. Gravel bars are infrequent channel features (plain 

bed channels). LWD within the wetted channel provide localized sediment storage 

sites and habitat diversity. Riparian areas are limited to the bank influence zone and 

generally less than 100 feet. 

Desired condition: Natural integrity of channel sideslopes is maintained. Large 

wood is recruited and retained in the stream channel. Riparian vegetation provides 

shade and is a source of organic inputs to the stream. 

Objectives: Maintain near-natural quantities of large wood by assessing the site's 

old-growth type and managing for the natural frequency and size distribution for 

large, downed wood and standing trees. (Consult Ecological Definitions for Oldgrowth Forest Types in Southeast Alaska, Forest Service publication R10-TP-28.) 

In the stream channel, meet the natural range of aquatic habitat features for large 

wood size and distribution, and pool size and frequency. (Consult the Alaska 

Anadromous Fisheries Habitat Assessment, Forest Service publication 

R10-MB-279, Appendix C.1. on fish habitat objectives). 

Allow no increase over natural rates of channel sideslope surface erosion or mass 

wasting. 

Minimize changes to the natural rates of sediment transport. Ensure fish passage 

for all Class I and II streams. 

Apply the following management direction at the project level to streams in this 

process group. Include a watershed analysis in NEPA documents that make 

Moderate Gradient 

Contained 
Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix D 

January 2008 

D-13

site-specific adjustments to process group direction. Adjustments to the direction 

may be made only if the objectives of the process group can be met. 

Stream Class/Activity 

I and II (direct)/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest within 100 feet of Class I streams and 

Class II streams that flow directly into Class I streams. No commercial 

timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale quantity is allowed 

within the remainder of the RMA, defined as within the channel 

sideslope break. Manage an appropriate distance beyond the 

no-harvest zone to provide for a reasonable assurance of windfirmness 

of the RMA (pay special attention to the area within one site-potential 

tree height of the RMA). 

II (non-direct)/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale 

quantity is allowed within 100 feet or within the channel side-slope 

break, whichever is greater. Manage an appropriate distance beyond 

the no-harvest zone to provide for a reasonable assurance of 

windfirmness of the RMA (pay special attention to the area within one 

site-potential tree height of the RMA). 

III/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale 

quantity is allowed within the RMA, defined as the side-slope break. 

Manage an appropriate distance beyond the no-harvest zone to 

provide for a reasonable assurance of windfirmness of the RMA (pay 

special attention to the area within one site-potential tree height of the 

RMA). 

I, II, and III/Harvest Controls 

Fully suspend trees over the bankfull stream when yarding. Minimize 

yarding corridors within the Riparian Management Area. Yard in a 

manner to minimize delivery of sediment from channel sideslopes. 

I, II, and III/Roads, Borrow Pits, Drainage Structures 

Borrow pits are generally not appropriate. Where road crossings are 

required, minimize erosion and sedimentation associated with road 

crossing approaches within inner gorge. Maintain fish passage at road 

crossings and avoid diverting surface drainage channels. 

Channel Types: HC0, HC1, HC2, HC3, HC4, HC5, HC6, HC8 and HC9 

Description: High gradient contained channels are located on mountain slopes. 

These are singular straight incised channels with steep slopes and channel 

gradients greater than 6 percent. Stream flow is dependent upon mountain slope 

runoff and may be intermittent. Channel substrate is mostly comprised of large 

material, either bedrock or well-packed boulders and cobbles.. RMAs include 

incised channel sideslopes. Hemlock series dominate vegetation although spruce is 

also common. Some streams have intermittent flows. Steep gradients (greater than 

6 percent) limit fish capability. Typical site-potential tree height is 120 feet. 

Channels in this process group include HC0, HC1, HC2, HC3, HC4, HC5, HC6, 

HC8, and HC9 channel types. High gradient glacial meltwater streams, HC8 and 

High Gradient 

Contained 
Appendix D Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

D-14

HC9 channel types, are also included in this process group. These steep, 

headwater streams are important source areas for runoff, organic and inorganic 

sediment transported to downstream riparian and fish habitats. Stream channels 

are well contained within the narrow valley bottoms or ravines. High stream energy 

enables these streams to transport large sediment loads during spring and fall flood 

events. Riparian areas generally extend to the upper stream side slope break. 

Riparian vegetation consists of narrow strips (often less than 50 feet wide) of alder, 

salmonberry, devil's club, or currant/shrub communities. Spruce and hemlock 

forests are also present on ravine side slopes. These channels are predominantly 

influenced by hillslope erosion processes. Soils in the adjacent upland area are 

shallow and subject to mass wasting. Although these are dominantly transport or 

erosive channels, significant amounts of forest litter and sediment can be trapped 

and stored temporarily behind woody debris jams. 

Desired condition: Natural integrity of channel sideslopes is maintained. 

Sediment is "metered out" to downstream reaches by large wood structure. Over 

the long term, high gradient contained streams act as conduits to move large wood 

and gravel into downstream fish bearing streams during debris flow events. 

Objectives: Activities should not accelerate sideslope surface erosion or mass 

wasting. Maintain some instream large wood structure over the long term where 

important for downslope channel processes that require wood as a component of 

natural debris torrents. 

Retain natural drainage patterns and minimize changes to the natural rates of 

sediment transport. 

Design, install, and maintain stream crossings to pass flow, bedload, and wood 

debris from peak events with minimal impacts to stream channel and road integrity. 

Apply the following management direction at the project level to streams in this 

process group. Include a watershed analysis in NEPA documents that make 

site-specific adjustments to process group direction. Adjustments to the direction 

may be made only if the objectives of the process group can be met. 

Stream Class/Activity 

I, II (direct)/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest within 100 feet of Class I streams and Class II 

streams that flow directly into Class I streams. No commercial timber harvest 

that counts toward the allowable sale quantity is allowed within the RMA, 

defined as within 100 feet of the stream or to the top of the V-notch (side-slope 

break), whichever is greater. Manage an appropriate distance beyond the 

no-harvest zone to provide for a reasonable assurance of windfirmness of the 

RMA (pay special attention to the area within one site-potential tree height of 

the RMA). 

II (non-direct)/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale quantity is 

allowed within the RMA, defined as within 100 feet of the stream or to the top of 

the V-notch (side-slope break), whichever is greater. Manage an appropriate 

distance beyond the no-harvest zone to provide for a reasonable assurance of 

windfirmness of the RMA (pay special attention to the area within one sitepotential tree height of the RMA). 
Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix D 

January 2008 

D-15

III/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale quantity is 

allowed within the RMA, defined as the V-notch (side-slope break). Manage an 

appropriate distance beyond the no-harvest zone to provide for a reasonable 

assurance of windfirmness of the RMA (pay special attention to the area within 

one site-potential tree height of the RMA). 

IV/Timber Harvest 

Protect Class IV streams using the following techniques, depending on the 

situation: 

a) Directional felling along streams and full suspension of logs yarded across 

streams, immediate cleanout of logging debris. May include partial retention of 

standing trees along stream courses or. 

b) Split yarding when practicable, partial log suspension when yarding across 

channels and stream cleanout once logging is completed. Use stream 

protection measures most amenable to local site conditions: (refer to “b” and 

“c” stream protection measures, FSH 2409.18). 

I, II, III, and IV/Harvest Controls 

Minimize yarding corridors within the RMAs. 

I, II, III, and IV/Roads, Borrow Pits, Drainage Structures 

Borrow pits are generally not appropriate. Road and road crossings 

should be designed and constructed to minimize soil runoff to the 

channel, retain natural drainage patterns, and minimize changes to the 

natural rates of sediment transport. 

Channel Types: PA0, PA1, PA2, PA3, PA4 and PA5 

Description: Palustrine channels are associated with lowland landforms and 

wetlands. Channel gradients are less than 1 percent. Palustrine channels are 

singular and sinuous. Stream flow is dependent on peatland and lowland runoff. 

Sediment storage is the dominant process. Substrate material ranges from fine 

organic material to coarse gravel. 

Riparian vegetation includes mixed conifer, shore pine, and non-forest. Sitepotential tree height is generally less than 85 feet. 

This process group includes PA0 through PA5 palustrine channel types. Streams 

within this process group are associated with low relief landforms dominated by 

wetlands. Water movement and sediment transport rates are low. Stream banks 

are composed of dense organic root mats that are resistant to bank erosion. 

Streambeds consist of fine alluvial gravel and sand, and organics. Flood waters 

spread out across adjacent wetlands to buffer against downstream flooding. 

Another important function of these channels is to sustain streamflows during dry 

periods. Slow flowing palustrine streams can have elevated water temperatures that 

can be detrimental to some aquatic species during summer months. Riparian areas 

are usually wider than 100 feet and can be very wide in peatland landscapes. 

Desired condition: Highly complex stream and riparian systems provide canopy 

shading, instream organic recruitment for food and cover, and habitat diversity for 

rearing salmonids. Undercut banks are often present. Old-growth habitat provides 

high quality habitat for riparian-associated wildlife species. 

Palustrine 
Appendix D Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

D-16

Objectives: Maintain near-natural quantities of large wood (primarily for cover 

habitat) by assessing the site's vegetation type and managing for the natural 

frequency and size distribution for large, downed wood and standing trees. (Consult 

"Ecological Definitions for Old-growth Forest Types in Southeast Alaska," Forest 

Service publication R10-TP-28.) In the stream channel, meet the natural range of 

aquatic habitat features for large wood size and distribution, and channel 

morphometry. (Consult the Alaska Anadromous Fisheries Habitat Assessment, 

Forest Service publication R10-MB-279, Appendix C.1. on fish habitat objectives.) 

Maintain streambank structure and wetland functions and values. 

Apply the following management direction at the project level to streams in this 

process group. Include a watershed analysis in NEPA documents that make 

site-specific adjustments to process group direction. Adjustments to the direction 

may be made only if the objectives of the process group can be met. 

Stream Class/Activity 

I and II (direct)/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest within 100 feet of Class I streams and 

Class II streams that flow directly into Class I streams. No commercial 

timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale quantity is allowed 

in the RMA (greatest of flood plain, riparian vegetation or soils or 

riparian associated wetland fens). Manage an appropriate distance 

beyond the no-harvest zone to provide for a reasonable assurance of 

windfirmness of the RMA (pay special attention to the area within one 

site-potential tree height of the RMA). 

II (non-direct)/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale 

quantity is allowed in the RMA (greatest of flood plain, riparian 

vegetation or soils, or riparian associated wetland fens). Manage an 

appropriate distance beyond the no-harvest zone to provide for a 

reasonable assurance of windfirmness of the RMA (pay special 

attention to the area within one site-potential tree height of the RMA). 

III/Timber Harvest 

Consider no harvest (or limited harvest) areas to benefit water quality 

or palustrine-associated wildlife species. 

I, II, and III/Harvest Controls 

Fully suspend trees over the bankfull stream when yarding. Minimize 

width and number of yarding corridors within the RMA. Yard in a 

manner to minimize delivery of sediment from channel sideslopes. 

Follow Forest-wide Wetland Standards and Guidelines. 

I, II, and III/Roads, Borrow Pits, Drainage Structures 

Wetland functions and fish passage receive special attention in locating 

roads. 

Description: Lakes and ponds can be located throughout a watershed from near 

sea level to the alpine. Very high elevation lakes (over 1,000 feet) are often frozen 

much of the year. Low elevation lakes are often high quality fish rearing habitat, and 

provide for many species of wildlife (especially beaver, loons, eagles, swans, and 

other water birds). Lakes and ponds function to mitigate downstream flooding 

during large precipitation events, and are important for surface-groundwater 

Lakes and Ponds 
Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix D 

January 2008 

D-17

exchange and moderating water temperatures. Low elevation, fish-abundant lakes, 

are commonly used for customary and traditional subsistence harvests, sport 

fishing, and recreational camping. Small ponds, particularly beaver ponds, can be 

highly productive on a per unit area basis. 

Riparian and near-lake vegetation can often be mixed and a mosaic. It can include 

old-growth forests, hardwoods (e.g., alder or cottonwood), shore pine, and 

non-forest. 

Desired condition: Low elevation lakes and ponds provide high quality fish 

rearing, wildlife habitat, and recreation. In forested areas, adjacent riparian areas 

provide the lake or pond canopy shading, organic recruitment for food and cover, 

and habitat diversity for fish. Old-growth habitat surrounding the lakes and ponds 

provides high quality habitat for lake and riparian-associated wildlife species. Lakes 

offer scenic diversity and attract recreationists for both consumptive and nonconsumptive pursuits. 

Objectives: In forested areas, maintain near-natural quantities of large wood for 

near-shore lake habitat and lake and riparian-associated wildlife. 

Maintain lake shore character, including vegetation, bank conditions, and 

near-shore substrate (except occasionally for localized areas developed for 

recreation or other conforming uses); maintain hydrologic and wetland function and 

values. 

(Note: Because lakes and ponds are so variable in their physical and biological 

characteristics, additional objectives should be set on a project basis.) 

Apply the following management direction at the project level to lakes in this process 

group. Include a watershed analysis in NEPA documents that make site-specific 

adjustments to process group direction. Adjustments to the direction may be made 

only if the objectives of the process group can be met. 

Lake Class/Activity 

I (lakes with anadromous fish or with high value resident fisheries) and II 

(lakes with lower value resident fisheries; lakes grater than or equal to 3 

acres)/Timber Harvest 

No commercial timber harvest that counts toward the allowable sale 

quantity is allowed within 100 horizontal feet of the lake margin or 

within the RMA (greatest of the riparian vegetation or soils, riparian 

associated wetland fens, or the height of one-site potential tree [to be 

determined at the project level]). Consider an additional no harvest (or 

limited harvest) area beyond the no commercial timber harvest area to 

benefit lake-associated scenic quality, wildlife species (e.g., spotted 

frogs, Vancouver Canada geese, tree nesting ducks), and recreation, 

subsistence, and visitor uses. Typically larger lakes in lesser 

development LUDs with higher resource values should have wider 

additional buffers than smaller lakes in the more highly developed 

LUDs with lower resource values. Manage an appropriate distance 

beyond any no-harvest zone to provide for a reasonable assurance of 

windfirmness of the desired standing timber (pay special attention to 

the area within one site-potential tree height of the no-harvest zone). 
Appendix D Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

D-18

II (lakes with lower value resident fisheries; lakes less than 3 acres) and 

III/Timber Harvest 

Consider no harvest (or limited harvest) areas to benefit 

lake-associated scenic quality, wildlife species and recreation, 

subsistence, and tourism uses. 

I and II Harvest Controls 

Yard in a manner to minimize baring of mineral soil (less than 1 

percent) and such that new channelization does not occur in areas that 

would drain into a lake, pond, or wetland. 

I, II, and III/Roads, Borrow Pits, Drainage Structures, Facilities 

Special attention shall be given to wetland/riparian functions and 

values. Normally, locate roads and borrow pits outside the no 

commercial timber harvest area. Roads, trails, and other facilities that 

are dependent on, or make specific use of, the lake or pond may be 

located to the lake edge. 

Channel Types: ES1, ES2, ES3 and ES4 

Description: This process group includes ES1 (silt substrate) ES2 (narrow sand 

substrate), ES3 (narrow cobble substrate), ES4 (large estuary), and ES8 (glacial 

outwash) estuarine channel types. These channel types occur at the mouths of 

watersheds with estuarine landforms (located along inlets and deltas at the head of 

bays). Water level fluctuations, channel morphology, sediment transport, and water 

chemistry are influenced to some degree by saltwater inundation in these channel 

types. Riparian areas consist of saltwater marches, meadows, mudflats, and gravel 

deltas that are depositional environments. Estuarine channels are usually single to 

multiple thread channels, shallowly entrenched, and poorly constrained. Stream 

substrate is fine textured alluvium that is easily eroded by currents and wave action. 

Much of the sediment produced from any given watershed is ultimately deposited in 

or along the estuarine channel types; consequently, these channels are highly 

sensitive to upstream disturbances. Sedge and grass communities dominate the 

riparian vegetation. The amount of stream migration and channel braiding vary, 

depending on bank and bed materials and upstream erosion and sediment transport 

regimes. Riparian areas are normally more than 100 feet wide and are often several 

hundred’s of feet wide on large river deltas. 

Desired condition: Natural processes dominated by diurnal and seasonal tidal 

flooding and fluvial sediment deposition sustain estuary wetland functions and 

habitat. Streambank condition and function and substrate composition exist within 

natural ranges. Upstream and riparian input of allocthonous organic material and 

large woody debris are maintained at natural rates. Channel condition (width to 

depth ratio, pool frequency, and depth) and large woody debris (density, recruitment 

rate, and size distributions) meet process group habitat objectives. 

Objectives: Maintain near-natural rates of sediment deposition and quantities of 

large wood by assessing the condition of the watershed for the natural rates of 

erosion and the size distribution for large, downed wood and standing trees in the 

riparian management area. 

Minimize increases in deposition of fine sediments by applying BMP 13.16 (channel 

protection) and BMP 14.17 (bridge design and implementation). Minimize impacts 

to stream channels (BMP 14.14). 

Maintain intertidal wetland functions associated with these channels including 

sediment retention, shoreline stabilization, nutrient cycling, and wildlife and fish 

Estuarine 
Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix D 

January 2008 

D-19

habitats. The natural rates of sediment deposition and volume and frequency of 

freshwater and tidal flooding are key processes that maintain these estuarine 

functions. 

Maintain the integrity and structure of sensitive streambanks. Keep stream 

substrate particle size distributions within the natural range for channel types in 

similar geophysical areas. 

Estuarine associated riparian management areas have high values for many wildlife 

species and are important for rearing marine fishes. Minimum 1,000-foot buffers are 

required for these streams. 

Maintain streambank structure and wetland functions and values. 

Apply the following management direction at the project level to streams in this 

process group. Complete a watershed analysis before making project site-specific 

adjustments to process group direction. Deviate from this direction only if the 

objectives of the process group can be met. 

Stream Class/Activity

Timber Harvest

No commercial timber harvest may occur within 1,000 feet of the estuary, 

defined as the landward extent of salt tolerant vegetation. Where estuarine 

channels occur other than in association with a defined estuary, no commercial 

timber harvest is allowed in the riparian management area). Manage beyond 

the no harvest zone to provide for a reasonable assurance of a windfirm 

boundary along the riparian management area, with special attention given to 

the area within one site-potential tree height of the riparian management area. 

Harvest Controls 

Consider no-harvest (or limited harvest) areas to benefit water quality or 

estuarine associated wildlife species. 

Roads, Borrow Pits, and Drainage Structures 

Give special attention to wetland functions and fish passage when locating 

roads. Road design and construction should minimize erosion and 

sedimentation and ensure that lateral channel migration patterns are 

maintained. Borrow pits are not appropriate for this channel process group. 

 
Appendix D 

Riparian Buffer Standards and Guidelines Criteria 

D-20

Table D-3 Stream Process Group Characteristics, Alaska Region (Paustian et al. 1992) 

Glacial 

Outwash Palustrine Estuarine 

Flood Plain 

and Alluvial 

Fan 

Low Gradient 

Contained 

Moderate 

Gradient 

Mixed Control

Mode

Gradi

Conta

Landform Glacial River 

Flood Plain 

Lowland/ Wetlands 

Estuary/Delta Flood Plain/ 

Alluvial FanCone 

Canyon or Entrenched in Lowlands 

Footslope/ Narrow Valleys

EntrenchHills or Lowlands 

Flood Plain Width 

>2 times Channel Width 

>2 times Channel Width 

>2 times Channel Width 

>2 times Channel Width 

<1.5 times Channel Width 

1 to 2 times Channel Width 

<1 times Channel 

Stream Gradient 

<6% <1% 0.5 to 1% 0.5 to 2% (fans 

can be steeper) 

1 to 3% 2 to 6% 2 to 6% 

Channel Form 

Meandering/ Braided 

Meandering (high sinuosity) 

Meandering/ Anabranch 

Meandering/ Multi-branch 

Straight, Single Thread 

Straight Straight, 

Thread 

Water Source 

Glacial Meltwater 

Peatland Runoff/ Groundwater 

Mountain slope source area runoff dominates in these stream segments. Groalso significant in flood plain and alluvial fan segments. 

Sediment Regime 

Deposition/ Aggrading 

Deposition Deposition/ 

Aggrading 

Deposition/ Aggrading 

Balanced Balanced Erosive 

Stream Class 

Class I and II Class I and II Class I Class I and II Class I and II Class I and II Class I a
APPENDIX E 

COMMUNICATION SITES 
Communication Sites 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix E 

January 2008 

E-1

Appendix E provides a listing of approved communication sites on the Tongass 

National Forest (Table E-1). A communication site is an area of National Forest 

System land designated through the Forest land and resource management 

planning process for telecommunication uses. A communication site may be limited 

to a single communication facility, but most often encompasses more than one 

facility. Sites approved for telecommunication facilities are characterized by 

antennas, electronic transmitters, equipment shelters, and a wide variety of 

electronic communication support equipment such as those listed in Forest Service 

Handbook (FSH) 2709.11, Chapter 90. Telecommunication uses are authorized by 

the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976 (FLPMA, 43 U.S.C. 1761) 

(Forest Service Manual [FSM] 2720) and the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (47 

U.S.C. 332) (FSH 2709.11, Chapter 90). 

New sites may be added as non-significant Forest Plan amendments and shall be 

made through the Forest land and resource management planning process (FSM 

1920). 

Proposals for new communication uses on the Tongass National Forest will be 

encouraged to co-locate on an approved communication site, unless the proponent 

demonstrates that communication sites approved in the Forest Plan are not 

technically feasible due to geographic location, or are incompatible with the 

requested use. The analysis for new site designation and new proposals for 

communication sites will adhere to the guidelines in the Forest Service 

Communication Site Management handbook, Chapter 90 of FSH 2709.11, directions 

for processing new special use proposals found in Title 36, Code of Federal 

Regulations, part 251, Subpart B, and direction in Chapter 10 of FSH 2709.11. 

Appendix E 

Communication Sites 
Communication Sites 

Appendix E Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

E-2

Table E-1 

Approved Communication Sites on the Tongass National Forest 

District Site Name Site Location 

Site Size 

(in acres)

Elevation 

(in feet) 

Admiralty NM Angoon Admin. Site SW4, Sec. 31, T50S, R68E, CRM 

57° 30 ́ 02" N, 134° 34 ́ 44" W. 

1 100 

Admiralty NM Greens Creek #1 SE4, Sec. 11, T44S, R65E, CRM 

58° 03 ́ 28" N, 134° 44 ́ 15" W. 

17 1,550 

Admiralty NM Greens Creek #2 SW4, Sec. 4, T44S, R66E, CRM 

59° 05 ́ 05" N, 134° 37 ́ 54" W. 

100 sq.ft. 1,550 

Admiralty NM Washburn Peak NE4SW4, Sec. 14, T46S, R70E, CRM 

57° 49 ́ 51" N, 133° 56 ́ 52" W 

1 1,400 

Admiralty NM Wheeler Creek NW4, Sec. 28, T44S, R65E, CRM 

58° 01 ́ 58" N, 134° 41 ́ 49" W 

1 100 

Admiralty NM Windfall Harbor 

SW4NW4, Sec. 34, T47S, R69E, 

CRM 

57° 45 ́ 15" N, 134° 13 ́ 30" W 

1 2,920 

Craig Hill 1400 Sec. 31, T75S, R82E, CRM 

55° 19 ́ 25" N, 133° 00 ́ 21" W 

1.25 1,399 

Craig Sukkwan Island NE4NW4 Sec. 21, T78S, R82E, CRM 

55° 06 ́ 36" N, 132° 46 ́ 22" W 

2 2,160 

Hoonah Adolphus NE4NE4, Sec. 6, T49S, R59E, CRM 

58° 15 ́ 06" N, 135° 48 ́ 42" W 

0.43 1,670 

Hoonah Neka Mtn. 

SW4NW4NW4, Sec. 33, T43S, R59E, 

CRM 

58° 06 ́ 11" N, 135° 47 ́ 15" W 

1 3,139 

Hoonah Pelican SE4SE4, Sec. 26, T44S, R55E, CRM 

58° 01 ́ 08" N, 136° 22 ́ 04" W 

1 2,095 

Hoonah Point Althorp E2, Sec. 33, T44S, R55E, CRM 

58° 05 ́ 36" N, 136° 24 ́ 46" W. 

2 2,393 

Hoonah Sisters Island E2NW4, Sec. 3, T43S, R62E, CRM 

58° 10 ́ 20" N, 135° 15 ́ 24" W 

42 30 

Juneau Auke Mtn. #1 NW4NE4, Sec. 20, T40S, R65E, CRM 

58° 23 ́ 26" N, 134° 42 ́ 37 W 

0.7 1,870 

Juneau Beezer Mtn. SE4, Sec. 13, T49S, R74E, CRM 

57° 37 ́ 06" N, 133° 27 ́ 25" W 

1 4,100 

Juneau Bessie Mtn. 

SW4, Sec. 16, T38S, R64E, CRM 

58° 34 ́ 43" N, 134° 51 ́ 16" W 

0.9 2,850 

Juneau Heintzleman Ridge 

SW4, Sec. 29, T40S, R66E, CRM 

58° 22 ́ 12" N, 134° 32 ́ 54" W 

1 1,400 

Juneau Mt. Robert Barron 

SE4, Sec. 18, T42S, R65E, CRM 

58° 13 ́ 38" N, 134° 50 ́ 21" W 1 3,475 

Juneau Point Bishop NW4, Sec. 28, T42S, R69E, CRM 

58° 12 ́ 12" N, 134° 08 ́ 36" W. 0.1 20 

Juneau Point Howard E2, Sec. 3, T41S, R63E, CRM 

58° 20 ́ 23" N, 135° 04 ́ 38" W 1.3 1,748 

Juneau Salisbury Ridge SE4SE4, Sec. 5, T42S, R69E, CRM 

 0.25 3,000 
Communication Sites 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix E 

January 2008 

E-3

Table E-1 (continued) 

Approved Communication Sites on the Tongass National Forest 

District Site Name Site Location 

Site Size 

(in acres)

Elevation 

(in feet) 

Juneau Speel Point NW4, Sec. 19, T43S, R72E, CRM 0.1 1,400 

Juneau Sullivan River 

NE4, Sec. 23, T34S, R60E, CRM 

58° 54 ́ 31” N, 135° 21 ́ 18” W 0.9 182 

Juneau William Henry Peak SE4SW4, Sec. 17, T36S, R61E, CRM 

58° 44 ́ 50” N, 135° 17 ́ 00”W 1 3,458 

Juneau Williams Mtn. SW4, Sec. 7, T43S, R70E, CRM 

58° 09 ́ 09” N, 134° 01 ́ 55” W. 1 3,336 

Ketchikan – 

Misty Fiords NM Bell Island SE4, Sec. 11, T68S, R89E, CRM 55° 54 ́ 30” N, 131° 42 ́ 05” W 0.5 2,000 

Ketchikan – 

Misty Fiords NM Betton Head SE4, Sec. 25, T73S, R89E, CRM 55° 30 ́ 32” N, 131° 49 ́ 21” W 0.46 1,138 

Ketchikan – 

Misty Fiords NM Black Mountain #1 NW4, Sec. 14, T75S, R92E, CRM 55° 17 ́ 30” N, 131° 22 ́ 00” W 0.25 2,052 

Ketchikan – 

Misty Fiords NM 

High Mtn. (Gravina 

Island) 

SW4, Sec. 18, T75S, R90E, CRM 

55° 21 ́ 45” N, 131° 45 ́ 15” W 0.01 2,506 

Ketchikan – 

Misty Fiords NM 

High Mtn. 

(Revillagigedo Island) 

NE4, Sec. 19, T80S, R97E, CRM 

54° 55 ́ 05” N, 130° 50 ́ 26” W 0.459 1,976 

Ketchikan – 

Misty Fiords NM Mt. Dolly NE4, Sec. 18, T68S, R100E, CRM 

55° 58 ́ 16” N, 130° 00 ́ 30” W 0.5 5,475 

Ketchikan – 

Misty Fiords NM 

Mt. Lazaro (Duke 

Island) 

S2, Sec. 35, T80S, R93E, CRM 

54° 52 ́ 40” N, 131° 22 ́ 35” W. .01 1,720 

Ketchikan – 

Misty Fiords NM Quartz Hill SE4, Sec. 35, T74S, R98E, CRM 55° 18 ́ 10” N, 130° 32 ́ 10” W 0.1 3,800 

Ketchikan – 

Misty Fiords NM Saw Ridge NE4, Sec. 25, T76S, R93E, CRM 55° 15 ́ 25” N, 131° 12 ́ 22” W. 1 2,250 

Ketchikan – 

Misty Fiords NM Shoal Cove Secs. 22 and 23, T74S, R93E, CRM 55° 26 ́ 26” N, 131° 15 ́ 25” W. 241 300 

Petersburg Cape Fanshaw 

SE4, Sec. 10, T54S, R75E, CRM 

57° 12 ́ 22” N, 133° 28 ́ 07” W. (State 

selection land but still in US Govt. 

ownership as of 11/2006) 

2 2,100 

Petersburg Crystal Mountain SW4NW4, Sec. 13, T61S, R80E, CRM 

56° 35 ́ 05” N, 132° 51 ́ 55” W. 0.25 3,317 

Petersburg Duncan Canal 

SW4NW4, Sec. 17, T59S, R78E, 

CRM 

56° 45 ́ 12” N, 133° 09 ́ 50” W 

2 2,606 

Petersburg Farragut Peak NE4, Sec. 8, T55S, R78E, CRM 

75° 07 ́ 22” N, 133° 02 ́ 35” W 1 3,810 

Petersburg Kah Sheets NW4SW4, Sec. 20, T61S, R78E, 

CRM; 56° 33’ 57” N, 133° 16’ 50” W 0.5 1,880 

Petersburg Kuiu Mtn. #1 

SW4NW4, Sec. 5, T61S, R73E, CRM 

56° 36 ́ 45” N, 134° 02 ́ 07” W. 2 3,500 

Petersburg Kuiu Mtn. #2 NW4, Sec. 9 T61S, R73E, CRM 

56° 36 ́ 42” N, 132° 02 ́ 50” W 1 3,355 
Communication Sites 

Appendix E Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

E-4

Table E-1 (continued) 

Approved Communication Sites on the Tongass National Forest 

District Site Name Site Location 

Site Size 

(in acres)

Elevation 

(in feet) 

Petersburg Level Island Sec. 28, T62S, R79E, CRM 

56° 28 ́ 05" N, 133° 05 ́ 00" W. 120 25 

Petersburg Lindenberg Peak SW4NE4, Sec. 23, T59S, R78E, CRM 

56° 44 ́ 38" N, 133° 04 ́ 30" W 1 3,249 

Petersburg Mt. McArthur SE4SE4, Sec. 12, T67S, R72E, CRM; 

56° 04’ 06” N, 134° 11’ 43” W 1 1,650 

Petersburg Petersburg Mtn. SW4SW4, Sec. 21, T58S, R79E, CRM 

56° 49 ́ 33" N, 132° 59 ́ 10" W 1 1,600 

Sitka Biorka Island 

NE4, Sec. 7, T58S, R63E, CRM 

56° 51 ́ 32" N, 135° 33 ́ 40" W 151 230 

Sitka Manley Mtn. 

Sec. 7, T55S, R66E, CRM 

57° 06 ́ 54" N, 134° 48 ́ 38" W 5 2,214 

Sitka Moore Mtn. 

NW4NE4, Sec. 31, T49S, R64E, CRM 

57° 35 ́ 04" N, 135° 11 ́ 58" W 1 3,075 

Sitka Mt. Furuheim Area SW4SW4, Sec. 18, T56S, R66E, CRM 

57° 00 ́ 52" N, 134° 59 ́ 17" W 1 5,328 

Sitka Mud Bay SE4SW4, Sec. 25, T54S, R61E, CRM 

57° 09 ́ 09" N, 135° 38 ́ 45" W 1 1,055 

Sitka Rodman Bay SW4, Sec. 4, T52S, R63E, CRM 

57° 22 ́ 55" N, 135° 18 ́ 45" W 2 3,100 

Sitka South Passage Sec. 36, T47S, R64E, CRM 

57° 44 ́ 48" N, 134° 58 ́ 04" W 5 2,031 

Sitka Steelhead NW4SE4, Sec. 13, T47S, R59E, CRM 

57° 47 ́ 27" N, 135° 56 ́ 26" W 1 2,339 

Sitka Upper Kruzof SE4NW4, Sec. 18, T53S, R61E, CRM 

57° 16 ́ 30" N, 135° 46 ́ 36" W 1 2,350 

Thorne Bay Cape Pole 

NE4SE4NW4, Sec. 22, T68S, R75E, 

CRM 

55° 57 ́ 57" N, 133° 47 ́ 33" W 

0.04 10 

Thorne Bay Coffman SE4, Sec. 35, T67S, R81E, CRM 

56° 48 ́ 02" N, 132° 48 ́ 16" W 

0.156 30 

Thorne Bay Manty Mtn. SE4, Sec. 26, T69S, R82E, CRM 

55° 51 ́ 10" N, 132° 47 ́ 30" W 1 3,156 

Thorne Bay Ratz Mtn. #1 SE4, Sec. 9, T70S, R83E, CRM 

55° 37 ́ 07" N, 132° 22 ́ 39" W 0.1 2,862 

Thorne Bay Tolstoi II Sec. 16, T72S, R85E, CRM 

55° 37 ́ 07" N, 132° 22 ́ 39" W 1 2,210 

Wrangell Elbow Mtn. 

NW4, Sec. 3, T60S, R86E, CRM 

56° 42 ́ 12" N, 133° 52 ́ 45" W 1 3,900 

Wrangell Etolin (Keating) 

W2SW4, Sec. 17, T66S, R83E, CRM 

56° 08 ́ 50" N, 132° 37 ́ 20" W 1 3,051 

Wrangell Etolin - Burnett NE4, NW4, Sec. 22, T66S, R84E, CRM 

56° 08 ́ 10.6" N, 132° 24 ́ 17.7" W. 1 3,500 
Communication Sites 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix E 

January 2008 

E-5

Table E-1 (continued) 

Approved Communication Sites on the Tongass National Forest 

District Site Name Site Location 

Site Size 

(in acres)

Elevation 

(in feet) 

Wrangell Fools Peak SW4, Sec. 21, T65S, R87E, CRM 

56° 13 ́ 02" N, 131° 58 ́ 27" W 1 3,133 

Wrangell Horn Cliff 

SW4NW4, Sec. 14, T58S, R80E, 

CRM 

56° 50 ́ 50" N, 132° 46 ́ 36" W 

1 2,880 

Wrangell Kashevarof (Shrubby 

Island) 

NW4, Sec. 13, T65S, R80E, CRM 

56° 14 ́ 12" N, 132° 58 ́ 46" W 1 500 

Wrangell Zarembo SE4SW4, Sec. 1, T64S, R80E, CRM 

56° 20 ́ 42" N, 132° 51 ́ 35" W 2 2,444 

Wrangell Tyee Bench 

SW4SW4, Sec. 23, T65S, R90E, CRM 

56° 12 ́ 48.995" N, 131° 27 ́ 18.313" 

W 

1 2,520 

Yakutat Akwe River SW4SW4, Sec. 9, T30S, R39E, CRM 

59° 20 ́ 40" N, 139° 53 ́ 50" W 5 1,210 

Yakutat Russell Fiord #1 NW4NE4, Sec. 3, T24S, R34E, CRM 

59° 51 ́ 33" N, 139° 36 ́ 20" W 1 3,950 

Yakutat Russell Fiord #2 Sec. 7, T26S, R36E, CRM 

59° 40 ́ 40" N, 139° 22 ́ 35" W. 1 2,505 
Communication Sites 

Appendix E Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

E-6

This page is intentionally left blank. 
APPENDIX F 

VISUAL PRIORITY ROUTES 

AND USE AREAS 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix F 

January 2008 

F-1

This appendix lists routes and use areas from which scenery will be emphasized. 

Viewsheds are identified and viewpoints are established to assess the existing 

scenic integrity of any given project area and to develop project designs that will be 

consistent with the Scenic Integrity Objective (SIO) for each Land Use Designation 

(LUD). (See the Scenery Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines in Chapter 4 for a 

listing of the Scenic Integrity Objectives for foreground, middleground, and 

background views by LUD.) 

Visual priority routes and use areas are arranged by each of the Ranger Districts. 

Wilderness areas are not listed because they have a SIO of High that applies 

throughout the area within the boundaries. Routes are separated into several 

categories, including the Alaska Marine Highway, tour ship routes, roads, small boat 

and mid-size tour boat routes, and hiking trails. Use areas are categorized into state 

marine parks, recommended Wild, Scenic, and Recreational Rivers, saltwater use 

areas, dispersed recreation areas, communities, Forest Service cabins, developed 

recreation sites, and boat anchorages. 

The SIO and the following list provide some of the tools needed to institute the 

design art of landscape architecture in projects. The SIO and this list also help 

convey to the interested public how the Scenic Management System (SMS) will be 

considered in project design for any given area on the Forest. 

As part of the process of applying the SMS to the Forest, a viewshed analysis of the 

entire Tongass National Forest was completed using GIS. The analysis was 

completed separately for each Ranger District. Step one involved identifying the 

Visual Priority Routes (VPRs) and use areas. These are the major points from 

which people view the forest. They include the Alaska Marine Highway; cruise ship 

and small boat routes; major roads, trails, and anchorages; and important recreation 

areas on the land. The viewshed analysis identified points at regular intervals along 

the VPRs and use areas. Each viewpoint along a route was assigned a viewing 

height from which a person would observe the forest. For example, the average 

height of a person was selected for the viewing height along a hiking trail, and the 

height of the cruise ship's deck was used for the cruise ship route. Each cell in the 

digital elevation model was evaluated for visibility from each of the points along each 

VPR and use area. Visibility was assessed separately for each marine viewpoint 

and land viewpoint. 

The second phase of the analysis identified distance zones, breaking the visible 

areas into foreground, middleground, and background from each viewpoint, based 

on distance. Foreground is the visible area within 0.5 mile of a VPR; background is 

the visible area greater than 5 miles and less than 15 miles from a VPR; and 

middleground is the visible area between foreground and background of a VPR. 

Areas more than 15 miles from any viewpoint and those not seen from any of the 

VPRs or Use Areas were considered seldom seen. Distance zones were also 

assessed separately for land and water viewpoints. The final layers for each 

Ranger District were generated by combining the results from the marine analysis 

and the land analysis. Any point that was visible from either a land or marine 

viewpoint was considered visible in the final layer. Any area that was foreground 

from either a land or marine viewpoint was considered foreground, and any land that 

Appendix F 

Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Introduction 
Appendix F Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

F-2

was background from either a land or marine viewpoint became background. All 

other visible land became middleground. The distance zones were subsequently 

overlaid with the LUDs to generate the SIOs (refer to the Forest-wide standards and 

guidelines in the Tongass Land and Resource Management Plan for details on how 

SIOs were determined for each LUD). 

The following description illustrates how these visual priority areas and routes are 

used in project planning to identify the scenery management objectives for a specific 

area. 

As an example, for a proposed timber sale that is to be located within a Modified 

Landscape LUD, the scenery component of the prescription for this LUD directs that 

foreground areas will be managed for a Moderate Scenic Integrity Objective and that 

middleground and background areas will be managed for a Low Scenic Integrity 

Objective. (See chart in the Scenery Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines and 

direction under “Scenery Operations” of Modified Landscape LUD in Chapter 3.) 

Within the area defined for this timber sale, review all the Visual Priority Routes and 

Use Areas identified in the Forest GIS database that are within the project area or 

from which one may look into the project area and make adjustments in the Forest 

GIS layer if needed. Using the Forest Service GIS database, verify all the 

foreground, middleground, and background seen areas (viewsheds) from these 

Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas. Proposed harvest units and other timber sale 

associated activities located in the foreground areas are then designed to meet the 

Scenic Integrity Objective of Moderate as seen from these Visual Priority Routes or 

Use Areas. Proposed activities in the middleground and background zones are 

designed to meet Low Scenic Integrity Objective as seen from these Visual Priority 

Routes or Use Areas. 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix F 

January 2008 

F-3

Petersburg Ranger District 

Travel Routes 

Alaska Marine Highway 

Wrangell Narrows Frederick Sound from Petersburg to Chatham 

Strait and Kake 

 

Tour Ship Routes 

Frederick Sound from LeConte Bay to Chatham 

Strait 

Chatham Strait from Cape Decision to Frederick 

Sound 

Sumner Strait between Wrangell and Cape Decision Decision Passage 

Wrangell Narrows 

Public Use Roads 

Mitkof Island 

Mitkof State Highway: Petersburg to Blaquiere Point Road 6235 Three Lakes Loop 

Kake to Seal Point Road 

 

State Marine Parks 

Security Bay Beecher Pass 

 

Recommended Wild, Scenic, and Recreational Rivers 

Blind River Petersburg Creek Farragut River 

Fall Dog Creek Kah Sheets Creek and Lake Kadake Creek 

Kutlaku Creek and Lake 

Small Boat and Mid-Size Tour Boat Routes 

Beecher Pass Keku Strait Towers Arm 

Whiskey Pass Duncan Canal to Salt Chuck W. Coast of Kuiu Island 

Dry Strait Petersburg Creek Estuary Rowan Bay 

Rocky Pass from Beacon Island south to Meadow Island 

 

Saltwater Use Areas 

Thomas Bay Seclusion Harbor Saginaw Bay 

Scenery Cove Little Duncan Bay Bay of Pillars 

Kadake Bay Farragut Bay (North and South 

Arms) 

Ideal Cove 

Kah Sheets Bay Duncan Canal to Indian Point Portage Bay 

Hamilton Creek Estuary Totem Bay east to Mitchell Point Agate Beach 

Blind Slough, Mitkof Island Mouth of Narrows Beacon Pt. 

Frederick Pt. Mouth of Blind Slough Big Creek 

Banana Pt. Fanshaw Bay Woodpecker Cove 

Jap Creek Rowan Bay 

 

Dispersed Recreation Areas 

Petersburg Creek Kah Sheets Lake Crystal Lake and Mountain 

Kadake Creek Swan Lake Kutlaku Lake 

Farragut River to Section 21 Petersburg Lake Alecks Lake 

Agate Beach, west of Totem Bay Goose Lake (Kupreanof Island) Hamilton Creek 

Dry Bay Thomas Bay Castle Islands 

Ernie Haugen Public Use Area 

(State) 

 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Appendix F Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

F-4

Petersburg Ranger District (continued)

Communities 

Petersburg Kake Kupreanof 

 

Forest Service Cabins 

Beecher Pass Kadake Bay Towers Arm 

Big John Bay Kah Sheets Bay Devil's Elbow 

Breiland Slough Petersburg Lake Swan Lake 

Cascade Creek Kah Sheets Lake Spurt Cove 

Castle Flats West Point Salt Chuck East 

Castle River Portage Bay Ravens Roost 

DeBoer Lake Harvey Lake 

 

Developed Recreation Sites 

Mitkof Island Sites 

Blind Slough Complex: Three Lakes Picnic Area, Shelter, and Loop Trail 

Blind Slough Swan Observatory Twin Creek Shelter 

Ohmer Creek Campground Frenchy Ridge Shelter 

Blind Slough Picnic Area LeConte Overlook Picnic Site 

Man Made Hole Picnic Area and Trail 

 

Other Sites 

Bay of Pillars Shelter Falls Lake Shelter 

Hiking Trails 

Mitkof Island

Ideal Cove Trail (#508) Three Lakes Loop Trails (#600-602) 

Blind River Rapids Trail (#454) Raven Trail (#607) 

Upper Twin Ski Trail (#605) Ohmer Creek Trail (#603) 

Twin Ridge Ski Trail (#606) 

Kupreanof Island 

Kah Sheets Lake Trail (#503) Colp Lake Trail (#461) 

Goose Lake Trail (#462) Hamilton Creek Trail (#463) 

Petersburg Lake Trail (#534) Cathedral Falls Trail (#467) 

Petersburg Mountain Trail (#585 and 586) Big John Bay Trail (#465) 

Castle River Trail (#459) Portage Mtn. Loop Trail (#535) 

Other Locations on the District 

Harvey Lake Trail (#488) Spurt Lake Trail (#457) 

Bay of Pillars Portage Trail (#617) Cascade Creek Trail (#458) 

Affleck Canal Portage Trail (#618) Threemile Arm Portage Trail (#619) 

Boat Anchorages 

Portage Bay (2) Bay of Pillars Cape Fanshaw: Whitney Island area 

Thomas Bay (2) Bear Harbor Washington Bay 

Threemile Arm Kell Bay Security Bay 

Seclusion Harbor Marble Islet Saginaw Bay 

No Name Bay Table Bay Francis Anchorage 

Alvin Bay Port Malmsbury Farragut Bay 

Reid Bay Orel Anchorage (Tebenkof) Totem Bay 

Port Beauclerc (3) Shelter Cove (Tebenkof) Castle Islands 

Louise Cove Ideal Cove 

 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix F 

January 2008 

F-5

Wrangell Ranger District 

Travel Routes 

Alaska Marine Highway and Tour Ship Routes 

Snow Pass to Macnamara Pt. to St. John's Harbor 

(NW Zarembo) 

Kashevarof Passage 

Clarence Strait 

Stikine Strait 

Chichagof Pass 

Snow Passage Sumner Strait between Wrangell and Cape Decision 

Small Boat and Mid-Size Tour Boat Routes 

Bradfield Canal Seward Passage 

Dry Strait Menefee Inlet 

Canoe Passage Fools Inlet 

Mosman Inlet Anita Bay 

Frederick Sound from LeConte 

Bay to Chatham Strait 

Blake Channel 

Zimovia Strait 

Eastern Passage 

Ernest Sound 

Burnett Inlet Stikine River 

 

Public Use Roads 

Wrangell Island Road System 

McCormick Creek to Earl West Cove (#6265) Fools Inlet (#6270) 

Big Hallow (#50060) Thoms Creek Crossing (#6299) 

Zimovia Highway: Wrangell to McCormick Creek 

Bridge (FH#16) 

Long Lake Access (#6271) 

Nemo-Skip Loop Road (#6267) Salamander Rd. to Salamander Creek (#50050) 

 

State Marine Parks 

Thoms Place 

Recommended Wild, Scenic, and Recreational Rivers 

Aaron, Oerns, Berg Creeks Anan Creek 

Harding River LeConte Glacier 

Santa Anna Creek and Lake Virginia Creek and Lake 

Saltwater Use Areas 

Anan Bay Burnett Inlet Anita Bay to King George 

Kashevaroff Island Group South Brownson Island Fools Inlet 

Steamer Bay Sunny Bay Menefee Inlet 

Santa Anna/Lake Helen Stone Island Area Whaletail Cove 

St John’s t Middle Craig Pt. Frosty Bay Earl West Cove 

Mud Bay Olive Cove Macnamara Pt. to St. John’s 

Sunrise Cove to Elephant Nose Nesbitt Reef to Macnamara Pt. Big Bend 

Sandy Beach - Woronkofski Point Highfield Canoe Passage 

LeConte Bay The Bluffs Mosman Inlet 

Nemo Pt. to Pat’s Creek Babler Point McHenry Inlet and Anchorage 

Clarence Strait, Harrington Pt. to 

Lincoln Rock 

 

 

Dispersed Recreation Areas 

Marten Creek Roosevelt Harbor Portal Shakes Lake 

Virginia Lake Olive Cove/Snake Creek Eagle Lake 

Kunk Lake Paradise Cove St. John’s Harbor Portal 

Starfish Cove Stikine Flats King George 

Honeymoon Creek Berg Bay / Aaron’s Creek Frosty Portal 

Middle Ridge Earl West Marsh Twin Lakes (Stikine River) 

The Desert (Stikine River) Long Lake Tom’s Creek 

Fools Inlet Harding River Little Thoms Lake 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Appendix F Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

F-6

Wrangell Ranger District (continued)

Dispersed Recreation Areas (continued)

Thoms Lake Thoms Creek Highbush Lake 

Fools Pass Rec. Parking Site Fools Peak Rec. Parking Site Eagle Bay 

Bradfield Flats Salamander Ridge Rec. 

Parking Site 

Basin Rec. Parking Site 

Communities 

Wrangell 

Forest Service Cabins 

Anan Bay Harding River Virginia Lake 

Berg Bay Koknuk Flats Twin Lakes 

Binkley Slough Little Dry Island Steamer Bay 

Eagle Lake Frosty Bay Shakes Slough #1 and #2 

Garnet Ledge Marten Lake Sergief Island 

Gut Island #1 and #2 Mallard Slough Mount Rynda 

Mount Flemer Anan Lake Middle Ridge 

Developed Recreation Sites 

Thoms Creek Crossing Rec Site Kunk Lake Shelter 

Earl West Recreation Site Long Lake Shelter 

Upper Salamander Creek Rec Site Highbush Lake RecSite 

Lower Salamander Creek Campsite Chief Shakes Hot Springs Day Use Site 

Rainbow Falls Viewing Platforms Shoemaker Bay Overlook Shelter 

Twin Lakes Recreation Site Anan Wildlife Observatory 

Long Lake Roadside Rec Site North Wrangell High Country Shelter 

Pond Shelter Nemo Point Host Site 

Yunshookuh Loop Site Three Sisters Viewpoint Rec Site 

Anita Bay Overlook Rec Site Highline Recreation Site 

Turn Island Rec Site 

 

Hiking Trails 

Kunk Lake Trail (#506) Anan Creek Trail (#408) 

Long Lake Trail (#574) Rainbow Falls Trail (#536) 

Mill Creek Trail (#515) Institute Creek Trail (#537) 

Salamander Ridge Trail (#520) Aaron Creek/Berg Bay Trail (#527) 

North Wrangell Trail (#500) Mallard Slough Trail (#626) 

Chief Shakes Hot Springs Trail (#625) Thoms Lake Trail (#575) 

Nemo Saltwater Trail (#424) 

 

Boat Anchorages 

Anan Bay Steamer Bay N. Canoe Passage 

Thoms Place Kashevaroff Island Group S. Brownson Island 

Berg Bay Johnson Cove Frosty Bay 

Quiet Harbor Bushy Island Sunny Bay 

Kindergarten Bay Roosevelt Harbor S. Deer Island 

Stone Harbor Fools Inlet St. John's Harbor 

Cannery Cove Anita Bay McHenry Inlet 

 St. John’s Float Sunrise Cove Deep Bay 

Burnett Inlet Point Harrington Marsh Island 

Olive Cove Harding River Zimovia Strait 

Eagle Bay Three-Way Pass Santa Anna 

Crittenden Creek Little Baht Harbor Mud Bay 

Navy Trapshack Ogland Float 

Abraham Island East Island Niblack Islands 

Ossipee Channel McHenry Anchorage Hamm Island 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix F 

January 2008 

F-7

Juneau Ranger District 

Travel Routes 

Alaska Marine Highway 

Skagway to Juneau via Taiya Inlet, Chilkoot Inlet, Lynn Canal, Favorite Channel, and Auke Bay. 

Juneau to Hoonah via Auke Bay, Stephens Passage, Saginaw Channel, Lynn Canal, and Icy Strait. 

Juneau south via Auke Bay, Stephens Passage, and Frederick Sound. 

Tour Ship Routes 

Juneau to Glacier Bay via Lynn Canal and Icy 

Strait 

Juneau to Skagway/Haines via Lynn Canal 

Juneau via Stephens Passage and Gastineau 

Channel 

Juneau to Tracy Arm via Stephens Passage, 

Holkham Bay, and Tracy Arm. 

Public Use Roads 

Montana Creek Road (#8452) Whitepass/Yukon Railroad 

Mendenhall Glacier Road (FH#37) North Douglas Road (FH#31 and #8467) 

Peterson Creek (#8442) Fish Creek Road (#8471) 

Egan/Glacier Highway (FH#2) Klondike Highway 

State Marine Parks 

Chilkat Island Taku Harbor Funter Bay 

Sullivan Island Shelter Island Oliver Inlet (Adm. NM) 

St. James Bay 

Recommended Wild, Scenic, and Recreational Rivers 

Katzehin River Gilkey River 

Saltwater Use Areas 

Berners Bay Fritz Cove from N.Douglas boat ramp to False Outer 

Point 

Shelter Island (Saginaw Channel) Barlow Island (Saginaw Channel) 

Mansfield Peninsula, West Shore between Point 

Retreat and the Kittens 

Couverden Island and surrounding waters from No 

Use Ledge to Point Howard. 

Favorite Channel (Breadline) from Pearl Harbor to 

Tee Harbor 

Lynn Canal from Mount Golub to Tidal Flats south of 

St. James Point 

Homeshore (Icy Strait) 4 miles in length along 

shoreline near the Couverden Log Transfer 

Facility 

Stephens Passage (Douglas Island) between 

Dornin Rock and Bishop Point, including 

Gastineau Channel. 

Small Boat and Mid-Size Tour Boat Routes 

Stephens Passage: Chatham Strait: 

Taku Inlet Hawk Inlet 

Gastineau Channel Funter Bay 

Taku Harbor Icy Strait: 

Slocum Inlet North Ansley Island 

Hilda Creek (S. Douglas Island) Couverden Island 

Admiralty Cove Taku River and Inlet: 

Fritz Cove Turner Creek 

Auke Bay Hole in the Wall Glacier 

Favorite Channel Twin Glacier Lake 

Lena Cove Yehring Creek 

Saginaw Channel Wright River 

Russian Cove (Robert Island) Berners Bay: 

Holkham Bay Berners River 

Windham Bay Lace River 

Twin Point Antler River 

Limestone Inlet Gilkey River 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Appendix F Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

F-8

Juneau Ranger District (continued)

Small Boat and Mid-Size Tour Boat Routes (continued) 

Icy Strait: Tracy Arm: 

Excursion Inlet Holkham Bay 

Sawmill Bay Williams Cove 

Lynn Canal: Endicott Arm 

Barlow Cove Endicott Arm: 

Saginaw Channel Fords Terror 

North Pass Port Snettisham: 

Howard Point Gilbert Bay 

St. James Bay Whiting Inlet 

Boat Harbor Whiting River 

William Henry Bay Stephens Passage: 

Berners Bay Port Houghton 

Tee Harbor Hobart Bay 

Rescue Harbor Port Snettisham 

Katzehin River Port Houghton Salt Chuck 

West Lynn Canal Sandborn Canal 

Dispersed Recreation Areas 

Symonds Point (Saginaw Channel) St. James Bay 

Katzehin River Wright River 

Laughton Glacier Taku River 

Endicott Arm Native Village Site Sumdum Mine Site 

Spaulding Meadows Alpine Recreation Area Chuck River (Windham Bay) 

Barlow Cove (Saginaw Channel) Turner Creek and Lake 

Funter Bay (Lynn Canal) Fish Creek Recreation Area 

Portland Island (Stephens Pass.) Shelter Island from Halibut Cove to Shelter Cove 

Benjamin Island (Favorite Island) Gilbert Creek/Sweetheart Flats 

Echo Cove/Sawmill Cove (Berners Bay) Sullivan Island Fox Farm 

Speel River Salt Chuck River (2 locations) 

Groundhog Bay Historic Native Village Site Whiting River 

Mansfield Peninsula, East Shore Lone Mountain to 

Young Bay 

Couverden Island and Mainland No Use Ledge to 

Point Howard 

Berners Bay Head Water System (Lace, Antler, 

Gilkey Rivers) 

Communities 

Taku Harbor Haines Douglas 

Juneau Funter Bay Skagway 

Excursion Inlet 

Forest Service Recreation Cabins 

Peterson Lake Dan Moller Taku Inlet 

John Muir Berners Bay White Pass Caboose 

Eagle Glacier Laughton Glacier Turner Lake West 

Turner Lake East 

Private or Public Resorts 

Eaglecrest Ski Area Methodist Camp Eagle Valley Lodge 

Taku Lodge Scout Camp 

 

Developed Recreation Areas 

Mendenhall Recreation Area Mendenhall Lake Campground Auk Village Recreation Area 

Lena Cove Picnic Area Eagle Beach State Park Portland Island Picnic Area 

Auk Village Campground Point Bridget State Park Earnest Gruening St. Historical Park 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix F 

January 2008 

F-9

Juneau Ranger District (continued)

Hiking Trails 

Bishop Trail (#554) Photo Point Lemon Creek (#525) 

Salmon Creek Mount Juneau Blackerby Ridge 

Sheep Creek Sumdum Glacier Dan Moller Trail (#518) 

Montana Creek (#511) Lake Dorothy Peterson Lake (#535) 

West Glacier (#513) Bessie Creek (#565) Amalga Trail (#447) 

East Glacier (#526) Yankee Basin Laughton Glacier (#509) 

Lake Creek Mount Roberts Herbert Glacier (#480) 

Spaulding Trail (#547) Mount Bradley Windfall Lake (#494) 

Nugget Creek (#525) Hawk Inlet (#491) Denver Glacier (#465) 

Auke Nu (#680) Moraine Ecology (#543) 

Boat Anchorages 

Entrance Island (Hobart Bay) Tee Harbor Hilda Creek (South Douglas Island) 

No Name Cove (Tracy Arm) Gastineau Channel Amalga Harbor (Favorite Channel) 

Sanford Cove (Endicott Arm) Bridget Cove Limestone Inlet (Stephens Passage) 

Funter Bay (Chatham Strait) Fritz Cove Sullivan Mountain Cove (Chilkat Pen.) 

St. James Bay (3 locations) Tracy Arm Lincoln Anchorage (Favorite Channel) 

North Arm (Port Houghton) Hawk Inlet (2 locations) Slocum Inlet (Stephens Passage) 

Couverden Island (Icy Strait) Ansley Island (Icy Strait) Hawk Inlet Cannery (Hawk Inlet) 

Lena Cove (Favorite Channel) East End Endicott Arm Echo Cove (Favorite Channel) 

Gilbert Bay (Port Snettisham) Hobart Bay William Henry Bay (Lynn Canal) 

Horse Island (Stephens Pass.) Benjamin Island West of Sullivan Island (Lynn Canal) 

Star Point (Port Snettisham) North Arm Hobart Bay Taku Harbor (Stephens Passage) 

Mallard Cove (Port Snettisham) Boat Harbor (Lynn Canal) Barlow Cove (Saginaw Channel) 

Endicott Arm (Native Village) Holkham Bay (2 locations) Sandborn Canal (Port Houghton) 

Auke Bay (Stephens Passage) Windham Bay (2 locations) Russian Cove (Stephens Pass.) 

Rescue Harbor (Sullivan Island) West and East Arm Fords Terror 

Slate Creek Bay (Berners Bay) Young Bay (Stephens Passage) 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Appendix F Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

F-10

Sitka Ranger District 

Travel Routes 

Alaska Marine Highway and Tour Ship Routes 

Sitka to Chatham Strait via Olga and Neva Straits, Salisbury Sound, Sergius Narrows, Peril Strait 

Sitka south via Chatham Strait to Frederick Sound and the Gulf of Alaska 

Gulf of Alaska along the outer coast of Baranof and Chichagof Islands 

Public Use Roads 

Harbor Mountain Road (#7576) Corner Creek Road (#7540) 

Sawmill Creek Road (FH #11) Kruzof Island Roads (#7590) 

State Marine Parks 

Big Bear/Baby Bear Bays Magoun Islands 

 

Recommended Wild, Scenic, and Recreational Rivers 

Kadashan River Lisianski River 

Glacial River 

Small Boat and Mid-Size Tour Boat Routes 

Sitka north to Chatham Strait via Olga and Neva Straits, Salisbury Sound, Sergius Narrows, Peril Strait 

Chatham Strait to Frederick Sound and the Gulf of Alaska 

Gulf of Alaska along the outer coast of Baranof and Chichagof Islands 

Sitka south via Cape Burunof, Povorotni Pt., Frosty Reef, Dorothy Narrows, Windy Passage, Walker Ch. 

Sitka to Gulf of Alaska Sitka to Fred’s Creek Camp Coogan 

Leeoffskaia Bay Samsing Cove Silver Bay 

Redoubt Bay Kanga Bay Biorka Channel 

Big Bay Sevenfathom Bay Hot Springs Bay 

President Bay Sitka to Krestof Sd. via Sitka Sd. Gilmer Bay 

Sitka to Shelikof Bay via Vitskari Rocks, St. Lazaria Island, Cape Edgecumbe 

DeGroff Bay Krestof Sd to Sukoi Inlet (south) St. John’s Bay 

Sukoi Inlet (north) Katlian Bay Sinitsin Cove 

Nakwasina Sound and Nakwasina Passage Kalinin Bay 

Piehle Passage Khaz Bay Slocum Arm 

Ford Arm Lake Anna Sister Lake 

Klag Bay Ogden Passage to Goulding Harbor 

Kimsham Cove Black Bay Dry Pass 

Fish Bay Suloia Bay Deep Bay 

Big Bear / Baby Bear Bay South Arm Hoonah Sound Ushk Bay 

Fick Cove Patterson Bay North Arm Hoonah Sound 

Rodman Bay Appleman Cove Saook Bay 

Hanus Bay Sitkoh Bay Florence Bay 

Portage Arm Kelp Bay Cosmos Cove 

Kelp Bay – Middle Arm, South Arm, The Basin Kasnyku Bay 

Takatz Bay Warm Springs Bay Red Bluff Bay 

Gut Bay Deep Cove Mist Cove 

Big Port Walter Little Port Walter Port Armstrong 

Port Conclusion Port Alexander Puffin Bay 

Redfish Bay Snipe Bay Still Harbor 

Whale Bay – Small Arm and Great Arm to heads Port Banks 

Necker Bay Dorothy Cove Secluded Bay 

Crawfish Inlet Cedar Pass West Crawfish Inlet 

Shamrock Bay Hoggatt bay 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix F 

January 2008 

F-11

Sitka Ranger District (continued)

Saltwater Use Areas

Silver Bay Olga Strait 

Sitka Point to Beaver Point Katlian Bay 

Fish Bay Sitka Sound 

Port Walter (Chatham Strait) Kelp Bay to South Arm and Pond Is. 

Redfish Bay (Pacific Ocean) Florence Bay (Peril Strait) 

Big Port Walter (Chatham Strait) Point Amelia to Beaver Pt. 

Nakwasina Sound and Inlet Peril Strait, from Kakul Narrows to Poison Cove 

Rodman Bay (Peril Strait) Deadman's Reach (Peril Strait) 

Krestof Island, South shore from Brady Is. to Eastern 

Point 

Necker Islands to Eastern Channel, including W. 

coast Baranof Island 

Salisbury Sound; Searock to Sinitsin Rodman Bay (Peril Strait) 

Hidden Falls area Cape Burunof to West Crawfish 

 

Dispersed Recreation Areas 

Redoubt Lake Kook Lake Harbor Mountain Recreation Area 

Salmon Lake Iris Meadows Mount Edgecumbe 

Baranof Lake Kadashan Bay Lake Eva 

Blue Lake Port Frederick Portage Sitkoh Creek 

Magoun Islands Long Bay (Tenakee Inlet) Seal Bay (Tenakee Inlet) 

Kruzof Island, southeast shore Goose Flats (Tenakee Inlet) Sealion Cove 

Magoun Islands Fish Bay Creek Florence Bay 

 

Communities 

Port Alexander Tenakee Springs Sitka 

 Baranof Warm Springs 

 

Forest Service Recreation Cabins 

Freds Creek Baranof Lake Shelikof 

Plotnikof Lake Brents Beach Lake Eva 

Davidof Lake Salmon Lake Lake Suloia 

Avoss Lake White Sulphur Hot Springs Kook Lake 

Redoubt Lake Seven Fathom Bay Sitkoh Lake (2 cabins) 

Samsing Cove Moser Island North Beach 

Piper Island Goulding Lake Kanga Bay 

Mud Bay Shelter North Neva Shelter Kukul Narrows Shelter 

Otstoia Island Shelter Seal Bay Shelter Mt. Edgecumbe Shelter 

Tom Young Memorial Cabin (Goddard Hot Springs) 

 

Developed Recreation Sites 

Starrigavan Campground Sawmill Creek Campground 

 

Hiking Trails 

Mount Edgecumbe (#520) White Sulphur Springs (#560) Harbor Mountain/Gavan Hill (#499) 

Davidof Lake (#463) Sashin Lake (#668) Iris Meadows (#521) 

Salmon Lake (#566) Port Banks (#580) Lake Eva (#472) 

Redoubt Lake/Goddard Sealion Cove #508) Suloia Lake (#575) 

Warm Springs Bay (#559) Kook Lake Indian River (#500) 

Beaver Lake (#522) Basket Bay (#451) Sitkoh Lake (#553) 

 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Appendix F Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

F-12

Sitka Ranger District (continued)

Boat Anchorages 

Katlian Bay head Cedar Cove Whitestone Cove 

Sukoi Inlet south, head Sukoi Inlet north, head Sinitsin Cove 

Kalinin Bay Gilmer Bay Goleta Cove (Shelikof Bay) 

Cuvacan Cove (Shelikof Bay) St. Lazaria Fred’s Creek 

Brent’s Beach Magoun Islands Mud Bay (Kruzof Island) 

DeGroff Bay Leo Anchorage Piehle Passage 

Deuce Island Khaz Bay Tawak Passage (Myriad Islands) 

Hidden Cove (Slocum Arm) Island Cove (Slocum Arm) Waterfall Cove (Slocum Arm) 

Ford Arm (west) Ford Arm (east) Double Cove 

Klag Bay (Chichagof Mine Site) Kimsham Cove Black Bay 

Goulding Bay Dry Pass Fish Bay head 

Schulze Cove Suloia Bay Deep Bay 

Big Bear / Baby Bear Bay Poison Cove Ushk Bay (2 anchorages) 

Patterson Bay Moser Island False Island 

Rodman Bay head Appleman Cove Saook Bay 

Todd Lindenburg Harbor Pt. Moses (Hanus Bay) 

Eva Creek (Hanus Bay) Dead Tree Island (Hanus Bay) Echo Cove (S. Catherine Is.) 

The Basin (Kelp Bay) Pond Island (Kelp Bay) Cosmos Cove 

Kasnyku Bay Ell Cove Takatz Bay 

Warm Springs Bay Red Bluff Bay head Gut Bay 

Deep Cove Mist Cove Big Port Walter 

Little Port Walter Port Armstrong Port Conclusion 

Puffin Bay Tenfathom Anchorage (Redfish) Redfish Bay head 

Snipe Bay Still Harbor Port Banks 

Whale Bay, Great Arm Whale Bay, Small Arm head Yamani Cove 

Secluded Bay (Necker Bay) Dorothy Cove (Necker Bay) Shamrock Bay (West Crawfish) 

President Bay Sevenfathom Bay Big Bay 

Herring Bay (Elevoi Islands) Kliuchevoi Bay (Goddard Hot 

Springs) 

Tava Island (Biorka Islands) 

Symond Bay (Biorka Island) Kanga Bay Kidney Cove 

Redoubt Bay (at lake outlet) Samsing Cove Camp Coogan 

Leesoffskaia Bay Silver Bay head 

 

National Wildlife Refuge 

St. Lazaria National Wildlife Refuge 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix F 

January 2008 

F-13

Yakutat Ranger District 

Travel Routes 

Alaska Marine Highway 

Gulf of Alaska to Monti Bay 

Tour Ship Routes 

Gulf of Alaska to Hubbard Glacier 

Public Use Roads 

Highway 10 (Yakutat to Dangerous R.) Situk Landing Road (#9969) 

Cannon Beach Road (#9963) Alsek Bay/River Non System Rd. 

 

Small Boat and Mid-Size Tour Boat Routes 

Alsek River Italio River to Dangerous River 

East Alsek River Tawah Creek 

Ahrnklin River Shipyard Cove to: Gilbert Spit to: Eleanor Cove 

Mouth of Dangerous R. to Harlequin L. Akwe River to Alsek River 

Ankau Saltchucks to Summit Lake Situk Lake to Russell Fiord canoe/kayak route 

Yakutat Bay to Disenchantment Bay Mouth of Russell Fiord to Nunatak Fiord 

Mouth of Situk River to Situk Lake Lost River to Situk River 

Dangerous River to Ahrnklin River Lost River from bridge to Situk 

Shipyard Cove to Sawmill Cove to Redfield Cove 

Saltwater Use Areas 

Phipps Peninsula 

 

Dispersed Recreation Areas 

Square Lake Dangerous River Guide Camp Italio River 

Gines Creek Highway 10 Corridor Lower Dangerous River 

Alsek River Delta Gulf of Alaska Coastline Middle Dangerous River 

Doame River East Alsek River Delta Cannon Beach 

Harlequin Lake Pike Lakes Middle Slough River 

Italio Lake Big Game Camp Tanis River Mesa Guide Camp Upper Dangerous River 

Ahrnklin River Alsek Bay Fish Camps & Buying Sta. Alsek River Big Game & Fish Camps 

 

Communities 

Yakutat 

 

Forest Service Recreation Cabins 

Square Lake Middle Situk (2 cabins) Middle Dangerous River 

Tanis Mesa (2 cabins) Situk Lake Lower Dangerous River 

Alsek River Harlequin Lake (2 cabins) Italio River 

 

Private Resorts 

Alsek River Rafting Campsite 

 

Hiking Trails 

Dangerous River (#654) West Situk (#664) Situk River Cabin (#649) 

Italio River (ATV) Lost River Trail (#670) Situk Lake (#659) 

Lower Dangerous River (#653) Harlequin Lake Trail (#655) Mountain Lake (#652) 

Russell Fiord Trail SitukRiver ATV Trail (#726) 

Boat Anchorages 

Eleanor Cove Ahduck Bay (Square Bay) 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Appendix F Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

F-14

Hoonah Ranger District 

Travel Routes 

Alaska Marine Highway and Tour Ship Routes 

Juneau to Sitka via Hoonah, Icy Strait, Cross Sound, Pelican and Gulf of Alaska 

Juneau to Tenakee Springs 

Public Use Roads 

Hoonah to East Point (#8502, #8508, #8510, and #8513) 

Hoonah to Whitestone Harbor and Iyoukeen Cove (#8502, #8530, and #8530-4) 

Eight Fathom Dock to Neka Hot Springs (#8580) 

Small Boat and Mid-Size Tour Boat Routes 

Juneau to Sitka via Hoonah, Icy Strait, Cross Sound, Pelican and the Gulf of Alaska 

Juneau t Tenakee Springs via Icy Strait and Chatham Strait 

Port Frederick Idaho Inlet Stag Bay 

Neka Bay South and North Inian Pass Greentop Harbor 

Spasski Bay Port Althorp Squid Bay 

Whitestone Harbor Lisianski Inlet Takanis Bay 

Freshwater Bay Soapstone Harbor Surge Bay 

Mud Bay Lisianski Strait 

 

Saltwater Use Areas 

Point Adolphus Inian Islands (Icy Strait) Idaho Inlet 

Pleasant Island (Icy Strait) Lisianski Inlet (head) Mud Bay 

Lemesurier Island (Icy Strait) Port Frederick (mouth) Cross Sound area off Inian Islands 

 

Dispersed Recreation Areas 

Port Althorp head Suntaheen Fish Viewing Area Pavlof Lake and River 

Georges Island Port Frederick/Tenakee Lisianski Inlet River 

Bear Paw Lake Fox Creek Lemesurier Island 

Inian Islands Mud Bay River Vortex Ridge 

Estuary to Trail River Kennel Creek Sonyakay Ridge 

Neka River flats Trail River Estuary Elephant Mountain 

Pinta Cove Chicken Creek Point Adolphus 

False Bay Redcliff and Cedar Islands Porpoise Islands 

Pleasant Island Whitestone Harbor Elfin Cove 

Three Hill Island Iyoukeen Cove East Point FS Road #8510 

Bohemia Basin Wukuklook Beach 

Communities 

Hoonah Mt. Bether Elfin Cove 

Pelican Whitestone Logging Camp Gustavus 

 

Forest Service Recreation Cabins 

Green Top Pinta Cove Shelter 

Kennel Creek 8-Fathom 

Whitestone Harbor 

 

Hiking Trails 

Pelican/Sunnyside (State) Spasski Trail (#548) Spasski Trail (Pvt.) 

Lisianski River (#506) Pavlof Marsh (#705) Wukuklook (#706) 

Greentop (#707) Stag Bay (#702) Stag River (#713) 

Tekanis (#710) 

 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix F 

January 2008 

F-15

Hoonah Ranger District (continued)

Boat Anchorages 

Whitestone Harbor Kennel Creek Surge Bay (head, mid-bay, and 

south entrance) 

Spasski Bay Mud Bay Takanis Bay (2 anchorages) 

Port Althorp head Flynn Cove (Icy Strait) Squid Bay 

Soapstone Harbor Mite Cove (Lisianski Inlet) Green Top Harbor 

Bingham Cove (Yakobi Is.) Neka Bay Pinta Cove (Icy Strait) 

Lisianski Inlet head Gull Cove (Idaho Inlet) Cedar Cove (Freshwater Bay) 

Deer Harbor Goose Island (Icy Strait) Idaho Inlet ( head) 

Lost Cove (Lisianski Strait) Salt Chuck Bay (Port Althorp) Stag Bay (Lisianski Strait) 

Bohemia Creek Earl Cove (Icy Strait) Inian Cove (Inian Islands) 

Freshwater Bay head Hoktaheen Cove Shaw Islands (Idaho Inlet) 

Granite Cove (George Is.) Salt Lake Bay Float (Port 

Frederick) 

8-Fathom Float 

Port Frederick (tour ship 

anchorage west of Hoohah) 

 

 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Appendix F Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

F-16

Admiralty Island National Monument 

Travel Routes 

Alaska Marine Highway 

Angoon to Juneau via Chatham Strait 

Angoon to Petersburg via Chatham Strait and Frederick Sound

Juneau to Petersburg via Stephens Passage and Frederick Sound 

Tour Ship Routes 

Stephens Passage Frederick Sound 

Chatham Strait 

 

State Marine Parks 

Oliver Inlet State Marine Park 

 

Recommended Wild, Scenic, and Recreational Rivers 

Hasselborg River and Lakes King Salmon River 

 

Small Boat and Mid-Size Tour Boat Routes 

Stephens Passage including 

Oliver Inlet, Green Cove, Doty Cove, Seymour 

Canal (Windfall Harbor, Swan Cove, Pleasant 

Cove), Admiralty Cove, Young Bay, Gambier Bay 

(Middle Good Island Bay, Upper Good Island 

Bay, Snug Cove, Upper Gambier Bay) 

Frederick Sound including 

Pybus Bay (Donkey Bay, Cannery Cove, San 

Juan Islands) Little Pybus Bay, Woewodski 

Harbor, Eliza Harbor, Chapin Bay, Murder Cove, 

Surprise Harbor, Twin Point Cove) 

 

Chatham Strait including 

Hawk Inlet, Wilson Cove, Whitewater Bay, Chaik 

Bay (both arms), Hood Bay (north and south 

arms),Kilisnoo Harbor, Favorite Bay, Mitchell 

Bay, Davis Creek, Lighter Creek, Lighter Creek, 

Kanalku Bay, Stillwater Anchorage, Cube Cove, 

Square Cove 

Cross Admiralty Canoe Route including 

Lake Alexander, Beaver Lake, Hasselborg Lake, 

McKinney Lake, Lake Guerin, Hasselborg Creek, 

Thayer Lake, Distin Lake, Davidson Lake 

Saltwater Use Areas 

False Point Arden (from Green Cove to Arden Pt) Cove Point (from Arden Point to Doty Cove) 

Pybus Bay West Channel (from Cannery Cove to 

Little Pybus Bay) 

Pybus Bay (from Midway Islands to Pybus Bay 

Cabin 

Chatham Strait (from Angoon to Thayer Creek) 

 

Dispersed Recreation Areas 

Admiralty Creek (from Admiralty Cove to and including Young Lake) 

Admiralty Lakes (Mole Harbor, Lake Alexander, Beaver Lake, Hasselborg Lake, McKinney Lake, Lake 

Guerin, Davidson Lake, Distin Lake, Salt Lake, Freshwater Lake, Little Lake, Thayer Lake and 

surrounding lands) 

West Brother Island Windfall Harbor 

Mitchell Bay Oliver Inlet 

Admiralty Cove 

 

Developed Recreation Areas 

Pack Creek 

 

Communities 

Angoon 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix F 

January 2008 

F-17

Admiralty Island National Monument (continued)

Forest Service Cabins 

Admiralty Cove Big Shaheen Little Shaheen 

Church Bight Distin Lake Florence Lake 

Hasselborg Creek Jim’s Lake North Young Lake 

South Young Lake Lake Alexander Lake Kathleen 

Pybus Bab Sportsman Lake Alexander shelter 

Mole Harbor shelter Hasselborg Lake shelter Lake Guerin shelter 

Davidson Lake shelter Thayer Lake North shelter Thayer Lake South shelter 

Mitchell Bay shelter Windfall Harbor shelter 

 

Private Resorts 

Thayer Lake Lodge 

 

Hiking Trails 

Admiralty Cove to Young Lake Distin Lake to Davidson Lake Trail 

Distin Lake to Thayer Lake Trail Hasselborg Lake to Lake Guerin Trail 

Hasselborg River Trail Beaver Lake to Hasselborg Lake Trail 

Lake Guerin to Distin Lake Trail Hasselborg Lake to McKinney Lake Trail 

Mole Harbor to Lake Alexander Trail Pack Creek 

Kanalku Lake Lake Florence to Chatham Strait Trail 

Salt Lake to Mitchell Bay Dividson Lake to Salt Lake 

Nort Young Lake Cabin to South Young Lake 

Cabin 

 

Boat Anchorages 

Young Bay ( Stephens Passage) Admiralty Cove (Stephens Passage) 

Oliver Inlet (Stephens Passage) Green Cove (Stephens Passage) 

Doty Cove (Stephens Passage) Midway Point Cove (Stephens Passage) 

Snug Cove (Gambier Bay) Good Island (Gambier Bay) 

Upper Good Island (Gambier Bay) Middle Gambier Bay (Gambier Bay) 

Upper Gambier Bay (Gambier Bay) West Brothers Island (Stephens Passage) 

Twin Point Cove (Stephens Passage) Upper Windfall Harbor (Seymour Canal) 

Tiedman Island (Seymour Canal) Bug Island (Seymour Canal) 

Swan Island (Seymour Canal) Glass Peninsula (Seymour Canal) 

Liesnoe Island Cove (Frederick Sound) Sharp Point Cove (Frederick Sound) 

Saw Point Cove (Frederick Sound) Chapin Bay (Frederick Sound) 

Murder Cove (Frederick Sound) Pybus Bay (Frederick Sound) 

Donkey Bay (Pybus Bay) Cannery Cove (Pybus Bay) 

San Juan Islands (Pybus Bay) Wilson Cove (Chatham Strait) 

Whitewater Bay (Chatham Strait) Chaik Bay (end of both arms) (Chatham Strait) 

Hood Bay Cabin Point Harbor (Chatham Strait) Hood Bay Cabins (Chatham Strait) 

Killisnoo Harbor (Chatham Strait) South America Island (Mitchell Bay) 

Favorite Bay (Mitchell Bay) Kanalku Bay (Mitchell Bay) 

Square Cove (Chatham Strait) Unnamed Cove (between Piledriver and Game 

Covers (Chatham Strait) 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Appendix F Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

F-18

Thorne Bay Ranger District 

Travel Routes 

Alaska Marine Highway Tour Ship Route 

Clarence Strait from Ketchikan to Stikine Strait Sumner Strait from Snow Passage to Cape 

Decision 

Inter-island Ferry: Coffman Cove to Wrangell and 

Petersburg 

 

Public Use Roads 

Thorne Bay to Sandy Beach Rd. (#30) Control Lake to Thorne Bay (FH#9) 

Klawock to Control Lake Junction (FH#9) Control Lake to El Capitan 

Sandy Beach to Coffman Cove FH#20 to Coffman Cove 

FH#20 to Naukati 

 

State Marine Parks 

Salmon Bay Grindall Island 

 

Recommended Wild, Scenic, and Recreational Rivers 

Salmon Bay Lake and Stream Sarkar Lakes 

Thorne River/Hatchery Creek/Barnes Lake 

 

Small Boat and Mid-Size Tour Boat Routes 

Tuxekan Pass - Edna Bay Sea Otter Sound to Cape Pole 

Tenass and Brockman Passages Karheen Pass to New Tokeen 

El Cap to Coronation Clarence Strait 

Grindall Island to Hollis El Cap Passage 

Coffman Cove to Whale Pass 

 

Saltwater Use Areas 

Port Protection Marble Pass Maurelle Islands 

Coronation Naukati Bay Red Bay 

Lake Bay Salmon Bay Tuxekan Passage 

 Thorne Bay to Snug Anchorage El Capitan to Shakan Bay 

 

Dispersed Recreation Areas 

Salmon Bay Lake Red Bay Gold and Galligan Lagoon 

Sarkar Lake Snakey Lakes Karta Bay and River 

Staney Creek Eagle Creek Caulder Mountain 

Hatchery Creek Area Neck Lake Salt Chuck 

Dry Pass Ratz Harbor 

Beach Area around Sandy Beach Red Bay Lake Salmon Lake 

Honker Canoe Route-Gold and 

Galligan Lagoon to Thorne Bay 

Mouth of Staney Creek and cove 

to the south 

Beach Areas on north coast of 

Prince of Wales Island 

Red Bay Lake Honker Lake Salmon Lake 

Barnes Lake Kasaan Bay Shipley Lake 

Karta Lake Winter Harbor Control Lake 

Sweetwater Lake Thorne River @ Goose Ck. to 

Thorne Bay 

 

Communities 

Edna Bay Thorne Bay Coffman Cove 

Whale Pass Port Protection Cape Pole 

Point Baker Naukati 

 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix F 

January 2008 

F-19

Thorne Bay Ranger District (continued)

Forest Service Recreation Cabins 

Red Bay Lake Staney Creek Control Lake 

Salmon Bay Lake Barnes Lake Honker Lake 

Sarkar Shipley Bay Sweetwater Lake 

Salmon Lake Karta Lake Karta River 

Developed Recreation Areas 

Gravelly Creek Picnic Area Sandy Beach Picnic Area Staney Bridge Dispersed Use Site 

Eagles Nest Campground (Balls 

Lake) 

Neck Lake Boat Launch Memorial Beach Dispersed Use 

Area 

El Cap Cave Interpretive Site Big Lake Fish Viewing Site Sarkar Lake Access 

Beaver Falls Trailhead Horseshoe Hole Dispersed Use 

Site 

Ratz Harbor Boat Launch 

Lake Ellen Number 3 Dispersed 

Use Site 

Balls Lake Picnic Area 

 

Private Resorts 

Whale Pass Resort El Capitan Lodge 

Bear Valley Lodge Boardwalk Wilderness Lodge (Thorne Bay) 

 

Hiking Trails 

Red Bay Lake Trail (#947720) Sarkar Canoe Trail Shipley Lake Trail(#947710) 

El Capitan Cave Trail Staney Creek Trail Deweyville Trail (#947490) 

Honker Divide Canoe Trail Balls Lake Trail Salmon Bay Lake Trail (#947730) 

Karta Bay Trail Gravelly Creek Trail Karta River Trail 

Karta Falls Trail Sweetwater Cabin Trail Hatchery Trail 

Anderson CreekTrail Cavern Lake Trail Eagles Nest Trail 

Beaver Falls Interpretive Trail Salt Chuck Trail 

 

Boat Anchorages 

Pole Anchorage Windfall Harbor Warm Chuck Inlet 

Karta Bay Salmon Bay Nossuk Bay 

Cyrus Cove Salt Lake Bay Hole-In-The-Wall (Prince of Wales) 

Big Ratz Harbor Little Ratz Harbor 

 

National Wildlife Refuge 

Hazy Islands National Wildlife Refuge 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Appendix F Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

F-20

Craig Ranger District 

Travel Routes 

Alaska Marine Highway 

Inter-island Ferry: Guard Island to Hollis via Kasaan Bay to Clark Bay 

 

Public Use Roads 

Craig to Klawock (FH #9) Hydaburg Rd. (FH#13) 

Klawock to Hydaburg Jct. (FH#6) Hydaburg Jct. to Hollis (FH#6) 

 Klawock to Control Lake Junction 

 

Small Boat and Mid-Size Tour Boat Routes 

West Coast Waterway: San Cristoval Channel to 

Ulloa Channel 

West Coast Waterway: Ulloa Channel to Hydaburg 

Hollis to Twelvemile, Polk and McKenzie Arms Craig to Addington Loop 

Cholmondeley Arm Outer Baker Island 

Graign to Trocadero Bay Dall Island 

Hetta Inlet Klackas Inlet 

Sukkwan Island Moira Sound 

Hollis to Karta Port Real Marina 

 

Saltwater Use Areas 

Port Refugio Portillo Channel 

Port Santa Cruz Trocadero Bay 

Moira Sound Dickman Bay, South Arm, Fredericks 

Bay and Johnson Bay 

Cholmondeley: North Arm Estuary, South Arm 

Estuary, Sunny Bay, waters surrounding Hump 

Island 

Hydaburg Harbor Area Twelvemile Arm Estuary 

Kendrick Bay Hollis Harbor Area 

Addington Area Craig and Klawock Harbor Areas 

Veta Bay Waters around San Juan Bautista 

Arena Cove Waters around San Fernando 

 

Dispersed Recreation Areas 

Arena Cove - Cape Felix Roller Bay 

Veta Bay Twelvemile Estuary 

Port Santa Cruz Trocadero Bay Estuary 

Port Santa Lucia Kegan Lake 

Kegan Cove Maybeso River Area 

Black Bear Lake and Valley Harris River Area 

Canoe Point Picnic Area Essowah Lake 

Pt. Amargura (incl. 1⁄2 mi. radius around cabin) Trollers Cove 

Josephine Lake 

 

Communities 

Craig Hydaburg Saltery Cove 

Klawock Hollis 

 

Forest Service Recreation Cabins 

Black Bear Lake Josephine Lake Trollers Cove 

Kegan Lake Kegan Cove Essowah Lake 

Pt. Amargura Twelvemile Cabin 

 

Developed Recreation Sites 

One Duck Lake Shelter Trocadero Picnic Area 

Pass Lake Picnic Area Dog Salmon Fish Pass 

Harris River Campground and Day Use Area Cable Creek Fish Pass 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix F 

January 2008 

F-21

Craig Ranger District (continued)

Private Resorts 

Waterfall Resort site and Ulloa Channel north and 

south of the resort 

Clover Bay Resort 

Saltery Cove 

Hiking Trails 

One Duck Lake Trail (#9173600) Soda Bay Trail 

Trocadero Bay Trail Harris River Trail 

Cable Creek Trail Twentymile Spur Trail 

Kegan Creek Trail Pass Lake Trail 

Twelvemile Trail Kegan Lake Trail 

Canoe Point Trail 

 

Recommended Wild, Scenic, and Recreational River 

Essowah Lakes and Streams Kegan Lake and Streams 

Niblack Lakes and Streams 

Boat Anchorages 

Steamboat Bay Security Cove Pt. Garcia 

Kelly Cove Datzkoo Harbor Port Asumcion 

Port San Antonio Kaigani Harbor Port Refugio 

Port Santa Cruz Nichols Bay Head of McLean Arm 

Port Dolores Rose Inlet Kendrick Bay 

Bobs Bay Clover Bay Dickman Bay 

Hole-in-the-Wall (Dall Is.) Mabel Bay South Arm Moira Sound (mouth) 

Waterfall Bay Veta Bay West Arm Moira Sound (mouth) 

Gold Harbor Goose Bay Kassa Inlet - area inside islands 

Port Bazan Pt. Eugenia Twelvemile 

 

National Wildlife Refuge 

Forester Islands National Wildlife Refuge 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Appendix F Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

F-22

Ketchikan-Misty Fiords Ranger District 

Travel Routes 

Alaska Marine Highway Tour Ship Route 

Clarence Strait to Stikine Strait Revillagigedo Channel and Clarence Strait 

Alternative Route (Clarence Strait and Ernest Sound) 

Main Passage, Tongass Passage and Portland Canal to Hyder 

Revillagigedo Channel from Main Passage to Clarence Strait 

 

Public Use Roads 

Tongass Highway (State Highway #7) Salmon River Hwy.-Hyder (#88) 

Ward Lake-Hariett Hunt Lake Road (FH #39) Fog Pond Road 

Connell Lake Road 

 

State Marine Parks 

Grant Island Dall Bay Black Sands Beach 

 

Recommended Wild, Scenic, and Recreational River 

Naha River Orchard Creek and Lake 

Wolverine Creek, McDonald Lake Gokachin, Mirror, Fish, and Low Creeks 

 

Small Boat and Mid-Size Tour Boat Routes

Bell Island Naha to Traidor’s Cove 

Ketchikan to Naha Ketchikan to Helm 

 

Saltwater Use Areas 

Tongass Narrows Bailey Bay George Inlet 

Blind Pass Short Bay Shrimp Bay 

Yes Bay Union Bay Klu Bay 

Clover Pass Helm Bay Neets Bay 

Naha Bay George Inlet Traitors Cove 

Vallenar Bay - Vallenar Point West Behm Canal Carroll Inlet 

Revilla Channel to Thorne Arm Moser Bay Port Stewart 

Behm Narrows Thorne Arm Moth Bay 

Anchor Pass Vixen Inlet Bond Bay 

Blank Inlet Bostwick Inlet Dall Bay 

Bond Bay Smugglers Cove Spacious Bay 

NE corner of Thorne Arm (Fish 

Creek to Gokachin Creek) 

About 1/2 mi. off shore Cleveland 

Peninsula from Caamano Point 

to Niblack Point 

 

Dispersed Recreation Areas 

Port Stewart Lower Carroll Creek 

Helm Bay Spacious Bay

Margaret Lake area Dall Bay

Blank Inlet Bostwick Bay

Mountain Ranges and Alpine Area between 

Ketchikan, Ward Lake-Hariett Hunt Lake Road, 

and George Inlet. 

Traitors Salt Chuck 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix F 

January 2008 

F-23

Ketchikan-Misty Fiords Ranger District (continued)

Communities 

Ketchikan Meyers Chuck Hyder 

Metlakatla Loring Saxman 

Forest Service Recreation Cabins 

Deer Mountain Orchard Lake - incl. lake Patching Lake - incl. lake 

Jordan Lake - incl. lake Plenty Cutthroat - incl. lake Portage Cabin - incl. lake 

Heckman Lake - incl. lake Helm Bay - incl. bay Fisheries Cabin - incl. lake 

Blind Pass - incl. pass Phocena Cove - incl. cove Long Lake Shelter - incl. lake 

Anchor Pass - incl. pass Fish Creek - incl. around buoy Wolf Lake Shelter - incl. lake 

Reflection Lake and Shelter - incl. 

lake 

Smugglers Cove Shelter - incl. 

lake 

Shelokum Lake Shelter - area and 

lake 

McDonald Lake and Shelter - incl. 

lake 

Helm Lake - incl. stream and 

lake 

 

Private Resorts 

Yes Bay Lodge Silver King Lodge Salmon Falls Resort 

Clover Pass Resort 

 

Developed Recreation Areas 

Ward Lake Recreation Area Settlers Cove (State Campground) 

 

Hiking Trails 

Deer Mountain Trail (#927060) Long Lake Trail (#927190) Gokachin Lake Trail (#927110) 

Reflection Lake Trail (#927310) Connell Lake Trail Titan Trail (Hyder) (#957550) 

Bell Island Trail (#927030) Fish Creek-Low Lake Trail Orchard Lake Trail (#927320) 

Naha River Trail (#(929250) Meyers Chuck Trail (#927830) Lunch Creek Trail 

Silvis Lake Trail Ward Creek Trail McDonald Lake Trail (#927450) 

Ward Lake Nature Trail Black Mountain Lakes Trail Perseverance Lake Trail (#927260) 

Second Waterfall Creek Trail Smugglers Lake Trail 

Bailey Bay-Shelokum Lake 

(#927010) 

Dude Mtn / Brown Mtn Alpine 

Trail 

 

Boat Anchorages 

Vixen Harbor Ice House Cove 

Thorne Arm Port Steward 

Vallener Bay Naha 

Bailey Bay Moser Bay 

Short Pass Union Bay 

Yes Bay Klu Bay 

Spacious Bay 

Routes not constructed nor NEPA cleared: Planned or Opportunities 

Potential Trail corridor between Hariet Hunt Lake and Leask Lake 

Saddle Lakes Recreation Area Shelter Cove Boat Ramp 

Slide Ridge Winter Sports Area Harriet Hunt - Shelter Cove Connection Road 

 
Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas 

Appendix F Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

F-24

Misty Fiords National Monument Wilderness

Travel Routes

Tour Ship Routes

Portland Canal Smeaton Bay 

Revilla Island Walker Bay 

Rudyerd Bay 

Saltwater Use Areas

Burroughs Bay Bakewell Arm Ella Bay 

Saks Cove Checats Cove Shoalwater Pass 

Alva Bay Rudyerd Bay Smeaton Bay 

Princess Bay Manzanita Bay Wilson Arm 

Chickaman Seargent Bay Vixen Bay/Mink Bay 

Walker Cove 

Dispersed Recreation Areas

Princess Bay Saks Cove 

Chickaman River Unuk River 

Walker Cove Rudyerd Bay 

Manzanita Bay Ella Bay 

Wilson Arm 

Forest Service Recreation Cabins

Blind Pass Alva Bay Red Alders 

Wilson Narrows Wilson View Mink Bay 

Winstnley Bay Winstanley Lake Punchbowl Lake Shelter 

Big Goat Shelter Beaver Checats Lake 

Ella Narrows Fish Creek Hugh Smith 

Humpback Lake Manzanita Lake Ella Bay 

Klahini Bay Princess Bay Punchbowl Cove 

Short Bay Winstanley Creek 

Private Resorts 

Humpback Lake Chalet Mirror Lake Club Cabin 

Mink Bay Lodge 

Developed Recreation Areas 

Fish Creek Wildlife Viewing Site 

 

Hiking Trails 

Bakewell Lake Trail Checats Lake Trail 

Ella Lake Trail Hugh Smith Lake Trail 

Humpback Trail Manzanita Trail 

Nooya Trail Punchbowl Lake Trail 

Winstanley Lake Trail 

Anchorages 

Vixen Bay Checats Cove 

Wasp Cove Manzanita Bay 

Foggy Bay Saks Cove 

Fitzgibbon Cove 
APPENDIX G 

LOG TRANSFER FACILITY GUIDELINES 
Log Transfer Facility Guidelines

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix G 

January 2008 

G-1

Log transfer facilities (LTFs) undergo a complex and rigorous permitting process 

involving four state and four federal resource management and regulatory agencies 

as well as comments from other interested parties. Through the permitting process, 

the regulatory agencies may approve or disapprove permits with stipulations that 

govern the construction and operation of LTFs. 

In seeking clarification of permit stipulations expected to be included in LTF permits, 

the timber industry recommended—through Governor Sheffield's Timber Task Force 

report (12/13/84)—that: 

"...the principal agency heads and industry representatives meet to agree upon 

a process which will result in a common set of log transfer facility guidelines..." 

As a result of this request, a committee consisting of the principal agency and 

industry representatives met on April 15, 1985, to consider the Task Force 

recommendation. This committee created a technical subcommittee of industry, 

public, and resource agency personnel involved in permitting LTFs to develop LTF 

guidelines per the Timber Task Force recommendation that: 

"...it would be beneficial for all parties involved in the permitting, construction, 

and operation of log transfer facilities to have a common set of criteria 

(guidelines) from which to work when designing facilities and reviewing permit 

applications for these facilities." 

The LTF guidelines are in three sections, including: 

• Siting 

• Construction and Operation 

• Monitoring and Reporting 

The guidelines for planning and permitting of LTFs delineate the physical 

requirements necessary to construct a log transfer and associated facilities and, in 

context with requirements of applicable law and regulations, methods to avoid or 

control potential impacts from these facilities on water quality, aquatic, and other 

resources. The guidelines emphasize facility siting as the best means of limiting 

most environmental impacts from LTFs, log raft, storage areas, and adjoining 

collateral facilities. Additional means of limiting environmental impacts occur 

through application of construction and operating guidelines. Monitoring and 

reporting guidelines are necessary to determine if a facility is meeting the permit 

stipulations. 

These guidelines can be used in the existing permitting process that emphasizes 

best professional judgment of the agencies in close cooperation with the applicants 

 

1 The Log Transfer Facility Siting, Construction, Operation and Monitoring/Reporting Guidelines (1985) 

were developed by the Alaska Timber Task Force LTF Guidelines Technical Subcommittee. These 

guidelines are to be used when considering alternatives for the location and management of log transfer 

and associated facilities. The guidelines will also be used by the regulatory agencies for evaluating 

permit applications to ensure consistency with the Clean Water Act. See the log transfer facilities 

direction in the Transportation Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines (Chapter 4) for direction on the use 

of these guidelines.

Appendix G 

Log Transfer Facility Guidelines1

Introduction 

The Use of 

Guidelines 
Log Transfer Facility Guidelines

Appendix G Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

G-2

when selecting sites and imposing permit stipulations. The process is preferred 

because it accommodates site-specific conditions and enables all participants to 

collectively evaluate the practicable alternatives and determine the best way to 

minimize impacts. 

The guidelines are comprehensive and may apply to any site being evaluated for 

LTF permits. Because each site is different, in unusual circumstances, there may 

be need to develop more specific stipulations or limitations during the permit review 

process for a specific site. 

Periodic updating of the guidelines will be necessary because changes may occur in 

the timber industry and new information may become available on the effects of LTF 

on water quality and biotic communities. 

The guidelines apply to log transfer, log raft storage, and collateral facilities, such as 

log raft make-up areas, airplane and boat docks, and contiguous upland log storage 

and sort yards immediately adjacent to the LTF. 

The guidelines do not identify which permitting agency or agencies have regulatory 

and permitting jurisdiction for any guideline. The objective is to provide a 

comprehensive listing of guidelines applicable to LTFs through state and federal 

resource management and regulatory programs. 

The siting and construction and operation guidelines identify the physical features 

the timber industry needs to safely and efficiently transport logs as well as the 

minimum requirements needed to mitigate for changes in water quality and adverse 

impacts on aquatic biota. When evaluating proposals for these log transfer and 

associated facilities, all guidelines must be considered. The objective is to consider 

all guidelines and develop a "best mix" that allows the activities to proceed while 

meeting all applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. 

The following are the Alaska Timber Task Force Guidelines. 

Proper siting of log transfer and log raft storage facilities is the single most important 

means of controlling adverse water quality and biotic impacts from the construction 

and operation of these facilities. The least biologically productive and sensitive area 

available that meets industry's physical and economic requirements is the preferred 

site. The need for regulatory agencies to impose additional permit stipulations 

above the minimum requirements to mitigate against environmental impacts is 

reduced to a level commensurate with the site-specific characteristics. 

S1. Proximity to Rearing and Spawning Areas: Siting of log transfer and log raft 

storage facilities within 300 feet of the mouth of anadromous fish streams, or in 

areas known to be important for fish spawning or rearing is normally prohibited. 

Discussion: This LTF siting guideline is derived from the Alaska Forest 

and Resources Practices Regulations (11 AAC 95.150 (c)). The estuarine 

areas adjacent to the mouths of anadromous fish streams serve as 

important feeding areas for salmon fry and smolts while they acclimate to 

saltwater. Impacts to these areas can force outmigrants into deeper 

waters where there is greater risk for predation. Placement of LTFs in 

known spawning areas results in loss of spawning habitat. 

The outmigrant salmon fry are especially vulnerable and have particularly 

high value to the fishing industry. The concerns include the possibility of 

leachates entering fresh water or the possibility of sediments entering 

waters and affecting fish. Because of the high value of the fisheries 

resources, the Forest Practices Regulations of the state exclude LTF siting 

in these most valuable and highest risk locations. 

Siting Guidelines 
Log Transfer Facility Guidelines

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix G 

January 2008 

G-3

S2. Protected Locations: Log transfer and log storage facilities should be sited in 

weather-protected waters with bottoms suitable for anchoring and with at least 

20 acres for temporary log storage and log booming. 

Discussion: Areas protected from adverse weather, tidal, and wave 

conditions are needed for the safety of the workers responsible for moving 

log bundles, building rafts, and similar water-oriented work activities. Log 

rafts and bag booms must be protected from adverse weather, tidal, and 

wave conditions that can damage the rafts and the bag booms. 

Protected conditions are needed for control of the log bundles being 

placed in the water and the requirement to retain them in the bag booms 

and rafts so as to avoid hazards to navigation. 

At least 20 acres of available space is needed to place log bundles into 

the water, sort bundles into log booms, construct log rafts, and hold log 

rafts until moved by tug to the next destination. Additional space is 

needed for docks and floats, and movement of boats, floatplanes, and 

other transportation. Most of the space involved is used for the movement 

of vessels and log rafts. 

Log bundle storage with maneuvering space for vessels and rafts requires 

3.6 + or - acres per million board feet (MMBF) gross timber volume. 

Approximately 8 acres is required for storage of a typical tow of four log 

rafts. An additional 8 acres is needed for booming of bundles, including 

maneuvering space. 

Consolidation and concurrent use of log transfer and storage sites will 

increase the amount of space required. Each owner of logs will need 

separate log booms and storage areas to provide for log accountability. 

Where National Forest and privately owned logs are stored or transferred 

from a consolidated site, this separation is required by regulation. 

While the guidelines suggest 20 acres for normal situations, it is possible 

to operate in less space under some situations. For small timber harvest 

operations, with timber volumes of less than one MMBF, the need for 

space will be reduced dramatically. There is, however, a practical 

minimum space needed for even the smaller operations. This minimum is 

approximately 5 acres. 

S3. Upland Facility Requirements: LTFs should generally be sited in proximity to 

at least 5 acres of relatively flat uplands. There should also be a body of water 

sufficient to provide a minimum of a 60-lineal-foot facility face. 

Discussion: This guideline has two operative portions: 1) space needed 

for upland operations near the transfer point; and 2) the length of available 

space needed at the operating face. 

Relatively flat land is required to avoid extensive excavation. The space 

needed for upland operations adjacent to the LTF is directly related to the 

type of facility (see Use Descriptions in the Glossary), volume of timber 

that may be handled annually, and the life of the operation. The amount of 

space needed may include truck unloading (0.9 acre), log scaling (1.5 

acres), log storage (1.6 acres per MMBF), sorting (0.5 to 2.0 acres), and 

additional space for incidental related operations. Equipment yard and 

repair areas are commonly in this vicinity (1.5 to 2.5 acres). The 5-acre 

minimum would service intermittent use and some occasional use sites, 

with up to 35 to 40 acres needed for continuous use sites. 

Unobstructed width required for the transfer of logs to the water needs to 

be adequate for the products being moved. The constructed length of the 
Log Transfer Facility Guidelines

Appendix G Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

G-4

working face can be as little as 40 feet, under special circumstances, but 

the operating clearance must exceed 60 feet to accommodate the longest 

log lengths. Most desirable is 110 feet available face. 

S4. Safe Access to a Facility from the Uplands: To provide safe access to the 

LTF and adjoining log sort yard, the facility should be sited where access roads 

to the facility can maintain a grade of 10 percent or less and 4 percent for 

specialized equipment. 

Discussion: Vehicle access must be provided to the point where log 

bundles are transferred either to the log sort yard facility or to the receiving 

waters. The operating layout must provide for operations within safe limits 

for the equipment, operators, and other personnel in the area. The 

maximum safe grade for log stackers is 4 percent. The maximum safe 

grade can be increased to 6 percent with special modifications to the log 

stacker. Prudent consideration of safety suggests a desirable grade less 

than the maximum be used. 

Road grades entering the unloading facility in excess of the 10 percent will 

not allow the truck driver to safely stop the vehicle in emergencies. 

S5. Bark Dispersal: LTF should be sited along or adjacent to straits and channels 

or deep bays where currents may be strong enough to disperse sunken or 

floating wood debris. Siting LTF in embayments with sills or other natural 

restrictions to tidal exchange should be avoided. 

Discussion: The Environmental Protection Agency and the Alaska 

Department of Environmental Conservation consider bark to be a 

pollutant. Problems with bark occur when it accumulates. The 

accumulated bark both physically smothers organisms and may create 

anoxic conditions or toxic gases. 

In bays that have sills or natural restrictions to tidal exchange, there is a 

concern that bark may accumulate due to inadequate current velocities. 

The concern is that sufficient bark accumulation and lack of water 

exchange in the layer below the sill will cause anoxic conditions. 

S6. Site Productivity: Sites for in-water storage and/or transfer of logs should be 

located in areas having the least productive intertidal and subtidal zones. 

Discussion: One of the siting methods used to limit the impacts that log 

transfer and log storage facilities may have on the environment has been 

to site the facilities in the least productive habitats. These habitats are 

often found along steep shorelines, where there is little substrate for plant 

or animal growth. Bark, because of the steep topography, seldom 

accumulates in such areas. Areas with a minimum bottom substrate in the 

euphotic zone are to be preferred. 

S7. Sensitive Habitats: LTF and log raft storage areas should not be sited on or 

adjacent to extensive tideflats, salt marshes, kelp or eelgrass beds, seaweed 

harvest areas, or shellfish concentration areas. 

Discussion: Tideflats, salt marshes, and aquatic vegetation beds support 

numerous biological communities, i.e., nursery and rearing areas for 

commercial species of crab and fish. The areas are usually shallow and 

high producers of planktonic organisms that support the aquatic food 

chain. 

Woody debris from log transfer and water storage can be carried by 

currents and deposited on these plant and animal communities. Debris 

may cover the area and physically smother plants and animals. There is a 

concern that debris accumulation may reduce dissolved oxygen 
Log Transfer Facility Guidelines

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix G 

January 2008 

G-5

concentration in the water below the minimum level required by fish and 

other aquatic life. Bark debris is expected to reduce dissolved oxygen 

concentration in the bark interstices. High oxygen demand can lead to an 

anaerobic zone within the bark pile where toxic sulfide compounds are 

generated, particularly in brackish and marine waters. Reduced oxygen 

levels, anaerobic conditions, and the presence of toxic sulfide compounds 

can result in reduced localized habitat value for groundfish species and 

their forage base (National Marine Fisheries Service 2005). One study 

found that the dissolved oxygen, pH, oxidation reduction potential, and 

concentration of toxic products of decomposition in the water column at 30 

centimeters (12 inches) above the bark were not significantly different than 

at the control sites. Reductions in dissolved oxygen below Water Quality 

Standards have not been documented. 

S8. Safe Marine Access to Facilities: Log rafting and storage facilities should be 

safely accessible to tugboats with log rafts at most tides and on most winter 

days. 

Discussion: Tugboats gather log rafts for transshipment to mills and 

other loading facilities. The lack of safe access to log rafting areas will 

result in the tug operator refusing to accept or deliver log rafts. 

S9. Storage and Rafting: Logs, log bundles, or log rafts should be stored in areas 

where they will not ground at low tide. A minimum depth of 40 feet or deeper 

measured at Mean Lower Low Water (MLLW) for log raft storage is preferred. 

Discussion: Grounding of logs or log rafts compacts the substrate and 

decreases biota living in and on the substrate. The siting and design of 

LTFs should provide sufficient water depth to avoid grounding of log 

bundles at the transfer facility and log raft make-up areas. 

Log rafting in depths greater than 40 feet (MLLW) is preferred because 

rooted aquatic macrophytes and algaes generally begin to decrease in 

density in Southeast Alaska below this depth. Rafting 40+ feet MLLW or 

more will protect these organisms and habitat (less than 40 feet MLLW) 

from bark accumulation and shading by log rafts. Log raft storage may 

occur at depths less than 40 feet (MLLW) depending on biological 

productivity, sensitivity to shading, and potential risk of bark 

accumulations. 

The logging industry retains the need to maintain existing sites that allow 

log rafts to ground or be stored in areas with low salinity, typically at the 

head of the bay, and in water less than 40 feet deep. The purpose is to 

protect logs from shipworm infestation, which can occur immediately after 

the logs are placed in the water. 

Shipworms are an endemic problem because they cause economic loss to 

timber values, both from the holes they produce in sawtimber, and from 

the calcium deposits they leave in logs used for pulp purposes. The 

industry has observed that reductions in shipworms occurs in waters with 

low salinities and when logs are allowed to ground in cold weather. For 

this reason, the industry continues to seek the opportunity to have sites 

where logs will be allowed to ground in order to reduce shipworm damage. 

The objective of regulatory agencies is to discontinue the practice of 

allowing logs to ground or be stored in areas less than 40 feet deep when 

they are biologically productive or are sensitive habitats. 

There is a need for additional research into shipworms and possible ways 

to reduce infestation in log rafts. Research needs identified by Sedal & 

Duvall, if accomplished, could reduce the conflicts. 
Log Transfer Facility Guidelines

Appendix G Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

G-6

S10. Bald Eagle Nest Trees: Site LTFs to avoid bald eagle nests. No project 

construction or operation should be closer than 330 feet to any bald eagle nest 

tree unless permitted by U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. (See the Eagle 

Memorandum of Understanding for details.) 

Discussion: The Bald Eagle Protection Act (16 U.S.C.) protects bald and 

golden eagles. To provide guidance for the management and protection 

of bald eagles on National Forest lands in Alaska, a Memorandum of 

Understanding was signed by the USDA Forest Service (Region 10) and 

the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Region 7). The Memorandum of 

Understanding states that a management zone of five chains (330 feet) 

around each eagle nest tree will be established and all land use activity 

within the zone will be excluded. The Memorandum of Understanding 

includes provisions for variances from the requirement. 

The following guidelines apply to the construction and operation of the LTFs and 

collateral upland facilities, such as sort yards and upland log storage areas. 

Construction and operation guidelines have not been developed for log raft storage 

facilities because the only practical means of regulating raft storage is through 

proper siting. The degree of application of these guidelines to individual LTFs is 

based on the siting of the facility. 

C1. LTF Design: LTF design should be the least environmentally damaging, 

practicable alternative. Factors to be considered in selection of design 

alternatives include: 1) economic practicability; 2) facility requirements; 3) 

physical site constraints; 4) timber volumes to be transferred (site usage and 

duration); 5) total potential effects on biota and water quality, (including 

biological productivity and sensitivity); and 6) other potential uses of the site 

and facility. 

Discussion: The preferred LTF design(s) should be those that represent 

the best practicable alternative and the least impact from placement of fill 

and associated impacts, such as bark accumulations. For example, 

emphasis on facility designs that minimize bark loss may result in a 

greater total coverage of the intertidal and subtidal areas by fill (due to 

design requirements) than would occur under another alternative that 

allows greater bark loss, but less fill. 

C2. Fill Structures: Fill structures shall be designed and constructed to prevent 

erosion, pollution, and structural displacement. 

Discussion: The intent is to avoid introducing fine sediments and organic 

matter into the water. The guideline requires design and construction 

practices that minimize fine sediment plumes and prevent change in the 

substrate’s composition near the structure as a result of lost fill material. 

This guideline is performance-based by allowing the use of a range of 

materials within fills, provided proper design, construction, and 

containment procedures are followed. The use of woody debris in fill 

structures is acceptable with containment. 

It is assumed in the guideline that timbers and logs used in construction 

are not classified as fine organic matter. 

C3. Timing of In-water Construction: In-water construction, blasting, and/or 

filling associated with LTF sites should be timed to limit adverse impacts to 

marine and estuarine fishery resources, and avoid conflicts with other user 

groups. 

Discussion: Juvenile salmonids use shallow, near shore areas for 

feeding during the first few weeks after they leave freshwater. 

Construction and 

Operation 

Guidelines 
Log Transfer Facility Guidelines

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix G 

January 2008 

G-7

Construction activities during this outmigration period may cause direct 

mortality from blasting if the over pressure in the marine waters exceeds 

2 pounds per square inch. Increased water column turbidity related to 

construction or filling may decrease availability of prey organisms and 

cause physiological damage to fry during this critical period. Spawning 

herring are also susceptible to turbidity and effects of blasting. 

Generally the period from mid-March to mid-June is the period when 

in-water turbidity and over pressure restrictions will be needed in order to 

protect juvenile salmon and spawning herring. The actual times will vary 

depending on the site and the presence or absence of juvenile salmon or 

spawning herring. 

Timing restrictions to avoid conflicts with existing user groups vary and 

would be evaluated on a site-by-site basis. Facility siting to avoid juvenile 

salmon nursery areas, herring spawning areas, and areas utilized by other 

user groups will reduce the need for timing restrictions. 

C4. Bark Accumulation Management: The siting, design, and operation of the 

LTF and contiguous collateral upland facilities shall utilize the best practicable 

procedures and methodologies to control intertidal and submarine 

accumulations of bark. 

Discussion: Intertidal and submarine accumulations of bark impact 

infauna and epifauna primarily through smothering, but also through 

alteration of natural habitat and water quality. The extent of the impact is 

limited to the actual area of complete bark coverage. Through proper 

implementation of best practicable procedures and methodologies, such 

as siting, design selection, operation, and solid waste management, the 

level and impact of intertidal and submarine accumulations can be 

minimized. Selection of best practicable procedures and methodologies to 

limit intertidal and tidal bark accumulations for a specific site should be 

used. 

C5. Solid Waste Management: Solid wastes, including wood and other solid 

waste generated from the LTF, contiguous sort yards, and other collateral 

facilities shall be routinely removed from the LTFs and adjacent facilities and 

disposed of at an approved upland solid waste disposal site. 

Discussion: Disposal of solid wastes, cable, machine parts, and 

equipment, as well as wastes from logs in the sort yard, truck unloading, 

and log transfer operations should occur in accordance with 18 AAC 60, 

which requires that solid wastes be properly disposed of at an approved 

disposal site. In order to prevent accidental introduction of materials into 

receiving waters, bull rails, or similar constraints to retain bark and wood 

waste on the upland improvements adjacent to the LTF, should be utilized. 

Bark and other solid waste should be periodically removed from uplands 

and intertidal areas around the log transfer system, depending on the site 

conditions. 

C6. Bark Accumulation: The regulatory agency(ies) will impose an interim 

intertidal and submarine threshold bark accumulation level. When 

accumulations exceed the threshold level, cleanup, if any, will occur at the 

discretion of the permitting agency(ies). The interim threshold bark 

accumulation level is described as 100 percent coverage exceeding both 1 

acre in size and a thickness greater than 10 centimeters (3.9 inches) at any 

point. 

Discussion: This guideline is necessary because intertidal and 

submarine accumulations of bark impact infauna and epifauna primarily 
Log Transfer Facility Guidelines

Appendix G Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

G-8

through smothering, but also through alteration of natural habitat and 

water quality. The problem with bark occurs when it accumulates. 

Through siting, transfer system selection, and solid waste management, 

the amount of bark lost and accumulating in intertidal and submarine 

areas is prevented to significantly diminished. Bark accumulation is still 

expected to occur in some areas promoting the need for this guideline. 

This is an interim guideline developed by the Log Transfer Facility 

Guideline Committee. The committee developed this procedural guideline 

in order to be responsive to ongoing research and, at the same time, raise 

site-specific problems to the respective decisionmakers for appropriate 

action. 

An interim guideline for threshold bark accumulation levels and cleanup 

when exceeding those levels is being used due to a lack of information. 

Technical data are needed to evaluate technical feasibility of various 

options for managing accumulations, such as removal or other control 

procedures. Water quality and biological information is needed to 

evaluate effects on water quality and biota from removal and disposal of 

bark accumulations and effects of other corrective options that may be 

used to manage bark accumulations. 

C7. Bundle Speed: The speed of the log bundles entering receiving waters should 

be the slowest practicable speed available. Decisions on the allowable transfer 

system that can be used will occur on a site-specific basis during the permitting 

process. 

Discussion: This guideline is necessary because the amount of bark lost 

during transfer of log bundles into receiving waters is directly correlated 

with the speed of log bundles entering receiving waters. These 

conclusions have been confirmed by an in-progress U.S. Fish and Wildlife 

Service study. The loss of bark into receiving and submarine areas can 

adversely affect aquatic biota through smothering and alteration of habitat. 

The release of bark into receiving waters initiates a regulatory response 

that bark is a pollutant when discharged into receiving waters. To the 

extent practicable, its discharge should be eliminated. 

This guideline was developed by the Log Transfer Facility Guidelines 

Committee. The Committee concluded that rather than pursue a uniform 

speed requirement for all LTFs, the guideline should emphasize the need 

to meet the slowest speed achievable after taking into consideration costs, 

existing technology, and logistics, in light of the overall project purposes. 

There is insufficient information to agree upon a guideline that defines a 

practicable speed for various types and sizes of transfer operations. 

However, based on current information about existing transfer technology, 

a 3 feet per second entry velocity is an achievable entry speed and will 

serve as a reference point for discussion. 

C8. Surface Drainage Management: The design, construction and operation of 

LTFs, contiguous sort yards, and/or log storage yards shall utilize practicable 

procedures for control of surface water runoff from facilities. 

Discussion: The surface water runoff from LTFs and adjacent contiguous 

sorting/storage areas has been observed to carry sediments, woody 

debris, and hydrocarbons. These pollutants can directly enter receiving 

waters. Surface runoff control can be accomplished with a variety of 

techniques. These include such practices as keeping overland flow from 

entering the LTF or adjacent facilities, collecting runoff from the facility in 

settling basins, or retaining vegetative buffer strips. The design, 
Log Transfer Facility Guidelines

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix G 

January 2008 

G-9

construction, and operation of LTFs, in conjunction with adjacent and 

contiguous sorting storage areas, will utilize practicable procedures for 

meeting Water Quality Standards for the State of Alaska and the Clean 

Water Act. 

The Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation may require 

information on sort and/or storage yards contiguous to the LTF that is not 

routinely provided on permit applications in order to assist permittees in 

managing surface runoff so as to comply with Water Quality Standards. 

C9. Control of Hydrocarbons: The log transfer system and adjacent sort yard 

handling equipment shall be operated and maintained to minimize petroleum 

and lubricating products from entering waters. 

Discussion: The operation of certain log transfer systems and equipment 

used in any adjoining log unloading facility or log and sort yard storage 

facility are a potential source of hydrocarbons and hydraulic fluids that can 

spill on the upland facilities and enter receiving waters. This equipment 

should be maintained and facilities managed to ensure lubricants and 

hydraulic fluids do not enter receiving waters. Continuous-chain log 

transfer systems require periodic lubrication and result in unavoidable 

introduction of hydrocarbons into receiving waters. Lubrication of these 

systems should use the manufacturer's specified lubricants, and 

lubrication should not exceed manufacturer's specifications. 

C10. Onshore Log Storage: Where feasible, preference must be given to onshore 

storage and barging of logs. 

Discussion: 11 AAC 95.150 of the Alaska State Forest Resources and 

Practices Regulations specifies preference to onshore storage and 

barging of logs, where feasible. 

C11. Facility Maintenance and Reclamation: The permittee shall maintain the 

structure or work authorized in good condition, and in reasonable accordance 

with the approved plans and drawings. If and when the permittee desires to 

abandon the authorized activity herein, unless such abandonment is part of the 

transfer procedure by which the permittee is transferring its interests to a third 

party, the permittee must restore the area to a satisfactory condition. 

Discussion: The authorizations from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 

under Section 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act and Section 404 of the 

Clean Water Act include the general conditions (h) requirements to 

maintain authorized work and (g) upon abandonment restoration of the 

area to a satisfactory condition. This guideline repeats those general 

conditions. 

LTFs are monitored to ensure permit compliance. Monitoring results are used to 

assess activities associated with the construction, operation, and maintenance of 

the facilities, and to ensure that corrective action occurs, if appropriate. The level 

and type of monitoring are dependent on the type of facility. 

M1. Monitoring by Permittee: Monitoring for bark accumulations, oil sheen, and 

surface runoff associated with the construction, operation, and maintenance of 

facilities, and to ensure that corrective action occurs, if appropriate. The level 

and type of monitoring is dependent on the type of facility (see use definitions 

in the Glossary). 

Discussion: The regulatory agencies, when issuing permits, can include 

conditions to a permit that require monitoring by the permittee. The 

agencies can assume some or all monitoring responsibilities. 

Monitoring and 

Reporting 

Guidelines 
Log Transfer Facility Guidelines

Appendix G Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

G-10

M2. Monitoring Requirements: Monitoring should be undertaken at all continuous 

and intermittent use LTF sites, and at those occasional and incidental use LTFs 

at which total volume of logs transferred is similar to that of intermittent use 

sites. The level of monitoring and parameters to be monitored should be 

determined on a site-specific basis. Monitoring at occasional and incidental 

use facilities may be required on a site-specific basis. The need for monitoring 

of occasional or incidental use sites will be limited. Permittees will be required 

to submit a monitoring program to the permitting agencies prior to operation of 

a new continuous or intermittent use LTF. Agency approval of monitoring plans 

is required. Requirements for monitoring should be responsive to data 

obtained during prior monitoring activities. 

Discussion: Monitoring is required to determine the occurrence and the 

extent of possible environmental impacts. The nature of monitoring 

activities shall be site-specific and determined by such factors as volume, 

site characteristics, life of project, and type of operation, because these 

factors may determine the extent of environmental impacts. Depending 

upon monitoring results, permitting agencies have sufficient flexibility to 

modify monitoring requirements for any LTF at any time during its 

operation, or after the first 3 years of operation of a continuous LTF. For 

example, monitoring requirements for a continuous LTF could be dropped 

if monitoring data indicate that significant deposits of bark debris are not 

accumulating. Permitting agencies approval is needed to determine if a 

monitoring plan will satisfy permit conditions. 

M3. Annual Monitoring for Bark Accumulation: At continuous and intermittent 

use LTFs, monitoring of bark debris accumulation should occur prior to the 

operating season as a minimum requirement. Monitoring at intermittent LTFs 

would occur only during periods when the LTF is active. 

Discussion: In order to determine if the bark accumulation conditions 

and stipulations of the permit are being met, it is necessary to measure 

bark and debris accumulations. 

M4. Elements of Bark Accumulation Monitoring Program: Elements that should 

be included in a monitoring program for continuous and intermittent use LTFs 

are site-specific and may include, but not be limited to, the following: 

a. Permanent transects; 

b. Measurement of areal extent, thickness, and percent coverage of bark 

debris; and 

c. Measurements required by M4; a and b are from MHW (Mean High Water) 

to depths of 60 feet MLLW (Mean Lower Low Water). 

Discussion: In order to determine changes in site characteristics over 

time, installation of permanent transects is required. Thickness, area, and 

extent of bark coverage affects benthos. Sixty feet below MLLW was 

selected because it is a depth at which repeated dives can safely be 

conducted. 

Permanent transects are necessary to enable collection of repetitive data. 

If little or no change is observed, the permit holder may be relieved of the 

requirement for collecting information along the transects. 

The requirement for dive transects, the number of transects, and the 

method of establishing permanence of the transects will be related to the 

period of usage, the amount of use intended, the resource values 

involved, and the expectations of effects as a result of the siting process. 
Log Transfer Facility Guidelines

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix G 

January 2008 

G-11

M5. Monitoring for Oil Sheen: Waters in the vicinity of an LTF shall be monitored 

during operations for the presence of a visible sheen and recorded when 

observed. 

Discussion: The monitoring is necessary to determine if an LTF is being 

operated to comply with Water Quality Standards for petroleum 

hydrocarbons, oils, and grease. Authority for this guideline is provided by 

state Water Quality Standards (18 AAC 70), Oil Pollution Regulations (18 

AAC 75), and Federal Regulations (40 CFR 110). 

M6. Monitoring Upland Discharges: On a case-by-case basis, discharges of 

rainfall from log sorting and storage yard, and discharges from any settling 

pond used to treat water, may require monitoring to ensure compliance with 

state Water Quality Standards and the Clean Water Act. 

Discussion: This monitoring is necessary to determine if measures or 

structures designed to concentrate and treat runoff are operating 

effectively. 

M7. Reporting Guidelines: Routine annual reports include the following 

descriptive information: 

a. Location of the LTF (404/402 permits require latitude and longitude). The 

Forest Service traditionally uses legal descriptions; 

b. Description of the LTF, including transfer devices and sorting and storage 

areas; 

c. Permit holder and/or operator of LTF; 

d. Starting and ending dates of operating season (from first to last bundle), 

and number of operating days per season; 

e. Gross volume in board feet (Scribner Scale), or number of bundles 

transferred during the operating season; and 

f. Monitoring data as described in Monitoring Guidelines. 

Biological Productivity—Highly diverse biological communities with many individuals. 

Clean fill—Clean fill is defined as inorganic material, sized as sand and larger, free 

of organics. Current practice is to allow 0 to 15 percent material finer than sand and 

no organic materials in reinforced earth structures used for log transfer. Field 

observations indicate that the percentage of material is finer than sand from rock 

pits used for fill and considerably lower than the maximum percentage of fine 

material. 

Log raft make-up area—A facility constructed in waters of the United States near or 

adjacent to log transfer facilities. The log raft make-up area is utilized for 

constructing log rafts that are on completion, moved to either a log storage area or 

loaded on to a vessel. 

Log raft storage facility—A facility constructed in the waters of the United States 

utilized for the purpose of temporary or long-term storage of commercially harvested 

logs awaiting transfer to a vessel, manufacturing facility, or storage at the 

manufacturing facility. 

Log transfer facility—A facility constructed, in whole or part, in waters of the United 

States that is utilized for the purpose of transferring commercially harvested logs to 

or from a vessel or log raft. 

Practicable—Means available and capable of being done after taking into 

consideration costs, existing technology, and logistics in light of overall project 

purposes (40 CFR 230.3 (q)). 

Glossary 
Log Transfer Facility Guidelines

Appendix G Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

G-12

Use Descriptions—There are four classifications to describe the range of use for log 

transfer operations. The intensity and duration of site use will vary over time and the 

descriptions for each use provide a benchmark description to relate to operating 

levels and characteristics. There is a trend away from long-term continuous sites 

with increased incidence of intermittent and occasional use sites. 

Continuous use sites: Sites where use is expected to be continuous on a 

regular basis for 20 years or longer. These sites were described and analyzed 

by Sedlak (3-16) in his analysis of alternative log transportation systems. 

Volume of expected timber is approximately 20 to 50 MMBF per year. Industry 

practice is to try to operate at a minimum of 35 MMBF activity level if a 

year-round camp is to be maintained. Log sorting and scaling commonly 

occurs at these sites. Export shipping is expected for privately owned timber. 

This operation is described as having "two sides" (two full yarding and support 

systems) with year-round land-based camp operations normal. Sites originally 

developed and operated as continuous use will frequently change to 

intermittent use or occasional use sites subsequent to the initial harvest 

activities. 

Incidental use sites: Sites where use for log transfer is expected to occur 

only once or twice over a 70- to 100-year period. Typically the focus is on 

salvage of logs as the result of blowdown, disease, or harvest of isolated 

stands of timber. The lands involved are generally not accessible by alternative 

means. Timber volumes at a site will normally not exceed 5 to 10 MMBF. Log 

sorting areas are normally not constructed and native log structures are 

expected. Floating camp operations are expected. 

Intermittent use sites: Sites where use is expected to vary from zero to 

approximately 11 to 17 MMBF per year. This operation can be described as 

having a "single side" (one full yarding operation and supporting system). 

These sites were described and analyzed by Sedlak (3-17) in his analysis of 

alternative log transportation systems. Typically these sites will vary in use in a 

pattern of 4 MMBF for the first year, 11 to 17 MMBF for 3 years, 4 MMBF for 

1 year, and 6 to 15 years with no log transfer (3-17). Timber volumes from 

intermittent use would be at the average annual rate of 3 to 5 MMBF per year 

over 20 to 50 years. Timber salvage operations may occur in the periods 

between major operations. Sort yards are not normally constructed if water 

storage sites are available. 

Year-round camp operation is generally not expected. Land-based camps 

have been common in the past, but increased use of floating camps has been 

observed at these sites. 

Occasional use sites: Sites where intensive log transfer is expected to occur 

for only 4 to 6 years out of a 20- to 30-year period. These sites have not been 

analyzed in the literature. The use pattern is expected to be cyclical through 

the life of the site. Timber volumes from major timber activities would be at the 

average annual rate of about 1/2 MMBF/year over 20 to 50 years. Small timber 

operations will occur during the periods when major sale activities do not occur. 

Sorting yards are constructed only if no other options are available. Direct 

shipping of export logs is not expected. 

Floating camp operations are the expected normal situation, unless commuting 

of workers from an established camp is feasible. 
APPENDIX H 

KARST AND CAVE RESOURCES 
Karst and Cave Resources 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix H 

January 2008 

H-1

Karst Resources: Karst 

I. Strategy 

A. Maintain, to the extent practical, the natural karst processes and the productivity of the karst 

landscape while providing for other land uses, where appropriate. This strategy is designed to 

assess a karst resources vulnerability or sensitivity to a proposed land use, and recognize the 

differences in degree of karst development and glacial history across the karst landscape. 

B. The key elements of the karst strategy focus on the openness of karst and its ability to transport 

surface water, nutrients, soil and debris, and pollutants into underlying hydrologic systems. 

Strive to maintain the productivity of the soils of the karst landscape after harvest, maintain the 

quality and quantity of the waters issuing from karst hydrologic systems, and protect the many 

resources values within underlying significant cave systems as per the requirements of the 

Federal Cave Resources Protection Act of 1988 (FCRPA). 

II. Management 

A. Maintain a karst resource management program that will identify, evaluate, and provide 

appropriate protection and mitigation for karst resources. Evaluate karst resources as to their 

vulnerability to land uses affecting karst systems, as described in the Karst and Cave Resource 

Significance Assessment, Ketchikan Area, Tongass National Forest, Alaska (Aley et al. 1993), 

Karst Landscapes and Associated Resources: A Resource Assessment (USDA Forest Service 

Gen. Tech. Rep. PNW-383) (Baichtal and Swanston 1996), Karst Management Standards and 

Implementation Review, Final Report of the Karst Review Panel (Griffiths et al. 2002), and the 

information provided herein. 

B. Seek participation from interested individuals and organizations, such as caving groups, 

scientists, recreationists, and development interests in managing the karst resources. 

C. Integrate and coordinate karst management with the management of other resources. Consider 

the function and biological significance of the entire karst landscape; recognize the importance 

of protection of karst systems, not solely specific karst features. 

D. Public education and interpretative programs should be developed to ensure an increased 

understanding of the components and function of the karst landscape. Use research results to 

foster and promote conservation and further public education of karst resources. 

E. Work with universities and other appropriate research facilities to foster partnerships to study 

and characterize the function and biological significance of karst landscapes. In order to 

maintain existing aesthetic and future scientific values, use non-consumptive research 

techniques as much as possible. 

F. Manage the karstlands with an “adaptive management approach.” Guidelines should allow karst 

managers to exercise their professional judgment in developing karst management strategies 

and prescriptions. As knowledge is gained from implementation, monitoring, research, and 

studies, recommended practices should be modified to reflect the needed changes. 

III. Karst Landscape Assessment 

A. Karst lands impose land management challenges not encountered in non-karst areas because 

this three-dimensional landform functions differently than other landforms. Karst resources must 

be evaluated according to their vulnerability to land uses affecting karst systems. Vulnerability 

mapping recognizes that some parts of the karst landscape are more sensitive than others to 

surface activities and groundwater contamination. These differences in vulnerability may be a 

function of the extent of karst development, the openness of the karst systems, and the 

sensitivity of other resources that benefit from karst groundwater systems. Assess karst 

resource vulnerability for both large geographic areas and site-specific projects. Complete 

vulnerability assessments of large geographic areas for any karst area where land-disturbing 

activities are planned. Conduct site-specific vulnerability mapping on a project-by-project basis, 

Appendix H 

Karst and Cave Resources 
Karst and Cave Resources 

Appendix H Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

H-2

or as field verification of the larger scale karst vulnerability assessment. Karst lands will be 

classified as low, moderate, or high vulnerability. This four-step process is discussed below. 

1. Identify Potential Karst Lands. Identify those lands underlain by carbonate rocks. As a 

practical matter, all lands underlain by carbonate rocks within the Forest should be 

considered a karst landscape. These include outcrops of limestone, marble, and dolomite. 

Karst has also developed within gypsum deposits on the Forest, and caves or tubes can be 

found within some lava flows. 

2. Inventory Karst Resources. At the beginning of any land-disturbing project planning effort, 

determine the project's proximity to or position on a karst landscape. If it is determined that 

karst occurs in the project area, require an inventory adequate to characterize the resources. 

Assess the degree and location of karst development. If karst is present, at a minimum, 

record the information listed below. 

a. The degree to, which karst has developed, including the degree of epikarst development; 

the presence of caves, the presence of insurgences or sinking or losing water courses 

and resurgences or springs, sinkholes, collapse channels, and other karst features. If 

through initial inventory it is determined that the level of karst development and the density 

of karst features is so high that the landscape should be classified as high vulnerability, a 

complete inventory of all features is not necessary. It is important to document the level of 

karst development in the Karst Resource Report and the justification for the vulnerability 

classification. Document specific karst features on the “Karst Feature” form. Document 

characteristics of the karst in the area of concern on the “Karst Classification Summary” 

form. 

b. When caves are identified that may be affected by the proposed land management 

activity, they will be surveyed and inventoried in accordance with cave management 

guidelines. To maintain continuity of inventory reports and cave maps, specifications will 

be addressed prior to commencement of inventory work. During inventory work, caving 

ethics and protection of cave resources will be stressed. 

c. The relative position of karst features both within and adjacent to the planned activity. 

d. The slope of the land and the depth and nature of soil atop the karst. 

e. The presence of any Class I or Class II streams being significantly contributed to from the 

karst hydrologic systems. It is only intended that streams that have had sufficient 

residence time or contact with the carbonate bedrock and which show appreciable 

geochemical change be considered. Temperatures less than 8.5 degrees Celsius, pH 

ranging from 7.5 to 9.0, and specific conductance greater than 120 would be an indication 

of the highest value karst waters. It should be recognized that some normally dry 

drainage channels in a karst landscape would periodically carry large flows when the 

capacity of underlying conduits is exceeded during high flow events. 

f. Sensitive habitats and features that might be adversely affected by land use changes in 

the area being investigated. These habitats and features must specifically include, among 

other things, streams important to fisheries and streams or springs used as domestic 

water supplies, habitats that support cave adapted organisms, and critical bat winter 

habitat and/or roosts. When considering karst streams and springs, the inventory work 

must recognize that many sensitive habitats and features are likely to be located 

appreciable distances away from points where waters enter the karst groundwater 

system. The sensitive habitats may also include unique or unusual plant communities 

associated with surface karst features or carbonate outcrops. 

g. The results of the survey shall be documented and digitized onto the Forest’s GIS 

Database. The area's geology, location of karst features and caves, and the vulnerability 

of specific karst areas shall be recorded. 

3. Delineate Karst Hydrologic System and Catchment Area. Define, to the extent feasible, 

the karst hydrologic system and the recharge area watershed or catchment area for each 

karst system. The character of the catchment area (i.e., the area, slope gradient, vegetation, 

water quality, soils, etc.) controls the nature of the receiving karst system and defines the 

volume of runoff available for infiltration into the system. Recharge area delineation is a 

crucial component of vulnerability mapping; it is important to know where the water comes 
Karst and Cave Resources 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix H 

January 2008 

H-3

from and resurges to credibly assess and characterize possible impacts. At a minimum, 

record the information listed below. 

a. During the inventory phase, record the location of all insurgences, sinking or losing 

streams, sinkholes, or other features appropriate for injection of tracing dyes. Estimate 

water volume entering or discharging from the groundwater system at the time of the visit. 

Record the position and characteristics of as many resurgences or springs as practical 

believed to be associated with the particular karst system of interest. Describe prevailing 

weather conditions at the time of the visit and the precipitation trends over the previous 24 

hours. 

b. Within each project area, the need to conduct tracer dye studies will be determined by a 

karst management specialist or other resource specialist such as a hydrologist with karstspecific experience or training. If tracer dye studies are determined to be necessary, the 

dye study needs to be carefully designed. Because subsurface flow paths are not 

predictable, an initial attempt to locate and sample all springs issuing from the karst area 

is necessary. Dye introduction sites should be selected to answer the particular resource 

concerns or threats. As an understanding of the systems complexity is established 

through initial successful traces, the sampling site strategy can be modified. Dye traces 

may need to be conducted at both low and high flows to determine the full extent of the 

karst groundwater system. 

c. Record the results of the dye traces, indicating the relative position of the dye injection 

point and the position of the resurgence or spring where the dye was recovered. Record 

the tracer dye's travel time and concentration, if known. Record resurgences and streams 

that were sampled, but where no dye was recovered. Document and digitize results onto 

the Forest GIS Database. 

4. Assess Vulnerability of Karst Terrain to Management Activity. The final step is to 

delineate the land under investigation into various vulnerability categories. An area's 

vulnerability rating must be sensitive to potential surface management practices based on the 

extent to which epikarst has developed and the openness of the karst system. Where 

recharge is diffused through deep soils, the underlying karst is less vulnerable to increased 

sediment inputs and other pollutants than in areas where recharge is discrete and soils are 

thin or nearly absent. Where soils are thin or nearly absent, surface disturbances will almost 

always result in exposure of the epikarst, providing an easy pathway for sediment and other 

pollutants to enter the subsurface drainage network. Discrete recharge areas are especially 

vulnerable to ground-disturbing activities because the flowing surface water can carry 

sediment and other pollutants directly to the subsurface drainage network. Karst vulnerability 

mapping recognizes the variability in karst terrain and uses the vulnerability concepts 

described here to assign a high, medium, or low vulnerability rating to an area of karst terrain. 

The proposed ground disturbing activity is considered when determining mitigation or 

applying karst management guidelines. The vulnerability categories and their criteria are 

discussed below.

a. Low Vulnerability Karst Lands 

i. Classification Criteria. Low vulnerability karst lands are those areas where resource 

damage threats associated with land management activities in the areas are not likely 

to be appreciably greater than those posed by similar activities on non-carbonate 

substrate. A generalized characterization of these lands include areas underlain by 

carbonate bedrock that are moderately well to well drained, most commonly internally 

drained, but surface streams may be present. Generally, these areas have been 

greatly modified by glaciation, and a deep (greater than 40 inches deep) covering of 

glacial till or mineral soil, and little or no epikarst showing at the surface. The epikarst 

may be buried and/or ground off, depending on the intensity of glaciation. These lands 

pose little or no threat to organic, sediment, debris, or pollutant introduction into the 

karst hydrologic systems beneath through diffuse recharge. Often these are areas of 

little or no slope (less than 20 percent). These tend to be at lower elevations (i.e., less 

than 500 feet); however, the elevation of low vulnerability karst will vary across the 

Forest. 
Karst and Cave Resources 

Appendix H Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

H-4

ii. Low Vulnerability Karst Management Objectives and Appropriate Land Uses. 

These are areas where no special provision for the protection of karst values is 

considered necessary. Timber harvest and related activities could be conducted in 

such areas in a similar manner to those normally employed on lands underlain by 

insoluble bedrock. Partial suspension yarding may be required. No quarry shall be 

developed atop karst without adequate site survey and design. Quarries should be 

properly closed after abandonment. Recreational development would be appropriate 

with consideration of karst resource values. It is possible that karst areas with high 

vulnerability will be found within and adjacent to areas found to be of low vulnerability. 

Along such boundaries or margins, guidelines for protecting these high vulnerability 

areas outlined under "Moderate Vulnerability Karst Lands" (3.D. b. ii. (a)-(c)) shall 

apply. 

b. Moderate Vulnerability Karst Lands 

i. Classification Criteria. The moderate vulnerability karst lands are those areas 

where resource damage threats associated with land management activities in the 

areas are appreciably greater than those posed by similar activities on low 

vulnerability karst lands. A generalized characterization of these lands include areas 

underlain by carbonate bedrock that are well drained internally. Surface streams are 

rare. The soils of moderate vulnerability areas are a mosaic of shallow organic (20 to 

40 percent, McGilvery Soils) and mineral (80 to 60 percent, Sarkar [less than 20-inch 

depth] and Ulloa [greater than 20-inch depth] Soils) with minor amounts of glacial till. 

The epikarst is moderate- to well-developed and is visible at the surface. These areas 

tend to be at higher elevations (i.e., greater than 500 feet, and on knobs, ridges, and 

on the dip-slope of carbonate bedding planes when near the surface.) The surface of 

these areas tends to be irregular and undulating, following the epikarst development, 

which is the result of solution of the bedrock surface rather than solution and/or 

collapse features such as sinkholes. In other words, moderate vulnerability features 

are often the result of slow, diffuse processes rather than collapse or major 

subsidence processes, which typify high vulnerability features. Moderate vulnerability 

karst lands pose low risk to organics, sediment, and debris introduction into the karst 

hydrologic systems beneath. It is probable, but not always the case, that these areas 

contain or are adjacent to areas of high vulnerability. 

 Much difficulty lies in differentiating between the high end of the moderate vulnerability 

karst and the low end of the high vulnerability karst. In using a classification system, 

there is rarely an exact fit to the environment or specific area being investigated. As 

stated above, classification is dependent upon extent of karst development and 

openness of the system. This can be difficult when surrounded by an environment 

with no surface water streams and limited exposure to the development of the 

underground system, as is often the case in these 'gray areas' between moderate and 

high vulnerability karst. Aside from the level of development and the openness of the 

system, the density of both karst features and exposed epikarst can be used when 

classifying the vulnerability of an area. A high density of features and/or very well 

developed epikarst in a “gray area” would result in a high vulnerability classification, 

whereas a few minor features and moderate epikarst development with soil retained 

might be classified as a moderate vulnerability area. It is crucial to evaluate the 

immediate area as well as the surrounding environment and any contributing 

characteristics when using this vulnerability system. 

ii. Moderate Vulnerability Karst Management Objectives and Appropriate Land 

Uses. Management objectives on these lands is to provide for other land uses while 

taking into account function and biological significance of the karst and cave 

resources within the landscape. Timber harvest and related activities could be 

conducted in such areas under more restrictive guidelines than normally employed on 

lands underlain by insoluble bedrock. To protect the fragile soils found here, at a 

minimum, the yarding system selected may be required to achieve partial suspension. 

Longer timber harvest rotational periods may be appropriate. Reduced timber harvest 
Karst and Cave Resources 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix H 

January 2008 

H-5

unit size and a greater dispersal of harvest units may be required. Recreational 

development would be appropriate with consideration of the karst resource values 

listed above, particularly with respect to reducing disturbance of sensitive soils and 

use of construction methods that avoid erosion and diversion of natural and road 

drainage waters into karst features. 

(1) Road Construction. Existing roads will be utilized in preference to the construction 

of new ones. Roads should avoid sinkholes and other collapse features as well as 

sinking or losing streams. Roads should not divert water to or from karst features. 

Measures shall be taken to reduce erosion and sediment transport from the road 

surface and cut slopes. Assess the need for ditches and culverts. Sediment traps, 

cut and fill slope revegetation, and road closure and revegetation may be 

appropriate. Because subsurface drainage networks may be more open to the 

surface in moderate vulnerability areas, additional design criteria may be required. 

Such criteria may relate to road construction methods, blasting, culvert placement 

and density, and sediment retention and erosion prevention. Road construction 

restrictions described below under “high-vulnerability prescriptions” may be 

required for these areas. 

(2) Quarries. Existing quarries will be utilized in preference to the construction of new 

ones. No quarry shall be developed atop karst without adequate site survey and 

design. Quarries should be properly closed after abandonment. 

(3) Karst Feature Buffers. It is probable that individual features or areas with high 

vulnerability will be found within and adjacent to areas found to be of moderate 

vulnerability. Along such boundaries or margins, the following guidelines shall 

apply: 

(a) No surface-disturbing activity such as timber harvest, road construction, 

and/or quarry development shall occur within a minimum of 100 feet of the 

edge of a cave, sinkhole, collapse channel, doline field, or other collapse karst 

feature. Manage an appropriate distance beyond the no-harvest zone to 

provide for a reasonable assurance of windfirmness (RAW) of that zone (pay 

special attention to the area within two site-potential tree heights of the noharvest zone). The intent of the buffers surrounding karst features is to 

minimize the amount of woody debris and sediment entering a given karst 

system and to maintain, to the extent practical, the natural processes and 

environment surrounding those features. It is not intended that this level of 

protection would be applied for relatively minor, isolated features (i.e., where 

explicit or special management measures would not normally be required). Appropriate protection measures for minor features should be designed on a 

case-by-case basis as field assessed by a karst management specialist. 

When designing buffers to protect karst systems and their features, the buffer 

should be designed to be wind-firm. There is no credible standard buffer 

distance that will provide the assurance required to protect the systems from 

blow down of the forest within a given buffer. Each buffer must be carefully 

designed considering wind direction, blow down history, previous adjacent 

harvest, topography, and stand windfirmness. Delineated lands surrounding 

such features and systems must be of sufficient size to ensure protection 

even if blow down occurs. It is suggested that the specific design of the 

buffers be an Interdisciplinary Team (IDT) recommendation working with the 

karst management specialist during the planning process for any given 

project. Not all features will require the RAW buffer considering the specific 

characteristics of each. 

(b) No surface-disturbing activity such as timber harvest, road construction, 

and/or quarry development will occur on lands that overlie a known 

"significant" cave. "Overlie" is defined here as the area between lines 

projected from the outside walls of the cave passage at a 45-degree angle to 

the surface. In practice, lands that overlie a significant cave should be classed 

as high vulnerability even if other characteristics would suggest a lower rating. 
Karst and Cave Resources 

Appendix H Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

H-6

As suggested above, the specific design of the buffers should be an IDT 

recommendation working with the karst management specialist during the 

planning process for any given project. 

(c) As cave discoveries are made and those caves are mapped and inventoried, 

it is quite probable that very significant cave systems will be discovered. 

These might contain significant paleontological, cultural, or biologic resources, 

or the system is of a particular size to warrant an extra level of protection. 

Cave systems such as El Capitan Cave on Prince of Wales Island, Arabica 

and associated caves on Heceta Island, Solstice Cave on Chichagof Island, 

and the Calamity Creek Caves on Revillagigedo Island are examples. It is 

suggested that on a case-by-case basis for such caves, a Geologic Special 

Area be defined and managed as such to protect these systems. 

(d) Require protection of all sinking or losing streams and their tributaries 

irrespective of whether the channels carry perennial, ephemeral, or 

intermittent flows. A non-harvest buffer is required at a minimum of 100 feet 

from the edge of a sinking or losing stream within no less than 0.25 mile 

(1,320 feet) upstream of their swallow hole or loss point. Additional protection 

beyond this point many be needed and should take into consideration 

parameters such as gradient, channel type, soil characteristics, and 

susceptibility to mass wasting and erosion along the stream’s or tributary’s 

course, or within the watershed. The karst management specialist should 

work in conjunction with hydrologists and soil scientists to design additional 

stream protection if needed. Manage an appropriate distance beyond the noharvest zone to provide for a reasonable assurance of windfirmness of that 

zone (pay special attention to the area within two site-potential tree height of 

the no-harvest zone). In the event that the stream is less than 0.25 mile long, 

the stream will be buffered to the stream’s source. 

(e) The area surrounding resurgences should be protected to maintain the 

environment surrounding the springs and the quality of the waters flowing 

from them. Resurgences can, however, be classified as moderate or high 

vulnerability dependent upon their size, the habitat they provide, and the level 

of atmospheric connectivity between the resurgence and the underground 

karst system. Minor resurgences that seep out of the ground between gravels 

with almost no connectivity between the open atmosphere and the 

underground system will be classified moderate vulnerability. Appropriate 

protection measures for moderate vulnerability resurgences and springs 

should be designed on a case-by-case basis by a karst management 

specialist. All other resurgences will be classified as high vulnerability and 

protected as described above in Karst Feature Buffers. Special consideration 

should be given to the area immediately surrounding the springs to protect the 

flora and fauna often associated with the spring when considering the 

vulnerability. 

c. High Vulnerability Karst Lands

i. Classification Criteria. The high vulnerability karst lands are those areas where 

resource damage threats associated with land management activities are appreciably 

greater than those posed by similar activities on low or moderate vulnerability karst 

lands. These are the areas contributing to or overlying significant caves and areas 

containing a high density of karst features. A generalized characterization of these 

lands is described below. 

 These are areas underlain by carbonate bedrock that are well drained internally. 

Surface streams are rare. Karst systems and epikarst are extremely well-developed 

and collapse karst features may be numerous. These include all collapse karst 

features, caves, sinking or losing streams, insurgences, open resurgences, and open 

grikelands (i.e., those without soil or moss infilling and with open connections to the 

subsurface). The highest vulnerability features are those that could produce and 

transport the greatest amount of sediment, debris, and/or organics if disturbed. These 
Karst and Cave Resources 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix H 

January 2008 

H-7

include till-lined sinkholes and cave entrances accepting a sinking stream, whether 

intermittent or not. Also considered high vulnerability are karst lands in which the 

epikarst is well- or extremely well-developed and the soils are predominately (greater 

than 50 percent) very shallow organic (less than 10 inches deep, McGilvery) and (less 

than 50 percent) mineral (less than 20 inches deep, Sarkar). The subsurface drainage 

network is highly vulnerable to sediment, organic matter, logging debris, and other 

pollutants generated as the result of surface activities. 

ii. Karst Management Objectives and Appropriate Land Uses. These areas shall be 

managed to ensure conservation of karst values through the implementation of a high 

level of protection. Timber management and related activities should be excluded 

from these lands. Limited recreational development may be appropriate. 

Recreational facilities and trails would have to consider karst resource values and 

objectives discussed above, particularly with respect to reducing disturbance of 

significant epikarst features and sensitive soils and use of construction methods that 

avoid erosion and diversion of natural drainage waters into karst features. Roads are 

considered inappropriate with the following exception if no other route or option is 

available and karst resource values would not be compromised. Small expanses of 

these areas may be crossed by roads to access areas where harvest is appropriate 

(i.e., low or moderate vulnerability karst lands and non-carbonate areas). If roads 

must be built across areas of high vulnerability, karst lands found to be of high 

vulnerability shall be identified and removed from the commercial forest lands suitable 

land base. If roads must be built across areas of high vulnerability, the following 

design and construction may be appropriate: 

(1) Minimize clearing limits and grubbing. Flush cut stumps to the ground. Do not 

deck logs pioneered from the road clearing limits outside the clearing limits. 

(2) Use a fill-type construction rather than a balanced cut and fill design. This most 

likely will be possible because the slope gradient of these areas are generally 

greater than 15 percent. 

(3) Utilize log stringer bridges or similar structures to span across collapse features, if 

necessary. Geotextile should be used to keep aggregate overlay from falling into 

the collapse feature. 

(4) Sediment traps and erosion control measures will be needed in most cases. 

(5) Same-season re-vegetation of the cut and fill slopes should be required to 

minimize sediment production potential. 

(6) A "plan-in-hand" review by the karst management specialist of the proposed road 

construction prior to actual construction is required. 

(7) The karst management specialist needs to work closely with engineering to 

carefully design these roads and coordinate efforts with the planning team. 

(8) No quarry development would be allowed on these lands. 

IV. Catchment Area Management 

A. The catchment areas for karst systems, comprised of carbonate or non-carbonate substrate, are 

an integral portion of those systems. Many karst watersheds receive part of their drainage from 

runoff originating on higher elevation non-carbonate rocks. This recharge originating from noncarbonate outcrops is called "allogenic recharge," and it usually sinks or recharges the carbonate 

aquifer at specific points. This water quickly enters and is transmitted through the conduit part of 

the aquifer and classified as concentrated "discrete" or "direct" recharge. Precipitation falling 

directly on the carbonate outcrop area is called "autogenic" recharge. It may rapidly enter the 

subsurface through sinkholes at discrete points or may percolate down through a soil or cover 

layer and enter the aquifer or cave systems as diffuse recharge. Catchment area management 

measures can be most effectively developed if both catchment types are delineated and their 

sensitivity to cumulative land use activities is evaluated. Difficulties arise because relative 

proportions of the two catchment types can be diverse and their sensitivities different; hence, 

different catchment assessment strategies need to be formulated for both types, each with its own 

set of guidelines. 
Karst and Cave Resources 

Appendix H Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

H-8

The Forest currently does not have a catchment area management strategy for autogenic 

recharge areas (ARAs). As an interim measure, use the karst vulnerability assessment procedures 

to approximate the sensitivity of specific autogenic recharge areas. The Forest should pursue 

research opportunities that help to define and describe the parameters of both allogenic and 

autogenic recharge associated with karst catchments and recharge. Each karst system will have 

a unique set of recharge characteristics, which, in turn, will determine the level of catchment area 

management required. It is recommended that catchment area management strategies employ 

guidelines that can be adjusted and refined over time as more information is acquired. 

V. Young-Growth Management on Karst 

A. On lands underlain by carbonate, where either pre-commercial or commercial thinning is 

proposed, a karst resource inventory shall be conducted as described above. The openness of the 

underlying karst system, that systems vulnerability to surface disturbance, and the likelihood of 

additional sediment production or runoff by thinning the young-growth timber shall be determined. 

Pre-commercial thinning is appropriate on all karst lands when the karst management objectives 

can be met. Pre-commercial thinning to near the edge of karst features or the bank of sinking or 

losing streams is allowed; however, no slash or debris may fall or be placed in these features. It is 

probable that a zone equal to one tree height be left untreated to ensure that no slash or debris 

will be placed in these features. If any introduced slash or debris finds its way into karst features or 

losing streams, it must be removed by hand. Commercial thinning is appropriate on low to 

moderate vulnerability karst lands when the karst management objectives can be met. Generally, 

no thinning shall be permitted on lands determined to be of high vulnerability such as within 100 

feet of a cave entrance, a karst feature accepting surface flow, or of the edge of a sinking or losing 

stream within 0.25 mile upstream of their swallow hole or loss point. On a case-by-case basis, 

other karst features will be assessed as to their susceptibility to surface disturbing activities, the 

proposed harvest method, and the thinning prescription. The area surrounding these features is 

still considered high vulnerability and should be mapped as such; however, thinning of this 

sensitive area might be considered permissible. All features not fully protected would be buffered 

from their center to just outside the lip of the sink allowing for thinning within the area that would 

normally be a non-harvest buffer. It is probable that a zone equal to one tree height be left 

untreated to ensure that no material will be placed in these features. All thinned timber will be 

directionally felled from the untreated area surrounding the karst feature and split yarded from the 

area. Any material landing on the slope break of the feature or within the feature will be hand 

removed. No yarding across or through the untreated area surrounding the feature will be 

allowed. Directional falling and split yarding away from the karst depressions and features should 

provide adequate protection for water quality and karst features. It is believed that the benefit of 

hydrologic recovery of the areas adjacent to these features outweighs the risk of harvest. Again 

this should be assessed on a case-by-case basis. 

VI. Salvage of Windthrown Timber on Karst 

A. On lands underlain by carbonate, where salvage of windthrown timber is proposed, a karst 

resource inventory shall be conducted as described above. The openness of the underlying karst 

system, that system’s vulnerability to surface disturbance, and the likelihood of additional sediment 

production or surface runoff by harvesting the windthrown timber shall be determined. The 

appropriateness of salvage of windthrown timber on karstlands will be determined on a case-bycase basis in the field by a karst management specialist. Salvage is appropriate on low to 

moderate vulnerability karst lands when the karst management objectives can be met. Generally, 

no salvage shall be permitted on lands determined to be of high vulnerability, within 100 feet of a 

losing stream, a karst feature, or on lands that overlie a "significant cave." For relative minor, 

isolated features surrounded by low to moderate vulnerability karst, if the logging system to 

salvage the windthrown timber can be designed to not disturb the timber spanning or blown into 

the feature, salvage shall be permitted within 100 feet of the lip or edge of the feature. This 

salvage must be carefully designed. Before harvest, the sale administrator, purchaser 

representative, and karst management specialist should walk through the harvest unit to review 

the layout and resource management concerns. 

VII. Mineral Development 

A. The chemically pure carbonates of Southeast Alaska have long been considered for their 

commodity values. Values are not determined solely on chemical purity but on brightness as 
Karst and Cave Resources 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix H 

January 2008 

H-9

well. The more pure the carbonate bedrock, the more conducive the bedrock is to karst 

development. It is not the intent of these standards and guidelines to restrict any lands from 

mineral development, though that may be appropriate if a specific project or area is allocated to 

the Special Interest Area Land Use Designation. The impacts of any proposed mineral 

development within the karst landscape can be analyzed through the environmental analysis that 

is triggered once a Plan of Operations is received. 

Cave Resources: Cave 

I. Management 

A. Manage lands in a manner that, to the extent feasible, protects and maintains significant caves 

and cave resources. See direction in 36 CFR 290.3 and “definitions” for guidance determining 

cave significance. 

B. Locate, map, and describe caves, and evaluate and document the resource values discovered, 

when appropriate. The significant cave designation process is an inventory process for 

identifying caves that will require some form of management. Carry out data storage and 

collection in a manner that is consistent, at a minimum, with the processes outlined in 36 CFR 

290.3 and FSM 2881.42 for nomination, evaluation, and designation of significant caves. 

C. Develop a comprehensive Cave Resource Management Strategy on known cave resources. At a 

minimum, the strategy should include components that outline processes for cave inventory, 

record keeping, cave naming, handling of confidential cave information, partnership opportunities, 

recreational use monitoring, cave access and entry permits, and cave resource evaluations. 

1. Cave Inventories and Designation. The inventory of caves is an ongoing process. The 

Forest will continue to aggressively pursue collection of inventory data. 

2. Records. On each management unit with caves, a file of permanent data will be maintained 

for each cave. A complete set of this information will be held on the Forest. This file will 

remain locked, with access provided on a need-to-know basis only. 

3. Naming of Caves. A cave should never be named after a living person, nor should it be 

named after a geographic feature that discloses the location of the cave. 

4. Cave Locations. Specific information concerning significant caves on the Forest will not be 

made available to the public in accordance with provisions of FCRPA and 36 CFR 290.4. 

5. Protection of Cave Entrances. Cave entrances are both sensitive and critical to cave 

ecosystems. Disruption of this ecosystem by development or heavy recreational use should 

be avoided. Management of cave entrances should consider recreational use including 

camping when it is consistent with provisions of the FCRPA, providing narrow pathways to 

minimize disturbance, and prohibiting fires. 

6. Digging in Caves. All digging, moving of rocks, or enlargement of passages to allow 

exploration requires a permit. Issue permits only when it has been determined that no 

damage to cave resources will take place. Digging should generally be minimal, and waste 

products disposed of, or graded in a manner specified in the digging permit. Excavations 

made as a part of scientific investigations will be backfilled and graded to natural contours. If 

formerly closed passages are opened, take measures to maintain former atmospheric 

conditions through use of airlocks or gates. 

7. Permanent Anchors. In vertical caves, use natural anchors for rigging ropes when possible. 

Chocks, cams, and slings are acceptable low impact anchoring devices. The use of 

permanent anchors, such as expansion bolts, will be set only when approved in advance by 

the Forest Service and generally not in Wilderness. Acceptable reasons to set bolts would 

be lack of safe natural anchors, to direct ropes to avoid loose rocks, to reduce rope abrasion, 

or to protect fragile cave resources. 

8. Climbing. Climbing in caves may be allowed when needed to overcome vertical obstacles 

during exploration. Sport climbing may be allowed in the vicinity of cave entrances when no 

risk of damage to cave resources is present. Climbing must not mar, deface, for leave visible 

signs of activity having taken place. The use of chalk to dry climber’s hands, and which leave 

marks on handholds, is considered defacement and will not be permitted. 

9. Closed Caves/Cave Entry Permits. All sensitive caves will be closed by order of the Forest 

Supervisor and, entry will be allowed by permit only. A sign at the entrance of each sensitive 
Karst and Cave Resources 

Appendix H Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

H-10

cave will designate it as closed to visitation without a permit, and indicate the address and 

phone number where permit information may be obtained. 

10. Cave Evaluation. All caves on the Tongass National Forest will be evaluated using the 

rating system described below. The system assigns values to various cave resources. The 

assigned values will be used in determining cave classification and making determinations of 

cave significance as provided by the implementation regulations for the Federal Cave 

Resources Protection Act of 1988 (FCRPA). If a cave has a value of "1" or greater, in one or 

more categories, the cave will be considered for designation as significant using the criteria in 

36 CFR 290.3(c) and (d) (FCRPA Implementation Regulations 1994). 

11. Cave Classification. Place caves into one of the classes described below based on 

management objectives consistent with identified cave resource values. As new caves are 

discovered, temporarily manage them as Class 1 until an analysis of resource values is 

completed. 

a. Class 1. Sensitive Caves. Caves considered unsuitable for exploration by the general 

public either because of their pristine condition, unique resources, or extreme safety 

hazards. They may contain resources that would be impacted by low levels of visitation. 

These caves are not shown on maps or discussed in publications (such as guides, 

brochures, or magazines) intended for general public use. Develop specific management 

guidelines for each sensitive cave for the purpose of protecting and maintaining their 

resources. Close these caves by order of the Forest Supervisor, and allow entry by permit 

only. 

b. Class 2. Directed Access Caves. Caves with directed public access and developed for 

public use. These caves are shown on maps or have signs directing visitor access. 

These caves also frequently have guided tours and artificial lighting. Regardless of the 

level of development, encourage public visitation. The caves may have sensitive 

resources that are protected. 

c. Class 3. Undeveloped Caves. Caves that are undeveloped but are suitable for 

exploration by persons who are properly prepared. In general, these caves contain 

resources that resist degradation by moderate levels of recreational use. Public attention 

will not be directed toward these caves. They will neither be shown on maps nor 

discussed in brochures or publications intended for general public distribution. 

12. Prohibitions. The following acts will be prohibited by order of the Forest Supervisor 

pursuant to 36 CFR Section 261, 262, Subpart B: 

a. In bat caves, or caves with sensitive species (261.53), it is prohibited to go into or be upon 

any area that is closed for the protection of threatened, endangered, rare, unique, or 

vanishing species of plants, animals, birds, or fish. 

b. Applicable to all caves, except for purposes of research and exploration, it is prohibited to: 

i. [261.52(a)] Build, maintain, attend, or use a campfire or stove fire; fires may be 

allowed in regard to traditional Native ceremonies in compliance with the American 

Indian Religious Freedom Act and the Native American Graves Protection and 

Repatriation Act, their amendments and implementing regulations; 

ii. [261.52(c)] Smoke; 

iii. [261.58(e)] Camp; 

iv. [262.52(f)] Possess, discharge, or use any kind of fireworks or other pyrotechnic 

device; 

v. [261.58(m)] Discharge a firearm, air rifle, or gas gun; or 

vi. [261.58(s)] Possess a dog or cat. 

13. Collection or Removal of Cave Resources. FCRPA authorizes the Secretary of Agriculture 

to issue permits for the collection and removal of cave resources under such terms and 

conditions as the Secretary may impose, including the posting of bonds to ensure compliance 

with the provisions of any permit. Specific guidelines are found for the issuance of such 

permits in FCRPA. 
APPENDIX I 

ROS CLASS 

STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES 
ROS Class Standards and Guidelines 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix I 

January 2008 

I-1

The Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) can help identify, quantify, and 

describe the types of recreation settings that the Tongass provides. The ROS 

system portrays the combination of activities, settings, and experience expectations 

along a continuum that ranges from highly modified to primitive environments. 

Seven classifications are identified along this continuum: Urban (U), Rural (R), 

Roaded Natural (RN), Roaded Modified (RM), Semi-Primitive Motorized (SPM), 

Semi-Primitive Non-Motorized (SPNM), and Primitive (P). The ROS inventory may 

be used to assess the potential effects of the alternatives on recreation settings. The 

setting indicators and applicable standards and guidelines for the seven ROS 

classes are discussed below. 

Primitive 

Setting Indicators Standards and Guidelines 

Scenic Quality Not to exceed the High Scenic Integrity Objective. An Existing Scenic Integrity 

level of Very High is fully compatible and encouraged. 

Access Non-motorized cross-country travel and travel on non-motorized trails and on 

waterways is typical. Use of airplanes, helicopters, motorboats, off-highway 

vehicles, and snowmachines for traditional activities, subsistence, emergency 

search and rescue, and other authorized resource management activities may 

occur but is rare. 

Remoteness No or infrequent sights and sounds of human activity are present. Setting is 

located more than 1.5 hours walking or paddling distance, or 3 miles, from any 

human developments other than infrequently traveled marine travelways. Areas 

are generally greater than 5,000 acres, but may be smaller if contiguous with a 

Semi-Primitive class. 

Visitor Management On-site regimentation and controls are very rare. Signing is limited to 

directional information and safety. There are no on-site interpretive facilities. 

There is great opportunity for discovery on the part of the users. 

On-site Recreation 

Development 

Structures do not exceed Development Scale I, except for public recreation 

cabins, and are maintained for appropriate levels of use. 

Social Encounters User meets less than three parties per day during trip. No other parties are 

within sight or sound of dispersed campsites or cabins. Authorize a party size 

of no more than 12 persons for any one site or activity group for commercial 

recreation use. Exceptions to the commercial group’s size should be rare. A 

group size of 12 persons or less is recommended for general public use. Refer 

to REC122 in Chapter 3 for exceptions. 

Visitor Impacts Visitor-caused impacts to resources are slight and usually not noticeable the 

following year. Site hardening is limited to boardwalk trails and necessary boat 

moorings or bear-proof food caches and rustic public recreation cabins. 

Appendix I 

ROS Class 

Standards and Guidelines 
ROS Class Standards and Guidelines 

Appendix I Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

I-2

Semi-Primitive Non-Motorized 

Setting Indicators Standards and Guidelines 

Scenic Quality Not to exceed the High Scenic Integrity Objective. An Existing Scenic Integrity 

level of Very High is fully compatible and encouraged. 

Access Non-motorized cross-country travel and travel on non-motorized trails is typical. 

Use of airplanes, helicopters, motorboats, and snowmachines for traditional 

activities, subsistence, emergency search and rescue, and other authorized 

resource management activities may occur unless specifically restricted for 

safety and/or resource protection purposes. Use of off-highway vehicles may 

occur on designated routes in accordance with 36 CFR 212, 251, and 261 – 

Travel Management; Designated Routes and Areas for Motor Vehicle Use. 

Remoteness Nearby sights or sounds of human activity are rare, but distant sights or sounds 

may occur. Setting is located more than 0.5 hour walk or paddle, or 

approximately 0.5 mile (greater or less depending on terrain and vegetation, but 

no less than 0.25 mile) from 1) infrequently traveled waterways; 2) roads and 

trails open to motorized recreation use; and 3) clearcut harvest areas. Aircraft 

access is only occasional. Areas are generally greater than 2,500 acres, but 

may be smaller if contiguous with Primitive or Semi-Primitive Motorized classes. 

Visitor Management On-site regimentation and controls are rare. Visitor information facilities may be 

used to interpret cultural and natural resource features, but are not elaborate 

and harmonize with the setting. 

On-site Recreation 

Development 

Facilities and structures generally do not exceed Development Scale II and are 

maintained to accommodate the types and levels of use anticipated for the site. 

Forest Service recreation cabins are fully compatible. 

Social Encounters User meets less than 10 parties per day (6 parties per day in Wilderness) on 

trails and waterways during 80 percent of the primary use season. No other 

parties are within sight or sound of dispersed campsites during 80 percent of 

the primary use season. Maximum party size for commercial use within 

Wilderness is 12. Exceptions for larger party sizes within Wilderness should be 

rare. Refer to REC122 in Chapter 3 for exceptions. A party size of up to 20 

people can be considered in Semi-Primitive settings outside of Wilderness. 

Outside of Wilderness, party sizes larger than 20 people may occur during less 

than 15 percent of the primary use season in limited locations as appropriate by 

LUD. 

Visitor Impacts Visitor-caused impacts to resources are rare and usually not long-lasting. Site 

hardening is limited to boardwalk trails, boat tramways, moorings and docks, 

bear-proof food cache facilities, and rustic public recreation cabins. 
ROS Class Standards and Guidelines 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix I 

January 2008 

I-3

 Semi-Primitive Motorized 

Setting Indicators Standards and Guidelines 

Scenic Quality Not to exceed the Moderate Scenic Integrity Objective. Existing Scenic Integrity 

levels ranging from Very High through High are fully compatible and 

encouraged. 

Access Travel on motorized and non-motorized trails and Traffic Service Level D roads, 

although some Traffic Service Level C roads provide access to and through the 

area. Use by high-clearance vehicles and motorized water travel is common. 

Road density is less than 1 mile per square mile. Off-road snowmachine travel 

on snow may occur. 

Remoteness Nearby sights or sounds of human activity are rare, but distant sights or sounds 

may occur. Setting is located within 0.5 hour walk or paddle or within 0.5 mile 

(greater or less depending on terrain and vegetation, but no less than 0.25 mile) 

of infrequently traveled waterways or small aircraft access points and/or roads 

that are open and maintained for passage by high-clearance and four-wheel 

drive vehicles (Maintenance Level 2), and provide access to recreation 

opportunities and facilities. Areas are generally greater than 2,500 acres, but 

may be smaller if contiguous with Primitive or Semi-Primitive Non-Motorized 

classes. 

Visitor Management On-site regimentation and controls are few. Control facilities consist primarily of 

informational signs and site-specific road closures. Visitor information facilities 

may be used to interpret cultural and natural resource features, but are not 

elaborate and harmonize with the setting. 

On-site Recreation 

Development 

Facilities and structures generally do not exceed Development Scale II and are 

maintained to accommodate the types and levels of use anticipated for the site 

and area. Forest Service recreation cabins are fully compatible. 

Social Encounters User meets less than 10 parties per day (6 parties per day in Wilderness) on 

trails, roads, and shorelines during 80 percent of the primary use season. 

During 80 percent of the primary use season, no other parties are visible from 

campsites. Maximum party size for commercial uses in Wilderness is 12 

people. Exceptions should be rare. Refer to REC122 in Chapter 3 for 

exceptions. A party size of up to 20 people can be considered in Semi-Primitive 

settings outside of Wilderness. Outside of Wilderness, party sizes larger than 

20 people may occur during less than 15 percent of the primary use season in 

limited locations. 

Visitor Impacts Visitor-caused impacts may be noticeable, but not degrading to basic resource 

elements. Site hardening is very infrequent, but, when it occurs, is in harmony 

with, and appropriate for, the natural-appearing backcountry setting. 
ROS Class Standards and Guidelines 

Appendix I Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

I-4

Roaded Natural 

Setting Indicators Standards and Guidelines 

Scenic Quality Not to exceed the Low Scenic Integrity Objective and typically is Moderate. 

Existing Scenic Integrity levels ranging from Very High through High are fully 

compatible and encouraged. 

Access All forms of access and travel modes may occur. Access to and through the 

area is typically by passenger vehicle, although motorized use may be 

restricted to provide for resource protection, user safety, or to provide a 

diversity of recreation opportunity. 

Remoteness Remoteness is of little importance, but low to moderate concentrations of 

human sights and sounds are preferred. Setting is located within 0.5 mile 

(greater or less depending on terrain and vegetation, but no less than 0.25 mile) 

of moderate- to heavily-traveled waterways and/or roads that are maintained to 

Levels 3, 4, and 5, and open for use by the public or those areas that receive 

heavy small aircraft travel. 

Visitor Management On-site regimentation and controls are obvious. Control facilities such as 

parking areas, barriers, and signs harmonize with the natural environment. 

Visitor information facilities are not elaborate or complex. 

On-site Recreation 

Development 

Facilities and structures generally do not exceed Development Scale III and are 

maintained to accommodate the types and levels of use anticipated for the site 

and area. Typical facilities include outdoor interpretive displays and rustic 

campgrounds and picnic areas. 

Social Encounters User meets less than 20 other parties per day on trails and in dispersed areas, 

during at least 80 percent of the primary use season. User may meet 

numerous other parties on roads and developed recreation sites. Developed 

sites often are at full capacity, but do not exceed 80 percent of the design 

capacity over the season of operation. 

Visitor Impacts Visitor-caused impacts are noticeable, but not degrading to basic resource 

elements, nor do they exceed established Scenic Integrity Objectives. Site 

hardening may be dominant, but is in harmony with natural-appearing 

landscape and appropriate for the site and setting. 
ROS Class Standards and Guidelines 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix I 

January 2008 

I-5

Roaded Modified 

Setting Indicators Standards and Guidelines 

Scenic Quality Not to exceed the Very Low Scenic Integrity Objective. Apply scenery 

management techniques to soften effects of very low conditions in the 

foreground of sensitive travel routes and recreation sites. 

Access All forms of access and travel modes may occur, although roads are generally 

not well suited to highway-type vehicles. Off-highway vehicle use on 

designated routes or areas is encouraged. Use by high clearance vehicles is 

common. 

Remoteness Remoteness from urban conditions and high concentrations of other people is 

important. Low concentrations of human sights and sounds in a backcountry 

roaded setting are preferred. These areas are accessed by Forest roads that 

are maintained to Levels 2, 3, and 4 and are available for public use. They 

generally involve areas with timber management activities. 

Visitor Management On-site regimentation and controls are few. Control facilities are appropriate for 

the predominating backcountry roaded setting. Visitor information facilities may 

be used to interpret management activities, but are not elaborate and are 

appropriate for the setting. 

On-site Recreation 

Development 

Facilities and structures generally do not exceed Development Scale II and are 

maintained to accommodate the types and levels of use anticipated for the site 

and area. 

Social Encounters User meets less than 20 other parties per day on trails and in dispersed areas 

during at least 80 percent of the primary use season. Numerous other parties 

may be encountered on roads. Few, if any, other parties are visible at 

dispersed campsites. 

Visitor Impacts Visitor-caused impacts are noticeable, but not degrading to basic resource 

elements. Site hardening may dominate at campsites and parking areas, but is 

in harmony with, and appropriate for, backcountry roaded setting. 
ROS Class Standards and Guidelines 

Appendix I Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

I-6

Rural 

Setting Indicators Standards and Guidelines 

Scenic Quality Not to exceed Low Scenic Integrity Objective in the Foreground and Very Low in 

middleground. 

Access All forms of access and travel modes may occur, although access to and through 

the area is primarily by passenger vehicle. Road and trail surfaces are often 

hardened. 

Remoteness Remoteness is of little importance, and moderate to high concentrations of people 

and sights and sounds of human activity are acceptable when not continuous. 

Setting is located within 0.5 mile of heavily traveled roads and state highways or 

areas that receive heavy aircraft travel. 

Visitor Management On-site regimentation and controls are obvious. Control facilities such as parking 

areas, medians, and barriers harmonize with natural/exotic landscaping. 

Information and interpretive facilities may be complex and dominant on developed 

sites. 

On-site Recreation 

Development 

All Development Scales (I-V) are appropriate and maintained at intended 

standards necessary to accommodate the types and levels of use anticipated for 

the site and area. Facilities typically include visitor centers, major campgrounds, 

and other facilities for concentrated use. 

Social Encounters User may meet many (more than 20) other parties per day on trails, in dispersed 

areas, on roads, and in developed facilities. Developed sites often are at full 

capacity, but do not exceed 80 percent of the design capacity over the operating 

season. 

Visitor Impacts Visitor-caused impacts are noticeable, but not degrading to basic resource 

elements nor do they exceed established Scenic Integrity Objectives. Site 

hardening may be dominant, but is in harmony with natural/exotic landscape and 

appropriate for the site and setting. 

Urban 

Setting Indicators Standards and Guidelines 

Scenic Quality Not to exceed the Low Scenic Integrity Objective in the foreground and Very Low 

in middle ground. 

Access Access and travel facilities are highly intense, motorized and often with mass 

transit supplements. 

Remoteness Remoteness is not important. High concentrations of people and sights and 

sounds of human activity are acceptable. 

Visitor Management Intensive on-site controls are numerous and obvious. Information and interpretive 

facilities may be complex and dominant. 

On-site Recreation 

Development 

All Development Scales (I-V) are appropriate and maintained at intended 

standards necessary to accommodate the types and levels of use anticipated for 

the site and area. Synthetic materials are commonly used. Facility design may 

be highly complex and refined, but in harmony or complimentary to the site. 

Facilities typically include visitor centers, major campgrounds, and other facilities 

for concentrated use. 

Social Encounters Interaction between large numbers of users is high. Sites often are at full 

capacity, but do not exceed 80 percent of the design capacity over the operating 

season. 

Visitor Impacts Visitor-caused impacts are noticeable, but not degrading to basic resource 

elements or exceed established Scenic Integrity Objectives. Site hardening may 

be dominant, but is in harmony with natural/exotic landscape and appropriate for 

the site and setting. 
ROS Class Standards and Guidelines 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix I 

January 2008 

I-7

Major and Minor Recreation-Related 

Developments 

Four strategies (not allowed, discouraged, case-by-case, compatible) are identified 

for guidance in identified what level of development is permitted in each LUD. One 

of these strategies is assigned to each LUD to address major and minor proposals 

(see next page). The definitions and strategies applied to major and minor 

developments are discussed in the Recreation section of Chapter 4, Forest-wide 

Standards and Guidelines. 

Major Minor 

Not Allowed Wilderness Wilderness 

Wilderness National Monument Wilderness National Monument 

Research Natural Area Research Natural Area 

Wild River 

Discouraged Nonwilderness National Monument Municipal Watershed 

 Remote Recreation Experimental Forest 

 Municipal Watershed 

 LUD II 

 Experimental Forest 

Case-by-Case Special Interest Area Nonwilderness National Monument 

Old-growth Habitat Remote Recreation 

Scenic River Special Interest Area 

Modified Landscape Old-growth Habitat 

Timber production Wild River 

Minerals Modified Landscape 

Transportation and Utility Systems Timber production 

Minerals 

Transportation and Utility System 

LUD II 

Compatible Semi-Remote Recreation Semi-Remote Recreation 

 Recreational River Recreational River 

 Scenic Viewshed Scenic Viewshed 

Definitions 

Not Allowed Recreation special use developments are not allowed by law or 

regulation, or are not consistent with agency policy and regulations. 

Discouraged Recreation special use developments are generally not consistent 

with the objectives of the LUD. Development proposals require 

scrutiny of magnitude and scope for LUD conformance. 

Case-by-Case Recreation special use developments may be compatible with the 

LUD objectives depending upon the scope, purpose, and magnitude 

of the proposal. Proposals will be evaluated on a case-by-case 

basis. 

Compatible Recreation special use developments are generally compatible with 

this LUD, and applicants are encouraged to examine these areas 

first where there is a public need and no private lands are available 

or suitable for development. 
ROS Class Standards and Guidelines 

Appendix I Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

I-8

This page is intentionally left blank. 
APPENDIX J 

TONGASS ANNUAL PROGRAM 

OF WORK 
Tongass Annual Program of Work 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix J 

January 2008 

J-1

Direction in the Forest Plan is implemented through the development of an annual 

program of work that communicates forest priorities, targets, and specific goals for a 

given year. National, regional, and forest level strategies and initiatives also 

influence the Program of Work development and is outlined briefly in this appendix. 

The Tongass National Forest Leadership Team, within the context of statute, 

regulations, policies, agency strategies, and the Forest Plan, developed the 

Tongass National Forest Strategy for Management and Priority Setting FY2007 thru 

2011 to provide broad program focus and guidance for the next 5 years. The 

Team’s intent with this Strategy is to describe their values and vision and provide 

strategic goals and priorities to help employees with their work plan development 

and enhance understanding of the decision-making rationale as the Forest Plan is 

implemented. A complete copy of the Strategic Plan can be found at the Forest 

Plan website: http://www.fs.fed.us/r10/tongass/. 

The Strategy outlines general direction for each or the Forest’s program areas and 

establishes four strategic priority areas and associated actions. This direction 

provides the best picture of how the Forest Plan is likely to be implemented in the 

future. While specific direction may vary from year to year due to budgets, emerging 

issues, new information, adjustments in the Strategy, and other factors, the four 

areas listed below represent the priority areas for Forest Plan implementation: 

• An Integrated Approach to Restoration and Enhancement 

• Maintaining the Forest Plan into the Future 

• Recreation and Wilderness Resource Management 

• Timber Management 

The Tongass National Forest consists predominantly of healthy functioning 

ecosystems; however, management activities in recent decades, and nature itself, 

have created opportunities for resource enhancement and/or restoration. In the 

past, some commercial timber harvest was allowed in areas where harvest is no 

longer allowed, including riparian zones, beaches, and areas currently allocated to 

the Old-Growth Habitat Land Use Designation. Similarly, road construction is no 

longer permitted in some areas where roads were formerly constructed. Over the 

course of time, our harvest practices and our road construction and maintenance 

standards have significantly improved. Some facilities, such as recreation cabins, 

are aging and in need of heavy maintenance or restoration. Collectively, there are 

numerous opportunities for enhancement or restoration for a variety of resource 

values. 

Ecosystem health, declining budgets, increasing public scrutiny, fragile community 

economics, and the need to diversify funding sources compel us to focus on an 

integrated approach to resource enhancement and restoration. In addition, such an 

approach will ultimately result in more ecologically integrated projects and decisions. 

Integrated resource projects would be developed in watersheds or on large 

landscapes, preferably in those where hydrologic assessments or landscape 

assessments have been completed. Access and travel management data, fish 

passage data, and road condition survey data, in addition to the associated 10-Year 

Resource Plan and all other identified resource and infrastructure restoration needs 

on the landscape would be combined into one sequentially scheduled restoration 

Appendix J 

Tongass Annual Program of Work 

Introduction 

An Integrated 

Approach to 

Restoration and 

Enhancement 
Tongass Annual Program of Work 

Appendix J Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

J-2

project. Concentrating the work in one area over a longer period of time (1 to 3 

years) would provide additional economic stability for local contractors. 

A typical contract could include stream stabilization, habitat thinning, commercial 

thinning, fish passage improvements, road storage, road decommissioning, 

conversion of roads to interim trails, road maintenance, and any other habitat, 

maintenance, or restoration needs identified on the landscape. This work could be 

done under a service contract, a goods-for-services contract, or as a stewardship 

opportunity, any of which could be secured under several contracting options (i.e., 

IFB, RFP, 8-A). 

Processes and procedures have been established to guide the Integrated Resource 

Program through project proposal development, evaluation, and ranking. These 

processes and procedures are described in the 2006 Integrated Resource Project 

Agreements document located in the appendices of the Strategic Plan. 

Typical work might include: 

• Instream structures 

• Barrier modification 

• Cooperative fish stocking 

• Lake fertilization 

• Debris removal 

• Weir/stock assessment 

• Riparian rehabilitation 

• Conduct Land Management Plan Monitoring 

• Conduct Project-Level Monitoring 

• High clearance roads maintenance and operation 

• Road improvement 

• Bridge and culvert maintenance and improvements 

• Passenger car road maintenance and operation 

• Coordination of Forest highways 

• Forest plan monitoring 

• Project-level monitoring 

• Decommissioning and/or storage of authorized and unauthorized roads 

• Trail construction and reconstruction 

• Maintenance of transportation system-trails 

• Wildlife habitat restoration 

• Inventories 

• Pre-commercial and commercial thinning 

• Shrub plantings 

• Slash management 

• Seeding 

• Signing 

• Nesting platforms 

• Nest boxes 

• Control of invasive pests 
Tongass Annual Program of Work 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix J 

January 2008 

J-3

The Forest Plan guides all natural resource activities on the Forest by providing 

information, procedures, and tools that guide project planning and define outputs. 

The Forest Plan is based on sound science and incorporates a robust monitoring 

and evaluation program which embraces adaptive management principles. The 

Forest Plan provides for ample habitat for biodiversity and permits resource 

activities while ensuring clean air, water, and pristine environments for future 

generations. 

It has been decided that we will continue to improve availability of the Forest Plan 

documents, rationale, background, analyses, etc by developing a highly interactive 

web-based planning system. The system objectives include quick and easy access 

for internal and external users to facilitate their ability to participate in the Forest 

planning process. 

Typical work might include the following: 

• Conducting strategic resource inventories 

• Conducting ecosystem assessments 

• Maintaining Forest Plans 

• Monitoring 

• Conducting Forest Plan monitoring 

• Conducting project-level monitoring 

Inland water passages connect the communities of the Tongass, and the 

communities provide a place for interpretive education as well as serve as portals to 

the Forest. Changes to the existing transportation system, including faster and 

more frequent ferries in the short term and new road construction in the next 10 

years, will provide opportunities for us to partner with other agencies and 

communities to guide the development of day-use and remote backcountry 

opportunities. Flight-seeing and fly-in opportunities are available throughout the 

Tongass. 

The predominant recreational activities on the Tongass are viewing scenery and 

wildlife, hiking, walking, boating, driving, kayaking, fishing, hunting and gathering. 

Public-use cabins are available and are important for providing remote recreation 

opportunities. Nineteen Wildernesses and multiple roadless lands add to the 

remoteness of the Forest. Additionally, the Forest has more than 3,560 miles of 

classified road and approximately 464 miles of developed trails that provide access 

to forest resources and are important to the livelihood and well-being of the people 

of the Tongass and visitors. 

The Tongass Recreation Program will emphasize four strategic items over the next 

5 years, including: 

• Maintaining and Enhancing Primitive Wilderness/Backcountry Opportunities—

We are committed to meeting the Chief’s Wilderness Challenge in 7 years by 

emphasizing the priority needs to accomplish the goals of the program and 

ensuring the recreating public continues to have opportunities to experience the 

outstanding primitive backcountry areas the Tongass currently offers. 

• Enhancing the Outfitter/Guide Program—Balance economic benefits to industry 

and communities with the desires of non-outfitted forest users and ensure forest 

resources are protected or enhanced. Permits are administered in a 

professional manner, and permit administrators are highly qualified and properly 

trained. 

• Implementing the Recreation Facilities Master Plan and the RSFMP Action Plan 

to align our recreation facilities with the needs and demands of the public using 

available funding and pursuing alternative resource opportunities. 

Maintaining the 

Forest Plan into the 

Future 

Recreation and 

Wilderness 

Resource 

Management 
Tongass Annual Program of Work 

Appendix J Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

J-4

• Providing enhanced opportunities for World-Class Day-Use (3 to 6 hours) 

experiences through collaboration with communities, tourism industry 

representatives, and outfitter/guides. 

Typical work might include the following: 

• Conduct Land Management Plan high clearance roads maintenance and 

operation 

• Transportation enhancements 

• Passenger car road maintenance and operation 

• Decommissioning of authorized and unauthorized trails 

• Trail construction and reconstruction 

• Maintenance of transportation system trails 

• Wildlife habitat restoration 

• Decommissioning low-use cabins 

• Inventories 

• Signing 

• Strategic resource inventories 

• Ecosystem assessments 

• Monitoring 

• Forest Plan monitoring 

• Project-level monitoring 

Timber harvest and the creation of other forest products are environmentally 

responsible activities on the Tongass. Timber harvest activity occurs on a small 

percentage of available land in an ecologically sustainable manner while conserving 

and enhancing the Forest. Managed timber harvest using Forest Plan guidelines 

will continue to provide raw materials to the forest product industry in support of 

local communities. From a silviculture standpoint, we are looking to our future in 

young-growth management. The majority of these stands are 30 to 40 years from 

being available for traditional commercial harvest. However, these stands can be 

presently managed to produce quality forest products and promote amenity values 

and ecosystem services such as wildlife habitat, recreation opportunities, scenery, 

and clean air and water. Additional research will be completed to increase our 

understanding of the complex relationship between the management of younggrowth forest and other forest values. 

Special forest products (e.g., berries, mushrooms, etc.) are administered in a small 

on going program because current demand is low. Increases in demand will lead to 

more emphasis in this program. 

Typical work might include the following: 

• Conduct Forest Plan implementation training sessions with timber management 

staff and interagency partners 

• Plan and prepare timber sales 

• Administer timber sales 

• Manage special forest products non-convertible 

• Improve forest vegetation 

• Manage noxious weeds and invasive plants 

• Prevent/treat noxious weeds 

Timber 

Management 
Tongass Annual Program of Work 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix J 

January 2008 

J-5

• Riparian rehabilitation 

• Road improvement 

• Bridge and culvert maintenance and improvements 

• Forest Plan monitoring 

• Project-level monitoring 

• Decommissioning of authorized and unauthorized roads 

• Trail construction and reconstruction 

• Wildlife habitat restoration 

• Inventories 

• Pre-commercial thinning 

• Shrub plantings 

• Seeding 

• Signing 

• Control of invasive pests 
Tongass Annual Program of Work 

Appendix J Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

J-6

This page is intentionally left blank. 
APPENDIX K 

OLD-GROWTH HABITAT 

RESERVE MODIFICATION 

PROCEDURES 
Old-growth Habitat Reserve Modification Procedures 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix K 

January 2008 

K-1

This appendix describes criteria for changing the boundaries of old-growth reserves 

(OGRs) at the project level as described in the Old-growth Habitat Land Use 

Designation (LUD) Standards and Guidelines (Wildlife section). For a complete 

review of the Conservation Strategy, including assumptions for the design of the 

OGR system, refer to Appendix D of the 2008 Final EIS. 

Significant modifications to OGRs (e.g., in the case of a land exchange) require 

consideration of other factors outside the scope of this appendix. Factors include 

connectivity, size, and shape of the reserve, as well as basic assumptions behind 

the location of the reserves. Some activities (i.e., major land conveyance or 

substantial timber harvest in non-development LUDs) could significantly affect the 

integrity of the Conservation Strategy. In this case, an overall review of the effects 

on the Conservation Strategy would be necessary. These activities are anticipated 

to be infrequent events. 

During the 2008 Amendment process, the USDA Forest Service, U.S. Fish and 

Wildlife Service (USFWS), and Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G) 

reviewed all of the small OGRs and a few of the medium and large OGRs. These 

were reviewed primarily because under the 1997 Forest Plan, small OGRs were not 

adequately mapped, so it was necessary to review and designate them at the 

project level. Medium and large OGR locations were finalized in the 1997 Forest 

Plan and brought forward. This decision finalizes the location of the majority of the 

small OGRs; therefore, project-level reviews are not necessary, except as outlined 

below. 

Minor modifications to any OGR boundary as a result of imprecise mapping are 

considered a “correction of map errata.” The changes will not be considered 

changes in the Forest Plan and may be completed without project level or other 

review provided that changes meet OGR goals and objectives. Changes should 

only be completed to follow physical and other recognizable on-the-ground features 

or defined boundaries (e.g., roads, streams, LUD, watersheds). 

Under limited circumstances, a line officer may decide to modify the size and 

location of an OGR. Modifications of OGRs, other than minor as described above, 

will require the completion of a project level review. This review may be necessary if: 

A. The project occurs in VCUs 1930, 2010, 5371, 5620, 6100, 6140, 6150, 6160, 

6170, 6320, 6710, 6750, and 6760. A project-level review is required because 

critical site-specific information for these small and medium OGRs was not 

available for this decision. This review requires an assessment of landscape 

connectivity (refer to Appendix D of the 2008 Final EIS). Once a review and 

approval through the NEPA process is complete, no further review for these 

OGRs is necessary. 

B. Site-specific information for a small OGR indicates that the OGR habitat criteria 

are not met in the mapped location. 

C. Actions are proposed within the OGR that will reduce the integrity of the oldgrowth habitat in the OGR. 

Introduction 

Review of OGRs 

Appendix K 

Old-growth Habitat Reserve 

Modification Procedures 
Old-growth Habitat Reserve Modification Procedures 

Appendix K Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

K-2

D. The OGR will be affected by a land conveyance, power line, mine, or other 

project that was not considered in the Forest Plan. An overall review of the 

Conservation Strategy is not necessary for a modification to an individual small 

OGR, but it could be necessary for modifications to medium and large OGRs, or 

if a proposal affects multiple OGRs. If an overall review is deemed unnecessary 

by the line officer for modification to medium and large OGRs, documentation of 

the rationale will be done through the NEPA process. 

Project-level reviews will ensure that OGRs meet Forest Plan OGR criteria while 

addressing forest-wide multiple use goals and objectives. There are two levels of 

review included in the project-level review: 1) the interagency review, and 2) the 

decision process. 

Step 1, Interagency Review Process—The purpose of an interagency review is to 

identify the biologically preferred location for the OGR. An interagency team of 

USDA Forest Service, USFWS, and ADF&G biologists will jointly evaluate the 

location and habitat composition of the OGR by reviewing all the large productive old 

growth blocks within a Value Comparison Unit (VCU). The interagency review team 

will develop a proposal for the OGR that meets the criteria of this appendix and 

document why other proposals were not recommended. 

The review will include the following steps: 

A. Review the purpose and rationale for current location of the Forest Plan OGR as 

documented in the current Tongass Old Growth database. 

B. Assess whether the purpose and rationale for the location of the OGR has 

changed. 

C. Use the design criteria to define the biologically preferred location for the OGR. 

D. Document this proposal as the interagency proposed OGR in the Tongass Old 

Growth database and in an Interagency OGR Review report. 

Step 2, Decision Process—Line officers will incorporate the interagency review team 

OGR recommendation in the NEPA process, considering the best biological location 

for the OGR while balancing other considerations. The interagency team will work 

with the decision maker to develop alternate proposals, if necessary to meet other 

Forest Plan objectives. The implemented OGR must meet the minimum criteria as 

described below. 

The Decision process will include the following steps: 

A. Attempt to develop a viable project that avoids conflicts with the biologically 

preferred OGR. At a minimum, the biologically preferred OGR will be 

considered in an alternative in the NEPA document. 

B. Where modifications to the biologically preferred OGR are required to meet 

Forest-wide multiple use goals and objectives: 

1. Follow the management prescriptions as defined for the Old-growth Habitat 

LUD; and 

2. Document the rationale for modifications to the biologically preferred OGR. 

C. Changes to the OGR LUD require a NEPA analysis and are generally a nonsignificant Forest Plan amendment. 

D. Analyze the amount of suitable Forest land impacted by the change in OGR. 

E. Add the updated information (including the rationale for the final location) to the 

Tongass Old Growth database. 

Project-Level 

Review 
Old-growth Habitat Reserve Modification Procedures 

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix K 

January 2008 

K-3

A. Review Appendix D of the Final EIS, which includes the assumptions for the 

design of the old-growth reserve system. 

B. Small reserves are a contiguous landscape of at least 16 percent of the National 

Forest System land area of each VCU and at least 50 percent of the small 

reserve, should be productive old growth. The size and location of small OGRs 

will consider the following: 

1. OGRs shall contain a minimum of 400 acres of productive old-growth forest. 

Do not map isolated reserves with less than 400 acres of productive old 

growth. 

2. The preferred biological objective is for each reserve to contain at least 800 

acres of productive old-growth forest. 

3. In VCUs that are partially allocated to a Non-development LUD, compare 

the computed acreage required to the acres of productive old growth in the 

Non-development LUD. If the Non-development LUD acres are less than the 

area necessary for a small reserve, first use the productive old growth acres 

in the existing Non-development LUD to establish a small reserve, and then 

add additional acres of productive old growth to achieve the required small 

reserve size and composition. 

4. In VCUs that are separated by saltwater channels, reserves may be 

separated, but attempt to retain 800 acres of productive old growth in each. 

5. In very large VCUs, generally larger than 10,000 acres, the allocated old 

growth may be mapped in separate reserves as long as each reserve has a 

minimum of 800 acres of productive old growth. However, larger contiguous 

reserves are preferred to multiple smaller reserves. 

6. In very large VCUs that contain relatively little productive old growth and the 

computational rule requires an amount of productive old growth that 

exceeds 50 percent of the existing productive old growth in the VCU, map a 

reserve of at least 400 acres of productive old growth. 

7. Where VCU boundaries do not match watershed or ecological boundaries, 

up to 30 percent of the allocated old growth acres in a VCU may be mapped 

in an adjacent VCU if the resulting reserve achieves old-growth reserve 

objectives. The resulting small reserve in both VCUs must be contiguous. 

Total acreage is attributed to the VCU with 70 percent of the OGR. 

8. OGR boundaries should follow recognizable features that are identifiable on 

the ground. Features should be permanent and easily identifiable. Features 

may include but are not limited to streams, roads, distinctive ridges and 

ridge-tops, watershed boundaries, and v-notches. 

Criteria for Small 

OGRs 
Old-growth Habitat Reserve Modification Procedures 

Appendix K Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

K-4

This page is intentionally left blank. 
APPENDIX L 

SPECIAL INTEREST 

AREAS AND EXPERIMENTAL FORESTS 
Special Interest Areas and Experimental Forests

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix L 

January 2008 

L-1

This appendix provides a list of the existing Special Interest Areas and a description 

of each of the new and expanded Special Interest Areas, as well as the 

recommended Experimental Forest. The location of each area is shown on the 

Record of Decision Map. 

The following areas will continue under a Special Interest Area classification: 

• Admiralty Lakes Recreation Area 

• Bailey Bay Hot Springs Recreation Area 

• Blind Slough Scenic and Zoological Area 

• Blue River Lava Flow Geological Area 

• Clear River Zoological Area 

• Duke Island Zoological Area 

• Falls Creek Windthrow Botanical Area 

• Fish Creek Hot Springs Recreation Area 

• Hubbard Glacier Geological Area 

• Karst Areas Geological Area (see expansions below) 

• Keku Islets Geological and Scenic Area 

• Mendenhall Glacier Recreation Area 

• Mount Edgecumbe Geological Area 

• Naha Recreation Area 

• New Eddystone Rock Geological Area 

• North Hamilton River Redcedar Cultural and Botanical Area 

• Park Creek Zoological Area 

• Patterson Glacier Geological and Botanical Area 

• Pike Lakes Recreation Area 

• Soda Springs Geological Area 

• Suemez Island Geological Area (see expansion below) 

• Tracy Arm-Fords Terror Scenic Area 

• Walker Cove-Rudyerd Bay Scenic Area 

• Ward Lake Recreation Area (including expansion) 

Most of the new geologic areas contain karst features. Karst is a type of topography 

that is formed on bedrock prone to dissolution. These areas are characterized by 

sinkholes, caves, collapsed channels, and well-developed, sub-surface drainage. 

Karsts have developed wherever limestone, marble, or other soluble, 

highly-fractured, carbonate rocks are found throughout the Tongass. 

Appendix L 

Special Interest Areas 

and Experimental Forests 

Existing Special 

Interest Areas and 

Experimental 

Forest 

New Special 

Interest Areas and 

Recommended 

Experimental 

Forest 
Special Interest Areas and Experimental Forests

Appendix L Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

L-2

The karst topography of the Tongass is unique. Such extensive karst, at such 

extreme northern latitudes, is not common. Karsts form within the uppermost 

portion of the groundwater zone. It is here that carbonic acid, in contact with the 

soluble bedrock (mainly limestone and marble), dissolves the passages through 

time. The karst and cave systems across the Tongass predate the last glacial 

advance. Glaciation modified a preexisting karst landscape, eroding some features, 

collapsing some passages and systems, gouging into others, and filling some with 

sediments. Peatlands have developed on compacted glacial sediments and glacial 

silts within the karst landscapes and on poorly drained lithologies adjacent to the 

karst landscapes. Many of these glacial deposits appear to have been left on 

collapsed karst features. Surface waters originating from these poorly drained areas 

seldom flow more than a few yards onto carbonate substrate before diving below the 

ground, down vertical shafts or into cave entrances 

The areas identified as new Special Areas have such a concentration of karst 

features within them that inventory of the feature and research into their formation 

and ecology may go on for years. Scientific studies including meteorology, 

hydrology, evolutionary biology, ecology, mycology, sedimentology, and long-term 

climatology may be carried out. Paleontological studies of the numerous bones in 

the caves may shed light on past inhabitants. Organisms living in the cave may be 

highly specialized resulting in species that live nowhere else. 

Approximate size: 2,000 acres 

Classification: Geologic Area 

Big Creek Geologic Area lies just south of the West Arm of Cholmondeley Sound on 

southern Prince of Wales Island. This geologic area includes intense alpine karst, 

vertical pits and deep epikarst west and southwest of Big Creek. The karst system 

here is bounded by a fault to the west forming in the Wales Group marble. The land 

to the north and east are private property. 

Approximate size: 700 acres 

Classification: Geologic Area 

Blake Channel Geological Area is southeast of Wrangell on the mainland, just west 

of the mouth of Aaron Creek and north of Blake Channel. This area contains a 

number of extensive caves and numerous karst features in a vertical dipping marble 

band. The proposed geologic area contains all the lands expected to contribute 

water to the cave system. This cave system is the only system of its kind on 

mainland and the system has not been affected by road construction or timber 

harvest. 

Approximate size: 200 acres 

Classification: Geologic Area 

Calamity Creek Caves Geological Area, on Revillagigedo Island, includes the 

Calamity Creek Caves and associated karst features. This area contains a number 

of extensive caves and numerous karst features in a vertical dipping marble band. 

The proposed geologic area contains all the lands expected to contribute water to 

the cave system. This cave system is the only system of its kind on Revillagigedo 

Island and the system has not been affected by road construction or timber harvest. 

Approximate size: 13,600 acres 

Classification: Geologic Area 

The Dall Island Geologic Areas currently consists of eight units: Bear, Thunder, 

Squaw, Devil, Windy, Waterfall, Twin, and Rose. It includes the alpine and 

sub-alpine areas where karst topography is best developed. These areas contain 

virtually hundreds of solution features per square mile. Fracture patterns, faults, 

bedding characteristics, and dike interfaces control cave formation. The designation 

Big Creek 

Blake Channel 

Calamity Creek 

Caves 

Dall Island 
Special Interest Areas and Experimental Forests

Tongass Forest Plan Appendix L 

January 2008 

L-3

modifies the existing geologic area as the result of additional survey and inventory. 

Existing units are expanded and a new area is added between Diver Bay and Foul 

Bay as a result of inventory, mapping, and testing within the caves found there. 

Approximate size: 23,900 acres 

Classification: Geologic Area 

Eastern Chichagof Geologic Area is primarily on northeastern Chichagof Island but 

includes three units south of Tenakee Inlet. There are16 units that protect alpine 

karst areas and one that includes the Kook Lake cave system. Many of these karst 

areas have not been inventoried. They include alpine and sub-alpine areas where 

karst topography is best developed. These areas contain virtually hundreds of 

solution features per square mile. Fracture patterns, faults, bedding characteristics, 

and dike interfaces control cave formation. The Kook Lake Cave system includes 

the river cave system that provides the outflow for Kook Lake and includes and the 

historic river cave passages and entrances. 

Approximate size: 4,100 acres 

Classification: Geological Area 

Heceta Island Geological Area is located on southwestern Heceta Island. The 

geologic area contains a number of karst-related features, including the many caves 

on Bald Mountain. There are virtually hundreds of solution features per square mile. 

Some of the most extensive cave systems on the Tongass National Forest lie within 

this special area. This area also contains the deepest cave system mapped to date 

on the Tongass. It is possible that this area formed along the margin of the ice lobe 

that formed Sea Otter Sound. Pollen studies in the area suggest that Bald Mountain 

was deglaciated as early as 12,000 years ago. 

Approximate size: 9,400 acres 

Classification: Geological Area 

Kosciusko Island Geological Area includes two units with intense karst development. 

Nearly the entire northwest unit is currently in an Old Growth LUD. The modified 

area encompasses the intense karst of Mount Francis and the streams and rivers 

that flow from it. This area includes alpine and sub-alpine areas where karst 

topography is best developed. Fracture patterns, faults, bedding characteristics, 

and dike interfaces control cave formation. The unglaciated spires of Mount Francis 

are contained within the area. 

The second unit is northwest of Van Sant Cove. This is an area of intense karst 

development both within the forest and along the muskeg margins. The shear size 

of the collapse features found here is evidence that the last glacial advance effected 

the karst development only minimally. There are hundreds of karst features per 

square mile in a forested setting. 

Approximate size: 2,800 acres 

Classification: Geological Area 

Northern Prince of Wales Geological Area includes three new areas and one 

expanded area, primarily to protect several cave systems in karst areas. They 

encompass areas of intense karst development associated with several cave 

systems such as Red, White, and Roaring Canyon Caves, Rivers End and Cataract 

Caves, and Yukon Pit, Bears Plunge, Devils Canopy, and others. One unit contains 

Beaver Falls Karst Interpretative Trail and Cave, which is referred to as “The Great 

Depression”. 

The Canyon Block contains various karst and cave systems in an unharvested and 

unroaded watershed. Opportunities exist for karst, geologic, and hydrologic 

research to establish baseline data for karst system response. The Rivers End Karst 

area encompasses an area of intense karst development both within the forest and 

along the muskeg margins. Rivers End Cave system drains much of the 

Eastern Chichagol 

Heceta 

Kosciusko 

Northern Prince of 

Wales 
Special Interest Areas and Experimental Forests

Appendix L Tongass Forest Plan 

January 2008

L-4

surrounding area supplying waters to the anadramous stream near the coast. Most 

of this system is in an unharvested setting. The Beaver Falls karst system and the 

“Great Depression” include the numerous features of the karst plateau southwest of 

Twin Island Lake. Much of this area has been harvested in the past. Several large 

collapse basins are fond throughout the area, one nearly one mile in length and onehalf mile in width. Several muskeg systems have formed on compacted glacial 

sediments deposited within pre-existing karst features. This area allows for 

opportunity to study the effects of the last glacial advance on the karst systems and 

how the establishment of the muskeg systems has modified the karst development 

since deglaciation. 

Approximate size: 700 acres 

Classification: Geological Area 

North-central Prince of Wales Geological Area includes two new areas of intense 

karst and cave development. The western most area encompasses what is 

believed to be the watershed of the Zina Cave system and the many features found 

there. This extensive cave system is paleontologically important, containing many 

artifacts spanning nearly the last 11,000 years. The cave is an important 

hibernaculm for wintering bats and cave-adapted organisms have been found deep 

within the passages. 

The eastern area encompasses the watershed of the Windgate karst system. This 

area includes an intense area of karst development unaffected by timber harvest or 

road development. Deposits within the cave found there give a clue to the glacial 

history of Central Prince of Wales Island. The area is an important hibernaculm for 

wintering bats. 

Both areas contain caves cut into highly fossiliferous limestone, water has carved 

high, narrow passages into the underlying fine-grained mudstones that underlie the 

limestone. 

Approximate size: 7,100 acres 

Classification: Geological Area 

The Suemez Geologic Area on southwestern Suemez Island encompasses the area 

of volcanic vents and flows between Cape Felix, Arena Cove and Port Santa Cruz. 

The designation will protect the many different volcanic features found on Suemez 

Island, including a number of different surface flow types, obsidian sources, volcanic 

vents, and unique geomorphic features such as the formations found on the beach 

west of Cape Felix and the waterfall and grotto near the western margin of the 

volcanic area. 

Approximate size: 22,300 acres 

Classification: Experimental Forest 

The Cowee-Davies Experimental Forest would replace the Youngs Bay 

Experimental Forest. Cowee-Davies is located on the east side of Lynn Canal, 

approximately 40 to 50 miles north of Juneau. It comprises VCUs 230 and 240. The 

southwestern side of the recommended experimental forest follows the Lynn Canal 

shoreline but is set back a few miles, and the northern edge abuts the Berners Bay 

LUD II designation. The current LUD for the proposed Cowee-Davies Experimental 

Forest is Scenic Viewshed which, like the Experimental Forest designation, is a 

moderate development LUD. 

North-Central 

Prince of Wales 

Suemez Island 

Volcanics 

Cowee-Davies 
Printed on Recycled Paper

Photograph taken looking northeast with Lindenberg Peninsula on Kupreanof Island and 

the mouth of Petersburg Creek (front cover) in the foreground, Petersburg Mountain (front 

cover) in the middleground, and Frederick Sound and the mainland in the background.
DD DD D

D D DD

D D DD DDD D D D D

D

DD

DDDD DDD DDDD DD DDDDD D DDDD D D DDDDDD

D

DD DD D DD DDDD DDDD D D DD D D DD D DD D D DD D

D DD DDD D D DDDD D D DD D D D DD DDDD D DDDD

D DDD DD D DD DDD DD DD DD DD DD D DDD DD D D D D DD D DDDDDD DDDDDD DDDDDD DD DD DD DD DDD DDD DDD DD DDD DDD DD

D DDD DDD D DD DDD

D DDD D DDDD DDDDD DDD DD DD DDD DD DDD DDDDD D D DD D D D DD D D D DD D

DDDDDDD D D DDD DD D DD DD D DDD DD DD D D DD D D D D D D D D DDD DD DD DD D

D DD DD D D DDD D DD D DD DDD D D DD

DDD D DD D D D D D DD D D D D D DD DDD D D DD D D D D DDD DDD D DDD D D D DD D DDD DD D DD DDD DD

DDDDD DD DD DD D D DD

D D DD D D DD D DDD D D DD D DD

D DD DD D D DD D DDDD DDD D DDD D D D D DDDD DD D D DD D DDDD DD D DDD DD DDD D DDD DDDD D DD DDD DDD DD DD DDD DD

DD DDD D

D DD D D DDDD DDD

DDD

D

DD DD DDD

D DD D D DD DDDD D

D D DD

DD D DD DDD D

DD D DD DDDDD D

D DD D DD D DD D DDDD DD D DD D D

DDDD DDD DD D DD DD DD D

D

D D D

DD D D D DD D DDD DDD DD DD DD D D DDDD

DD D DD D DD DDD DDD D DD DD D DD D D DD D D D

D D D D D D

D D D DDD DD DD DD DDDDD DD DDD DDD DDD

DD

DDD DD D D DD D DDD DD

DD

DD D D D DD

D D DD DD D

DD D DD D DD DDD D DD DD

D DDDDDDDDD DD

D DDD DD DD DDDD DD DDDDD D D DD DD DDDD

D DD

D DD D D D DD D D DD D D D DD DD D DD DD DD DD D

D D D

DD DD DD D D DD DDDD DDD DD D DD DD D DD D D DD

D D DDD D D D DDD

DDDD D

DD DD D

DD DD

DD DDDDDDDDDDDDDD DD D D D DD DD DD DD DD D DD DD D DD D D DD D D

DD D DDD D DDD

DD

D D DDD DDD DD D

DDDDDDD

D D D DD D DD D DD DD DDD DD DD DD DDDDDDD DDD DD D DDD D DD D DDD DD DD DD DD DD DDD DD D D D DD DD DDD D D DD DDDDD DDDDD DDD DD DD DDDDDD D DDDDDDDD D DD DDDD DDD

D DDD D D D DD D DD DD D DD

D D DD

D DD D DD D D D DD

DD DDD DDD DD DD DD DD DD

DDD D DDD

DD D DDD D DD DDD D D

D

DD

D D D D DD DDDDD D D DDDD DD DD DD D D DDD D DD D DD D DD D D DD DD DD DDDD DDD D

D DD DD DD DD D

DD DD D DDD DDD D DDD

D D D D

D DD DD DDDD D DD D DD DDD DDD DD DDD D

DDDD D DD DD

DDD DD DDD DD DD D D D DDD DDD DDDDD DD DD D D

D DDDD DDDDD

D DDD DD DDDDDDD DDD DD DD DD DD DDD DDDD DD DD D D DD

DD DD D D DDD D D D D DD D DDD DD D DD DD D D D

DD DD DDD

DD D DD D D D DD D D

D

DD

D

DD D

DD

DD DDD D D D D D D D D D D D DD

DD

D DD DD D DD DD DD DDD

DD DDD DD DDDD DD D DD DD

DD DDDDD D DDD D D DD DD

DD

D DDD DD DDDDDDDDD D D DD DDD DDDD D DD

DD DD D DDDD

DDD DDD DD D DD DD

D D DDDD

DDD DD DD DD D D

DD D D DD

D DD DD D D DD DD D DD DDD DDD

DD DD DDDD DDD D D DDD DDDD DDDD

D D DD D DD

D

DDDDD D DD DDD

DD D

DDD

D

D

D

D DD D

D

DD

D D

DD D

DDD

DD D

DD

DD D

DDD D

DD DD D DDDD DDDD DDD DD DDDD DD DDDDD D DDDDDDDD

DD DD DDD

DD D D D DD D DDD D DDD

DDDD

D

DDDD DD DD DDD D DD DD D DDD D DDD

D DD DD D D D

D D DD DD DDDD D D D DDD DD DD DD D DDD DD DD D DD DDDD D DD DDDD DDDDDD DDDDDD D DD D D D D DD D DDDD DD D D

D D D DDD

DDDD D DD D D

DDD D D

DD DDD DDDD D D DDD DDD D D DDD DDD DD

D D D D D DD D DD DDDD DD DDDDD D DDD D DDD

D D DDDDD DDDD DD

DD DDD DD D D

D DD

DD D D DD DD D DDDDDDDD DD DD DDD DD DD D DDD DD DD DDD DD DD

D

D DDD D D DDD D D D DD DDDDD DDD D

!<

KADASHAN

Yukon Territory

British Columbia

RUSSELL FIORD

Russell Fiord

Disenchant ment Bay

YAKUTAT BAY

YAKUTAT

YAKUTAT FORELANDS

CANADA

UNITED

STATES

SKAGWAY

LYNN CANAL

BERNERS BAY

ENDICOTT

RIVER

JUNEAU

ADMIRALTY ISLAND

NATIONAL MONUMENT

KOOTZNOOWOO WILDERNESS

ANGOON

STEPHENS PASSAGE

CHATHAM STRAIT

TENAKEE

SPRINGS

SOUTH

BARANOF

FREDERICK

SOUND

CANADA

U

NITE

D

STATES

TRACY ARMFORDS TERROR

CHUCK

RIVER

KAKE

PORT

ALEXANDER

TEBENKOF

BAY

SUMNER

STRAIT

PT. BAKER

PORT PROTECTION

MT. CALDER

MT. HOLBROOK

CAPE

POLE WARREN

ISLAND

CORONATION

ISLAND

KUIU

EDNA

BAY

MAURELLE

ISLANDS

OUTSIDE

ISLANDS

N. WHALE

PASS

COFFMAN

COVE

KLAWOCK

CRAIG

KARTA

RIVER

PETERSBURG

PETERSBURG CREEK/

DUNCAN SALT CHUCK

STIKINE

LECONTE

SOUTH

ETOLIN ANAN

CREEK

WRANGELL

CLARENCE STRAIT

SALMON BAY

MEYERS

CHUCK

THORNE

BAY

HYDER

MISTY FIORDS NATIONAL

MONUMENT WILDERNESS

MISTY FIORDS

NATIONAL MONUMENT

KETCHIKAN

SAXMAN

METLAKATLA

NUTKWA

SOUTH PRINCE

OF WALES

HYDABURG

NAHA

HOLLIS

DIXON ENTRANCE

G

U

L

F

O

F

A

LAS

KA

Glacier Bay National Park

(Wilderness)

GUSTAVUS

PLEASANT, LEMESURIER, AND INIAN ISLANDS

PT. ADOLPHUS/

MUD BAY

ELFIN COVE

PELICAN

WEST

CHICHAGOFYAKOBI

LISIANSKI RIVER/

UPPER HOONAH SOUND

SITKA

HOONAH

HAINES

KLUKWAN

KASAAN

NAUKATI

DOUGLAS

KUPREANOF

THOM'S

PLACE

\projects_2005\tnf_forest_plan\maps\FEIS\ROD_887040.mxd

/

Land Use Designations

0 5 10 20 30 40 50

Miles

A

l a

s

k a

Canada

Tongass

National

Forest

Bering Sea

Arctic Ocean

Russia

Alaska

Gulf of

/

January 2008

United States Department of Agriculture

Forest Service

0 250 500 1,000

Miles

Alaska Region

Tongass National Forest

Ketchikan, Alaska

Topographic Relief of the

Tongass National Forest

Land Use Designations

WILDERNESS AND NATIONAL MONUMENT

Wilderness and Wilderness National Monument- Preserve

essentially unmodified areas to provide opportunities

for solitude and primitive recreation. Limit motorized access.

Non-Wilderness National Monument - Facilitate the development

of mineral resources in a manner compatible with the National

Monument purposes.

Experimental Forest - Provide opportunities for forest practices

research and demonstration.

Timber Production - Manage the area for industrial wood

production. Promote conditions favorable for the timber resource

and for maximum long-term timber production.

MODERATE DEVELOPMENT

INTENSIVE DEVELOPMENT

Minerals - Encourage mineral exploration and development of

areas with high mineral potential.

Remote Recreation - Provide for recreation in remote natural

settings outside Wilderness, where opportunities for solitude

and self-reliance are high.

Municipal Watershed - Manage municipal watersheds to meet

State water quality standards for domestic water supply.

Special Interest Area - Preserve areas with unique archaeological,

historical, scenic, geological, botanical, or zoological values.

Semi-Remote Recreation - Provide for recreation and tourism in

natural-appearing settings where opportunities for solitude and

self-reliance are moderate to high.

Glacier Bay National Park

LUD II - Maintain the wildland characteristics of these

congressionally-designated unroaded areas. Permit fish and

wildlife improvements and primitive recreation facilities.

Old-Growth Habitat - Maintain old-growth forests in a natural

or near-natural condition for wildlife and fish habitat.

Research Natural Area - Manage areas for research and

education and/or to maintain natural diversity on

National Forest System Lands.

MOSTLY NATURAL SETTING

Wild, Scenic, or Recreational River - Maintain and enhance the

outstandingly remarkable values of river segments which qualify

the river to be classified as a Wild, Scenic, or Recreational River.

Alaska Marine Highway and Inter-Island Ferry Authority

Water

Non-Federal Land

Modified Landscape - Provide for natural-appearing landscapes

while allowing timber harvest.

Scenic Viewshed - Maintain scenic quality in areas viewed from

popular land and marine travel routes and recreation areas, while

permitting timber harvest.

BLM-managed Land

Haines State Forest

Klondike Gold Rush National Historic Park

Potential Power Transmission Corridor DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD

Existing Power Transmission Corridor DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD

Proposed State Road Corridor (Proposed Ferry Routes Not Shown)

Existing State Road Corridor

!< Hydroelectric Project Reserve

Experimental Forest - Proposed to be converted to

Semi-Remote Recreation.

Experimental Forest - Scenic Viewshed Proposed to be

converted to Experimental Forest.

OVERLAY LUDs

Transportation and Utility System LUD

Tongass National Forest

Land and Resource

Management Plan